Legrand Catalogue

CATALOGUE
PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS

FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
AND INFORMATION NETWORKS
2010
/
11
Head Office (UK and Ireland):
Great King Street North,
Birmingham, B19 2LF
Tel: +44 (0) 870 608 9000
Fax: +44 (0) 870 608 9004
Website: www.legrand.co.uk
0
2
9
9
8
a

-

W
D

c
a
t
a
l
o
g
u
e

2
0
1
0
/
1
1

-

0
1
-
2
0
1
0
.
2
5
K
The Legrand logo is a registered trademark
of the Legrand group of companies.
Contact details
United Kingdom
Birmingham, B19 2LF
Customer Sevices:
Tel: 0845 605 4333 Fax: 0845 605 4334
E-mail: legrand.sales@legrand.co.uk
Technical Support:
Tel: 0870 608 9020 Fax: 0870 608 9021
E-mail: technical.uk@legrand.co.uk
Republic of Ireland
15/16 Holly Avenue,
Stillorgan Industrial Park,
Stillogan, Co. Dublin
Customer Services and Technical Support:
Tel: 01 295 9673 Fax: 01 295 4671
E-mail: info@legrand.ie
Distributor:
C
A
T
A
L
O
G
U
E

-

W
i
r
i
n
g

D
e
v
i
c
e
s
2
0
1
0

/
1
1
INCLUDING:
WIRING DEVICES
OFC_OBC Wiring 2010.indd 1 11/1/10 20:24:14
Home systems
Door entry
Wiring devices
Home circuit protection
Cable management
perimeter systems
R
E
S
I
D
E
N
T
I
A
L
A
N
D
C
O
M
M
E
R
C
I
A
L
Isolation, protection,
control and signalling
I
N
D
U
S
T
R
I
A
L
P
O
W
E
R
Index of protection IP-IK P. 352 Catalogue number index P. 341
P. 206
DLP Contour
dado
195 x 50
3 compartment
P. 204
DLP Contour
PVC-U trunking
selection chart
Enclosures and
equipment
Power control, connection
and cabling accessories
Industrial plugs, sockets
and combined units
P. 310
Hypra
plugs and sockets
P. 312
Hypra
Prisinter
sockets
P. 266
Power supplies
and
transformers
P. 282
Viking 3
terminal blocks
P. 242
Atlantic
steel
enclosures
P. 246
Atlantic
stainless steel
enclosures
P. 218
Isolating
switches
P. 219
DX
RCDs, MCBs
and RCBOs
P. 192
Insulated
surface
mounting
consumer units
P. 193
Metal
surface
mounting
consumer units
P. 74
Arteor
wiring
devices
P. 120
Synergy
wiring
devices
P. 48
Bticino
2 wire system
P. 55
Bticino
8 wire system
P. 12
Radio/Zigbee
lighting control
and automation
mechanisms
P. 13
Radio/Zigbee
touch plates
and other
functions
1
P. 207
DLP Contour
skirting
150 x 50
2 and 3
compartment
P. 209
DLP Contour
universal
150 x 50
1 and 2
compartment
P. 213
DLP Contour
trunking
accessories
P. 213
Contractor
floor box
P. 338
Clang heavy duty
truck and trailer
plugs and sockets
P. 335
P17 Tempra
self-assembly
combined units
P. 329
P17 Tempra
plugs and sockets
P. 324
Hypra
combined
units
P. 294
Distribution
blocks
P. 298
Transcab
and Lina 25
cable ducting
P. 301
Cable
marking and
Starfix
ferrules
P. 306
Colring and
Colson
cable ties
P. 248
Marina
GRP
enclosures
P. 251
Equipment
and locking
accessories
P. 255
Ventilation
and heating
P. 259
Industrial
boxes and
Nylbloc terminal
strips
P. 230
Time switches
and light control
switches
P. 222
Changeover
switches and
fuse carriers
P. 225
Push buttons,
control switches,
indicators,
transformers
and buzzers
P. 226
Power
contactors
P. 193
Metal
flush
mounting
consumer units
P. 193
Accessories
and protection
devices
P. 198
Supply units
P. 195
Irish consumer units,
protection and
modular devices
P. 165
Clipper
large rocker
switches and
back boxes
P. 169
Plexo
weatherproof
wiring devices
P. 173
Tenby
Rapid Clamp
earth clamps
P. 176
Lighting and
lighting
management
P. 67
Salsa chimes,
bell push,
bells and
transformer
P. 57
Bticino
analogue system
P. 59
Access
control
P. 61
Door entry kits
P. 34
Home
networks
P. 18
BUS/SCS
lighting control
and automation
mechanisms
P. 29
BUS/SCS
home
management
and door entry
systems
P. 24
BUS/SCS
temperature
control and
sound
distribution
2
Legrand has revised its UK structure into a clear
organisation of brands and key product areas.
The result is three new business units...
each Powered by specialists.
Specialist brands
Specialist sales teams
Specialist knowledge
The Legrand Group... the world specialist, adapted and
applied to our market to deliver the very best in service
and solutions.
The Legrand Group is the worlds leading manufacturer of wiring devices and cable
management systems. With specialist brands including Bticino, Electrak and Zucchini, the
Legrand Group also offers cutting edge solutions in door entry and power distribution.
Legrand in the UK...
Powered by specialists
02998a-FE001-PBS.indd 126 11/1/10 19:33:09
3
Much more than just a vast selection of switches and sockets... Legrands wiring devices business unit
includes door entry and home systems, lighting management, consumer units and much more.
WIRING DEVICES
Throughout 2010, we
will be introducing
three new catalogues
to represent our new
business structure:
Wiring Devices
Power and Data
Cable Management
nd out more at
www.legrand.co.uk
Energising the workstation... from transformers and panel boards, through rising main busbars and
distribution boards to power track and desk modules.
POWER AND DATA
Legrands established Swifts, Salamandre and Arena-Walsall ranges give our cable management
business unit a firm leadership position in the UK.
CABLE MANAGEMENT
02998a-FE001-PBS.indd 127 11/1/10 19:35:57
From design through to manufacturing, the Legrand Group favours materials and
processes that respect people and the environment. By doing so, the Group reduces the
impact of its activities whilst reinforcing its economic performance and the attractiveness
of its products and services.
The Legrand Groups commitment to reducing greenhouse gas emissions and its impact
on the environment can be demonstrated at three levels...
Management of manufacturing and logistics sites
Effcient and environmentally aware product design
Product functions that help to avoid energy waste
Together, lets try to make
1+1+1
+1+1=
LESS
SuSTainabiLiTy coMMiTMEnT
4
02998a-FE002-sustainablility.ind126 126 8/1/10 8:12:20 pm
LighTing ManagEMEnT
putting a stop to
energy waste
Up to 20% of a buildings electricity bill can be attributed to lighting.
Legrands new occupancy sensors can help cut this cost.
fnd out more at
www.legrand.co.uk
energy saving
hoME SySTEMS
energy savings and greater
control around the home
In addition to a wide range of stand-alone devices, Legrand's new Arteor range of wiring
devices also incorporates a wide selection of home automation functions.
energy saving
TiME SwiTchES
simple programming to help
ensure power is only used when needed
Time switches can be set up using simple on-screen instructions or, alternatively, using a
data key which can be programmed on your PC using its very own software.
energy saving
energy saving
kEy fob SwiTchES
helping to reduce power
consumption in hotels
Key fob switches, part of Legrand's modular wiring device offer, are a simple example of
how energy can be saved... in this case, meeting the specifc needs of the hotel industry.
5
02998a-FE002-sustainablility.ind127 127 8/1/10 8:12:53 pm
6
Access control
audio door entry kits ...................................... 61, 65
door bells, bell pushes and
transformers ........................................................ 67
two wire door entry systems ................................ 48
video door entry kits - B/W ............................ 61, 65
video door entry kits - colour ............................... 61
AlphaRex time switches ............................................ 230
American standard socket outlet ................................ 93
Analogue door entry systems ..................................... 57
Architrave switches ................................................... 162
Arteor home automation ............................................. 12
Arteor wiring devices
audio and video sockets ............................ 90 to 91
BS socket outlets ........................................... 76, 93
blanking plates .............................................. 76, 96
cable outlets .................................................. 76, 96
cooker control unit ............................................... 75
curtain and blind control ..................................... 86
data sockets ............................................... 90 to 91
detectors (gas and water) .................................... 92
dimmers .............................................................. 81
electronic switches .............................................. 79
fused connection unit .......................................... 76
home automation ................................................. 12
home networks .................................................... 34
hotel equipment .......................................... 87 to 89
International socket outlets .................................. 93
key switches ........................................................ 84
lighting control ..................................................... 84
mechanical switches ............................ 74, 77 to 78
plates ...................................................... 102 to 111
push buttons ........................................................ 80
RJ11 and RJ 45 sockets ...................................... 94
shaver sockets ............................................... 75, 88
support frames .................................................... 97
thermostats .......................................................... 86
telephone sockets ............................................... 94
TV sockets ........................................................... 94
USB sockets ........................................................ 95
AstroRex light control time switches ......................... 235
Atlantic enclosures
Atlantic stainless steel ....................................... 246
Atlantic steel ...................................................... 242
Audio door entry kits ............................................. 61, 65
Audio and video sockets .................................... 90 to 91
Back boxes
metalclad surface mounting ................................ 57
metal surface mounting ..................................... 166
moulded surface mounting ............................... 167
steel flush mounting ........................................... 166
Bathroom lighting
mirror light ......................................................... 184
shaver lights ...................................................... 184
Bells
bells with cover .................................................... 67
bell pushes .......................................................... 67
bells and buzzers .............................................. 225
Blanking plates
Arteor.............................................................. 76, 96
Synergy metalclad.............................................. 156
Synergy modern................................................. 138
Synergy traditional.............................................. 148
Synergy white..................................................... 126
Boxes
industrial boxes ................................................. 258
metalclad surface mounting .............................. 157
steel flush mounting .......................................... 166
surface mounting metal ...................................... 166
surface mounting moulded ................................ 167
Bticino door entry systems
access control ..................................................... 59
analogue system ................................................. 57
boxes and chassis ............................................... 45
door entry kits ...................................................... 61
eight wire system ................................................. 55
entrance panels ................................................... 42
function modules ................................................. 43
handsets .............................................................. 48
internal hands free units ...................................... 48
IP door entry systems .......................................... 54
Sfera function modules ........................................ 43
switchboards ....................................................... 55
system components ............................................ 50
technical information ........................................... 62
two wire system ................................................... 48
Bulkhead lighting....................................................... 185
BUS/SCS technology ...........................................18 to 31
actuators .............................................................. 20
automation control ............................................... 18
door entry systems .............................................. 30
home management ............................................. 29
B
A
key covers ............................................................. 9
lighting control ..................................................... 18
power supplies .............................................. 20, 27
scenario controllers...............................................18
SCS cables............................................................21
sound distribution..................................................26
temperature control ...............................................24
touch screens ................................................ 24, 29
two wire door entry systems..................................30
CAB 3 cable markers ................................................ 303
Cable ducting .............................................................298
Cable management systems .................................... 206
Cable marking systems (CAB 3) ............................... 303
Cable outlets
Arteor ..............................................................76, 96
Synergy metalclad ..............................................155
Synergy modern .................................................136
Synergy traditional ..............................................146
Synergy white .....................................................124
Cable ties
Colring ............................................................... 306
Colson ............................................................... 306
Cavity floor service outlet boxes
contractor floor box ........................................... 213
Ceiling accessories
lampholders and pendants .................................183
Ceiling switches ..........................................................182
Changeover switches ................................................ 222
Clang truck and trailer
plugs and sockets ............................................. 338
Chimes (Salsa)
wireless chime kits .............................................. 67
Clipper large rocker switches ................................... 165
Colour video door entry kit .......................................... 61
Colring cable ties and tool ........................................ 306
Colson cable ties and tool ........................................ 306
Cooker control units
Arteor ....................................................................75
Synergy modern .................................................136
Synergy white .....................................................124
Combined units
Hypra ................................................................. 310
P17 tempra ........................................................ 334
Consumer units
insulated dual RCD split load............................. 192
insulated high integrity dual RCD split load....... 192
insulated surface mounting units ....................... 192
Irish consumer units ........................................... 195
MCBs ................................................................. 194
metal flush mounting ..........................................193
metal surface mounting units ..............................194
RCBOs ................................................................194
RCDs ..................................................................194
transformers .......................................................194
Contactors ........................................................ 194, 226
Contractor floor box .................................................. 213
Control switches and push buttons ........................... 225
Cover plates (Arteor) ......................................... 102-111
Curtain control ............................................................ 86
Data sockets
Arteor ..............................................................90-91
Synergy modern .................................................137
Synergy white .....................................................125
Data modules (home networks) ...................................19
Decorative bulkhead lighting
weatherproof bulkhead lighting......................... 185
Detectors
gas........................................................................ 92
water .................................................................... 92
Digital video door entry kits .........................................61
Dimmer units
Arteor ....................................................................81
Synergy modern .................................................131
Synergy white .....................................................121
Distribution blocks
distribution blocks ............................................. 296
distribution terminal blocks ............................... 294
extra-flat distribution blocks .............................. 296
modular style distribution blocks........................ 295
stepped distribution blocks ............................... 296
Distribution terminal blocks
fully shrouded .................................................... 294
partly shrouded ................................................ 294
unshrouded ...................................................... 294
DLP PVC-U Contour trunking systems
dado 195 x 50.................................................. 206
selection chart ................................................... 204
D
C
skirting 150 x 50 ............................................. 207
skirting 195 x 50 ............................................. 208
universal 105 x 50............................................ 211
universal 150 x 50............................................ 209
universal 195 x 50............................................ 212
universal 195 x 65............................................ 210
Door bells, bells pushes and chimes .........................123
Door entry kits
audio door entry kits .......................................61, 65
two wire audio and video door entry kits .............61
video door entry kits - B/W .............................61, 65
video door entry kits - colour ................................61
Door entry systems ..................................................... 48
Double pole socket outlets
Arteor ....................................................................76
Synergy modern .................................................132
Synergy white .....................................................121
Double pole switches
Arteor.....................................................................75
Synergy modern .................................................135
Synergy white .....................................................121
DX auxiliaries ............................................................ 221
DX MCBs ................................................................... 220
DX (RCBOs) .............................................................. 221
DX (RCDs) ................................................................. 219
Earth clamps ............................................................. 173
Eight wire door entry systems ..................................... 55
Enclosures
air conditioning .................................................. 255
Atlantic steel ...................................................... 242
equipment for Atlantic and Marina .................... 251
Marina................................................................. 248
Energy-saving pendant sets ..................................... 184
Euro-US standard socket outlet .................................. 93
Fan control .................................................................. 86
Ferrules ..................................................................... 301
Floor boxes (contractor box) ..................................... 213
Free standing enclosures (Marina) .............................248
French standard socket outlet ..................................... 93
Fused connection units
Arteor ....................................................................76
Synergy modern .................................................135
Synergy white .....................................................123
Garage / outbuilding supply unit .............................. 198
German standard socket outlet .................................. 93
Grid system
Arteor ................................................................. 164
Synergy ............................................................. 158
Heavy duty truck and trailer plugs and sockets ....... 338
Home automation..........................................................12
Home networks........................................................34-36
audio modules ..................................................... 34
data modules ....................................................... 34
enclosures ........................................................... 34
power supplies .................................................... 35
speakers .............................................................. 35
telephone modules .............................................. 34
video modules ..................................................... 34
volume control ..................................................... 35
Hotel equipment ................................................... 87-89
Hypra combined units
IP 44 units .......................................................... 310
IP 66/67-55 units ................................................ 314
undrilled empty boxes ....................................... 325
Hypra industrial plugs and sockets
IP 44 appliance inlets ........................................ 311
IP 44 plugs ........................................................ 310
IP 44 sockets ..................................................... 310
IP 44/55 sockets ................................................ 311
IP 66/67-55 appliance inlets .............................. 314
IP 66/67-55 plugs .............................................. 314
IP 66/67-55 sockets ........................................... 314
IP 44/55 Prisinter sockets .................................. 311
Indicators ................................................................. 225
I
H
G
F
E
alphabetical list
7
Industrial boxes
PC range ........................................................... 260
PP range ............................................................ 260
PS range ............................................................ 259
PVC range ......................................................... 262
Industrial plugs and sockets
Hypra appliance inlets .............................. 311, 314
Hypra plugs ............................................... 310, 314
Hypra Prisinter sockets ...................................... 311
Hypra sockets .................................... 310, 314, 311
P17 Tempra appliance inlets ............................. 329
P17 Tempra plugs ............................................. 329
P17 Tempra sockets .......................................... 329
International standard socket outlets .......................... 93
IP door entry systems ................................................. 54
IP table ...................................................................... 352
Isolation and protection changeover switches .......... 222
Isolating switches ...................................................... 218
Isolating switches
DX-IS ................................................................. 218
Legrand Lexic ................................................... 218
Vistop ................................................................. 218
Isolator switches
Synergy modern .................................................131
Synergy white .....................................................120
Key operated switches
Arteor ....................................................................84
Synergy white .....................................................120
Key switched sockets
Synergy white .....................................................122
Lampholders.............................................................. 183
Large rocker switches................................................ 165
Legrand door entry kits................................................ 65
Legrand Lexic devices
bell transformers ................................................ 225
buzzers............................................................... 225
changeover switches.......................................... 218
discrimination / selectivity tables........................ 224
DX RCDs ............................................................ 219
indicators ........................................................... 225
isolating switches .............................................. 218
push buttons and control switches .................... 225
safety transformers ............................................ 225
Light control switches
Arteor ................................................................... 84
Microlux ............................................................. 237
Lighting and accessories
bathroom............................................................ 184
decorative bulkheads ........................................ 185
lampholders ...................................................... 183
mirror light ......................................................... 184
pendant sets ...................................................... 183
safety lampholders ............................................ 183
safety pendant sets ........................................... 183
shaverlight ......................................................... 184
weatherproof bulkheads ................................... 185
Lighting environment controller ................................. 82
Lighting management
commissioning tool............................................. 176
dual technology sensors ................................... 176
PIR sensors ....................................................... 176
radio switch sensors .......................................... 177
ultrasonic sensors ............................................. 176
Lina 25 cable ducting .............................................. 299
Marina GRP enclosures
free standing ..................................................... 250
wall mounting .................................................... 248
Marking systems
for cables ........................................................... 303
for Viking terminal blocks .................................. 303
MCBs
discrimination tables ......................................... 224
Legrand Lexic ................................................... 220
residential .......................................................... 194
tripping curves .................................................. 223
MicroRex time switches
analogue ............................................................ 233
digital ................................................................. 234
Mobile P17 Tempra combined units ......................... 334
Mobile sockets .................................................. 312, 329
Multi-standard socket outlet......................................... 93
P17 Tempra combined units
self-assembly .................................................... 335
surface mounting ............................................... 334
P17 Tempra industrial plugs and sockets
IP 44 plugs ........................................................ 329
IP 44 sockets ..................................................... 329
Panel mounting sockets
Hypra ................................................................. 310
P
M
L
K
P17 Tempra ....................................................... 329
Pendant sets
energy-saving pendant set ............................... 183
safety pendant sets ........................................... 183
standard pendant sets ...................................... 183
Perimeter trunking systems
DLP Contour PVC-U trunking ............................ 206
Pilot lights
Plexo IP55 .......................................................... 171
Plexo modular mechanisms IP 55
emergency stop ................................................ 170
flush mounting frame ......................................... 171
key operated switches ....................................... 170
pilot light ............................................................. 171
socket outlet ...................................................... 171
surface mounting box ........................................ 171
time lag switch ................................................... 170
Plexo weatherproof IP 55
push buttons ...................................................... 170
socket outlets ..................................................... 170
switches ............................................................. 170
Plexo weatherproof IP 66
Arteor adaptors ................................................. 169
fused spur unit ................................................... 169
M20 cable gland ............................................... 169
push buttons ...................................................... 169
socket outlets ..................................................... 169
switches ............................................................. 169
Plexo industrial boxes ............................................... 258
Plugs and sockets
Clang truck and trailer ....................................... 338
Hypra industrial ................................................. 301
P17 Tempra industrial ........................................ 329
Power contactors ...................................................... 226
Power supplies
filtered ................................................................ 266
for door entry systems ................................... 20, 27
for home networks ............................................... 35
non-filtered ........................................................ 266
Prisinter (Hypra) ........................................................ 311
Push buttons
Arteor ................................................................... 80
Legrand Lexic ................................................... 225
Radio/Zigbee technology ....................................12 to 17
automation control ................................................12
dimmers ...............................................................12
lighting control ......................................................12
roller blind switches ..............................................12
scenario controllers ..............................................12
touch plates ..........................................................12
weatherproof switches .........................................12
Rapid clamps .............................................................173
RCBOs ...............................................................194, 221
RCDs
DX .......................................................................219
Residential ..........................................................194
RCD sockets
Synergy modern .................................................133
Synergy white .....................................................122
Rex control switches
AlphaRex digital time switch ............................. 230
AstroRex light control switches ......................... 235
MicroRex analogue time switches ..................... 233
MicroRex digital time switches .......................... 234
RJ 11 sockets .............................................................. 94
RJ 45 category 5e and 6 ............................................ 94
Roller blind control ........................................................86
Salsa chimes .............................................................. 67
Shaver lights................................................................184
Shaver sockets
Arteor ............................................................. 75, 88
Synergy modern................................................. 134
Synergy traditional.............................................. 144
Synergy white..................................................... 123
Single pole switches
Clipper.................................................................165
Synergy modern .................................................130
Synergy white .....................................................120
Sirens ..........................................................................225
Skirting lights ................................................................84
Socket outlets
Arteor (modular) ....................................................93
Arteor (monobloc) .................................................76
Synergy MEIGaN ................................................152
Synergy modern .................................................133
Synergy Part M ...................................................151
Synergy white .....................................................122
Speaker sockets .......................................................... 95
Starfix crimping tools and ferrules .............................. 30
Structured wiring ......................................................... 34
Supply units
garage / outbuilding supply units ...................... 198
electric shower supply units .............................. 198
S
R
Surface mounting boxes
Synergy metalclad ............................................. 157
Switch sensors ............................................................ 76
Synergy wiring devices
grid modules ..................................................... 158
grid systems ...................................................... 160
media plates ...................................................... 153
MEIGaN sockets ................................................ 152
metalclad ........................................................... 154
modern black nickel .......................................... 130
modern matt black ............................................ 130
modern nickel .................................................... 130
modern silver ..................................................... 130
Part M sockets ................................................... 151
traditional brushed steel .................................... 140
traditional polished steel ................................... 140
traditional satin brass ....................................... 140
white .................................................................. 120
white standard engravings................................. 128
Telephone modules (home networks) ......................... 34
Telephone sockets
Arteor ....................................................................94
Synergy metalclad ................................................56
Synergy modern .................................................137
Synergy white .....................................................125
Tempra (P17) plugs and sockets
IP 44 plugs ........................................................ 329
IP 44 sockets ..................................................... 329
Terminal blocks (Viking 3)
accessories ....................................................... 286
heavy duty terminal blocks................................. 292
terminal blocks with screw connection ............. 282
terminal blocks with spring connection ............. 284
Terminal strips
Nylbloc .............................................................. 263
Thermostat .................................................................. 86
Time switches
AlphaRex digital ................................................ 230
AstroRex light control switches ......................... 235
MicroRex analogue ............................................ 233
MicroRex digital ................................................. 234
Time-lag switch .................................................. 237
Time delay switch ................................................ 84
Transcab cable ducting ............................................ 299
Transformers
bell transformers ....................................... 195, 225
compact transformers ....................................... 271
control transformers .......................................... 269
safety transformers ............................................ 225
Truck and trailer plugs and sockets............................338
Trunking systems
DLP Contour PVC-U trunking ............................ 204
TV, radio and satellite sockets
Arteor ....................................................................94
Synergy modern .................................................137
Synergy white .....................................................125
Two wire audio door entry kit ...................................... 61
Two wire door entry systems ...................................... 48
Two wire video door entry kit ...................................... 61
Unswitched socket outlets
Synergy modern .................................................133
Synergy white .....................................................122
US-Euro standard socket outlet .................................. 93
USB sockets..................................................................95
Video door entry kits ............................................. 61, 65
Video modules (home networks) ................................ 34
Viking 3
accessories ....................................................... 286
heavy duty terminal blocks................................. 292
terminal blocks with screw connection ............. 282
terminal blocks with spring connection.............. 284
Wall mounting enclosures
air conditioning .................................................. 255
Atlantic steel ...................................................... 242
equipment for Atlantic and Marina GRP ............ 251
locking accessories ........................................... 254
Yokes (Synergy grid) ................................................. 162
Y
W
V
U
T
8
Home
systems
Radio/ZigBee
technology Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
technology
Arteor
TM
P. 10
Introduction
to Radio/Zigbee
technology
P. 16
Introduction
toBUS/SCS
technology
P. 23
Actuators,
dimmers
max. loads
selection chart
P. 29
Home
management
system
Home networks
P. 32
Introduction to
Home networks
NEW
Radio / Zigbee
lighting control
and automation
mechanisms
(p. 12)
NEW I N 2010
BUS / SCS
lighting control
and automation
mechanisms
(p. 18)
9
P. 12
Lighting control
and automation
mechanisms
P. 13
Touch
plates
P. 13
Other
functions
P. 14
Switches,
dimmers
max. loads
selection chart
P. 22
Lighting control
installation
1 2 3 4 5
P. 20
Actuators,
BUS power
supplies
accessories
P. 19
Key covers
P. 18
Lighting control
and automation
mechanisms
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
P. 28
Sound
distribution
installation
P. 26
Sound
distribution
P. 25
Temperature
control
installation
P. 24
Temperature
control
PI
PS
P. 31
Accessories for
video door entry
systems
P. 30
Door entry
systems
P. 34
Home networks
structured wiring
P. 36
Structured
wiring technical
characteristics
NEW NEW NEW
NEW NEW NEW
NEW NEW
NEW NEW
10
The standard for radio (wireless) solutions, ideal for refurbishment, small new
installations and increasing the number of control points, without damaging the walls.
ZigBee
*
radio
technology
* ZigBee Certified product Manufacturer Specific Profile
ZigBee radio technology is an international low
consumption radio communication standard.
This technology can be used in addition to the BUS system.
Operating at a frequency of 2.4 GHz, it can be used, via
transmitters (wireless) and receivers, to control lighting,
roller blinds and technical detectors. It can also control
scenarios, and allows bi-directional communication
between devices.
Dimming control
Dimming control
with touch plate
Dimmer
or
WIRING DIAGRAM INTeRAcTIvITy of fuNcTIoNs
02998a-FEA004-ZigBee.indd 126 9/1/10 1:27:26 pm
11
B
B
A
A
A
N L
N L
N
A B
+
From dimmer
RECEIVER DIMMER SWITCH
(See p. 12)
Indicates the light
intensity via LEDs
LIGHTING CONTROL ROLLER BLIND CONTROL
INDIVIDUAL RECEIVER
ROLLER BLIND SWITCH
(See p. 12)
Controls any type of electric roller
blind motor
SCENARIO CONTROL
4 SCENARIO CONTROL
(See p. 12)
For lighting,
roller blinds
TECHNICAL
DETECTORS
(See p. 13)
Warning of water
or gas leaks
TECHNICAL ALARM
N
Motor
Indicates lighting control
Indicates roller blinds control
A
B
02998a-FEA004-ZigBee.indd 127 9/1/10 1:27:41 pm
Home Automation - EP4
Arteor
TM
Radio/ZigBee
lighting control and automation
Pack Cat. Nos. Control mechanisms (receivers)
100-240 V
To be installed in flush mounting boxes min.
depth 48 mm

2 modules to be equipped with support
frames (p. 97)
White Black Switches without neutral
1 5738 12 5738 13 1 gang switch
300 W - with blue LED status
indicator supplied
To be mounted on 2 module
support frame
Switches with neutral
1 5738 22 5738 23 1 gang switch
2

500 W with blue LED status
indicator supplied
support frame
1 5738 24 5738 25 2 gang switch
2 x 1

indicator supplied
support frame
1 5738 26 5738 27 3 gang switch
3 x 1

indicator supplied
support frame
Roller blinds switches
1 5738 40 5738 41 Switch with preset function
support frame
Leading/trailing edge dimmers without
neutral
1 5738 16 5738 17 300 W - with blue LED level
indicator
support frame
1 5738 20 5738 21 600 W - with blue LED level
indicator
support frame
Universal dimmers with neutral
1 5738 28 5738 29 300 W
support frame
Dimmers 0-10 V
1 5738 32 5738 33 For fluorescent lamps 1

000 W
with 0-10 V ballasts
support frame
Pack Cat. Nos. Remote control transmitters
Surface mounting (no wiring needed)
Supplied with batteries and support frames
2 modules
White Black Switch transmitters
1 5738 34 5738 35 For 1 gang switch
1 5738 36 5738 37 For 2 gang switch
Dimmer transmitters
1 5738 38 5738 39 For dimmer
Roller blinds switch transmitters
1 5738 42 5738 43 For roller blinds switch
Mechanisms equipped with white or black round cover plates and magnesium circular push control, to be equipped with 2 module plates (p. 98-111)
Standard rocker plates and plates can be replaced by touch plates (p. 13)
Scenario controllers
Surface mounting (no wiring needed)
Supplied with batteries and support frames
2 modules

White
Black For BUS or radio installations
1 5738 48 5738 49 4 push buttons to control
4 scenarios (1 scenario can
control several functions :
shutters, lighting...)
Mobile scenario controllers
Pocket remote controller
1 5738 70 4 push buttons to control
4 scenarios (1 scenario can
control several functions :
Can be used with all radio flush mounting
control mechanisms
IR/RF remote control
1 0882 32 4 push buttons to control
4 scenarios and general ON/OFF
Scenario controllers with specifc
marking for hotels (see p. 88)
Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 98-101)
Switches and dimmers max. loads selection chart (p. 14)
ZigBee : Certified product
Manufacturer Specific Profile
5738 25
5738 40 5738 20 5738 37 5738 49 5738 70
12
N
E
W
Pack Cat. Nos. Touch plates for switch receivers
and transmitters
British standard fxing centres
White Black
1 5737 50 5737 51 For 1 gang mechanism
Arteor
TM
Radio/ZigBee
other functions
Arteor
TM
Radio/ZigBee
lighting control and automation touch plates
Touch plates for dimmer receivers
and transmitters
British standard fixing centres
White Black
Touch plates for roller blind switch
receivers and transmitters
White Black
1 5737 68 5737 69 British standard fixing centres
For 1 gang mechanism
Touch plates for scenario controllers

White Black

1 5737 90 5737 91 British standard fixing centres
Pack Cat. Nos. Other Arteor
TM
functions
Mechanisms equipped with white or
black cover plates and magnesium circle
for control, to be equipped with support
frames (p. 97) and 2 module plates
(p. 98 to 111)
To be installed in flush mounting boxes

min. depth 40 mm

White Black
"Water heater" switches
1 5738 46 5738 47 DP switch 20 A with "Water Heater"
marking
2 modules to be mounted on
2 module support frames
Technical alarms
2 modules
1 5738 72 5738 73 Actuator 100-240 VA - 10 A
1 5738 74 5738 75 Transceiver
Gateways SCS/ZigBee
2 modules
1 5738 56 5738 57 Allow the extension of a BUS/SCS
system with ZigBee devices
White or black touch plates to replace standard rocker plates and plates
Technical characteristics (p. 15)
ZigBee : Certified product
Manufacturer Specific Profile
5737 54 5737 91
5738 73 5738 57
Weatherproof switches 230 VA
Can be controlled with switch transmitters
Mechanisms supplied with black rocker
plates
Surface mounting
1 5738 58 Switch with neutral 2

500 W
1 5738 60 Switch with neutral 2 x 2

500 W
Control mechanisms 100-240 VA
For installation in false ceiling
Can be controlled with transmitters
Mechanisms supplied complete
1 5738 62 Switch 2

500 W
1 5738 64 Leading/trailing edge dimmer
600 W
1 5738 66 Dimmer for ballasts 0-10 V
For fluorescent lamps 1

000 W
5738 66
13
N
E
W
N
E
W
Arteor
TM
Radio/ZigBee
switches and dimmers max. loads selection charts
Universal
Leading edge Trailing edge
Cat. Nos.
Incandescent
lamp
Halogen lamp ELV halogen with
ferromagnetic
transformer
ELV halogen
with electronic
transformer
Fluorescent
tube
Compact
fluorescent
lamp
LED Fluorescent
lamps with
0-10 V ballast
Reducer
motor for
shutter
S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
5738 12/13 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA
5738 22/23 2

500 W 2

500 W 2

500 VA 2

500 VA 1

250 VA 1

250 VA 1

250 VA 250 VA
5738 24/25 2 x 1

000 W 2 x 1

000 W 2 x 1

000 VA 2 x 1

000 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 100 VA
5738 26/27 3 x 1

000 W 3 x 1

000 W 3 x 1

000 VA 3 x 1

000 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 100 VA
5738 40/41 500 VA
5738 62 2

500 W 2

500 W 2

500 VA 2

500 VA 1

250 VA 1

250 VA 1

250 VA 250 VA
D
I
M
M
E
R
S
5738 16/17 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA
5738 20/21 600 W 600 W 450 VA 600 VA
5738 28/29 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA 160 VA 160 VA
5738 32/33 1

000 VA
5738 66 1

000 VA
5738 64 600 W 600 W 450 VA 600 VA
n Switches and dimmers maximum loads at 230 V
ZigBee: Certified product - Manufacturer Specific Profile
14
Arteor
TM
Radio/ZigBee
touch plates
n Transformation into touch plates version of standard control mechanisms (receivers) and remote control transmitters
equipped with rocker plates
n Selection chart for association of touch plates
Function
Touch plates Associate mechanism
Colour BS fixing centres
Control mechanism
(receiver)
Remote control
transmitter
Touch control switch
1 gang
White 5737 50
5738 12
5738 13
5738 22
5738 23
5738 34
5738 35
Black 5737 51
2 gang
White 5737 54
5738 24
5738 25
5738 36
5738 37
Black 5737 55
3 gang
White 5737 64
5738 26
5738 27
Black 5737 65
Touch control dimmer
1 gang
White 5737 58
5738 16
5738 17
5738 20
5738 21
5738 28
5738 29
5738 38
5738 39
Black 5737 59
Touch control roller
blinds switch
1 gang
White 5737 68
5738 40
5738 41
5738 42
5738 43
Black 5737 69
4 scenarios touch control
White 5737 90
5738 48
5738 49
Black 5737 91
1
1
2
2
3
3
Control mechanism (receiver) with support frame (not supplied)
Remote control transmitter with support frame (supplied)
By removing fins, can be adapted to other standards fixing centres
ZigBee: Certified product - Manufacturer Specific Profile
15
16
With just 2 dedicated wires, it's now easy to create scenarios that incorporate multiple
functions for large living areas... lighting, automation, video door entry, etc.
BUS/SCS
technology
BUS/SCS technology can manage various different
functions at the same time via 2 wire extra low
voltage cables.
It enables a number of functions to be integrated
through scenarios and is designed to adapt to the
users environment as required.
MUltipliCation of fUnCtionS With
no SpaCe ConStraintS
WirinG DiaGraM
1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
Consumer unit Room
BUS line 27 V
Actuators
A
Power
supply
Touch screen
02998a-FEA005-BUS/SCS.indd 126 8/1/10 1:38:06 pm
17
DIN RAIL ACTUATORS AND HOME MANAGEMENT
TOUCH
SCREEN
(See p. 29)
Activation of 4
scenarios, temperature
and sound distribution
functions
SCENARIO CONTROL
(See p. 18)
For activation
of 4 scenarios
SCENARIO CONTROL ROLLER BLIND
CONTROL
ROLLER BLIND CONTROL
(See p. 18)
Controls any type
of electric roller blinds
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
CENTRAL UNIT FOR
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
(See p. 24)
Can manage up to
99 zones
AUDIO AND VIDEO
DOOR ENTRY
(See p. 30)
Access control and
intercommunication
with other units
DOOR ENTRY
SYSTEM
A B
B
A
A
A
B
M
N
230 V
Touch Screen
BUS line
BUS line
27 V
Video display
BUS line
A
230 V
From actuators
BUS line
B
BUS line
M
Motor
Indicates lighting control
Indicates roller blinds control
A
B
AMPLIFIER
(See p. 26)
SOUND DISTRIBUTION
DIN RAIL ACTUATORS
(See p. 20)
To be associated
with load and control
mechanisms
02998a-FEA005-BUS/SCS.indd 127 8/1/10 1:38:22 pm
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
lighting control and automation control mechanisms
Pack Cat. Nos. Touch control mechanisms
Equipped with white or black touch plates
Basic functions
Control for the activation of 1 single
actuator for single or double loads, or 2
actuators for single load, or independent
White Black double loads for lighting and shutters
1 5739 08 5739 09 2 module mechanisms
For British Standard
flush mounting boxes
Basic and special functions
Control for the activation of 4 scenarios,
soft-start and soft-stop of dimmers, sound
distribution functions
Can control up to 4 scenarios
For British Standard
flush mounting boxes
Can control up to 6 scenarios
For British Standard flush
mounting boxes
Touch screens

Equipped with white or magnesium
surround, to be equipped with plates

White Magnesium
(p. 98 to 111)
1 5739 16 5739 17 1
.
2 touch screen for activation
of 4 scenarios or temperature,
or sound distribution functions
To be equipped with 2 module
plates
Scenario controllers with specifc
marking for hotels (see p. 88)
Pack Cat. Nos. Micropush control mechanisms
Basic functions
To be equipped with round version key
covers (p. 19) and plates (p. 98 to 111)
1 5739 74 2 module mechanism
Control for the activation of
1 actuator for single or double
loads, or 2 actuators for single
load, or independent double loads for
lighting and shutters
Control for the activation of 3
actuators for single or double
loads, or 2 actuators for single
load or independent double loads
Basic and special functions
To be equipped with round version key
covers (p. 19) and plates (p. 98 to 111)
4 scenarios, soft-start and
soft-stop of dimmers, sound
distribution functions and activation
of devices installed on different BUS
branches
Scenario controller
Equipped with white or magnesium round
version rocker plates, to be equipped with

White Magnesium
plates (p. 98 to 111)
4 scenarios stored in the DIN
scenario module Cat. No. 0035 51
(p. 21)
IR receivers
Equipped with white or magnesium square
version cover plates, to be equipped with

White Magnesium
1 5739 00 5739 01 To be associated with remote
control Cat. No. 0882 31
Can receive up to 16 commands
Mobile scenario controller
Advanced IR remote controller
1 0882 31 4 push buttons to control 4 scenarios
(1 scenario can control several functions :
To be used in association with IR receiver
Cat. Nos. 5739 00/01
5739 74 5739 00 5739 02 5739 04 5739 05
18
Full technical guide available
on request
Contact us on +44 (0) 870 608 9020
N
E
W
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
lighting control and automation key covers
Pack Cat. Nos. 1 module key covers
For micropush control mechanisms

White Magnesium
Regulation symbol
5 5739 64 5739 65 Left-hand side mounting
5 5743 60 5743 61 Right-hand side mounting
Light symbol
5 5743 65 5743 67 Any mounting
Dimmer symbol
ON/OFF marking
Up/down symbol
5 5743 62 5743 63 Any mounting
Without marking
5 5739 68 5739 69 2 functions
Pack Cat. Nos. 2 module key covers
For micropush control mechanisms

White Magnesium

5 5743 86 5743 87 Regulation symbol
5 5743 90 5743 91 Dimmer symbol
5 5743 92 5743 93 Light symbol
5 5743 82 5743 83 ON/OFF marking
5 5743 84 5743 85 Up/down symbol
5 5739 70 5739 71 2 functions without marking
White or magnesium round version key covers
For BUS / SCS micropush control mechanisms (p. 18)
5739 64 5743 87
5739 68
5743 65
5739 70
5743 61 5743 68
5743 63
5743 71
5743 76
5743 91 5743 92
5743 79
5743 85 5743 82
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
19
Special key covers
For 3 module micropush control
White Magnesium mechanisms
5 5739 72 5739 73 Central rectangular key cover
for Cat. No. 5739 75
N
E
W
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
Pack Cat. Nos. DIN rail actuators 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz
N/O contact
To be associated to loads and control mechanisms
(p. 18)
1 0038 41 1-output relay for controlling 1 circuit
Maximum load :
16 A resistive load
2 DIN modules
1 0038 42 2-output relay for controlling 2 circuits
Maximum load per circuit :
6 A resistive load or incandescent lamps
1 x 500 VA for roller blinds with end stops
2 DIN modules
1 0038 44 4-output relay for controlling 4 circuits
Maximum load per circuit :
6 A resistive load
2 DIN modules
1 0026 02 Relay with 4 x 16 A outputs
6 DIN modules
Contact interfaces
Allow the connection between traditional wiring
devices such as switches, time delay switches
or external sensors and BUS installation to control
2 actuators for single function or 1 actuator for
double functions
2 independent contacts
1 0035 53 2 DIN modules
1 5739 96 Basic modularity
To be installed in flush mounting box
DIN rail dimmers
To be associated to loads and control mechanisms
(p. 18) for dimming control
Leading edge dimmers
1 0036 52 Maximum load : 60 - 1

000 W / 230 VA - 50 Hz
4 DIN modules
Trailing edge dimmers
1 0036 53 Maximum load : 0
.
25 to 1
.
7 A / 230 VA - 50 Hz
4 DIN modules
Leading/trailing edge dimmers
1 0026 21 1-output - 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz
Maximum load : 1

000 W
6 DIN modules
1 0026 22 2-output - 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz
Maximum load : 400 W
6 DIN modules
For electronic ballast 0-10V
1 0036 56 Maximum load : 500 VA
2 DIN modules
1 0026 11 1-output
Maximum load : 1

000 VA
Max. inrush current : 50 mA
6 DIN modules
0036 52 0026 22 0038 42 0026 02
RJ adaptor
10 0488 72 For connecting Cat. Nos. 0026 02/21/22/11 to the BUS
Technical characteristics (p. 22-23)
Pack Cat. Nos. BUS power supplies
1 0035 60 Input voltage : 230 VA output voltage 27 V
=

Maximum consumption : 300 mA
Maximum current supplied : 1
.
2 A
8 DIN modules
=

.
2 A
8 DIN modules
=

.
2 A
8 DIN modules
20
N
E
W
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
accessories for automation
SCS cables
2 wire cable for BUS system
Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20
1 0492 31 Length 100 m
1 0492 32 Length 500 m
Virtual confguration
Virtual confguration software
1 0492 90 Comprising :
1 CD with software for PC
0035 51 0035 52 0035 62
Pack Cat. Nos. Additional DIN devices
Memory module for actuators
1 0035 52 Restores the last state of an actuator in case of a
power failure
2 DIN modules
Scenario module
1 0035 51 Allows creation of scenarios by linking different
functions
Up to 16 scenarios
2 DIN modules
SCS-SCS gateway (extension)
1 0035 62 Allows the extension of the installation or the
integration between different functions
Suitable for larger installations
2 DIN modules
0492 37 0492 13 0492 19
Pack Cat. Nos. Plug-in jumpers for all devices
Individual plug-in jumpers
10 0492 00 0
10 0492 01 1
10 0492 02 2
10 0492 03 3
10 0492 04 4
10 0492 05 5
10 0492 06 6
10 0492 07 7
10 0492 08 8
10 0492 09 9
5 0492 10 GEN
5 0492 11 GR
5 0492 12 AMB
5 0492 13 AUX
5 0492 14 ON
5 0492 15 OFF
5 0492 16 O/I
5 0492 17 PUL
5 0492 18 SLA
5 0492 19 CEN
5 0492 20
5 0492 21 M
Plug-in jumper kits
1 0492 37 Kit with : AUX, GEN, GR, AMB, ON, OFF, O/I, PUL,
SLA,CEN, , M
1 0261 45 Kit with "0 to 9" jumpers (10 pieces of each figure)
Additional devices
USB cable
1 0492 34 Programming cable
BUS spare clamp
10 0492 22 Used to connect the various system components
(controls, dimmers, etc) to the BUS line
21
on request
Contact us on +44 (0) 870 608 9020
N
E
W
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
n System principle
The lighting control system allows the management of different functions in a simultaneous and integrated way
All the components of the lighting control system are interconnected via an electronic circuit that can be programmed : the BUS
The information is exchanged through the 2 wire BUS cable at low voltage (27 V
=
)
There are two types of devices in the system :
- the controls units, which are connected only to the BUS cable and
- the actuators, connected both to the BUS cable and to the 230VA power line for managing the connected load
When the lighting control system devices are configured properly, it is possible to manage the load as follows :
- control for a single load
- control for one or more load groups
- simultaneous management of all loads
It is also possible to carry out special functions, which are hard to achieve with conventional electrical systems
These functions are called scenarios
One scenario is a set of simultaneous control of multiple groups of loads, used in order to modify the environment according to the users needs
An example of a scenario can be represented by the simultaneous activation of lights, which can be set by the user after getting inside the
building by using one single control device or by using the touch screen menu
n Installation principle
Consumer unit
Power supply
Scenario controller
Cat. No. 5739 02
or 5739 03
Scenario module
Cat. No. 0035 51
Touch control mechanism
Cat. No. 5739 04 or 5739 05
Touch screen
Cat. No. 5739 16
or 5739 17
2 wire cable for BUS Cat. No. 0492 31
Din rail
leading/trailing
edge dimmer
Cat. No. 0026 22
Din rail
actuator
Cat. No. 0038 41
Zone 1 :
Kitchen
Zone 2 :
Dining room
Zone 3 :
Shutter control
can manage
zone 1, 2 and 3
Din rail
actuator
Cat. No. 0038 42
Cat. No. 0035 60
230 VA
1
1
2 3
1 2 3
2 3
Control units
Actuators
Loads
Lighting
source
Lighting
source
Roller
blinds,
shutters
22
n Actuators and dimmers max. loads at 230 V
Universal
Cat. Nos.
Incandescent
lamp
Halogen lamp ELV halogen with
ferromagnetic
transformer
ELV halogen
with electronic
transformer
Fluorescent
tube
Compact
fluorescent
lamp
LED Fluorescent
lamps with
0-10 V ballast
Reducer
motor for
shutter
A
C
T
U
A
T
O
R
S
0038 41 3

500 W 3

500 W 1

000 VA 1

000 VA 1

000 VA 1

000 VA
0038 42 2

300 W 2

300 W 500 VA 250 VA 250 VA 250 VA 500 VA
0038 44 1

400 W 1

400 W 500 VA 70 VA 70 VA 70 VA 500 VA
0026 02 4 x 1

000 W 4 x 1

000 W 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 100 VA
D
I
M
M
E
R
S
0036 56 10 x 55 VA 10 x 55 VA
0026 11 1000 VA - 50 mA
0026 21 1

000 W 1

000 W 500 VA 500 VA
0026 22 2 x 400 W 2 x 400 W 2 x 250 VA 2 x 400 VA
0036 52 1

000 W 1

000 W 1

000 VA
0036 53 400 VA
Consumer unit
Power supply
Scenario controller
Cat. No. 5739 02
or 5739 03
Scenario module
Cat. No. 0035 51
Touch control mechanism
Cat. No. 5739 04 or 5739 05
Touch screen
Cat. No. 5739 16
or 5739 17
Din rail
leading/trailing
edge dimmer
Cat. No. 0026 22
Din rail
actuator
Cat. No. 0038 41
Zone 1 :
Kitchen
Zone 2 :
Dining room
Zone 3 :
Shutter control
can manage
zone 1, 2 and 3
Din rail
actuator
Cat. No. 0038 42
Cat. No. 0035 60
230 VA
1
1
2 3
1 2 3
2 3
Control units
Actuators
Loads
Lighting
source
Lighting
source
Roller
blinds,
shutters
23
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
temperature control
Pack Cat. Nos. Central units for temperature
control
version keypad cover plates, to be
equipped with special plates (p. 106, 108
and 111)

Supplied with support frame, flush mounting
box and 7
.
2 V battery Cat. No. 0675 18
1 5739 18 5739 19 Temperature control central unit
Can manage up to 99 zones
Probes
To control the room temperature of heating
and cooling system
White Magnesium 2 module mechanisms 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5739 20 5739 21 Temperature setting range :
from 3 C to 40 C
from 3 C to 40 C with dial for
adjustment of +/- 3 C relative to
the set temperature and for the
modality selection
from 3 C to 40 C with manual/
automatic speed selection for
fan-coil
SCS cables
2 wire cable for BUS system
Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20
1 0492 31 Length 100 m
1 0492 32 Length 500 m
Power supply
=

.
2 A
8 DIN modules
Battery for temperature control central unit
1 0675 18 7
.
2 V battery for central unit
Plug-in jumpers (p. 21)
Touch screens
(p. 98 to 111)
1 5739 16 5739 17 1
.
2" touch screen for activation
plates
Pack Cat. Nos. DIN rail actuators 100/240 VA
50/60 Hz
Actuator with 2 independent relays
1 0035 79 For single and double loads :
6 A resistive
3 A motorised valves and pumps
2 DIN modules
Actuator with 4 independent relays
1 0035 80 For single, double or mixed loads :
6 A resistive
3 A motorised valves, pumps and fan-coils
2 DIN modules
5739 19 5739 20 5739 23 5739 16 5739 24
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
24
on request
Contact us on +44 (0) 870 608 9020
N
E
W
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
temperature control
Consumer unit
Power supply
Probe Zone 1
Cat. No. 5739 22
or 5739 23
Probe Zone 2
Cat. No. 5739 22
or 5739 23
Probe Zone 99
Cat. No. 5739 22
or 5739 23
Central unit
Cat. No. 5739 18
or 5739 19
can manage
up to 99 zones
Actuator with 2
independent relays
Cat. No. 0035 79
Zone 1
Actuator with 4
independent relays
Cat. No. 0035 80
Cat. No. 0035 60
230 VA
1
1
1 2 99
2
Control units
Actuators
Loads
Heating
Zone 2
2
Heating
25
for example: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
sound distribution
Pack Cat. Nos. Amplifers
Flush mounting amplifer
1 5739 76 2 x 1 Wrms - 2 modules
To be equipped with round version
key covers (below) and plates
(p. 98-111)
DIN rail amplifers
1 0035 85 2 x 1 Wrms - 100/240 VA
4 DIN modules
1 0035 83 2 x 30 Wrms - 100/240 VA
10 DIN modules

1 module key covers

White Magnesium
For flush mounting amplifier Cat. No. 5739 76
5 5739 66 5739 67 Right-hand side mounting with marking
5 5739 64 5739 65 Left-hand side mounting with marking
Loudspeakers
White Magnesium Flush mounting
1 5739 28 5739 29 8 ohms - 100 W
To be installed in flush mounting box min.
depth 80 mm
1 5739 77 16 ohms - 12 W
Cat. Nos. 0893 79 or 0892 79
Surface mounting
1 5739 78 8 ohms 140 W
False ceiling mounting
1 5739 81 8 ohms - 100 W
240 mm
1 5739 82 8 ohms - 20 W
100 mm
1 5739 83 8 ohms - 50 W
Dimensions : 600 x 600 mm (equal to false
ceiling panel)
Audio/video signal distribution devices
1 0035 84 Multi-channel matrix with
cross-connection, mixing
switch functions for distribution
of the stereo sound source
signal and audio/video signals
8 inputs (first 4 for the 2 wire audio/video
system and others for stereo sound source)
8 outputs
10 DIN modules
1 5739 98 Audio/video node for mixing
audio/video sources (max. 4
sources)
6 DIN modules
RCA inputs
version cover plate, to be equipped with
White Magnesium plates (p. 98 to 111)
1 5739 26 5739 27 For connecting a stereo source
to the system
2 module mechanism
DIN RDS radio sources
1 0035 87 RDS stereo radio tuner with
coaxial connector for external
aerial antenna
Supplied with depth compensator
for DIN rail
4 DIN modules
1 5739 89 RDS stereo radio tuner
Supplied with depth compensator
for DIN rail
4 DIN modules
DIN stereo control sources
1 0035 86 For stereo sources
IR remote control possible
RCA/RCA and jack cables to
connect to IR transmitters
4 DIN modules
Pack Cat. Nos. Touch screens
(p. 98 to 111)
1 5739 16 5739 17 1
.
plates
Flush mounting boxes
For loudspeaker Cat. No. 5739 77
2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
5739 76 5739 67 5739 26 5739 29 5739 16
ON
OFF
White Magnesium
26
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
sound distribution (continued)
BUS cable
For sound distribution and video door entry system
1 5739 99 200 m
Insulator
1 5739 88 Adapts the signal coming from
external sound sources to the
sound distribution system
Pack Cat. Nos. Connectors
White Magnesium 1 module mechanism
1 5739 32 5739 33 8 contact connector to link
interface Cat. No. 0035 86
to the BUS
Attenuator
1 0035 89 To be connected at the end of the line of
the outputs of audio/video node and
multi-channel matrix
Pack Cat. Nos. Power supply
1 0634 35 Power supply unit for sound system
Input voltage : 230 VA output voltage
27 V
=

Maximum consumption 1 A
8 DIN modules
5739 32 5739 88 0634 35
27
on request
Contact us on +44 (0) 870 608 9020
N
E
W
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
sound distribution
Consumer unit
Power supply
Hi-Fi chain
Cat. No. 0035 60
DIN RDS
radio source
Cat. No. 0035 87
RCA input
Cat. No. 5739 26
or 5739 27
Amplifier
Cat. No. 5739 76
+ key cover
Cat. No. 5739 66
+ 5739 64
Loudspeaker
Cat. No. 5739 28
or 5739 29
Loudspeaker
Cat. No. 5739 28
or 5739 29
Loudspeaker
Cat. No. 5739 28
or 5739 29 Audio/Video node
Cat. No. 5739 98
DIN rail amplifier
Cat. No. 0035 85
Attenuator
Cat. No. 0035 89
Attenuator
Cat. No. 0035 89
230 VA
Control units
28
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
home management system
Pack Cat. Nos. Local management
1
.
2" touch screens
(p. 102 to 111)
1 5739 16 5739 17 1
.
plates
3
.
5" touch screen
Supplied with support frame and with white
and magnesium cover plate, to be equipped
with special plates (p. 106, 108 and 111)
1 5739 60 3
.
5 touch screen to
control all BUS functions :
lighting, temperature,
intruder alarm and sound
distribution
To be installed in
flush mounting box
Cat. Nos. 0892 79 or
0893 79
10" multimedia touch screens
Equipped with white or magnesium cover
plate, to be equipped with special plates
(p. 106, 108 and 111)
1 5739 62 5739 63 10" touch screen
for the control
of the house :
all BUS
functions,
door entry
system,
multimedia
(web, radio,
webcam...)
Surface
mounting
Pack Cat. Nos. Other devices
Multimedia interface
1 5739 94 For management of :
BUS functions, door entry system,
via TV or VGA monitor
To send signals on sound distribution
system from a DVD player, MP3 or Hi-Fi
For management of multimedia contents (ex. playlist)
Supplied with remote control device
Supervision software
1 0492 49 Can be used in order to tune up the system's
functions through a computer, and to follow them on
real time basis
Scenario scheduler
1 0035 65 Allows setting up of up to 300 scenarios
with pre-set conditions (time and logical type)
6 DIN modules
Scenario scheduler power supply
1 0035 64 Provide power for Web server and
scenario scheduler Cat. No. 0035 65
Remote management
Web server gateway TCP-IP
1 5739 92 Allows the communication
between a BUS/SCS
installation and a TCP/IP
network
10 DIN modules
Interface with other systems
1 5739 93 Gateway open - Konnex
Allows communication/
compatibility with EIB/KNX
installation and products
6 DIN modules
For 3
.
5" touch screen Cat. No. 5739 60
5739 16 5739 63 5739 60
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
29
on request
Contact us on +44 (0) 870 608 9020
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
2 wire
door entry systems
Optional cameras
For outdoor use
1 5739 86 2 wire colour camera

White Magnesium For ush mounting
1 5739 52 5739 53 2 wire colour camera with
swiveling lens
Automatic adjustment of focus
and brightness
Built-in microphone
Equipped with white or magnesium cover
plates, to be equipped with plates
(p. 98 to 111)
2 modules
Pack Cat. Nos. Video internal display units
Equipped with support frame
1 5739 50 5739 51 Hands free internal unit
2
.
5" LCD colour display
Possible integration in BUS system
To be equipped with special
plates (p. 106, 108 and 111)
Cat. Nos. 0893 79 or 0892 79
For video display unit Cat. Nos. 5739 50/51
Audio internal units
White Magnesium
1 5740 11
(1)
5743 11
(2)
Equipped with :
- microphone,
- loudspeaker
- 2 hang-up push buttons
- 1 door release push button
- 2 auxiliary push buttons
for other functions
Volume adjustment for communication and
call tone, and with bell cut-off indicator
Allows intercom between several rooms
Supplied complete with special flush mounting
box, cover plate and plate
5739 50 5739 52
White Magnesium
Power supply
1 0634 35 Power supply unit for sound
system
Input voltage : 230 VA output
voltage 27 V
=

Maximum consumption 1 A
8 DIN modules
Arteor
TM
2 wire
door entry systems
n Video door entry system
Dimensions of video internal display units Cat. Nos. 5739 50/51
n Audio door entry system
Dimensions of audio internal units Cat. Nos. 5740 11 and 5743 11
1515
1
5
1
5
332
45 402
1
1
3

30
(1) Supplied with white plate
(2) Supplied with mirror black plate
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
2 wire (continued)
video door entry systems
Pack Cat. Nos. Accessories for video door entry systems
2 wire video adaptor
1 0634 34 Video adaptor
Use one adaptor per power supply
2 DIN modules
Video signal distributor
1 0634 32 Video distributor with 4 outputs for intercom module
for up to 5 units
Interface for auxiliary control
1 0634 31 Relay for auxiliary commands
Allows the connections of auxiliary functions such as
lighting, automatic door opening...
4 DIN modules
Intercommunication module for up to 5 units
1 0634 38 Intercommunication units. Max. capacity : 5 gang
4 DIN modules
Door release

1 0634 33 Door release relay C/O volt-free contact : max 24 V
=
8 A resistive
4 A inductive
2 DIN modules
Extension interface
1 0634 39 Extension interface increases system limits in
distance and number of internal and external units
Video signal converter
1 5740 38 Video signal converter from coaxial to 2 wire BUS for
12 V
=
CCTV cameras : the CCTV camera is directly
supplied via a terminal
2 wire/IP interface
1 5740 39 For extended systems with IP backbone and 2 wire
support
Virtual switchboard software
1 5740 43 Virtual switchboard software for managing
entryphone and video entryphone calls
The software (for Windows operating systems) can
be installed on any fixed or mobile PC and is used to
receive, manage and transfer calls from inside and
outside
Offers home video control with cyclical CCTV vision,
day and night functions and the ability to display the
alarms present in the various apartments
- Operating systems supported : Microsoft Windows
XP Service Pack 2 and Windows Vista
- Software required : NET Framework 2.0 or later
0634 34 0634 31
31
Up to 3,900 apartments, 20 handsets per
apartment, and 96 video entrance panels...
all with just 2 non-polarised wires
From individual properties to major gated developments,
Bticino 2 wire door entry systems enable you to add
value to any project, both new build and refurbishment.
A choice of audio and video entrance panels,
together with our stunning internal units deliver
unparalleled style.
Door entry:
do more with
2 wires
For more information
See p. 48-53
i
02998-FE006 BTICINO.indd 1 8/1/10 8:53:13 pm
31
on request
Contact us on +44 (0) 870 608 9020
N
E
W
31
Up to 3,900 apartments, 20 handsets per
apartment, and 96 video entrance panels...
all with just 2 non-polarised wires
From individual properties to major gated developments,
Bticino 2 wire door entry systems enable you to add
value to any project, both new build and refurbishment.
A choice of audio and video entrance panels,
together with our stunning internal units deliver
unparalleled style.
Door entry:
do more with
2 wires
See p. 48-53
i
02998-FE006 BTICINO.indd 1 8/1/10 8:53:13 pm
32
With Legrand home networks users can enjoy distributed audio and video around the
house as well as access to computer and telephone networks wherever needed.
Home networks:
music, video, data everywhere
With this flexibility, rooms blend seamlessly into one, yet
each with the capacity for independent control, allowing
users to see, hear and interact with whatever they want,
wherever they want.
Users can enjoy their favourite CDs, MP3s, radio station or
even the audio signal from their TV anywhere in the house.
Legrand home networks will also distribute sound from a
central source to speakers throughout the home.
02998a-FEA007-home net.indd 126 8/1/10 15:25:41
33
(See p. 34)
Enclosures accept audio,
video, data and
telephone modules
(See p. 35)
Sound distribution from a
central source to loudspeakers
throughout the house
(See p. 94)
Distribution of TV, VCR,
DVD and HD signals from a
central point to every TV set in
the house
(See p. 94)
For multiple telephone
and fax lines into the house.
With a simple plug and play
connection, add new phone
lines as and when required
(See p. 90)
Access high-speed
internet and computer
networks throughout the
house. Share printers,
scanners and any other
connected peripherals
ENCLOSURES AND MODULES
KEYPAD VOLUME CONTROL
TV SOCKETS
TELEPHONE SOCKETS
DATA SOCKETS
ARTEOR
Wiring Devices/Home Automation Systems
A
R
T
E
O
R
W
i r i n
g
D
e v i c e
s / H
o
m
e
A
u
t o
m
a
t i o
n
S
y s t e
m
s
Head ofce (UK and Ireland):
Legrand Electric Limited
Great King Street North, Birmingham, B19 2LF
Tel: 0870 608 9000 Fax: 0870 608 9004
Contact details
United Kingdom
Birmingham, B19 2LF
Customer Sevices:
Tel: 0845 605 4333 Fax: 0845 605 4334
Technical Support:
Tel: 0870 608 9020 Fax: 0870 608 9021
Republic of Ireland
15/16 Holly Avenue,
Tel: 01 295 9673 Fax: 01 295 4671
To nd out more about
Legrand home network
solutions visit:
www.legrand.co.uk
to order your FREE copy
of the latest brochure
02998a-FEA007-home net.indd 127 8/1/10 15:26:09
34
home networks
Arteor
TM

and Synergy
structured wiring
6338 01 + 6338 23 (telephone module)
6338 26 (data module - switch)
6338 28 (video module)
6338 02
6338 21
6339 93
6338 25
6338 53
Pack Cat. Nos. Enclosures
Enclosures to be equipped with audio, video, data
or telephone modules
1 6338 01 Capacity : 3 single size modules or 1 double size and
1 single size module
Dimensions: 295 x 115 x 100 mm
1 6338 02 Capacity : 10 modules (single or double size modules
can be integrated)
Dimensions : 500 x 355 x 95 mm
Enclosure 20" with screw on cover
Modules
Advanced audio modules
To be installed inside enclosures
1 6338 21 Single source - 4 zone audio distribution
module
Size : single module
1 6338 53 4 sources, 8 zone audio distribution
module
High quality stereo music in 8 rooms
Passes infrared remote control signals
24 V - 60 W
Size : double module
Advanced audio modules - surface mounting
1 6338 22 RCA - single source input
IR engine
Input gain control
For surface mounting
1 6338 48 RCA - triple source input
IR engine
Input gain control
For surface mounting
Video modules
1 6338 27 1 x 4 bi-directional passive
splitter/combiner
1 6338 28 1 x 8 bi-directional passive video
splitter/combiner
1 6338 29 2 x 2 enhanced bi-directional
video amplification
Pack Cat. Nos. Modules (continued)
Video modules (continued)
1 6338 30 1 x 4 LNB satellite diplexer
1 6339 93 SMATV distribution over RJ 45
(5 - 2400 MHz)
Size : 2 single modules
Equipped with power supply
and line amplifier
1 0516 93 RJ 45 - IEC patch cord for TV network
Length : 2 m
Data modules
1 6338 25 4 port router/switch (10/100 Mbits)
De-select routing function mechanical
switch
12 - 15 V 300 mA
3
.
5 - 4
.
5 W
Size : double module
1 6338 26 10/100 Base-T auto-sensing switch
5 port - Auto-configuring
Provides connectivity for a local
area network
12 - 15 V 300 mA
3
.
5 - 4
.
5 W
1 6338 33 Patch cord (RJ 45 - RJ 45)
Telephone module
1 6338 23 4 x 12 telephone module
High performance RJ 45 telecom
distribution
Provides flexibility and convenience
6338 27
Installation principle (p. 36-37)
Home Networks - EP4
N
E
W
35
home networks
Arteor
TM

and Synergy
structured wiring (continued)

5727 93 + 5750 71
5727 94 + 5750 71
Pack Cat. Nos. Power supplies
1 6338 32 Multi-voltage power distribution module
Distributes :
- 15 V
=
to up to 4 locations
- 12 V
=
to up to 2 locations
- 5 V
=
to up to 1 location
Supplied with 24" power cord jumpers
1 6338 40 15 V
=
power supply
Includes a BS cord alimentation
1 6338 41 24 V
=
power supply
Includes a BS cord alimentation
For audio modules Cat. Nos. 6338 21/53
6338 50 6338 51
Loudspeakers
High efficiency speakers with low distortion
1 6338 43 65" inch in-ceiling round speaker (pair)
1 6338 44 Dual voice coil stereo speaker
65" inch in-ceiling round speaker
1 6338 45 Outdoor speakers pair - 90 dB
Black
Also suitable for moisture rich
environments such as bathrooms
or saunas
Controls
1 6338 46 Dual IR emitter
Used to control audio sources via audio distribution
system
To be connected on single or triple source input
Cat. Nos. 6338 22/48
To be used with universal IR receiver
Cat. No. 6338 47
1 6338 47 Universal IR receiver for remote control
Cat. No. 6338 50
To be used with dual IR emitter
Cat. No. 6338 46
1 6338 50 Universal learning remote control
Control all distributed audio keypads
at the same time from anywhere
in the house
6338 45
6338 99
Home Networks - EP4
For Arteor plates
see p. 98-111
Pack Cat.Nos Keypad volume control distributed
audio
Arteor
1 5722 93 5727 93 Mechanisms equipped with white
or magnesium square cover plates
To be equipped with support
frames and plates (p. 98 to 111)
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Built-in IR receiver
Synergy
1 6338 65 6338 64 Mechanisms equipped with white
or anthracite square cover plates
To be equipped with support
frames and plates (p. 164)
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Built-in IR receiver
RCA local source inputs
Arteor
1 5722 94 5727 94 Allows user to plug in devices
like portable audio players and
computer audio outputs
magnesium square cover plates
To be equipped with support frames and
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Synergy
1 6338 66 6338 68 Allows user to plug in devices
like portable audio players and
computer audio outputs
anthracite square cover plates
To be equipped with support frames and
plates (p. 164)
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Accessories
Brackets
1 6338 72 2 module mounting bracket
Allows mounting of 2 single size modules
Horizontal or vertical mounting
1 6338 73 3 module mounting bracket
Allows mounting of 3 single size modules
Horizontal or vertical mounting
RJ 45 patch panels
1 6339 91 4-way - CAT 5e RJ 45 bloc unit/UTP
1 6339 92 4-way - CAT 6 RJ 45 bloc unit/UTP
Installation tools
1 6338 99 EZ crimp tool
10 6338 51 EZ RJ 45 connectors
TV and data sockets (p. 94-95)
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Anthracite
White Anthracite
N
E
W
36
home networks
Arteor
TM

and Synergy
structured wiring - audio

n Installation principle for distributed audio system : 4 source input - 8 zones
You can listen to any one of four audio sources in up to 8 different locations at the same time
Technical characteristics
- High-quality stereo music in 8 rooms
- Select from four unique music sources in every room
- Amplified keypad volume controller
- Local source inputs allow different music in three rooms
- Infrared remote control for easy sound management
- Expandable up to 32 locations
Composition of the installation
- Keypad volume controller in each room
- Local source input in desired room (local listening)
- Loudspeakers in each room
- 4 sources 8 zone distribution module in enclosure
- Single and/or triple source input devices Cat. Nos. 6338 22 and/or 6338 48 in living room
n RJ 45 plug wiring installation
Plug your cable with connector
- Strip your cable and untwist the pairs
- Cut/cross alll wires
- Connect wires in EZ RJ 45 connector as shown
- Crimp connector with EZ crimp tool Cat. No. 6338 99
Audio Sources
(Entertainment Room)
Dual IR
Emitter
Cat. No. 6338 46
Single Source Input
Cat. No. 6338 22
Triple Source Input
Cat. No. 6338 48
Four Sources 8 Zone
Distribution Module
Cat. No. 6338 53
Portable
MP3 Player
(Not included)
Portable
MP3 Player
(Not included)
RCA Local
Source Input
Keypad Volume
Controller
Keypad Volume
Controller
RCA Local
Source Input
Keypad Volume
Controller
Keypad Volume
Controller
6
.
5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6
.
5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6
.
5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6
.
5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
24 V 2
.
5 A
Power Supply
Universal
IR Receiver
Cat. No. 6338 47
Universal
Remote Control
Cat. No. 6338 50
RCA cable
Cat. 5e cable
Loudspeaker cable
Brown
Brown White
Orange
Blue White
Blue
Orange White
Green
Green White
Locking clip
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TIA 568 A wiring standard
Home Networks - EP4
cex-EP0
37
home networks
Arteor
TM

and Synergy
structured wiring - audio (continued)

n Installation principle for distributed audio system : single source input - 4 zones
You can listen to the same audio sources in up to 4 different locations at the same time
- High-quality stereo music in 4 rooms
- Infrared remote control for easy sound management
- Amplified keypad volume controller
Composition of the installation
- Keypad volume controller in each room
- Loudspeakers for each room
- Single source 4 zone distribution module in enclosure
- Single source input device Cat. No. 6338 22 in the living room
n RJ 45 plug wiring installation
Plug your cable with connector
- Strip your cable and untwist the pairs
- Cut/cross all wires
- Connect wires in EZ RJ 45 connector as shown
- Crimp connector with EZ crimp tool Cat. No. 6338 99
Brown
Brown White
Orange
Blue White
Blue
Orange White
Green
Green White
Locking clip
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TIA 568 A wiring standard
Home Networks - EP4
(Existing homeowner equipment)
Dual IR Emitter
Cat. No. 6338 46
Single Source Input
Cat. No. 6338 22
Single Source 4 Zone
Distribution Module
Cat. No. 6338 21
RCA Local
Source Input
RJ 45
Socket
Keypad
Volume Controller
Keypad
Volume Controller
Keypad
Volume Controller
Keypad
Volume Controller 6
.
5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6
.
5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6
.
5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6
.
5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
Universal
Remote Control
Cat. No. 6338 50
24 V 25 A
Power Supply
RCA cable
Cat. 5e cable
Loudspeaker cable
Portable
MP3 Player
(Not included)
38
Door
entry
systems
P. 42
Sfera modular
entrance panels
selection chart
P. 61
Vandal resistant
entrance panels
P. 48
2 wire system
internal units
and handsets
P. 55
8 wire system
handsets
P. 57
Analogue system
handsets
P. 65
1 way kits
Bticino door
entry systems
Salsa
chimes
Legrand door
entry kits
Bticino door
entry kits
P. 67
Salsa chimes
and bell push
NEW
P. 59
Access
control
Bticino
2 wire video handsfree
internal units
(p. 48)
NEW I N 2010
Bticino
Sfera digital
audio / video
speaker module
(p. 49)
39
P. 44
Sfera monobloc
entrance panels
selection chart
P. 46
Vandal resistant
scrolling entrance
panels selection chart
P. 47
Linea 2000
metal push
button panels
P. 61
Standard kits
P. 67
Salsa wireless
chime kits
P. 66
Wiring diagrams
P. 65
Multi-way kits
P. 49
2 wire system
Sfera function
modules
P. 50
2 wire system
components
P. 51
2 wire system
composition
tables
P. 54
IP system
interface
P. 55
8 wire system
Sfera function
modules
P. 56
8 wire system
components
P. 67
Bells and
isolating
transformer
P. 62
Entrance
panels
dimensions
P. 63
Internal units
and handsets
dimensions
P. 57
Analogue system
Sfera function
modules
P. 58
Analogue system
components
Legrand
1 way door entry kits
(p. 65)
40
Legrand, together with its Group brand, Bticino, offers complete solutions for any door
entry requirements, including the very latest in 2 wire and IP technology.
Legrand's door entry
brand, Bticino, which
offers key developers and
installers a wide choice of
innovative and bespoke door
entry solutions, supported
by pre-sales design and
enhanced service options.

With a number of
manufacturing sites
concentrated in Italy, as
well as a successful, well-
known brand in more than
60 countries around the
world, Bticino represents
the very best in Italian
design and innovation.
Door entry solutions
chimes, kits and complete systems
GLOBAL LEADERS IN DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMS
02998a-FE008-Bticino.indd 126 8/1/10 8:20:05 pm
portfolio includes its Group
41
DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMS
Audio and video handsets,
monobloc, modular and
vandal resistant entrance
panels, and a variety of
technologies to suit every
application.

DOOR ENTRY KITS
Cost effective audio and
video kits for basic door
entry requirements in
small installations.

DOOR CHIMES
Including wireless versions
the wall without any cabling.
OTHER LEGRAND SYSTEMS AND RANGES
See p. 74
Arteor home automation
See p. 12
i
i
02998a-FE008-Bticino.indd 127 8/1/10 8:21:22 pm
that can be simply xed to
42
Sfera modular entrance panels
BOXES AND
CHASSIS
RAINSHIELDS
(OPTIONAL)
(2)
SURFACE MOUNTING BOXES WITH
CHASSIS AND SURROUND PLATE
(3)
SURROUND
PLATES
(1)
RANGE OF
FINISHES
(1)
FLUSH MOUNTING SURFACE MOUNTING
3311 30
3 modules
3311 20
2 modules
3311 10
1 module
3312 31
3 vertical modules
3312 11
1 vertical module
3312 21
2 vertical modules
suffix 1
Silver
suffix 2
Ice
suffix 3
Alugrey
3314 91
9 modules
3314 61
6 modules
3313 61
6 modules
3314 31
3 modules
(2) For flush mounting only (1) Please see key, top left (3) Available in silver only
3313 31
3 modules
3314 41
4 modules
3313 41
4 modules
3314 21
2 modules
3313 21
2 modules
3313 11
1 module
3313 91
9 modules
3314 11
1 module
(1) Cat. Nos. show Silver finish as standard.
For other finishes (Ice or Alugrey) replace
the last digit with the corresponding suffix.
E.g : 3321 01 = speaker unit Silver
3321 02 = speaker unit Ice
3321 03 = speaker unit Alugrey
OR
DIGITAL
FUNCTION MODULES
ANALOGUE
FUNCTION MODULES
UNIVERSAL MODULE FRONT COVERS
(1)
FUNCTION MODULES AND UNIVERSAL MODULE FRONT COVERS
3422 00
Name plate
with ribbon
cable and
name card
3321 21
Speaker unit +
2 push buttons
cover
(1 column)
3323 21
Speaker unit +
2 push buttons
(2 columns)
cover
3426 20
Speaker +
scrolling
function/
screen
3426 30
Speaker +
scrolling
function/
screen
3323 41
Speaker unit +
4 push buttons
(2 columns)
cover
3322 41
4 push buttons
cover
(1 column)
3322 01
Name plate
3325 11
Camera cover
3321 01
Speaker unit
cover
3322 31
3 push buttons
cover
(1 column)
3321 11
Speaker unit +
1 push button
cover
(1 column)
3422 40
4 individual push buttons
(1 column)
3424 80
(2 columns)
3326 01
Alphanumeric
keypad cover
3326 51
Code lock
cover
3326 50
Code lock
3325 10
Black and
white
infrared
camera
3325 50
Colour
camera
3321 20
Speaker +
2 push buttons
(1 column)
3323 40
Speaker +
4 push buttons
(2 columns)
3322 00
Name plate with
2 connecting
cables and
wait signal
3322 40
(1 column)
3324 80
(2 columns)
3426 00
Alphanumeric
digital keypad
3426 10
Numeric digital
keypad
3326 51
Numeric digital
keypad cover
3422 00
Name plate
with ribbon
cable and
name card
3422 40
(1 column)
3424 80
(2 columns)
3426 00
Alphanumeric
digital keypad
3426 40
Extra keypad
for scrolling
module
3426 10
Numeric digital
keypad
3325 10
Black and
white infrared
camera
3325 50
Colour
camera
3326 50
Code lock
3324 61
6 push buttons
(2 columns)
cover
3324 81
8 push buttons
(2 columns)
cover
3424 61
Audio/video
camera cover
3424 71
1 push button
audio/video camera cover
(1 column)
3424 81
2 push buttons
audio/video camera cover
(2 columns)
3326 50
Code lock
For analogue
system
For 8 wire
system
For 2 wire
system
43
3426 40
Extra keypad
for scrolling
module
3421 70
Speaker +
2 push buttons
(1 column)
3423 50
Speaker +
4 push buttons
(2 columns)
3421 60
Speaker +
2 push buttons
(1 column)
3423 40
Speaker +
4 push buttons
(2 columns)
3326 71
Extra keypad
cover
3425 10
Black and white
infrared camera
3425 50
Colour camera
3425 60
Audio/video camera
2 push buttons
(1 or 2 columns)
3326 61
Speaker + scrolling
function cover
BLANK MODULE
(1)
3329 11
Blanking plate
3329 51
Blanking module complete
OR OR
Monobloc front covers for code lock and other equipment
Monobloc front covers for keypad systems
Monobloc front covers for push button expansion plates
Monobloc front covers for speakers and push button modules
44
Sfera monobloc entrance panels
MONOBLOC FRONT COVERS for cameras, speakers and push button modules
3331 04 Stainless steel
3331 05 Polished brass
10 push buttons
8 push buttons
6 push buttons
4 push buttons
3 push buttons
6 push buttons
4 push buttons
3 push buttons
2 push buttons
1 push button
2 push buttons
1 push button
12 push buttons
8 push buttons
Video
Audio
(1)
(1)
Also available in polished brass
For larger installations,
scrolling voice modules
can replace speaker and
push button modules
contact us on +44 (0) 870 608 9022
For quotations and technical support
(1) Can also be used with speaker + scrolling function module (Cat. Nos. 3426 20 and 3426 30)
Function modules for code lock
Function modules for cameras, speakers and keypad
Function modules for push buttons
Function modules for speakers and push buttons
BOXES AND CHASSIS FUNCTION MODULES for cameras, speakers and push buttons
45
3311 30
3 modules
3311 20
2 modules
3311 10
1 module
3311 10
1 module
3311 30
3 modules
3311 20
2 modules
3311 30
3 modules
3311 20
2 modules
3311 30
3 modules
3311 20
2 modules
3421 60
Speaker +
2 push buttons
3421 70
Speaker +
2 push buttons
3321 20
Speaker +
2 push buttons
3421 60
Speaker +
2 push
buttons
3421 70
Speaker +
2 push
buttons
3421 60
Speaker +
2 push buttons
3421 70
Speaker +
2 push buttons
3321 20
Speaker +
2 push buttons
3426 30
Scrolling
voice module
for use with
3338 24/25 and
3331 34/35
3426 20
Scrolling
voice module
for use with
3338 24/25 and
3331 34/35
3426 30
Scrolling
voice module
for use with
3338 24/25 and
3331 34/35
3426 20
Scrolling
voice module
for use with
3338 24/25 and
3331 34/35
3426 00
Alphanumeric
digital keypad
3426 00
Alphanumeric
digital keypad
3322 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3322 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3322 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3422 40
4 individual
push buttons
3325 10
Black and white
infrared camera
3325 50
Colour camera
3425 10
Black and white
infrared camera
3425 50
Colour camera
3325 10
Black and white
infrared camera
3325 50
Colour camera
3425 10
Black and white
infrared camera
3425 50
Colour camera
3325 10
Black and white
infrared camera
3325 50
Colour camera
3326 50
Code lock
3326 50
Code lock
3326 50
Code lock
For analogue system For 8 wire system For 2 wire system
3
Vandal resistant
front cover (video)
manufactured in 316L
stainless steel
Polycarbonate
display window
5 mm thick with
anti-scratch coating
2
1
Camera
module
Call key
Scroll key (up)
Scroll key (down)
Metal flush
mounting box
manufactured from
galvanised sheet
steel
Scrolling
voice module
Chassis Proximity system cut-out
46
vandal resistant scrolling entrance panels
s Vandal resistant
Example of video modularity
3337 15
3337 14
AUDIO SCROLLING PANELS FUNCTION MODULES
3426 20
Speaker + scrolling
function/screen
3426 30
Speaker + scrolling
function/screen
Keypad
Included with
Cat. No. 3337 15
Keypad
Included with
Cat. No. 3337 15
3339 15
3339 14
VIDEO SCROLLING PANELS FUNCTION MODULES
3426 20
Speaker + scrolling
function/screen
3426 30
Speaker + scrolling
function/screen
Keypad
Included with
Cat. No. 3339 15
Keypad
Included with
Cat. No. 3339 15
3425 10 or 3425 50
Camera module
3325 10 or 3325 50
Camera module
OR
OR
For 8 wire system For 2 wire system
For 8 wire system For 2 wire system
47
Bticino door enty systems
2 wire - Linea 2000 metal entrance panels
Pack Cat. Nos. Linea 2000 metal
Colour video push button panels
1 3429 91 Zamak finish video push button panel with
adjustable colour camera
Swivel camera on 2 axis
Blue LED name plate light
1 push button
1 3429 92 As above Cat. No. 3429 91 but 2 push button
Black and white video push button panels
1 3429 81 Zamak finish video push button panel with
adjustable black and white camera
Swivel camera on 2 axis
1 push button
Audio push button panels
1 3429 71 Zamak finish audio push button panel
1 push button
3429 82
3429 92
3429 81
3429 91
3429 72 3429 71
Legrand offers comprehensive training
packages for all of its products, including
its popular Bticino training.
Our training courses are totally
free-of-charge and aimed at all levels of experience :
Introductory, intermediate and advanced courses
CPD training
PLUS, for our Bticino and Arteor home systems...
24 hour turnaround on quotations and specications
Testing and trouble-shooting software
Test kits for system diagnosis
Customer focus
CPD training
GET AHEAD OF THE REST...
48
2 wire - hands free internal units and handsets
Pack Cat. Nos. Video hands free internal units
Axolute evolution
Hands free surface mounting internal unit for use
with 2 wire video installations
8 LCD colour screen with OSD (On Screen
Display) menu
Can be fully integrated with the BUS/SCS system
(p. 18-21)
1 3493 20 Axolute Nighter
1 3493 21 Axolute Whice
Axolute station
1 3493 10 Hands free surface mounting internal unit for use
with 2 wire video installations
5
.
6 LCD colour screen with OSD (On Screen
Display) menu
Can be fully integrated with the SCS/BUS system
(p. 18-21)
To be equipped with special plates below
Axolute station cover plates
1 3492 10 Brushed aluminium cover plate
1 3492 11 Kristall glass cover plate
1 3492 12 Teak wood cover plate
Arteor display
Hands free flush mounting internal unit 2
.
5 LCD
colour display with OSD (On Screen Display) menu
Can be fully integrated with the SCS/BUS system
(p. 18-21)
To be equipped with special plates (p. 106, 108
and 111)
Cat. No. 0893 79 or 0892 79
1 5739 50 White
1 5739 51 Magnesium
Polyx video internal unit
1 3441 92 Surface mounting video internal unit with 3.5 monitor
Doorlock push button and 4 programmable push
buttons (0-1-2-3) configurable for a choice of functions
Handset has the following functions:
- bell adjustment and exclusion
- inductive loop to allow the use for people with
impaired hearing
Video handsets
Swing colour video handset
1 3448 24 Swing video handset with 4 colour TFT monitor
A choice of 16 types of pre-programmed ring tones
impaired hearing
- door lock status LED
Swing black and white video handset
1 3448 04 As above Cat. No. 3448 24 but with 4 black and
white monitor
Sprint black and white video handset
1 3443 42 Sprint video handset with 4 black and white monitor
Door lock push button, staircase light control and
auto power ON button to monitor the entrance panels
or the possible cameras
Volume, brightness and contrast adjustments
Call secrecy function
3441 92
3442 02 3447 04
5739 50 3493 20
3440 82
3448 24 3443 42
Entrance panels
see p. 42-45
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
Pack Cat. Nos. Audio hands free internal units
Arteor audio internal unit
Flush mounting audio internal unit
Volume adjustment for communication and call tone,
and with bell get-off indicator
Allows intercom between several rooms
Supplied complete with special flush mounting box
and cover plate
1 5740 11 White (supplied with white plate)
1 5743 11 Magnesium (supplied with mirror black plate)
Polyx audio internal unit
1 3440 82 Surface mounting audio internal unit
impaired hearing
Audio handsets
Swing audio handset
1 3447 04 Swing audio handset can be installed in 2 wire systems
A choice of 16 types of pre-programmed ring tones
The bell volume can be adjusted and excluded
impaired hearing
Sprint audio handsets
1 3442 02 Sprint audio handset with door lock push button
Call volume can be set to 3 levels
1 3442 12 Sprint audio handset with door lock push button and a
push button for auxiliary functions
Call volume can be set to 3 levels
2 wire - Sfera function modules
Pack Cat. Nos. Sfera function modules
Speaker modules
1 3425 60 Digital audio/video speaker module with 2 push
buttons (1 column or 2 columns) including colour
camera with LED lighting for night visibility
The camera angle of the lens on the horizontal axis
can be set at 15
1 3421 70 Digital speaker module with 2 call push buttons and
an additional push button for the trade function
The name plates are illuminated by 8 green LEDs
1 3423 50 As above Cat. No. 3421 70 but with 4 call push
buttons (2 columns)
1 3469 91 Digital 2 wire universal speaker unit for use with
vandal resistant bespoke entrance panels
Digital call speaker module with graphic display
1 3426 30 Digital alphanumeric call + speaker module to be
used in 2 wire systems
Can send the call to a handset by scrolling the
residents names or codes on a display using the
dedicated keys
Combines the functions of digital speaker module
and alphanumeric display in a single device
The module can save up to 1000 residents names
and surnames associating them to the apartment
SCS address
500 names can be saved when the possibility of
coupling a message with them is chosen
If only the residents codes are saved, the capacity
extends to 5000 codes
NOTE: Can be programmed using a PC with the
TICALL software (can be downloaded free from the
website www.bticino.co.uk) and the suitable interface
Cat. No. 3359
Additional alphanumeric keypad module
1 3426 40 Extra alphanumeric keypad to be used together with
module Cat. No. 3426 30
It can call the resident directly (by typing the
programmed code) and activate the open door
lock function (by typing the secret code)
It is supplied with multi-cable and connector for
connection to the speaker module
Name plate module
1 3422 00 Digital name plate module which can be used to
display the street number or any other information
Can be used to display a caption in entrance panels
with numeric call module Cat. No. 3426 10
Pack Cat. Nos. Sfera function modules (continued)
Push button modules
1 3422 40 Digital push button module with 4 call push buttons
The connections to the system are made using the
multi-cable supplied; also the name plates are
illuminated by 12 green LEDs
buttons (2 columns)
1 3469 92 Expansion for Cat. No. 3469 91 : additional
8 push buttons
Alphanumeric digital call module
1 3426 00 Module which can send the call choosing the name
of the handset in a list which is shown on a display
The module can also activate the door lock by
means of a secret code number
The module is supplied with a multicable for the
Numeric digital call module
1 3426 10 The numeric call module can make calls from the
entrance panel to handsets by just keying in the
number corresponding to the handset required
In practice it works like making a telephone call on a
normal telephone
The correspondence between the numbers and the
user names is found from a phone book by the side
of the module and made up of name plate modules
Cat. No. 3422 00
From 1 to 4 numbers may be keyed in to make the
call, as programmed by the installer
The module can also activate the electric door lock
by means of a secret code number
Code lock module
1 3426 50 Code lock module for door lock activation
Camera modules
1 3425 10 Black and white camera module for 2 wire video
systems with IR lighting for night visibility
In the installation phase the angle of the lens on the
horizontal axis can be set at 20 and on the
vertical axis at 15
1 3425 50 Colour camera module for 2 wire video systems with
LED lighting for night visibility
vertical axis at 15
49
3425 60 3421 70
3426 30 3426 40 3422 00
NEW
3423 50 3422 40 3426 00
3326 50 3425 10 3425 50
3426 10
NEW
50
2 wire - system components
1 3460 00 Power supply unit for 2 wire audio or video
- 8 DIN rail modules 1200 mA
1 3460 20 Compact power supply unit for 2 wire audio or
video installations
Suitable only to feed additional handsets or
entrance panels
1 3460 30 Compact power supply unit with video adaptor for
2 wire installations
Relays
1 3462 00 Staircase light timer relay
- 4 DIN rail modules
1 3462 30 Digital remote secure door lock relay
1 3462 50 Digital 2 wire relay - NC/NO contact
(Can be added in entrance panel back box)
1 3462 60 Digital 2 wire system timer relay with electro-
magnetic locks management, temporised door
opening and lock states signalling
Video accessories
1 3468 30 2 wire video adapter (to be used with power supply
Cat. No. 3460 00 in 2 wire video installations)
1 5739 98 Audio/video node for mixing audio/video sources
(max. 4 sources) - 6 DIN rail modules
Note: to be used as an alternative to video adaptor
Cat. No. 3468 30
1 3468 41 Video floor distribution block - 4 outputs
1 3474 00 Remote camera interface
Input module for external camera to 2 wire
1 3468 70 Video amplifier for systems made with non-twisted
cables (100 m max.)
1 F442 Video TV interface
1 3461 50 8 wire/ 2 wire interface
1 3494 10 Analogue/ 2 wire interface
1 3468 90 IP/ 2 wire interface
Pack Cat. Nos. Expansion interfaces
1 3468 50 Apartment interface for 2 wire installation
Allows the connection of an independent video door
entry system integrated with Arteor home systems
applications in the apartment to the apartment
block riser
The use of the internal installation within the
apartment does not occupy the main block riser
1 3468 51 Installation expansion module
Allows increase in distance between entrance panel
and handset, increase in number of devices
installed, creation of risers with independent
entrance panels
Bell accessories
1 3369 10 Additional bell
1 3468 33 Floor call input device for door bell
Other accessories
1 3469 02 Push button modules connection cable for entrance
panel in several rows
1 3469 03 Connector for push button panels with more
than 26 push buttons
0492 02
3468 30 3462 00 3468 50 3469 02
3469 03
3460 00
3468 70 3494 10 3468 41 0261 45
Configurators
1 0492 00 Configurators No. 0 (pack of 10)
1 0492 18 Configurators SLA (pack of 10)
1 0492 10 Configurators GEN (pack of 10)
1 3060 64 Configurators kit - 10 internal units
1 3060 65 Configurators kit - 20 internal units
1 0261 45 Configurator site kit made up of:
10 pcs for 0 to 9
2 blue extractable connectors with 8 terminals
2 green extractable connectors with 2 terminals
1 tweezers
1 plastic screwdriver
Bus cable
1 5739 99 2 conductor cable (200 m coil)
51
2 wire - system composition table
colour video - Sfera modular entrance panels (Star Wiring)
This table is indicative only, exact requirements may vary depending on project configuration.
Further technical support is available by calling +44 (0) 870 608 9022
(1) Arteor display internal units require cover plates, see p. 106, 108 and 111
(2) Axolute station internal unit requires cover plates, see p. 48
(3) Please add configurator Cat. No. 3060 64 to the system composition
(5) Uses 3 push button module with only 2 push buttons in use. For alternatives please contact technical support
Box +chassis
(Flush mounting)
Surround
plates
Function modules
and accessories
Modular front covers
Power supply +
video adapter
Video handsets
Arteor
display
White
finish
(1)
Arteor
display
Magnesium
finish
(1)
Axolute
station
(2)
Polyx
display
Swing
331120 331110 331130 3312 21 3312 21 331231 3425 60 3422 40 3469 02 342461 342471 3322 31 3322 41 332911 3460 00 3460 30 3468 41 3448 24 3441 92 5739 50 5739 51 3493 10
1 or 1 or 1 or 1 or 1
2 or 2 or 2 or 2 or 2
3 or 3 or 3 or 3 or 3
4 or 4 or 4 or 4 or 4
5 or 5 or 5 or 5 or 5
6 or 6 or 6 or 6 or 6
7 or 7 or 7 or 7 or 7
8 or 8 or 8 or 8 or 8
9 or 9 or 9 or 9 or 9
10 or 10 or 10 or 10 or 10
11 or 11 or 11 or 11 or 11
12 or 12 or 12 or 12 or 12
13 or 13 or 13 or 13 or 13
14 or 14 or 14 or 14 or 14
15 or 15 or 15 or 15 or 15
16 or 16 or 16 or 16 or 16
17 or 17 or 17 or 17 or 17
18 or 18 or 18 or 18 or 18
19 or 19 or 19 or 19 or 19
20 or 20 or 20 or 20 or 20
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
(5)
1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 2 1 1
(5)
1 1 1 2
1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2
1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2
2 2 1 3 1 1 1
(5)
2 1 1 3
2 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 3
2 2 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 3
2 2 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 3
2 2 1 4 1 1 1
(5)
3 1 1 1 4
2 2 1 4 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 4
2 2 1 4 1 1 4 1 1 1 4
2 2 1 4 1 1 4 1 1 1 4
2 2 1 5 1 1 1
(5)
4 1 1 5
2 2 1 5 1 1 4 1 1 5
2 2 1 5 1 5 1 1 5
1
(3)
2
(3)
3
(3)
4
(3)
5
(3)
6
(3)
7
(3)
8
(3)
9
(3)
10
(3)
11
(4)
12
(4)
13
(4)
14
(4)
15
(4)
16
(4)
17
(4)
18
(4)
19
(4)
20
(4)
No.
of
calls
Video
floor
distribution
block
52
black and white video - Sfera modular entrance panels (Star Wiring)
Box +chassis
(Flush mounting)
Surround
plates
Function modules
and accessories
Power supply +
video adapter
Video handsets
Swing Sprint
331120 331130 3312 21 331231 3469 02 3322 31 3322 41 332911 3460 00 3460 30 3468 41 3448 04 3443 42
No.
of
calls
Video
floor
distribution
block
331110 3312 21 3425 60 3422 40 342461 342471
1 or 1
2 or 2
3 or 3
4 or 4
5 or 5
6 or 6
7 or 7
8 or 8
9 or 9
10 or 10
11 or 11
12 or 12
13 or 13
14 or 14
15 or 15
16 or 16
17 or 17
18 or 18
19 or 19
20 or 20
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
(3)
1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 2 1 1
(3)
1 1 1 2
1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2
1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2
2 2 1 3 1 1 1
(3)
2 1 1 3
2 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 3
2 2 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 3
2 2 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 3
2 2 1 4 1 1 1
(3)
3 1 1 1 4
2 2 1 4 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 4
2 2 1 4 1 1 4 1 1 1 4
2 2 1 4 1 1 4 1 1 1 4
2 2 1 5 1 1 1
(3)
4 1 1 5
2 2 1 5 1 1 4 1 1 5
2 2 1 5 1 5 1 1 5
1
(1)
2
(1)
3
(1)
4
(1)
5
(1)
6
(1)
7
(1)
8
(1)
9
(1)
10
(1)
11
(2)
12
(2)
13
(2)
14
(2)
15
(2)
16
(2)
17
(2)
18
(2)
19
(2)
20
(2)
(3) Uses 3 push button module with only 2 push buttons in use. For alternatives please contact technical support
No.
of
calls
1
(1)
2
(1)
3
(1)
4
(1)
5
(1)
6
(1)
7
(1)
8
(1)
9
(1)
10
(1)
11
(2)
12
(2)
13
(2)
14
(2)
15
(2)
16
(2)
17
(2)
18
(2)
19
(2)
20
(2)
53
audio - Sfera modular entrance panels (Star Wiring)
Box +chassis
(Flush mounting)
Surround
plates
(1)
Push button
module
Speaker module
and
power supply
Audio handsets
Sprint Swing
Polyx
hands
free
Arteor
hands free
White Magnesium
331120 331110 331130 3312 21 3312 11 331231 3422 40 3469 02 332101 332111 3321 21 3322 31 3322 41 332911 3460 00 3421 70
3442 02
3442 12
3447 04 3440 82 5740 11 5744 11
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 2 1 2
1 1 1 1 2 1 2
1 1 1 1 2 1 2
2 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 2
2 2 1 1 3 1 1 3
2 2 1 1 3 1 1 3
2 2 1 1 3 1 1 3
2 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 3 1
2 2 1 1 4 1 1 4 1
2 2 1 1 4 1 1 4 1
2 2 1 1 4 1 1 4 1
2 2 1 1 5 1 1 1 4
2 2 1 1 5 1 1 5
1 or 1 or 1 or 1 or 1
2 or 2 or 2 or 2 or 2
3 or 3 or 3 or 3 or 3
4 or 4 or 4 or 4 or 4
5 or 5 or 5 or 5 or 5
6 or 6 or 6 or 6 or 6
7 or 7 or 7 or 7 or 7
8 or 8 or 8 or 8 or 8
9 or 9 or 9 or 9 or 9
10 or 10 or 10 or 10 or 10
11 or 11 or 11 or 11 or 11
12 or 12 or 12 or 12 or 12
13 or 13 or 13 or 13 or 13
14 or 14 or 14 or 14 or 14
15 or 15 or 15 or 15 or 15
16 or 16 or 16 or 16 or 16
17 or 17 or 17 or 17 or 17
18 or 18 or 18 or 18 or 18
19 or 19 or 19 or 19 or 19
20 or 20 or 20 or 20 or 20
54
IP system
5740 39
IP - the future
of door entry
Using IP technology as a backbone,
with standard 2 wire risers, its now easier than
ever to meet the most complex demands for the largest
residential developments.
FULLY INTEGRATED SOLUTIONS
Contact us on +44 (0) 870 608 9020
or visit www.bticino.co.uk
IP is the very latest in door entry technology.
Used together with Bticinos 2 wire range,
the results offer outstanding capabilities...
Up to 10,000 apartments
Up to 1,000 entrance panels
Pack Cat. Nos. IP interface
1 5740 39 For extended systems with IP backbone and
2 wire support
1 5740 43 Virtual switchboard software for managing
entryphone and video entryphone calls
The software (for Windows operating systems) can
be installed on any fixed or mobile PC and is used
to receive, manage and transfer calls from inside
and outside
Offers home video control with cyclical CCTV vision,
day and night functions and the ability to display
the alarms present in the various apartments
- Operating systems supported : Microsoft Windows
XP Service Pack 2 and Windows Vista
- Software required : NET Framework 2.0 or later
5740 43
N
E
W
8 wire - handsets and switchboards
Pack Cat. Nos. Video handsets
1 3341 22 Pivot colour video handset with speech secrecy and
wall mounting bracket
1 3341 02 Pivot black and white video handset with speech
secrecy and wall mounting bracket
1 3343 42 Sprint black and white video handset
Audio handsets
1 3340 02 Pivot audio handset with speech secrecy and
1 3342 02 Sprint audio handset
Accessories for Pivot handsets
1 3371 02 Table-top base for Pivot audio
1 3371 22 Table-top base for Pivot video
1 3060 62 Socket outlet for table-top installation
1 3368 03 Cable with plug (2 m) for table-top installation
55
3341 02
3340 02
3341 22
3342 02
3343 42
3423 40 3426 40
3426 40 3422 00 3326 50
3426 20
Entrance panels
see p. 42-45
8 wire - Sfera function modules
Switchboards
1 3440 02 Audio alphanumeric digital switchboard unit
1 3344 02 Video black and white unit for central switchboard
handset (Cat. No. 3440 02)
1 3351 22 Video colour unit for central switchboard
handset (Cat. No. 3440 02)
1 3371 32 Table-top base for video switchboard
1 3060 62 Socket outlet for table-top installation
Speaker modules
1 3421 60 Digital speaker module with two call push buttons and
an additional push button for trade function
The name plates are lit up by 8 green LEDs
1 3423 40 As above Cat. No. 3421 60 but with 4 call push buttons
(2 columns)
Digital call speaker module with graphic display
1 3426 20 Digital alphanumeric call + speaker module
Can send the call to a handset by scrolling the
residents names or codes on a display using the
dedicated keys
Combines the functions of digital speaker module and
alphanumeric display in a single device
Can save up to 1000 residents names and surnames
associating them to the apartment SCS address
500 names can be saved when the possibility of
coupling a message with them is chosen
If only the residents codes are saved, the capacity
extends to 5000 codes
NOTE: Can be programmed using a PC with the
TICALL software (can be downloaded free from the
website www.bticino.co.uk) and the suitable interface
Cat. No. 3359
Additional alphanumeric keypad module
1 3426 40 To be used together with module Cat. No. 3426 20
It can call the resident directly (by typing the
programmed code) and activate the open door lock
function (by typing the secret code)
It is supplied with multi-cable and connector for
Name plate module
1 3422 00 Digital name plate module which can be used to
display the street number or any other information
Can be used to display a caption in entrance panels
with numeric call module Cat. No. 3426 10
Push button modules
1 3422 40 Digital push button module with 4 call push buttons
The connections to the system are made using the
multi-cable supplied; also the name plates are
illuminated by 12 green LEDs
1 3424 80 As above Cat. No. 3422 40 but with 8 call push buttons
(2 columns)
Alphanumeric digital call module
1 3426 00 Module which can send the call choosing the name of
the audio handset in a list which is shown on a display
The module can also activate the door lock by means
of a secret code number
Camera modules
1 3325 10 Black and white camera module with IR lighting for
night visibility
horizontal axis can be set at 20 and on the vertical
axis at 15
1 3325 50 Colour camera module with LED lighting for night
visibility
horizontal axis can be set at 20 and on the vertical
axis at 15
Dimensions (p. 63-64)
56
8 wire - system components
Pack Cat. Nos. Configurators
1 3060 64 Configurators kit for 10 internal units
1 3060 65 Configurators kit for 20 internal units
1 0261 45 Configurator site kit made up of:
10 pcs for 0 to 9
2 blue extractable connectors with 8 terminals
2 green extractable connectors with 2 terminals
1 tweezers
1 plastic screwdriver
Cables
1 3369 00 8 core digital cable - 100 m coil
1 3369 03 8 core digital cable - 500 m coil
Wiring tester
1 3369 50 Wiring tester
1 3360 10 Digital system and analogue video power suppy unit
1 3368 42 Transformer 230 V A/12 V AC 18 VA
(for code lock module Cat. No. 3326 50)
Relays
1 3362 00 Intercommunication relay
- 6 DIN rail modules for audio and video
1 3462 00 Staircase light timer relay 230 V
1 3462 30 Digital remote secure door lock relay
Audio/video distribution blocks
1 3461 40 Audio riser distribution block
1 3461 00 Video riser distribution block
1 3461 80 Audio/video digital distribution block for several
independent risers
1 3461 20 Audio digital floor distribution block
1 3461 90 Video digital floor distribution block
1 3468 60 2 directional input and output device
for video 8 wire switchboard
Video accessories
1 3368 20 Video/services shunt for 5 internal intercom units
- 6 DIN rail modules used with 3362 00
1 3469 60 Video selector for several digital entrance panels
1 3461 50 8 wire / 2 wire interface
Bell accessory
Other accessories
1 3469 02 Push button modules connection cable for entrance
panel in several rows
1 3469 03 Connector for push button panels with more
than 26 push buttons
3360 10
3369 00
0261 45 3461 40 3461 00 3369 10
3362 00
0492 02
Pack Cat. Nos. Video handsets
1 3341 22 Pivot colour video handset with speech secrecy and
1 3341 02 Pivot black and white video handset with speech
secrecy and wall mounting bracket
1 3343 42 Sprint black and white video handset
Audio handsets
1 3340 02 Pivot audio handset with speech secrecy and
1 3042 22 Sprint audio handset with speech secrecy,
call exclusion and LED
1 3342 02 Sprint audio handset
Accessories for Pivot handsets
1 3371 02 Table-top base for Pivot audio
1 3371 22 Table-top base for Pivot video
1 3368 03 Cable for table mounting (2 m)
1 3060 62 8 pin socket for table mounting handsets
57
3321 20 3323 40
Entrance panels and
cover plates
see p. 42-45
analogue - handsets
analogue - Sfera function modules
Speaker modules
1 3321 20 Analogue speaker module with 2 call push buttons
and an additional push button for trade function
The name plates are lit up by a lamp fitted on a
removable drawer
The module is supplied with all the wires needed for
the cabling
buttons
1 3369 20 Analogue universal speaker unit for use with
bespoke entrance panels
Push button module
1 3322 40 Analogue push button module with 4 call push buttons
The name plates are lit up by a lamp fitted on a
removable drawer
The module is supplied with all the wires needed for
the cabling
buttons
Code lock module
1 3326 50 Code lock module
This module opens and closes 2 separate relays by
keying in 2 code numbers
Camera modules
1 3325 10 Black and white camera module with IR lighting for
night visibility
The camera module can be used in analogue system
using accessory Cat. No. 3363 20
vertical axis at 15
1 3325 50 Colour camera module with lighting with white LED
for night visibility
The camera module can be used in analogue system
using accessory Cat. No. 3363 20
vertical axis at 15
3341 02
3340 02
3341 22
3342 02
3343 42
3042 22
3322 40
3326 50 3325 10 3325 50
3369 20
58
analogue - system components
1 3360 00 Audio analogue power supply unit
1 3360 10 Digital systems and analogue video power supply unit
1 3368 42 Transformer 230 V - 12 V AC 18 VA
(for code lock module Cat. No. 3326 50)
Relays
1 3362 00 Intercommunication relay
- 6 DIN rail modules for audio and video
1 3362 10 Audio/video changeover relay for entrance panels
1 3362 20 Auxiliary relay
1 3363 10 Door lock control relay
Pack Cat. Nos.
Video accessories
1 3368 10 Video distribution block for 60 mm box
1 3368 20 Distribution block for 5 internal intercom video units
- 6 DIN rail modules used with Cat. No. 3362 00
1 3363 20 Camera timer
1 3373 20 Video signal converter for external camera
1 3494 10 Analogue/2 wire interface
Bell accessory
Other accessory
1 0032 97 Replacement lamp
3369 10
3368 10 3368 20
3494 10
3360 10
3368 42
3362 20
3362 00 3362 10
3363 10
3363 20
3360 00
59
access control
Pack Cat. Nos. Code lock keypad kit IP 67
Vandal resistant with blue back lit keys
2 relays
Users : up to 100
Finish : polished cast aluminium
Voltage : 12-48 V DC, 12-24 V AC
Current : 80 mA
1 8216 30 Code lock keypad (GALEO2R)
Stand-alone reader IP 54
Self-contained proximity reader /controller
Programmed via a master code, the unit has LED
and audible indication, with exit button input and
timed relay output
Accepts a remote read head for higher security
Users : up to 500
Finish : ABS
Voltage : 12 V AC / DC
Current : 80 mA
1 8216 31 Stand-alone reader (Promi500)
Sfera modular proximity kit
Kit comprises :
- door controller
- Sfera modular panel mounting reader
- power supply unit
- 10 proximity key fobs
Reader uses LED and audible indication, exit button
input and timed relay output
1 8210 86 Stand-alone 2 door controller kit
(1) The kit can be used as a stand-alone proximity system or,
alternatively, integrated into a Bticino audio/video entrance panel
For full details of additional equipment and finishes,
please contact technical support
Pack Cat. Nos. Proximity key fobs
1 8210 87 Grey proximity key fobs (pack of 10)
Additional mushroom head reader IP 67
Small profile reader suitable for external use
To be used with stand-alone reader Cat. No. 8216 31
or in conjunction with access control kit Cat. No.
8210 86 to replace Sfera modular reader or to
control a second door
Can be mounted in vandal resistant panels
Cat. Nos. 3337 14/15 and 3339 14/15 (p. 46)
Can be installed up to 50 metres from the controller
Finish : High impact ABS
Dimensions : 42 mm head, 25 mm body
diameter
Operating temperature : 20 to +50 C
1 8210 83 Mushroom head reader
Sfera monobloc plates for mushroom
head reader
Pre-drilled to accept mushroom head reader
Cat. No. 8210 83
1 8210 84
(1)
Brass
1 8210 85
(1)
Stainless steel
Additional Sfera modular reader IP 54
Sfera modular panel mounting reader with LED and
audible indication
To be used in conjunction with access control kit
Cat. No. 8210 86 to control a second door
1 8210 82 Sfera modular reader
8216 30
8216 31
8210 87
(1) Use 3311 10 back box p. 42
For more information about
Bticino door entry and access
control solutions
Contact us on +44 (0) 870 608 9022
60
Pack Cat. Nos. Surface magnetic locks
High quality, surface mount, electromagnetic lock
with a holding force of 300 kg
Finish : aluminium
Voltage : 1224 V DC
Current : 630 mA/ 315 mA
Operating tempeture : 20 to +50 C
1 8216 32 Surface magnetic lock 300 kg (FAS 300)
1 8210 79 Surface magnetic lock kit - 300 kg (including PSU,
Z and L brackets and NC relay)
Flush magnetic lock
Mortice mount electromagnetic lock with a holding
force of 300 kg
Ideal for locking sliding doors and windows
Finish : aluminium
Voltage : 1224 V DC
Current : 630 mA at 12 V DC
313 mA at 24 V DC
Operating tempeture : 20 to +50 C
1 8216 33 Flush magnetic lock 300 kg (FES 300)
Z and L bracket
For use with Cat. Nos. 8216 32/33
For universal mounting
1 8216 34 Z and L kit for 300 series (P 300)
Power supply unit
For magnetic locks
DC power supply for powering up to
20 A at 12 V DC and 20 A at 24 V DC
These units have charging circuits for standby
batteries, and are supplied in metal cases with
LED indication
1 8216 35 12 V DC, 20 A standard (PSU 122)
Break glass unit for emergency exit
IP 40 - IK07
Green
Surface mounting
Call by pressing the membrane (pressure 2
.
5 kg)
with clear display of the call position
Reset on front of device, with special key (supplied)
Space reserved to stick a function using
identification label
Equipped with NO/ NC contact
5 A-24 V
=
/1 A-48 V
=
1 0380 23 Break glass unit for emergency exit
Pack Cat. Nos.
access control (continued)
8216 32
Mounting plate
Electromagnet
Armature plate
Safety cables
8216 35
Latch hammer locks
1 8206 48 Mortice latch hammer 12 V DC
1 8206 50 Rim latch hammer 12 V DC
0380 23
61
Bticino door entry kits
2 wire - with surface mounting vandal resistant
entrance panel
Bticino door entry kits
2 wire/analogue - with surface mounting
entrance panel
Sprint Linea 2000 audio kit (analogue 2 wire)
Kit comprises :
Linea series extra slim surface mounting audio
entrance panel with pressed aluminium body and
illuminated name plate
Sprint audio handset
Power supply
1 3638 11 1 way audio kit
1 3315 50 Additional handset (6 wire)
Vandal resistant entrance panel manufactured in Zamak
Conform to BS EN 60065, BS EN 50081-1 and BS EN 50082-1
IP 54 audio or video entrance panel
Guaranteed co-ax free
Conform to BS EN 60065, BS EN 50081-1 and BS EN 50082-1
IP 54 audio or video entrance panel
All wires centralised at main handset
Swing Linea 2000 metal video kit
Kit comprises :
Linea metal surface video entrance panel with
vandal resistant body, black and white camera,
infrared lighting and illuminated name plate(s)
Swing black and white video handset(s)
Power supply
Video adapter
1 3676 11 1 way black and white video kit
Swing Linea 2000 metal colour video kit
Kit comprises :
Linea metal surface video entrance panel with vandal
resistant body, colour camera, LED lighting and
illuminated name plate(s)
Swing colour video handset(s)
Power supply
Video adapter
1 3675 11 1 way colour video kit
Pack Cat. Nos. Sprint Linea 2000 video kit (digital 2 wire)
Kit comprises :
Linea series extra slim surface mounting video
entrance panel with pressed aluminium body, black
and white camera and illuminated name plate
Power supply
Video adapter
Sprint Linea 2000 video kit (analogue system)
Kit comprises :
Linea series extra slim surface mounting video
entrance panel with pressed aluminium body, black
and white camera and illuminated name plate
Power supply
1 3651 11 1 way analogue black and white video kit
1 3360 10 Power supply unit - 10 DIN modules
1 3343 42 Additional Sprint black and white handset
Sprint Linea 2000 audio kit (analogue system)
Linea series extra slim surface mounting audio
entrance panel with pressed aluminium body and
illuminated name plate
Sprint audio handset
Power supply
1 3632 11 1 way analogue audio kit
3638 11
3653 11 3651 11
3689 11 3675 11
3681 11
Pack Cat. Nos. Polyx Linea 2000 metal colour video kit
Kit comprises :
Linea metal surface video entrance panel with vandal
resistant body, colour camera, LED lighting and
illuminated name plate(s)
Polyx hands free colour video handset(s)
Power supply
Video adapter
3676 11
Swing Linea 2000 metal audio kit
Kit comprises :
Linea metal surface audio entrance panel with
vandal resistant body and illuminated name plate(s)
Swing audio handset(s)
Power supply
3638 11 packaging
62
entrance panels
B
C A
s Flush mounting boxes with Sfera module supporting
chassis
s Surround plates
s Linea kit entrance panels (vandal resistant or standard)
s Sfera monobloc
s Rainshields
s Surface mounting boxes and chassis for Sfera modular
s Vandal resistant monobloc video push button panels
s Vandal resistant monobloc audio push button panels
A
B
A
B
A
B
C
A
B
C
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. A B C
3311 10 117 123 43
3311 20 117 214 43
3311 30 117 306 43
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. A B C
3339 14 150 284 4
3339 15 150 4015 4
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. A B C
3337 14 150 198 4
3337 15 150 283 4
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. A B
3312 11 140 142
3312 21 140 233
3312 31 140 325
Dimensions (mm)
No. modules A B
1 140 142
2 140 233
3 140 325
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. A B C
3313 11 155 160 92
3313 21 155 255 92
3313 31 155 360 92
3313 41 290 255 92
3313 61 290 360 92
3313 91 430 360 92
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. A B C
3314 11 151 151 50
3314 21 151 242 50
3314 31 151 334 50
3314 41 290 242 50
3314 61 290 334 50
3314 91 430 334 50
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
98
1
7
6
31
106
1
8
5
35
Standard entrance panels Vandal resistant entrance panels
63
video hands free internal units and handsets
210 685
2
1
0
s Axolute evolution video internal units
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. 3493 20/21
s Swing video handsets
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. 3448 24/04
s Arteor display video internal units
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. 5739 50/51
s Polyx video internal unit
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. No. 3441 92
s Pivot video handsets
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. 3341 22/02
s Sprint video handset
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. No. 3443 42
61 180
2
1
0
151
.
5
1
5
1
.
5
33
.
2
20 230
3
0
5
1
5
1
168 30
56 210
2
1
5
3
2
1
0
64
audio hands free internal units and handsets
s Swing audio handset
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. No. 3447 04
s Arteor audio internal units
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. 5740 11 and 5743 11
s Polyx audio internal unit
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. No. 3440 82
s Pivot audio handset
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. No. 3340 02
s Sprint audio handset
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. 3442 02/12
1
2
8
124
.
5 30
56 90
3
2
1
2
1
5
45 40
.
2
1
1
3
70 685
2
1
0
56 101
2
1
6
65
Legrand door entry kits
1 way
multi-way
3690 03
3690 53 3690 63
Pack Cat. Nos. Audio door entry kits IP 54
Cost effective kits for basic door entry requirements
Composition :
Extra-slim surface mounting entrance panel
Handsets (electronic call tone)
Audio control interface
Door release not included in the kit
Audio kit for :
1 3757 10 1 apartment
1 3757 20 2 apartments
Additional handset with electronic call tone
The system can accept up to 4 handsets in parallel
on the same call button
1 3742 00 Audio handset
Door release
1 3749 00 12 V door release
Pack Cat. Nos. Video door entry kits
Cost effective kits for basic door entry requirements
Composition :
Extra-slim 1 push button surface mounting
entrance panel
Black and white video handset with 4 monitor and
integrated power supply. Equipped with cable and
BS 1363 standard plug
Features :
4 x 0
.
5 mm
2
(up to 25 m) wires between handset and
entrance panel + 2 wires for the door lock opening
(not included)
1 3690 53 1 way video kit black and white
1 3690 63 1 way video kit black and white hands free
3757 10
3757 10 packaging
Audio door entry kit
Composition :
Extra-slim 1 push button surface mounting
entrance panel
Audio handset with transformer. Equipped with
BS 1363 standard plug
Features :
2 x 0
.
5 mm
2
(up to 50 m) wires between handset and
entrance panel + 2 wires for the door lock opening
(not included)
Additional handset
1 3690 08 Audio handset with transformer equipped with BS
1363 standard plug
N
E
W
Technical information (p. 66) Technical information (p. 66)
1 way and multi-way
66
R1
R2
R
2
R
1
L
-
L
+
R1
L
-
L
+
R
4
R
3
R
2
R
1
100-240 V
(50/60Hz)
R2
R3
R4
OFF
ON
s Wiring diagrams - 1 way kits
Cat. No. 3690 03 Cat. Nos. 3690 53/63
Audio installation for 1 apartment
Cat. No. 3757 10
s Wiring diagram - multi-way kits
230 V
2 5
1
4 1
2
67
Salsa chimes
Pack Cat. Nos. Salsa 2 note electromechanical chimes
Concerto
Tone level : 80 dB at 1 m
White Dimensions : 177 x 104 x 45 mm
1 0416 50 8 V
(1)
or 9 V alkaline battery (not supplied)
Class III
(2)
1 0416 52 230 V50 / 60 Hz Class II with built-in transformer
Salsa electronic melodies chime
Adagio
Class III
(2)
3 selectable melodies
1 three note melody using additional bell push
(not supplied)
Adjustable volume control
Tone level : 70 - 75 - 80 dB at 1 m
1 0417 43 8 V
(1)
or 4 x 15 V alkaline batteries (not supplied)
Bells with cover
Surface mounting with levelling facility
1 0412 19 8 V50/60 Hz
(1)
- Class III
(2)
1 0412 43 230 V50/60 Hz - Class II
with built-in transformer
Safety isolating transformer
Conforms to BS 3535-1 and IS EN 60742 and
IEC 61558-2-8
Surface mounting, double insulated 0
1 0420 25 230 Vprimary
8 / 12 Vsecondary at 1 A
1 0420 27 230 Vprimary
8 / 12 Vsecondary at 2 / 3 A
Surface mounting bell push
IP 30 - Class III
(2)
Horizontal or vertical installation
Fixing screws not supplied
5 0416 46 White
0416 50
0416 15
0416 32
(1) Use with transformer Cat. No. 0420 25
(2) Very low safety voltage
0412 19 0420 25
0416 46
Pack Cat. Nos. Salsa wireless chime kits
IP 20 - Class III
(2)
Radio frequency : 43392 MHz
Operated by push-button transmitter (supplied)
Transmitter : 3 x 15 V alkaline batteries (not supplied)
Receiver : 4 x 15 V alkaline batteries (not supplied)
Alti
1 melody
Range : up to 100 metres
1 0416 15 Battery operated (batteries not supplied)
Adagio
2 selectable melodies
1 three note melody using transmitter (not supplied)
Adjustable volume control
Range : up to 200 metres
Tone level : 70 - 75 - 80 dB at 1 m
1 0416 32 Battery operated (batteries not supplied)
For modular bell transformers
see p. 225
68
Wiring
devices
P. 114
Function
selection charts
P. 92
Detectors,
RCBO and fuse
carriers
P. 165
Clipper
large rocker
switches
Clipper and
back boxes
Plexo
weatherproof
Tenby
earth clamps
P. 169
IP 66
surface mounting
weatherproof
switches
Lighting
Arteor
TM
68527a.eps
P. 154
Metalclad
wiring devices
P. 74
Monobloc
mechanical
switches and
triple pole isolator
P. 173
Tenby
Rapid Clamp
Ultra
earth clamps
P. 176
Lighting
management
Synergy
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
P. 82
Lighting
environment
controller
NEW
NEW
Arteor
wiring devices
(p. 74)
Specialist
wiring devices
solutions for
Part M and
MEIGaN
(p. 151)
NEW I N 2010
69
CF-EP1
P. 120
White
wiring devices
P. 130
Modern
wiring devices
P. 162
Grid system
for Synergy
grid modules
P. 164
Grid system
for Arteor
modules
P. 160
Decorative
rockers
and rocker
markings
P. 140
Traditional
wiring devices
P. 94
Television,
telephone,
data sockets
and adaptors
P. 97
Support
frames and
back boxes
P. 98
Plates
P. 93
British and
International
standard
socket outlets
P. 167
Surface mounting
moulded back boxes
P. 166
Flush mounting
steel back boxes
P. 166
Surface mounting
metal back boxes
P. 169
IP 66
surface mounting
weatherproof
sockets
P. 170
IP 55
surface mounting
weatherproof
switches
P. 170
IP 55
surface mounting
weatherproof
sockets
P. 170
IP 55
surface and flush
mounting modular
mechanisms
P. 182
Ceiling
switches
P. 183
Safety
lampholders
and pendant
sets
P. 184
Bathroom
lighting
P. 185
Utility weatherproof
bulkhead lighting
P. 158
Grid
modules
P. 151
Part M, MEIGaN
wiring devices
and media plates
P. 75
DP switches,
cooker control
units and
shaver sockets
P. 76
BS socket
outlets and
mechanical
switches
P. 79
Electronic
switches
P. 80
Push buttons
and dimmers
611 10/11
P. 173
Tenby
Rapid Clamp
earth clamps
P. 84
Automatic
switches, lighting
control and
visual indication
P. 86
Ventilation,
heating and roller
blind control and
curtain switches
P. 87
Hotel
equipment
1 0
15
19 25
30
21
P. 90
Data, audio
and video
sockets
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
Tenby Rapid
Clamp Ultra
earth clamps
(p. 173)
Lighting
management
switch sensors
(p. 176)
NEW NEW NEW
70
With 19% of the global market, Legrand is the clear leader in wiring devices. And with the
introduction of Arteor, there is now something for everyone... from standard switches and
sockets, to fully integrated home systems using the very latest technology.
Every year Legrand devotes 4 to 5% of its sales to research
and development.
It has close to 1,850 people throughout the world inventing,
designing, testing and validating new ideas.
Wiring devices are a great example of this investment. In
addition to the introduction of Arteor, every range in the
portfolio has been updated... new Synergy products, a new
Plexo IP 55 weatherproof range and a brand new range of
Clipper large rocker switches.
Complete solutions
from the world specialist
innovAtion for progress
02998a-FE010 WD overview.indd 126 11/1/10 10:10:37 am
71
find out more
See p. 74
See p. 120
Clipper wiring devices
See p. 165
Plexo wiring devices
See p. 169
Arteor
tm
Arteor marries supreme
style (in a choice of 17
different fnishes and
materials), with a vast
selection of functions and
integrated home systems.
synergy
Synergy offers modern and

traditional variations with
high quality components...
together with countless
features to make the
installer's life easier.
CLipper
With its simplicity and ease
of use, Clipper large rocker
switches are ideal for
both young and old... from
education to care homes.
pLexo
Whatever the weather,
Plexo has the seal of
approval. Its IP 55 and
IP 66 solutions make it
suitable for any residential
or commercial application.
i
i
i
i
02998a-FE010 WD overview.indd 127 11/1/10 10:12:07 am
72
Versatility makes Arteor the ideal choice for any project, anywhere in the world. Stunning
fnishes and desirable materials position the range at the forefront of design, with virtually
limitless functionality making it the ultimate range for residential and commercial projects.
The timeless design of Arteor features hi-tech
characteristics that are easy to understand and operate.
Minimalist and sober, its carefully crafted design is
inspired by the most modern technological devices, such
as fat screen TVs and digital photo frames, creating the
impression that the product is foating on the wall.
Arteor
TM
fow of energies
deSign for A globAl lifeSTyle
02998-FE011 ARTEOR.indd 126 8/1/10 9:01:45 pm
73
A ChoiCe of roCker
STyleS And finiSheS
See p. 77
A ChoiCe of 17 STunning
finiSheS
See p. 102 - 111
Micropush switches
See p. 79
New generation dimmers
See p. 13
White
n
e
u
T
r
A
l
T
A
T
T
o
o
g
r
A
p
h
i
C
M
i
r
r
o
r
b
r
u
S
h
e
d
M
e
T
A
l
w
o
o
d
S
i
g
n
A
T
u
r
e
l
e
A
T
h
e
r
Pearl Alu Graphite
Edition 1 Formal Casual
Mirror Red Mirror Taupe Mirror White Mirror Black
Light Oak Wenge Style Stainless Steel Gold Brass
Club Galuchat Woven Metal
Square - Magnesium Square - White Round - Magnesium Round - White
To fnd out more about the
Arteor range visit:
www.legrand.co.uk
02998-FE011 ARTEOR.indd 127 8/1/10 9:03:12 pm
74
Arteor
TM
monobloc mechanical switches and triple pole isolator
Plates selection charts (p. 98-101)
Mechanisms supplied complete with incorporated support frames and rocker plates
Rocker plates in white or magnesium, square or round versions
Suitable for 25 mm 1 gang boxes
To be equipped with plates (p. 98-111)
Triple pole isolator

5 5720 58 5725 58 For fan
Monobloc mechanism supplied
with incorporated support frame
plate (p. 98 to 111)
Suitable for 25 mm 1 gang box
White Magnesium
N
E
W
Available October 2010
Pack Cat. Nos. Switches - square version
10 AX - 250 V
10 5720 39 5725 39 1 gang intermediate switch
20 AX - 250 V
10 5720 12 5725 12 2 way - 1 gang
10 5720 45 5725 45 2 way - 2 gang
10 5720 61 5725 61 2 way - 3 gang
Pack Cat. Nos. Switches - round version
10 AX - 250 V
10 5730 64 5731 64 1 gang intermediate switch
20 AX - 250 V
10 5730 29 5731 29 2 way - 1 gang
10 5730 74 5731 74 2 way - 2 gang
10 5730 93 5731 93 2 way - 3 gang
White Magnesium White Magnesium
5720 39 5725 45 5720 61 5731 74 5730 93
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
75
Arteor
TM
double pole switches, cooker control units
Arteor
TM
shaver sockets
Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 98-101) Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 98-101)
Mechanisms supplied with white or magnesium interiors
To be equipped with support frames (p. 97) and plates (p. 98-111)
Pack Cat. Nos. Double pole switches - 250 VA
Conform to EN 60669-1 : 2000
Captive terminal screws
Installation in fush mounting box
min. depth 48 mm
45 A - 250 VA
5 5720 80 5725 80 Double pole switch with red
indicator, indicator supplied
2 gang
Use BS plate
2 gang - 3 modules
5 5720 87 5725 87 Double pole switch with red
indicator, indicator supplied
1 gang
Use BS plate
1 gang - 2 modules
Cooker control unit - 250 VA
Conform to BS 4177 : 1992
Use special plate (p. 102)
5 5720 88 45 A double pole switch with
indicator + 13 A double pole
switched socket outlet with
indicator
Connector control units
5 5722 34 5727 34 Double pole control switch 20 A
With cord outlet and earth terminal
White
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5725 80 5720 88
Pack Cat. Nos. Shaver sockets
Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5. IP 24
For use with European, British, American,
Australian 2-pin plugs
Screwless live and neutral terminals
Double wound isolating transformer
Automatic self-resetting overload feature
Plug insertion operates micro-switch which
energises transformer
To be equipped with BS 2 gang - 3 module
For fush mounting boxes, use BS 2 gang
box depth 48 mm
Power supply : 230 V - 50/60 Hz
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5721 53 5726 53 230 V / 120-230 V
With earth connector
White Magnesium
120V
230V
5721 53
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
76
To be equipped with plates (p. 98-111)
Pack Cat. Nos. Fused connection units
Double pole fused 13 A (fuse supplied)
Flex outlet knockout and cord grip
Captive fuse carrier (padlockable)
Captive terminal screws
Use special plates (p. 98 to 111)
Conform to BS 1363 : Part 4
5 5721 50 5726 50 Switched
5 5721 51 5726 51 Switched + LED
10 5721 57 5726 57 Unswitched
White Magnesium
Pack Cat. Nos. Single pole socket outlets 13 A -
250 VA
Shuttered for child safety
ASTA licence
13 A - 1 gang
10 5721 43 5726 43 2P+E - switched
10 5721 44 5726 44 2P+E - switched + LED
13 A - 2 gang
5 5721 45 5726 45 2P+E - switched
5 5721 46 5726 46 2P+E - switched + LED
Double pole socket outlets - 250 VA
5 A - 1 gang
Conform to BS 546
10 5721 40 5726 40 2P+E - switched
13 A - 1 gang
ASTA licence
5 5721 47 5726 47 2P+E - switched
13 A - 2 gang
ASTA licence
5 5721 49 5726 49 2P+E - switched twin earth
5 5721 41 2P+E - switched for standard
and clean earth applications
Non standard pin
confguration
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5726 43 5721 49 5726 50
Arteor
TM
British standard monobloc socket outlets, cable outlets and blanking cover plates
British standard blanking
cover plates
For 1 gang box
5 5751 30 White
5 5751 31 Pearl Alu
5 5751 32 Graphite
For 2 gang box
5 5751 40 White
5 5751 41 Pearl Alu
5 5751 42 Graphite
Cable outlet
Square version mechanisms
5 5723 21 45 A cable outlet - BS 1 gang
Supplied with white cover plate
For fush mounting back box min.
depth 45 mm
White
5751 31
White
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
77
Arteor
TM
mechanical switches - square version
Pack Cat. Nos. Switches 10 AX - 250 VA
Single module mechanisms
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5720 05 5725 05 2 way switch
5 5720 08 5725 08 Intermediate switch
10 5720 06 5725 06 2 way switch with indicator
To be equipped with LED (p. 85)
10 5724 50 1 way switch red rocker plate
Two module mechanisms
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5720 35 5725 35 2 way switch
10 5720 38 5725 38 Intermediate switch
5 5720 37 5725 37 2 way switch with indicator and
label holder
10 5 5720 40 5725 40 Double pole switch
Mechanisms supplied with white, magnesium or red square rocker plates
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5720 10 5725 10 2 way switch
10 5 5720 11 5725 11 2 way switch with indicator
5 5720 13 5725 13 1 way double pole switch
5 5720 14 5725 14 1 way double pole switch with
indicator
Red LED supplied
5 5724 51 Double pole switch red rocker plate

2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5 5720 42 5725 42 2 way switch with indicator
10 5720 43 5725 43 1 way switch - 3 gang
10 5720 44 5725 44 2 x 2 way switch + 1 way switch
3 gang
10 5720 46 5725 46 1 way - double pole switch
10 5720 47 5725 47 1 way - double pole switch with
indicator
Red LED supplied
indicator and "WATER HEATER"
marking
Red LED supplied
40/45 A double pole switches,
cooker units (p. 75)
Red
White Magnesium
Red
White Magnesium
5724 50
back view
5724 50 5725 36 5725 11 5720 43 5725 44
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
78
Arteor
TM
mechanical switches - round version
Mechanisms supplied with white or magnesium round rocker plates
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5730 61 5731 61 2 way switch
10 5 5730 63 5731 63 Intermediate switch
Pack Cat. Nos. Switches 20 AX - 250 VA (continued)
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5 5730 72 5731 72 1 way switch - 3 gang
10 5 5730 73 5731 73 2 x 2 way switch +
1 way switch 3 gang
indicator - Red LED supplied
indicator and "WATER HEATER"
marking - Red LED supplied
Switches 20 AX - 250 VA
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5730 23 5731 23 2 way switch - left module
10 5730 24 5731 24 2 way switch - middle module
10 5730 25 5731 25 2 way switch - right module
left module
middle module
right module
5 5730 30 5731 30 Double pole switch - left module
5 5730 31 5731 31 Double pole switch - right module
White Magnesium
5731 23 5730 61 5731 24 5731 25 5731 26 5731 27 5731 28 5730 72
N
E
W
79
Arteor
TM
electronic switches - square version
Arteor
TM
electronic switches - round version
Loads selection chart (p. 83)
Mechanisms supplied with white or magnesium square rocker plates
N
E
W
N
E
W
Pack Cat. Nos. Micropush switches - 100/240 VA
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Without neutral
1 5740 04 5740 54 2 way switch
400 W
1 5740 02

5740 52 2 way switch
2 x 400 W with LED locator
With magnesium push control
Supplied with support frame
With neutral
1 5740 03 5740 53 2 way switch
1

000 W with LED locator
support frame
1 5740 00 5740 50 2 way switch
2 x 1

support frame
1 5740 01 5740 51 2 way switch
3 x 1

support frame
Sensitive switches - 100/240 VA
1 5720 51 5734 55 For controlling light sources by
simply passing the hand in front
of the switch
Up to 5 sensitive switches can
be combined to control the same lighting
circuit
Supplied with LED indicator light
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Micropush switches - 100/240 VA
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Without neutral
1 5743 04 5743 54 2 way switch
400 W
1 5743 02 5743 52 2 way switch
2 x 400 W with LED locator
With magnesium circular push
control
With neutral
With magnesium circular push control
1 5743 03 5743 53 2 way switch
1

support frame
1 5743 00 5743 50 2 way switch
2 x 1

support frame
1 5743 01 5743 51 2 way switch
3 x 1

support frame
Sensitive switches - 100/240 VA
1 5725 51 5736 55 For controlling light sources by
simply passing the hand in front
of the switch
Up to 5 sensitive switches can be
combined to control the same lighting
circuit
Supplied with LED indicator light
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5740 03 5740 01 5734 55 5743 00 5743 51 5736 55
White Black White Black
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
80
Arteor
TM
push buttons - round version
Arteor
TM
push buttons - square version
Pack Cat. Nos. Push buttons 6 A - 250 VA
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5 5720 01 5725 01 2 way push button
10 5720 02 5725 02 2 way push button with locator
Equipped with blue LED
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5 5720 31 5725 31 2 way push button
5 5720 56 5725 56 1 way push button with
bell symbol
Pack Cat. Nos. Push buttons 6 A - 250 VA
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5730 00 5731 00 1 way push button - left module
10 5730 01 5731 01 1 way push button - middle module
10 5730 02 5731 02 1 way push button - right module
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
5 5730 51 5731 51 2 way push button
5 5730 80 5731 80 1 way push button with
bell symbol
5720 01 5725 02 5725 31 5730 00 5730 01 5730 02 5730 51 5731 80
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
81
Arteor
TM
dimmers - round version
Arteor
TM
dimmers - square version
5722 11 5740 08
Mechanisms supplied with white or magnesium square cover plates
Pack Cat. Nos. Dimmers 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz
Resistive/inductive loads touch dimmers
1 5722 11
(1)
5727 11
(1)
Without neutral, 2 wire - 600 W
Push button dimmer
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
support frame
1 5740 07
(1)
5740 57
(1)
2 x 400 W
Push button dimmer
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5740 06
(1)
5740 56
(1)
600 W
Push button dimmer
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
support frame
Universal dimmers
1 5740 08 5740 58 With neutral, 3 wire - 300 W
Can be used with compact
fuorescent lamps
Push button dimmer
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
To be mounted on 2 module support frame
Dimmers 0-10 V
1 5722 10
(1)
5727 10
(1)
For ballasts 0-10 V
Push button dimmer
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Dimmers 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz
Resistive/inductive loads touch dimmers
1 5743 05
(1)
5743 55
(1)
Push button dimmer
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
support frame
1 5743 07
(1)
5743 57
(1)
2 x 400 W
Push button dimmer
control
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5743 06
(1)
5743 56
(1)
600 W
Push button dimmer
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
support frame
Universal dimmers
1 5743 08 5743 58 With neutral, 3 wire - 300 W
Can be used with compact
fuorescent lamps
Push button dimmer
With magnesium circular push control
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Dimmers 0-10 V
1 5743 09
(1)
5743 59
(1)
For ballasts 0-10 V
Push button dimmer
control
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5743 55 5743 08 5743 59
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
(1) 2 way dimmer option available using additional
push button (see p. 80)
(1) 2 way dimmer option available using additional
push button (see p. 80)
N
E
W
N
E
W
82
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
lighting environment controller
Arteor
TM
lighting environment controller
Mechanism supplied complete with white or magnesium square cover
plate, flush mounting box, support frame and plate
Pack Cat. Nos. Lighting environment controller
1 5740 10
(1)
5740 60
(2)
Main controller
3 x 1

000 W
Particularly suitable
for controlling lighting
environments in conference
rooms, meeting rooms,
restaurants, showrooms, etc.
Possible applications :
- control of 3 lighting circuits in one room
- control of lighting environments by
dimming polychromatic lamps (red / green
/ blue or warm white / cold white)
Sources supported per circuit :
- 1

000 W for incandescent and halogen
230 VA,
- 1

000 VA for fuorescent tubes with 0-10 V
ballast,
- 1

000 VA for ELV halogen lamps with
ferromagnetic or electronic transformer
The cumulative load of the 3 circuits must
not exceed 2

200 W
DALI input ballast and 0-10 V ballasts can
be controlled
Controls on front face :
- 6 push buttons for on/off

/

dimming control
of each of the 3 lighting circuits
- 3 sets of 5 LEDs displaying the current
level of each circuit
- 4 push buttons for memorising and
controlling lighting environments
(1) Supplied with white plate
(2) Supplied with mirror black plate
White Magnesium
n Lighting environment controller
Wiring principle
With 0-10 V ballasts
A B
C D
L
L
N
3 2 1 N
Choice of scenes :
(factory configuration)
A : 100 % C : OFF
B : 66 % D : 33 %
Manual setting on each of 3
channels :
light dimming / switching ON/OFF
By controlling the RGB proportions, you can create scenes favouring
warm or cold colours or scenes with dominant colours
The possibilities and results are identical using LED (lights) piloted by
0-10 V ballast
Possibility to mix channels with different types of lamps
(example : 1 channel for 0-10 V ballast, 2 channels with incandescent
lamp dimmer)
5740 60
N
E
W
83
Arteor
TM
loads selection chart
n Electronic switches, dimmers, lighting environment controller max. loads
Universal
Cat. Nos.
Incandescent lamp Halogen lamp
ELV halogen with
ferromagnetic transformer
ELV halogen with
electronic transformer
110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V
Micropush
switches
5740 04/54
5743 04/54
200 W 400 W 200 W 400 W 200 VA 400 VA 200 VA 400 VA
5740 03/53
5743 03/53
500 W 1

000 W 500 W 1000 W 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
5740 00/50
5743 00/50
2 x
500 W
2 x
1

000 W
2 x
500 W
2 x
1000 W
2 x
250 VA
2 x
500 VA
2 x
250 VA
2 x
500 VA
5740 01/51
5743 01/51
3 x
500 W
3 x
1

000 W
3 x
500 W
3 x
1000 W
3 x
250 VA
3 x
500 VA
3 x
250 VA
3 x
500 VA
5740 02/52
5743 02/52
2 x
200 W
2 x
400 W
2 x
200 W
2 x
400 W
2 x
200 VA
2 x
400 VA
2 x
200 VA
2 x
400 VA
Sensitive
switches
5720 51
5734 55
5725 51
5736 55
500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
Dimmers
5740 06/56
5743 06/56
300 W 600 W 300 W 600 W 225 VA 450 VA 300 VA 600 VA
5722 11
5727 11
5743 05/55
300 W 600 W 300 W 600 W 300 VA 600 VA
5740 08/58
5743 08/58
150 W 300 W 150 W 300 W 150 VA 300 VA 150 VA 300 VA
5740 07/57
5743 07/57
2 x
200 W
2 x
400 W
2 x
200 W
2 x
400 W
2 x
200 VA
2 x
400 VA
2 x
200 VA
2 x
400 VA
5740 10/60 1

100 W 2

200 W 1

100 W 2

200 W 1100 VA 2

200 VA 1

100 VA 2200 VA
Cat. Nos.
Ballasts 0-10 V Ballasts DALI Reducer motor for shutters
110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V
Micropush
switches
5740 03/53
5743 03/53
50 VA 100 VA
5740 00/50
5743 00/50
2 x 50 VA 2 x 100 VA
5740 01/51
5743 01/51
3 x 50 VA 3 x 100 VA
Sensitive
switches
5720 51
5734 55
5725 51
5736 55
50 VA 100 VA
Dimmers
5722 10
5727 10
5743 09/59
300 VA
40 mA
600 VA
40 mA

5740 10/60
1100 VA
50 mA
2

200 VA
50 mA
60 ballast 60 ballast
Universal
Cat. Nos.
Fluorescent tube Compact fuorescent lamp LED
110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V
Micropush
switches
5740 03/53
5743 03/53
250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
5740 00/50
5743 00/50
2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA
5740 01/51
5743 01/51
3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA
Sensitive
switches
5720 51
5734 55
5725 51
5736 55
250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
Dimmers
5740 08/58
5743 08/58
80 VA 160 VA 80 VA 160 VA
xxxxxxxx
84
Arteor
TM
automatic switches
Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 98 to 101)
Pack Cat. Nos. Automatic switches - 100/240 VA
IR detection
Adjustable detection distance from 3 to 10 m
Horizontal detection angle : 180
Adjustable luminosity threshold : 3 to 1

000 lux
Time delay adjustable from 1 sec. to 16 mins.
Cycle repeated as long as movement is
detected
Possible remote manual control with N/C
push button
Integrated self-protection against overloads
and short-circuits
Installation in box min. depth 40 mm
recommended
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
With neutral, 3 wire - 1

000 W
1 5720 53 5740 61 Operates :
- up to 1

000 W incandescent and
halogen lamps
- up to 500 VA ELV halogen
lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic
transformer, fuorescent tubes and compact
fuorescent lamps
1 5720 52 5740 62 Operates :
- up to 400 W incandescent and
halogen lamps
- up to 400 VA ELV halogen
lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic
transformer
To be equipped with support frames (p. 97) and plates (p. 98 to 111)
White Magnesium
5720 53 5740 62
84
Up to 20% of a buildings electricity bill
can be attributed to lighting. Legrands
new occupancy sensors can help cut
this cost...
With a positive effect on the environment... and on the
wallet... these new occupancy sensors automatically switch
off lighting when its not needed.
PIR ULTRASONIC DUAL TECHNOLOGY
Three different technologies are available, each offering
simple installation and maintenance.
Lighting:
put a stop to
energy waste
energy saving
See p. 176-179
i
02998-FE012 LIGHTING MAN.indd 1 9/1/10 1:32:32 pm
For lighting management
see p. 176-177
N
E
W
84
Up to 20% of a buildings electricity bill
can be attributed to lighting. Legrands
new occupancy sensors can help cut
this cost...
With a positive effect on the environment... and on the
wallet... these new occupancy sensors automatically switch
off lighting when its not needed.
PIR ULTRASONIC DUAL TECHNOLOGY
Three different technologies are available, each offering
simple installation and maintenance.
Lighting:
put a stop to
energy waste
energy saving
See p. 176-179
i
02998-FE012 LIGHTING MAN.indd 1 9/1/10 1:32:32 pm
85
Arteor
TM
visual indication
Arteor
TM
lighting control
Key switches

Supplied with key
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5722 32 5727 32 2 way
10 5722 33 5727 33 Double pole
Pack Cat. Nos. Time delay switches
Interference suppression conforming to
standard EN 55022
1 5720 55 5740 84 For timer control of a circuit with
the following loads :
- 1

000 W incandescent and
halogen 230 VA
- 2

300 W resistive (heating)
- 400 VA fuorescent and ELV halogen
Adjustable from 25 secs. to 15 mins.
It is possible to install a number of timer
switches in parallel on the same circuit
2 wire installation in box min. depth 40 mm
With integrated LED
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Skirting lights
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
For installation close to obstacles
Standard
With LED 230 V - 0
.
2 or 1 W
1 5722 21 5740 82 Square version
With motion detector 100-240 V
With IR detection cell and LED
When a person passes, the mechanism
detects the presence and lights the
obstacle
The function is equipped with an audible
signal that can be disengaged
Illuminated lighting unit
10 5724 52 230 V - 1 W
Supplied with 4 coloured labels
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Miniature emergency lighting unit
1 5722 22 Illuminates automatically upon
power failure
Unclips from frame to become
portable
Can be permanently attached to frame
LEDs indicating mains and charging status
Overdoor lighting units
Supplied with diffusers and LED
2 modules : 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5724 53 Red diffuser
10 5722 23 White diffuser
Lamps
10 5724 56 LED 230 V for locator switch - blue
10 5724 55 LED 230 V for indicator switch - red
10 5724 54 LED 12 V for indicator switch - red
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White
White
White
5720 55 5727 26 5724 52 5724 23
Single pole latching relays
1 5722 27 5727 27 10 A - 250 VA - 50/60 Hz
With integrated push button
Intensity 0
.
04 A
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
o0740 04
074725a
N
E
W
N
E
W
86
Arteor
TM
electric roller blind and curtain control
Arteor
TM
ventilation and heating control
Pack Cat. Nos. Electric roller blind control - 250 VA
Push buttons
Double push button - 6 A
For control via automatic box
(N/O mechanism)
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5722 19 5727 19 Square version
10 5732 19 5737 19 Round version
Switches
Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor (mechanism
with fxed positions)
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5722 20 5727 20 Square version
10 5732 20 5737 20 Round version
Pack Cat. Nos. Fan controller
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5722 18 5727 18 Rotary speed controller for fan
Operates 40 to 400 VA limit switch
For progressive speed control of
ceiling fan
Thermostats
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Electronic room thermostat
1 5722 03 5727 03 Control dial with index and
adjustable segments for min. and
max. settings
Adjustable range from 5 C to 30 C
(+/- 0
.
5 C)
Power supply : 230 VA - 50/60 Hz
One potential free changeover contact
output
Suitable for controlling heated ceilings and
underfoor heating
- LV use breaking capacity :
8 A - 250 VA - resistive inductive circuit
2 A - 250 VA - inductive circuit
- ELV use breaking capacity :
12 to 48 VA - 12 to 24 V
=
, from 1 mA min.
to 500 mA max.
Thermostat for electric foor heating
1 5722 63 5727 63 With one potential free N/O contact
and LED
16 A - 230 VA
Adjustable range from 10 C to 60 C
With probe
White Magnesium
Curtain control
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
5 5722 02 5727 02 Curtain switch centre off
5 5722 01 5727 01 Curtain switch centre retract
White Magnesium
5722 19 5722 03 5722 18 5727 20 5737 19 5722 02
N
E
W
N
E
W
87
5732 84 5737 85 5737 22 5737 35 5733 82 5732 95 5732 34
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment round version
lighting, electric roller blind and curtain control
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment square version
lighting, electric roller blind and curtain control
Pack Cat. Nos. Lighting control with specifc marking
Master controls
10 5732 84 5737 84 Master switch
2 way double pole
20 AX - 250 V for general control :
all ON / all OFF
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5732 86 5737 86 Master push button
2 way - 6 A - 250 V for general
control : all ON / all OFF
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Controls for bed lights
10 5732 94 5737 94 2 x 2 way switch
10 AX - 250 V
2 x 1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5732 96 5737 96 2 x 2 way push button
6 A - 250 V
2 x 1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Controls for desk and entrance lights
10 5733 82 5738 82 2 x 2 way switch
10 AX - 250 V
2 x 1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5733 84 5738 84 2 x 2 way push button
6 A - 250 V
2 x 1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Electric roller blind control with
specifc marking - 250 V
10 5732 22 5737 22 Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor
(mechanism with fxed positions)
Roller blinds marking
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5732 24 5737 24 Double push button - 6 A
For control via automatic box (N/O
mechanism)
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Electric roller blind control with
specifc marking - 250 V
10 5732 23 5737 23 Double switch - 10 A
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
mechanism)
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Curtain control with specifc
marking - 250 V
10 5732 34 5737 34 Double switch - 10 A
Curtain marking
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
mechanism)
Curtain marking
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45mm
Curtain control with specifc
marking - 250 V
10 5732 35 5737 35 Double switch - 10 A
Curtain marking
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
mechanism)
Curtain marking
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45mm
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Pack Cat. Nos. Lighting control with specifc marking
Master controls
10 5732 85 5737 85 Master switch
2 way double pole
20 AX - 250 V for general control :
all ON / all OFF
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5732 87 5737 87 Master push button
2 way - 6 A - 250 V for general
control : all ON / all OFF
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Controls for bed lights
10 5732 95 5737 95 2 x 2 way switch
10 AX - 250 V
2 x 1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5732 97 5737 97 2 x 2 way push button
6 A - 250 V
2 x 1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Controls for desk and entrance lights
10 5733 83 5738 83 2 x 2 way switch
10 AX - 250 V
2 x 1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5733 85 5738 85 2 x 2 way push button
6 A - 250 V
2 x 1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
MASTER
MASTER
MASTER
MASTER
N
E
W
N
E
W
88
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment
key fob switches, shaver sockets
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment
BUS and Radio scenario controllers
Pack Cat. Nos. Scenario controllers with specifc
marking
Radio controls
4-scenes micropush control
Surface mounting, no wiring needed
For BUS or radio installations
Mechanisms equipped with white or black
round cover plate and magnesium circular
push control for 4 scenarios
Supplied with support frames and
batteries
To be equipped with plates p. 98-111
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5740 87 5745 87 "wake up / sleep / TV / relax"
marking
1 5740 88 5745 88 "wake up / sleep / open curtains /
close curtains" marking
Touch plates for radio controls
4-scenes touch plate
British Standard fxing centres
1 5740 90 5745 90 "wake up / sleep / TV / relax"
marking
Can replace standard rocker plates
and plates on 4-scenes radio
controllers Cat. Nos. 5740 87, 5745 87
1 5740 93 5745 93 "wake up / sleep / open curtains /
close curtains" marking
Can replace standard rocker plate
and plates on 4-scenes radio
controllers Cat. Nos. 5740 88, 5745 88
BUS controls
1 5740 89 5745 89 4-scenes touch control for the
activation of 4 scenarios :
"wake up / sleep / TV / relax"
2 module mechanisms
For British Standard fush mounting
boxes
1 5740 91 5745 91 6-scenes touch control for the
activation of 6 scenarios :
"wake up / sleep / TV / relax /
open curtains / close curtains"
3 module mechanisms
For British, Italian and American Standard
fush mounting boxes
White Black
Pack Cat. Nos. Key fob switches
For energising a circuit by inserting a key
fob Cat. Nos. 5722 59 and 5727 59 or a
smart card (access card for a hotel room)
Example of use : hotel room power supply
only when guest is present
Time-delay of approx. 30 secs. after card
removal
To be equipped with single pole latching
relay Cat. Nos. 5722 27 and 5727 27 (p. 85)
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5722 30 5727 30 Key fob switch 230 V
Key fobs
10 5722 59 5727 59 Key fob
Enables use of key fob switches
in hotels with key locks
Supplied complete with a label holder
for individual hotel identifcation
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Shaver sockets
Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5. IP 24
For use with European, British, American,
Australian 2-pin plugs
Plug insertion operates micro-switch which
To be equipped with BS 2 gang - 3 module
For fush mounting boxes, use BS 2 gang
box depth 48 mm, US type, Italian type
boxes depth 48 mm
Power supply : 230 V - 50/60 Hz
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5721 53 5726 53 230 V / 120-230 V
With earth connector
White Magnesium
120V
230V
5745 87 5745 91
5727 30 5721 53
White Black
Accessories
Sheet of stickers with symbols for different
scenarios for hotel rooms
10 5740 92 Dark colour
10 5745 92 White colour
Complete home automation
solutions (see p. 12-
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
89
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment round version
call indicators, illuminated signs, buzzers
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment square version
call indicators, illuminated signs, buzzers
Buzzers

10 5722 07 5722 47 230 V
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Buzzers

10 5722 08 5722 48 230 V
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Illuminated signs
Mechanisms integrating LEDs and a
pivoting window that can take customised
labels (printed using a simple text editor on
transparent printing paper)
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Green or Red
5 5722 24 5727 24 Sign with 2-state LEDs with choice
of green or red confgurable on the
mechanism
1 W
Blue
5 5722 25 5727 22 Sign with blue LED
A choice of 2 power levels :
0
.
2 or 1 W
Illuminated signs
Mechanisms integrating LEDs and a
pivoting window that can take customised
labels (printed using a simple text editor on
transparent printing paper)
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Green or Red
5 5727 25 Sign with 2-state LEDs with choice
of green or red confgurable on
the mechanism
1 W
Blue
5 5727 23 Sign with blue LED
A choice of 2 power levels :
0
.
2 or 1 W
White Magnesium
Pack Cat. Nos. Hotel bedroom call indicators
Enables the resident to inform hotel staff
of the room status
Two settings are possible :
- Do not disturb
- Please clean the room
1 + 1 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Indicator
5 5720 57 5725 57 Indicator lamp and bell push
Installed in the corridor, display
calls
Supplied with LEDs
Internal control unit
5 5720 54 5725 54 Allows the user to select the
desired setting
Supplied with LEDs
White Magnesium
5720 57 5725 54 5722 24
Magnesium
Pack Cat. Nos. Hotel bedroom call indicators
Enables the resident to inform hotel staff
of the room status
Two settings are possible :
- Do not disturb
- Please clean the room
1 + 1 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Indicator
5 5720 67 5725 67 Indicator lamp and bell push
Installed in the corridor, display
calls
Supplied with LEDs
Internal control unit
5 5720 74 5725 74 Allows the user to select the
desired setting
Supplied with LEDs
White Magnesium
5725 67 5725 74
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
90
Arteor
TM
data, audio and video sockets square version
Pack Cat. Nos. Data sockets
RJ 45 tool-less system - Cat. 6
10 5723 14 5728 14 Rapid connection socket. No tool
required
UTP - 8 contacts
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
USB sockets
1 5722 75 5727 75 Used to bring connections closer to
the user
For connecting USB devices
(scanner-printer, external hard disk)
Connection via screw terminals cross-section
1 mm
Recommended cable : USB A max. cable
length 5 m
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Audio and video sockets
2 x female RCA
1 5722 72 5727 72 For the stereo audio connection
of any DVD drive, camera, video
recorder, etc. type peripheral
Recommended cable : 1 shielded audio pair
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
3 x female RCA
1 5722 73 5727 73 For the composite video and stereo
audio connection of a DVD drive,
camera, video recorder, video
conference equipment etc.
Recommended cable : 1 shielded audio
pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
YUV
1 5722 71 5727 71

For analog high defnition connection
of a DVD, PC monitor, plasma screen,
video projector, graphic paintbox, etc.
Recommended cable : 3 x 3 mm mini-
coaxial (max. cable length 25 m) or 3 x
RG59 coaxial (max. cable length 50 m)
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Female 3.5 mm jack
For stereo audio connection from a
portable source
Recommended cable : 1 x 0
.
22 mm
2

shielded audio pair
1 5722 74 5727 74 Connection on screw terminals
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Audio and video sockets (continued)
Female HD 15
For VGA, XGA or VESA connection of a PC
monitor, plasma screen, video projector,
graphic paintbox, etc.
Recommended cable Cat. No. 0327 81
Max. cable length 25 m (beyond this a VGA
amplifer is recommended)
1 5722 82 5727 82 Connection on screw terminals
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5722 79 5727 79 Solder connection
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
HDMI
1 5722 81 5727 81

For digital high defnition audio
and video connection of a PC
monitor, plasma screen, video
projector, graphic paintbox, etc.
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
S-Video socket (4-pin mini-DIN)
1 5744 01 5744 51 1 gang
Provides the YC video link for any
peripheral device such as a DVD
drive, camera, video recorder,
videoconferencing, etc
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Female BNC 75
1 5722 76 5727 76

For the composite video connection
recorder, etc.
Recommended cable : RG59 coaxial
Max. cable length : 10 m
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
5727 75 5722 72 5727 73 5722 74 5722 79 5722 81 5744 01 5722 76
N
E
W
White Magnesium
91
Arteor
TM
data, audio and video sockets round version
Mechanisms supplied with white or magnesium round cover plates
RJ 45 tool-less system - CAT 6
10 5723 24 5728 24 Rapid connection socket. No tool
required
UTP - 8 contacts
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
USB sockets
1 5732 74 5737 74 Used to bring connections closer to
the user
For connecting USB devices
(scanner-printer, external hard disk)
1 mm
Recommended cable : USB A max. cable
length 5 m
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Audio and video sockets
2 x female RCA
1 5732 72 5737 72 For the stereo audio connection
recorder, etc. type peripheral
Recommended cable : 1 shielded
audio pair
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
3 x female RCA
1 5732 73 5737 73 For the composite video and stereo
audio connection of a DVD drive,
camera, video recorder, video
conference equipment etc.
Recommended cable : 1 shielded audio
pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
Pack Cat. Nos. Audio and video sockets (continued)
HDMI
1 5722 85 5727 85 For digital high defnition audio
and video connection of a PC
monitor, plasma screen, video
projector, graphic paintbox, etc.
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
S-Video socket (4-pin mini-DIN)
1 5745 01 5745 51 1 gang
Provides the YC video link for any
peripheral device such as a DVD
drive, camera, video recorder,
videoconferencing, etc
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
More television, telephone, data,
audio and video sockets
5728 24 5732 74 5737 73 5727 85 5745 01
see p. 94-95
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
92
Arteor
TM
detectors
Arteor
TM
RCBO and fuse carrier unit
Mechanisms supplied with square cover plates
Pack Cat. Nos. RCBO
1 5723 60 Single pole + neutral - 30 mA
16 A - 230 VA
The RCBO is used to protect
people (premises with a conductive
foor, presence of water, etc...) against
direct contact with live parts or leakages to
earth
With test button
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Water leak detectors
1 5740 15 5740 65 Indicates with a LED the
presence of a conducting liquid
The height at which the sensor is
installed determines the level of
fooding
Consumption :
- 0
.
1 mA in stand-by mode
- 25 mA in alarm mode
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Gas detectors
Indicates the presence of gas via a LED
and audible alarm signal 85 dB at 1 m
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
LPG/Propane/Butane gas detectors
1 5740 14 5740 64 Consumption max. 2 W in alarm
mode
Methane gas detectors
1 5740 13 5740 63 Consumption max. 2 W in alarm
mode
Accessories
To be used with detectors
2 wire connection
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Transformers
1 5740 35 5740 85 230 V - 12 V
Actuators
1 5740 36 5740 86 For technical alarms
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium White
5723 60 5740 64 5740 36 5740 15
Fuse carrier unit
10 5721 58 5726 58 For 13 A fuses
White Magnesium
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
93
Arteor
TM
modular units - Bristish and International standard socket outlets
Pack Cat. Nos. British standard socket outlets
Use 2 or 3 module plates and support
frames (p. 98-111)
5 A
Conform to BS 546
10 5721 10 5726 10 2P+E
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
13 A
10 5721 11 5726 11 2P+E
ASTA licence
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
5 5721 30 5726 30 2P+E switched
ASTA licence
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
5 5724 67 2P+E switched - dedicated
non-standard pin
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
15 A
Conform to BS 546
5 5721 32 5726 32 2P+E switched
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Red
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5721 10
American
15 A - 127 V
10 5721 17 5726 17 2P+E
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
South African
16 A
Conform to SANS 164
5 5721 32 5726 32 2P+E switched
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Mechanisms supplied with white, magnesium or red square cover plates
International standards socket
outlets
Not suitable for domestic installations in the
UK and Ireland
German
16 A
10 5721 18 5726 18 2P+E
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5721 19 5726 19 2P+E with cover
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
French
10/16 A
10 5720 21 5725 21 2P+E shuttered for child safety
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
5721 04 5721 18 5726 33 5721 17
ELV socket outlets
10/16 A
10 5721 03 5726 03 2P+E shuttered for child safety
Switzerland
10 A
10 5721 15 2P+E
Type 13 - 2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
China
10 A
10 5721 13 5726 13 2P+E
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White
White Magnesium
Pack Cat. Nos. International standards socket
outlets (continued)
UK and Ireland
Euro-US type socket outlets
15 A - 127 V - 10 A - 250 V
With shutters
Special care should be taken when
specifying and installing these sockets
10 5721 04

5726 04 2P
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5721 16

5726 16 2P+E
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
5 5721 33

5726 33 2 x 2P+E
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
Multi-standard socket outlets
UK and Ireland
Special care should be taken when
specifying and installing these sockets
10 5721 23

5726 23 2P+E shuttered
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
94
Arteor
TM
television and telephone sockets
Arteor
TM
data sockets and wiring splitter
Pack Cat. Nos. Television sockets
For aerial and satellite installation (with
individual demodulator)
DTT and HDTV compatible
TV : male connector (9
.
5 mm)
attenuation 1
.
5 db
R : female connector (9
.
5 mm)
attenuation 1
.
5 db
SAT : "F" type connector attenuation 2 db
Recommended coaxial cable : 17/19 VATC
TV sockets
10 5721 63 5726 63 TV single shielded "F" type with screws
0-2400 MHz
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5721 71 5726 71 TV single shielded male 9
.
5 mm
0-2400 MHz
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
TV-R socket
10 5721 70 5726 70 TV-R shielded socket female-male
9.5 mm
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
TV-R-SAT socket
10 5721 72 5726 72 TV-R-SAT shielded socket
0-2400 MHz
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
Television socket ( 9/9
.
5 female)
TV 0-860 MHz
20 5734 25 TV single
Non-isolated
Telephone sockets
With IDC connection
10 5723 10
(1)
5728 10
(1)
Single master
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
5 5723 01
(1)
5728 01
(1)
Single secondary
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White
5721 72 5726 72
Certified as conforming to standards ISO 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and
EIA/TIA 568
Contacts marked with 568 A and B dual colour code and numbers
Connectors with self-stripping terminals
Possibility of re-wiring in the event of error
Multidirectional cable entry
Pack Cat. Nos. RJ 45 - tool-less system
Rapid connection sockets. No tool required
10 Giga
Supports 10 G base-T applications up to
100 m in a channel conforming to ISO/IEC
TIA TSB 155 and IEEE 802.3an
10 5723 06 5728 06 STP/FTP - 9 contacts, shielded folded
metal
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
CAT 6
10 5723 23 5728 23 STP - 9 contacts, shielded folded
metal
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5723 22 5728 22 FTP - 9 contacts
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5723 02 5728 02 UTP - 8 contacts
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5723 24 5728 24 UTP - 8 contacts
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Round version
CAT 5e
10 5723 04 5728 04 FTP - 9 contacts
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5723 03 5728 03 UTP - 8 contacts
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Rear pluggable RJ 45 sockets
Connection to boxes via RJ 45-RJ 45
dedicated cords
Used to create CAT 6 and CAT 5e links in
accordance with standards
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
CAT 6
10 5723 31 5728 31 UTP
10 5723 33 5728 33 FTP
Telephone/Ethernet wiring splitters
Provide increased security against theft
and damage to double connectors
Provide a rate of 10/100 Mbps
Multidirectional cable entry
Can be installed in all supports min. depth
35 mm
Telephone and Ethernet applications
marked on the protective cap
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5723 35 5728 35 UTP double connector
8 contacts
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5723 06 5723 31 5728 02 5728 35
White Magnesium
RJ 11 sockets
Equipped with modular jack connector
with 1/4 turn terminal for fast connection
(possible looping)
10 5723 00 5728 00 4 contacts
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
5723 00
(1) Not suitable for use in the ROI
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
95
Arteor
TM
attenuator and loudspeaker sockets
Arteor
TM
adaptors for data sockets and USB sockets
Loudspeaker sockets
10 5722 70 5727 70 4 mm
2
terminals
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5722 80 5727 80 4 mm
2
terminals
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Attenuator
1 5722 84 5727 84 100 V - 25 W
Allow to adjust power to 25 W from
a balanced 100 V loudspeaker line
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
3-pole XLR sockets
For the stereo connection of any
peripheral, microphone, mixing console
Recommended microphone cable :
1 x 0
.
22 mm
2
shielded audio pair
Recommended speaker cable : 1 x 1
.
5 mm
2

audio pair (will take 2
.
5 mm
2
)
Max. cable length : 50 m (beyond this an
audio amplifer is recommended)
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5722 83 5727 83 Neutrik female
1 5722 77 5727 77

Neutrik male
Home cinema loudspeaker sockets
10 5722 90 5727 90 2 connectors
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
5 5722 91 5727 91 4 connectors
3 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
USB female sockets
Used to bring connections closer to the user
For connecting USB devices (scanner-
printer, external hard disk)
1 mm
Recommended cable : USB A
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
1 5732 74 5737 74 Round version
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Adaptors and mechanisms supplied with white or magnesium cover plate
and connector (for adaptors)
Pack Cat. Nos. Adaptors for data sockets
Equipped with transparent label holder
Ortronics
10 5723 05 5728 05 Adaptor for single Clarity TRACKJACK
connector
Straight plug
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5723 34 5728 34 Adaptor for single Clarity
TRACKJACK connector
Inclined plug
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5723 18 5728 18 Adaptor for single Clarity
Rear load connector
Straight plug
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Keystone
10 5723 37 5728 37 Adaptor for single connector
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Systimax
10 5723 38 5728 38 Adaptor for single connector
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Mechanisms supplied with white or magnesium square cover plate
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5723 05 5722 70 5722 90 5722 84 5722 83 5727 75 5728 38 5732 74
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
96
Arteor
TM
blanking cover plates
Arteor
TM
ancillary mechanisms
Mechanisms supplied with white or magnesium cover plates
Square version plates
3 finishes : White, Pearl Alu and Graphite
Pack Cat. Nos. British standard blanking cover plates
For 1 gang box
5 5751 30 White
5 5751 31 Pearl Alu
5 5751 32 Graphite
For 2 gang box
5 5751 40 White
5 5751 41 Pearl Alu
5 5751 42 Graphite
Cable outlets
10 5723 20 20 A cable outlet for junction
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
5 5723 21 45 A cable outlet - BS 1 gang
Supplied with white cover plate
For fush mounting back box min.
depth 45 mm
Cord outlets
10 5723 07 Cord outlet with 8 mm entry
1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5723 19 Cord outlet
2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Blank modules
Square version
10 5723 41 5728 41 1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
10 5723 42 5728 42 2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Round version
10 5730 86 5731 86 2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
White
White
5728 41 5731 86 5723 21 5751 31
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
97
Arteor
TM
surface mounting, fush mounting boxes and IP 44 plate
Arteor
TM
British standard support frames and supports
Pack Cat. Nos. Support frames for BS type boxes
60
.
3 mm fxing centres
Screw mounting (screws supplied)
Accept mechanisms horizontally or vertically
For 1 gang box
10 5760 03 Square - for 1 or 2 modules
5 5760 01 Square - for 3 modules
For 2 gang box
10 5760 02 Rectangular - for 3 modules
10 5760 00 Rectangular - for 2 x 2 modules
5760 03 5760 01
5760 00
Panel mounting supports
For 1 to 3 mm thick panels
10 5760 15 For 1 module 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Clips into a 28 x 53
.
5 mm aperture
10 5760 16 For 2 modules 22
.
5 x 45 mm
Clips into a 58 x 53
.
5 mm aperture
Modular support
10 5760 13 For mounting 2 module mechanisms on
symmetrical rail
5760 16
Pack Cat. Nos. Surface mounting boxes
For British, German and French standards
10 5723 90 For 2 modules - 1 gang
38 mm depth
5 5723 92 For 4 horizontal modules
2 x 2 modules - 2 gang
48 mm depth (suitable for shaver socket)
1 5723 96 For 2 x 6 modules
38 mm depth
IP 44 plate
For British and German standards
5 5751 90 For mounting in 1 gang box
Support frame supplied
96 x 94 mm
Flush mounting galvanised steel
back boxes
Depth 42 mm
1 6890 27 For 6 module plate assemblies
Dimensions : 72 x 212 mm
(ftted with voltage separation
barrier)
5723 90
5723 92
5751 90
A
VA
ILA
B
LE
A
P
R
IL 2010
N
E
W
N
E
W
98
Number of
modules per
mechanism
Mounting
boxes
Support
frames
Plates
PLAtES PLAtES
Neutral tattoo Graphic Mirror Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature
White Pearl Alu Graphite Edition 1 Casual Formal Mirror
white
Mirror
black
Mirror
red
Mirror
taupe
Stainless
steel
Gold
brass
Wenge
style
Light
oak
Club Galuchat Woven
metal
SquARE VERSIoN
1 module 1 gang
(1)
5760 03 5752 00 5752 01 5752 02 5761 08 5761 01 5761 02 5752 04 5752 03 5761 06 5761 05 5752 06 5761 00 5752 05 5761 09 5761 03 5761 04 5761 07
2 modules and
1
.
2" touch screen
1 gang
(1)
5760 03
5760 01
(3)
5752 10 5752 11 5752 12 5761 28 5761 21 5761 22 5752 14 5752 13 5761 26 5761 25 5752 16 5761 20 5752 15 5761 29 5761 23 5761 24 5761 27
3 modules - 1 gang 1 gang
(1)
5760 01 5751 60 5751 61 5751 62 5761 88 5761 81 5761 82 5751 64 5751 63 5761 86 5761 85 5751 66 5761 80 5751 65 5761 89 5761 83 5761 84 5761 87
3 modules and
shaver sockets
2 gang
(2)
5760 02 5750 70 5750 71 5750 72 5761 68 5761 61 5761 62 5750 74 5750 73 5761 66 5761 65 5750 76 5761 60 5750 75 5761 69 5761 63 5761 64 5761 67
4 modules 2 gang
(2)
5760 00 5750 80 5750 81 5750 82 5761 48 5761 41 5761 42 5750 84 5750 83 5761 46 5761 45 5750 86 5761 40 5750 85 5761 49 5761 43 5761 44 5761 47
6 modules
5723 93
(surface mounting)
6890 27
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5753 70 5753 71 5753 72 5763 78 5763 71 5763 72 5753 74 5753 73 5763 76 5763 75 5753 76 5763 70 5753 75 5763 79 5763 73 5763 74 5763 77
2 x 6 modules
5723 96
(surface mounting)
6890 28
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5753 90 5753 91 5753 92
3 x 6 modules
0818 56
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5754 00 5754 01 5754 02
8 modules
8218 59
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5767 00 5767 01 5767 02 5767 18 5767 11 5767 12 5767 04 5767 03 5767 16 5767 15 5767 06 5767 10 5767 05 5767 19 5767 13 5767 14 5767 17
For 5 A/13 A switched
socket outlet -
1 gang
1 gang
(1)
Not required 5750 90 5750 91 5750 92 5762 18 5762 11 5762 12 5750 94 5750 93 5762 16 5762 15 5750 96 5762 10 5750 95 5762 19 5762 13 5762 14 5762 17
For 13 A twin
switched socket
outlet - 2 gang
2 gang
(2)
Not required 5751 00 5751 01 5751 02 5762 08 5762 01 5762 02 5751 04 5751 03 5762 06 5762 05 5751 06 5762 00 5751 05 5762 09 5762 03 5762 04 5762 07
For 13 A fused
connection unit -
switched
1 gang
(1)
Not required 5751 20 5751 21 5751 22 5761 98 5761 91 5761 92 5751 24 5751 23 5761 96 5761 95 5751 26 5761 90 5751 25 5761 99 5761 93 5761 94 5761 97
For cooker unit
Cat. No. 5720 88
2 gang
(2)
Not required 5751 50
Blanking cover plate
British standard
1 gang
(1)
5760 03
or
5760 01
5751 30 5751 31 5751 32
British standard
2 gang
(2)
5760 02 5751 40 5751 41 5751 42
(1) Suitable for use with 1 gang back boxes. For Legrand options, see p. 97
(3) Use 5760 01 support frame for 2 module mechanisms to be mounted on 3 module support frame, see p. 97
Arteor
TM
British standard 60
.
3 mm fxing centres - mounting boxes, support frames and plates
N
E
W
99
Number of
modules per
mechanism
Mounting
boxes
Support
frames
Plates
PLAtES PLAtES
white
Mirror
black
Mirror
red
Mirror
taupe
Stainless
steel
Gold
brass
Wenge
style
Light
oak
Club Galuchat Woven
metal
SquARE VERSIoN
1 module 1 gang
(1)
5760 03 5752 00 5752 01 5752 02 5761 08 5761 01 5761 02 5752 04 5752 03 5761 06 5761 05 5752 06 5761 00 5752 05 5761 09 5761 03 5761 04 5761 07
2 modules and
1
.
2" touch screen
1 gang
(1)
5760 03
5760 01
(3)
5752 10 5752 11 5752 12 5761 28 5761 21 5761 22 5752 14 5752 13 5761 26 5761 25 5752 16 5761 20 5752 15 5761 29 5761 23 5761 24 5761 27
(1)
5760 01 5751 60 5751 61 5751 62 5761 88 5761 81 5761 82 5751 64 5751 63 5761 86 5761 85 5751 66 5761 80 5751 65 5761 89 5761 83 5761 84 5761 87
3 modules and
shaver sockets
2 gang
(2)
5760 02 5750 70 5750 71 5750 72 5761 68 5761 61 5761 62 5750 74 5750 73 5761 66 5761 65 5750 76 5761 60 5750 75 5761 69 5761 63 5761 64 5761 67
4 modules 2 gang
(2)
5760 00 5750 80 5750 81 5750 82 5761 48 5761 41 5761 42 5750 84 5750 83 5761 46 5761 45 5750 86 5761 40 5750 85 5761 49 5761 43 5761 44 5761 47
6 modules
5723 93
(surface mounting)
6890 27
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5753 70 5753 71 5753 72 5763 78 5763 71 5763 72 5753 74 5753 73 5763 76 5763 75 5753 76 5763 70 5753 75 5763 79 5763 73 5763 74 5763 77
2 x 6 modules
5723 96
(surface mounting)
6890 28
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5753 90 5753 91 5753 92
3 x 6 modules
0818 56
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5754 00 5754 01 5754 02
8 modules
8218 59
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5767 00 5767 01 5767 02 5767 18 5767 11 5767 12 5767 04 5767 03 5767 16 5767 15 5767 06 5767 10 5767 05 5767 19 5767 13 5767 14 5767 17
For 5 A/13 A switched
socket outlet -
1 gang
1 gang
(1)
Not required 5750 90 5750 91 5750 92 5762 18 5762 11 5762 12 5750 94 5750 93 5762 16 5762 15 5750 96 5762 10 5750 95 5762 19 5762 13 5762 14 5762 17
For 13 A twin
switched socket
outlet - 2 gang
2 gang
(2)
Not required 5751 00 5751 01 5751 02 5762 08 5762 01 5762 02 5751 04 5751 03 5762 06 5762 05 5751 06 5762 00 5751 05 5762 09 5762 03 5762 04 5762 07
For 13 A fused
connection unit -
switched
1 gang
(1)
Not required 5751 20 5751 21 5751 22 5761 98 5761 91 5761 92 5751 24 5751 23 5761 96 5761 95 5751 26 5761 90 5751 25 5761 99 5761 93 5761 94 5761 97
For cooker unit
Cat. No. 5720 88
2 gang
(2)
Not required 5751 50
British standard
1 gang
(1)
5760 03
or
5760 01
5751 30 5751 31 5751 32
British standard
2 gang
(2)
5760 02 5751 40 5751 41 5751 42
(3) Use 5760 01 support frame for 2 module mechanisms to be mounted on 3 module support frame, see p. 97
Arteor
TM
British standard 60
.
100
Number of
modules per
mechanism
Mounting
boxes
Support
frames
Plates
PLAtES PLAtES
white
Mirror
black
Mirror
red
Mirror
taupe
Stainless
steel
Gold
brass
Wenge
style
Light
oak
Club Galuchat Woven
metal
RouND VERSIoN
2 modules 1 gang
(1)
5760 03 5756 10 5756 11 5756 12 5761 18 5761 11 5761 12 5756 14 5756 13 5761 16 5761 15 5756 16 5761 10 5756 15 5761 19 5761 13 5761 14 5761 17
3 modules 2 gang
(2)
5760 02 5755 40 5755 41 5755 42 5761 58 5761 51 5761 52 5755 44 5755 43 5761 56 5761 55 5755 46 5761 50 5755 45 5761 59 5761 53 5761 54 5761 57
(1)
5760 01 5755 60 5755 61 5755 62 5761 78 5761 71 5761 72 5755 64 5755 63 5761 76 5761 75 5755 66 5761 70 5755 65 5761 79 5761 73 5761 74 5761 77
4 modules 2 gang
(2)
5760 00 5755 50 5755 51 5755 52 5761 38 5761 31 5761 32 5755 54 5755 53 5761 36 5761 35 5755 56 5761 30 5755 55 5761 39 5761 33 5761 34 5761 37
6 modules
6890 27
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5767 40 5767 41 5767 42 5767 58 5767 51 5767 52 5767 44 5767 43 5767 56 5767 55 5767 46 5767 50 5767 45 5767 59 5767 53 5767 54 5767 57
2 x 6 modules
6890 28
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5756 90 5756 91 5756 92
8 modules
8218 59
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5766 80 5766 81 5766 82 5766 98 5766 91 5766 92 5766 84 5766 83 5766 95 5766 96 5766 86 5766 90 5766 85 5766 99 5766 93 5766 94 5766 97

Mechanisms
Flush
mounting
boxes
for dry
partitions
Plates
PLAtES PLAtES
white
Mirror
black
Mirror
red
Mirror
taupe
Stainless
steel
Gold
brass
Wenge
style
Light
oak
Club Galuchat Woven
metal
Video internal display unit
25" BuS alarm module
35" touch screen
0893 79
(dry partitions)
0892 79
(concrete walls)
5764 84 5764 83 5764 86 5764 80 5764 87
10" multimedia touch screen Not required 5765 14 5765 13 5765 16 5765 10 5765 17
Central unit for temperature control
Supplied
with box
5765 24 5765 23 5765 26 5765 20 5765 37
Arteor
TM
British standard 60
.
Arteor
TM
special plates
N
E
W
N
E
W
101
Number of
modules per
mechanism
Mounting
boxes
Support
frames
Plates
PLAtES PLAtES
white
Mirror
black
Mirror
red
Mirror
taupe
Stainless
steel
Gold
brass
Wenge
style
Light
oak
Club Galuchat Woven
metal
RouND VERSIoN
2 modules 1 gang
(1)
5760 03 5756 10 5756 11 5756 12 5761 18 5761 11 5761 12 5756 14 5756 13 5761 16 5761 15 5756 16 5761 10 5756 15 5761 19 5761 13 5761 14 5761 17
3 modules 2 gang
(2)
5760 02 5755 40 5755 41 5755 42 5761 58 5761 51 5761 52 5755 44 5755 43 5761 56 5761 55 5755 46 5761 50 5755 45 5761 59 5761 53 5761 54 5761 57
(1)
5760 01 5755 60 5755 61 5755 62 5761 78 5761 71 5761 72 5755 64 5755 63 5761 76 5761 75 5755 66 5761 70 5755 65 5761 79 5761 73 5761 74 5761 77
4 modules 2 gang
(2)
5760 00 5755 50 5755 51 5755 52 5761 38 5761 31 5761 32 5755 54 5755 53 5761 36 5761 35 5755 56 5761 30 5755 55 5761 39 5761 33 5761 34 5761 37
6 modules
6890 27
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5767 40 5767 41 5767 42 5767 58 5767 51 5767 52 5767 44 5767 43 5767 56 5767 55 5767 46 5767 50 5767 45 5767 59 5767 53 5767 54 5767 57
2 x 6 modules
6890 28
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5756 90 5756 91 5756 92
8 modules
8218 59
(flush mounting)
Supplied
with plate
5766 80 5766 81 5766 82 5766 98 5766 91 5766 92 5766 84 5766 83 5766 95 5766 96 5766 86 5766 90 5766 85 5766 99 5766 93 5766 94 5766 97

Mechanisms
Flush
mounting
boxes
for dry
partitions
Plates
PLAtES PLAtES
white
Mirror
black
Mirror
red
Mirror
taupe
Stainless
steel
Gold
brass
Wenge
style
Light
oak
Club Galuchat Woven
metal
Video internal display unit
25" BuS alarm module
35" touch screen
0893 79
(dry partitions)
0892 79
(concrete walls)
5764 84 5764 83 5764 86 5764 80 5764 87
10" multimedia touch screen Not required 5765 14 5765 13 5765 16 5765 10 5765 17
Central unit for temperature control
Supplied
with box
5765 24 5765 23 5765 26 5765 20 5765 37
Arteor
TM
British standard 60
.
Arteor
TM
special plates
102
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
plates - square version
Arteor
TM
plates - round version
5752 00 5750 80 5756 10 5755 40 5755 60 5750 90
Pack Cat. Nos. Neutral

Dimensions
British standard in mm
10 5752 00 1 module 92 x 92
10 5752 10 2 modules 92 x 92
5 5750 70 3 modules 157 x 92
5 5751 60 3 modules 1 gang horizontal 92 x 92
and vertical mounting
5 5750 80 4 modules 157 x 92
5 5753 70 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with support
frame
2 5753 90 2 x 6 modules 237
.
5 x 178
frame
2 5754 00 3 x 6 modules 237
.
5 x 246
frame
2 5767 00 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
10 5750 90 For 5 A/13 A switched 92 x 92
socket outlet - 1 gang
10 5751 00 For 13 A twin switched 157 x 92
5 5751 20 For 13 A fused connection unit 92 x 92
switched
5 5751 50 Plate for cooker unit 157 x 92
Cat. No. 5720 88

Dimensions
10 5756 10 2 modules 92 x 92
5 5755 40 3 modules 157 x 92
5 5755 50 4 modules 157 x 92
2 5767 40 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
frame
2 5756 90 2 x 6 modules 237
.
5 x 178
frame
2 5766 80 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
White White
For blanking plates (see p. 96)
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
103

Dimensions
10 5752 01 5752 02 1 module 92 x 92
10 5752 11 5752 12 2 modules 92 x 92
5 5750 71 5750 72 3 modules 157 x 92
5 5751 61 5751 62 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
5 5750 81 5750 82 4 modules 157 x 92
5 5753 71 5753 72 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
2 5753 91 5753 92 2 x 6 modules 237
.
5 x 178
Supplied with
support frame
2 5754 01 5754 02 3 x 6 modules 237
.
5 x 246
Supplied with
support frame
2 5767 01 5767 02 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied
with support
frame
10 5750 91 5750 92 For 5 A/13 A 92 x 92
switched socket outlet
1 gang
10 5751 01 5751 02 For 13 A twin 157 x 92
switched socket
outlet
2 gang
5 5751 21 5751 22 For 13 A fused 92 x 92
connection unit
switched

Dimensions
10 5756 11 5756 12 2 modules 92 x 92
5 5755 41 5755 42 3 modules 157 x 92
5 5755 61 5755 62 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
5 5755 51 5755 52 4 modules 157 x 92
2 5767 41 5767 42 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
2 5756 91 5756 92 2 x 6 modules 237
.
5 x 178
Supplied with
support frame
2 5766 81 5766 82 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied
with support
frame
Arteor
TM
Arteor
TM
Pearl Alu Graphite Pearl Alu Graphite
5752 11 5752 12 5751 62 5756 11 5756 11 5755 62
N
E
W
N
E
W
104
Arteor
TM
Arteor
TM
Pack Cat. Nos. tattoo

Dimensions
5 5761 08 1 module 92 x 92
5 5761 28 2 modules 92 x 92
5 5761 68 3 modules 157 x 92
5 5761 48 4 modules 157 x 92
5 5763 78 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
2 5767 18 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5762 18 For 5 A/13 A switched 92 x 92
1 5761 98 For 13 A fused connection 92 x 92
unit switched
Pack Cat. Nos. tattoo

Dimensions
5 5761 18 2 modules 92 x 92
5 5761 58 3 modules 157 x 92
5 5761 38 4 modules 157 x 92
2 5767 58 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
2 5766 98 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
5761 28 5761 48 5762 18 5761 58 5761 18
Edition 1 Edition 1
N
E
W
N
E
W
105
Pack Cat. Nos. Graphic

Dimensions
1 5761 01 5761 02 1 module 92 x 92
1 5761 21 5761 22 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5761 61 5761 62 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5761 81 5761 82 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5761 41 5761 42 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5763 71 5763 72 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5767 11 5767 12 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied
with support
frame
1 5762 11 5762 12 For 5 A/13 A 92 x 92
1 gang
1 5762 01 5762 02 For 13 A twin 157 x 92
switched socket
outlet - 2 gang
1 5761 91 5761 92 For 13 A fused 92 x 92
connection unit
switched
Pack Cat. Nos. Graphic

Dimensions
1 5761 11 5761 12 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5761 51 5761 52 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5761 71 5761 72 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5761 31 5761 32 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5767 51 5767 52 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5766 91 5766 92 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied
with support
frame
Arteor
TM

Arteor
TM

Casual Formal Casual Formal
5761 71 5761 12 5761 11 5761 21 5761 22 5761 81
N
E
W
N
E
W
106
Pack Cat. Nos. Mirror

Dimensions
1 5752 04 5752 03 1 module 92 x 92
1 5752 14 5752 13 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5750 74 5750 73 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5751 64 5751 63 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5750 84 5750 83 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5753 74 5753 73 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5767 04 5767 03 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5750 94 5750 93 For 5 A/13 A 92 x 92
1 gang
1 5751 04 5751 03 For 13 A twin 157 x 92
switched socket
outlet
2 gang
1 5751 24 5751 23 For 13 A fused 92 x 92
connection unit
switched
Special plates
1 5764 84 5764 83 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2
.
5",
BUS alarm module
and 3
.
5" touch screen
1 5765 14 5765 13 For 10" 309 x 233
multimedia
touch screen
1 5765 24 5765 23 For central unit for 165 x 176
temperature control

Dimensions
1 5756 14 5756 13 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5755 44 5755 43 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5755 64 5755 63 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5755 54 5755 53 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5767 44 5767 43 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5766 84 5766 83 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied
with support
frame
Arteor
TM

Arteor
TM

Mirror Mirror
white black
Mirror Mirror
white black
5752 03 5756 14 5752 14 5755 43 5755 63 5750 93
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
107

Dimensions
1 5761 06 5761 05 1 module 92 x 92
1 5761 26 5761 25 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5761 66 5761 65 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5761 86 5761 85 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5761 46 5761 45 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5763 76 5763 75 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5767 16 5767 15 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5762 16 5762 15 For 5 A/13 A switched 92 x 92
socket outlet
1 gang
1 5762 06 5762 05 For 13 A twin 157 x 92
switched socket
outlet
2 gang
1 5761 96 5761 95 For 13 A fused 92 x 92
connection unit
switched

Dimensions
1 5761 16 5761 15 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5761 56 5761 55 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5761 76 5761 75 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5761 36 5761 35 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5767 56 5767 55 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5766 95 5766 96 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied
with support
frame
Arteor
TM
Arteor
TM
5761 25 5761 26 5761 16 5761 15 5761 75
Mirror Mirror
red taupe
Mirror Mirror
red taupe
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
108
Pack Cat. Nos. Brushed metal

Dimensions
1 5761 00 5752 06 1 module 92 x 92
1 5761 20 5752 16 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5761 60 5750 76 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5761 80 5751 66 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5761 40 5750 86 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5763 70 5753 76 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5767 10 5767 06 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5762 10 5750 96 For 5 A and 13 A 92 x 92
1 gang
1 5762 00 5751 06 For 13 A twin 157 x 92
switched socket
outlet
2 gang
1 5761 90 5751 26 For 13 A fused 92 x 92
connection unit
1 gang
Special plates
1 5764 80 5764 86 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2
.
5",
BUS alarm module
and 3
.
5" touch screen
1 5765 10 5765 16 For 10" 309 x 233
multimedia
touch screen
1 5765 20 5765 26 For central unit for 165 x 176
temperature control
Pack Cat. Nos. Brushed metal

Dimensions
1 5761 10 5756 16 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5761 50 5755 46 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5761 70 5755 66 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5761 30 5755 56 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5767 50 5767 46 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5766 90 5766 86 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied
with support
frame
Arteor
TM

Arteor
TM

Gold Stainless
brass steel
Gold Stainless
brass steel
5761 20 5752 16 5761 10 5761 70 5755 46
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
109
Arteor
TM

Arteor
TM

Pack Cat. Nos. Wood

Dimensions
1 5752 05 5761 09 1 module 92 x 92
1 5752 15 5761 29 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5750 75 5761 69 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5751 65 5761 89 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5750 85 5761 49 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5753 75 5763 79 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5767 05 5767 19 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5750 95 5762 19 For 5 A/13 A 92 x 92
1 gang
1 5751 05 5762 09 For 13 A twin 157 x 92
switched socket
outlet
2 gang
1 5751 25 5761 99 For 13 A fused 92 x 92
connection unit
switched
Pack Cat. Nos. Wood

Dimensions
1 5756 15 5761 19 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5755 45 5761 59 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5755 65 5761 79 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5755 55 5761 39 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5767 45 5767 59 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5766 85 5766 99 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied
with support
frame
Wenge Light
style oak
Wenge Light
style oak
5752 15 5761 29 5761 19 5756 15
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
110
Arteor
TM
Arteor
TM

Pack Cat. Nos. Leather

Dimensions
1 5761 03 5761 04 1 module 92 x 92
1 5761 23 5761 24 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5761 63 5761 64 3 modules 127 x 92
1 5761 83 5761 84 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5761 43 5761 44 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5763 73 5763 74 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5767 13 5767 14 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5762 13 5762 14 For 5 A and 13 A 92 x 92
1 gang
1 5762 03 5762 04 For 13 A twin 157 x 92
switched socket
outlet
2 gang
1 5761 93 5761 94 For 13 A fused 92 x 92
connection unit
1 gang
Pack Cat. Nos. Leather

Dimensions
1 5761 13 5761 14 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5761 53 5761 54 3 modules 127 x 92
1 5761 73 5761 74 3 modules 1 gang 92 x 92
horizontal and
vertical mounting
1 5761 33 5761 34 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5767 53 5767 54 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5766 93 5766 94 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied
with support
frame
Club Galuchat Club Galuchat
5761 23 5761 84 5761 24 5761 14 5761 13 5761 73
N
E
W
N
E
W
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
111
Arteor
TM

Arteor
TM

Pack Cat. Nos. Signature

Dimensions
1 5761 07 1 module 92 x 92
1 5761 27 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5761 67 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5761 47 4 modules 157 x 92
1 5763 77 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
frame
1 5767 17 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
1 5762 17 For 5 A/13 A switched 92 x 92
1 5761 97 For 13 A fused connection 92 x 92
unit switched
Special plates
1 5764 87 For video internal display 127 x 127
unit 2
.
5", BUS alarm module
and 3
.
5" touch screen
1 5765 17 For 10" multimedia 309 x 233
touch screen
1 5765 37 For central unit for 165 x 176
temperature control
Pack Cat. Nos. Signature

Dimensions
1 5761 17 2 modules 92 x 92
1 5761 57 3 modules 157 x 92
1 5761 37 4 modules 157 x 92
2 5767 57 6 modules 237
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
2 5766 97 8 modules 252
.
5 x 92
Supplied with
support frame
Woven metal Woven metal
5761 27 5761 87 5761 17 5761 77
N
E
W
N
E
W
112
Accessories to match every conceivable decor and taste...
not just in terms of colour, but also in terms of style.
Whatever the application, residential or commercial,
Synergy offers a great blend of style and functionality,
together with countless features designed to make the
installer's life easier.
Synergy's quality is refected in everything from its
components and design through to its ease of installation...
including a complete range of compatible surface mounting
boxes, compact mechanisms that maximise wiring space,
large angled terminal entries with backed off screws and
clear laser marking.
Synergy
a close family
Attention to detAil
modular
[mod-u-lar] adjective
composed of standardised units
for flexible arrangement
SYNERGY GRI D SOLUTI ONS
Hidden depths
An iconic range with new additions
that fit in perfectly
SYNERGY WI RI NG DEVI CES
/ PRODUCT GUI DE
www.legrand.co.uk
T A K E A C L O S E R L O O K
To fnd out more about the
Synergy family visit:
www.legrand.co.uk
to order your FREE copies
of the latest brochures
02998-FE013 Synergy.indd 126 11/1/10 10:15:36 am
113
StyleS And finiSheS to
Suit Any ApplicAtion
Synergy was designed
around two main style
concepts, traditional and
modern... each of which
offers a selection of
fnishes to blend perfectly
with warm and cool
colour schemes.
See p. 120-157
ModulAR GRid
SolutionS
The combination of
standard Synergy grid
or Synergy grid for Arteor
modules offers the widest
choice of options for any
installation.
See p. 158-164
w
h
i
t
e
M
e
t
A
l
c
l
A
d
t
R
A
d
i
t
i
o
n
A
l
Brushed steel Polished steel Satin brass
Matt black Black nickel Nickel Silver
M
o
d
e
R
n
SpeciAliSt SolutionS
A new selection of traditional matt black
plates... ideal to meet Part Ms contrast
requirements on light coloured walls.
Socket outlets designed specifcally to
meet the requirements of the Medical
Electrical Installation Guidance Notes
(MEIGaN).
02998-FE013 Synergy.indd 127 11/1/10 10:17:01 am
114
Switches
10 AX switch 1 x 1 way 7300 00 7310 00 7312 00 7316 00 7314 00 7330 00 7332 00 7334 00 7338 00
10 AX switch 1 x 2 way 7300 01 7310 01 7312 01 7316 01 7314 01 7330 01 7332 01 7334 01 7338 01
10 AX switch 1 x intermediate 7300 05 7310 05 7312 05 7316 05 7314 05 7330 05 7332 05 7334 05 7338 05
10 AX switch 2 x 2 way 7300 02 7310 02 7312 02 7316 02 7314 02 7330 02 7332 02 7334 02 7338 02
10 AX switch 3 x 2 way 7300 03 7310 03 7312 03 7316 03 7314 03 7330 03 7332 03 7334 03 7338 03
10 AX switch 4 x 2 way 7300 04 7310 04 7312 04 7316 04 7314 04 7330 04 7332 04 7334 04
10 AX switch 6 x 2 way 7300 06 7330 06 7332 06 7334 06
20 AX switch 1 x 1 way 7301 30 7331 30 7333 30 7335 30
20 AX switch 1 x 2 way 7301 31 7311 31 7313 31 7317 31 7315 31 7331 31 7333 31 7335 31
20 AX switch 2 x 2 way 7301 32 7311 32 7313 32 7317 32 7315 32 7331 32 7333 32 7335 32
20 AX switch 3 x 2 way 7301 33 7311 33 7313 33 7317 33 7315 33 7331 33 7333 33 7335 33
10 A 1 x 2 way push switch 7300 07 7310 07 7312 07 7316 07 7314 07 7330 07 7332 07 7334 07
10 A 1 x 2 way push switch marked 'PRESS' 7300 11
10 A 1 x 2 way push switch marked with bell symbol 7301 07
10 AX switch - key 1 x 2 way 7300 08
10 A 3 pole isolator switch 7300 09 7310 09 7312 09 7316 09 7314 09 7330 09 7332 09 7334 09
Dimmer units
Dimmer 1 x 2 way - 400 W push on/off rotary 7300 48
Dimmer 1 x 2 way LV - 250 W push on/off rotary 7300 46 7310 46 7312 46 7
Dimmer 2 x 2 way LV - 250 W push on/off rotary 7300 47 7310 47 7312 47 7390 47 7391 47 7330 47 7332 47 7334 47
Dimmer - electronic 1 x 2 way - 400 W push on/off rotary 7301 56 7311 56 7313 56 7316 46 7314 46 7331 56 7333 56 7335 56
Dimmer - electronic 2 x 2 way LV - 400 W push on/off rotary 7301 57 7311 57 7313 57 7316 47 7314 47 7331 57 7333 57 7335 57
Dimmer - electronic 4 x 2 way LV - 400 W push on/off rotary 7300 49
Socket outlets
Socket 13 A switched 1 gang DP 7300 60 7310 60 7312 60 7316 60 7314 60 7330 60 7332 60 7334 60 7338 60
Socket 13 A switched 1 gang DP + deep plate 7301 60
Socket 13 A switched 1 gang DP with red rocker 7301 62
Socket 13 A switched 1 gang DP + indicator 7300 61 7310 61 7312 61 7316 61 7314 61 7330 61 7332 61 7334 61 7338 61
Socket 13 A switched 1 gang DP (clean earth) 7300 64
Socket 13 A switched 1 gang DP non-standard earth pin 7300 67
Socket 13 A switched 2 gang DP 7300 70 7310 70 7312 70 7316 70 7314 70 7330 70 7332 70 7334 70 7338 70
Socket 13 A switched 2 gang DP + deep plate 7301 70
Socket 13 A switched 2 gang DP with red rockers 7301 61
Socket 13 A switched 2 gang DP + indicators 7300 71 7310 71 7312 71 7316 71 7314 71 7330 71 7332 71 7334 71 7338 71
Socket 13 A switched 2 gang outboard DP (clean earth) 7300 74
Socket 13 A switched 2 gang DP non-standard earth pin 7300 77
Socket 13 A switched 1 gang SP 7300 66
Socket 13 A switched 1 gang SP + deep plate 7301 66
Socket 13 A switched 2 gang SP 7300 76
Socket 13 A switched 2 gang SP + deep plate 7301 76
Socket 13 A unswitched 1 gang 7300 65 7310 65 7312 65 7316 65 7314 65 7330 65 7332 65 7334 65 7338 65
Socket 13 A unswitched 2 gang 7300 75 7310 75 7312 75 7
Socket 13 A 2 gang single socket with key switch 8200 74
Synergy
function selection chart

FUNCTIONS WHITE MODERN
Silver Nickel
See catalogue pages for full product specifications
115
7316 00 7314 00 7330 00 7332 00 7334 00 7338 00
7316 01 7314 01 7330 01 7332 01 7334 01 7338 01
7316 05 7314 05 7330 05 7332 05 7334 05 7338 05
7316 02 7314 02 7330 02 7332 02 7334 02 7338 02
7316 03 7314 03 7330 03 7332 03 7334 03 7338 03
7316 04 7314 04 7330 04 7332 04 7334 04
7330 06 7332 06 7334 06
7331 30 7333 30 7335 30
7317 31 7315 31 7331 31 7333 31 7335 31
7317 32 7315 32 7331 32 7333 32 7335 32
7317 33 7315 33 7331 33 7333 33 7335 33
7316 07 7314 07 7330 07 7332 07 7334 07

7316 09 7314 09 7330 09 7332 09 7334 09

7390 46 7391 46 7330 46 7332 46 7334 46
7390 47 7391 47 7330 47 7332 47 7334 47
7316 46 7314 46 7331 56 7333 56 7335 56
7316 47 7314 47 7331 57 7333 57 7335 57

7316 60 7314 60 7330 60 7332 60 7334 60 7338 60

7316 61 7314 61 7330 61 7332 61 7334 61 7338 61

7316 70 7314 70 7330 70 7332 70 7334 70 7338 70

7316 71 7314 71 7330 71 7332 71 7334 71 7338 71
7330 74 7332 74 7334 74

7316 65 7314 65 7330 65 7332 65 7334 65 7338 65
7316 75 7314 75 7330 75 7332 75 7334 75 7338 75
8200 71 8200 72 8200 73
MODERN TRADITIONAL METALCLAD
Brushed stainless steel Polished stainless steel Satin brass Black nickel Matt black
116
RCD sockets
RCD unit 2 gang DP 30 mA active 7300 97 7310 97 7312 97 7316 97 7314 97 7330 97 7332 97 7334 97 7338 97
RCD unit 2 gang DP 30 mA passive 7300 98 7310 98 7312 98 7316 98 7314 98 7330 98 7332 98 7334 98 7338 98
Socket outlets
Socket 15 A unswitched 7300 88 7310 88 7312 88 7316 88 7314 88 7330 88 7332 88 7334 88 7338 88
Socket 15 A switched 7300 89 7310 89 7312 89 7316 89 7314 89 7330 89 7332 89 7334 89 7338 89
Socket 5 A unswitched 7300 68 7310 68 7312 68 7316 68 7314 68 7330 68 7332 68 7334 68
Socket 5 A switched 7300 69 7310 69 7312 69 7316 69 7314 69 7330 69 7332 69 7334 69
Socket 2 A unswitched 7300 59 7310 59 7312 59 7316 59 7314 59 7330 59 7332 59 7334 59
Socket 16 A German 1 gang 7300 87
Shaver socket 240-115 V 7300 90 7310 90 7312 90 7316 90 7314 90 7330 90 7332 90 7334 90
Fused connection units
3 A FCU unswitched 7300 38
13 A FCU DP switched 7300 34 7310 34 7312 34 7316 34 7314 34 7330 34 7332 34 7334 34 7338 34
13 A FCU DP switched + indicator 7300 35 7310 35 7312 35 7316 35 7314 35 7330 35 7332 35 7334 35 7338 35
13 A FCU DP switched + cord outlet 7300 36 7310 36 7312 36 7316 36 7314 36 7330 36 7332 36 7334 36 7338 36
13 A FCU DP switched + cord outlet marked 'WATER HEATER' 7301 39
13 A FCU DP switched + cord outlet + indicator 7300 37 7310 37 7312 37 7
13 A FCU DP switched + deep plate + bottom cord outlet 7301 36
13 A FCU 7300 30 7310 30 7312 30 7
13 A FCU + power indicator 7300 31 7310 31 7312 31 7
13 A FCU + cord outlet 7300 32 7310 32 7312 32 7
13 A FCU + cord outlet + indicator 7300 33 7310 33 7312 33 7316 33 7314 33 7330 33 7332 33 7334 33 733833
Double pole switches 20 A
20 A DP switch 7300 10 7310 10 7312 10 7316 10 7314 10 7330 10 7332 10 7334 10 7338 10
20 A DP switch marked 'WATER HEATER' 7301 10
20 A DP switch + cord outlet 7300 14 7310 14 7312 14 7316 14 7314 14 7330 14 7332 14 7334 14 7338 14
20 A DP switch + cord outlet marked 'WATER HEATER' 7301 14
20 A DP switch + deep plate + bottom cord outlet 7300 15
20 A DP switch + deep plate + bottom cord outlet marked
'WATER HEATER'
7301 15
20 A DP switch + cord outlet + indicator 7300 16 7310 16 7312 16 7316 16 7314 16 7330 16 7332 16 7334 16 7338 16
20 A DP switch + cord outlet + indicator marked
'WATER HEATER'
7301 16
20 A DP switch + indicator 7300 12 7310 12 7312 12 7
20 A DP switch + indicator marked 'WATER HEATER' 7301 12
20 A sink/bath dual switch + indicator 7300 18
Double pole switches 45 A
45 A DP switch 146 x 86 7300 20
45 A DP switch 146 x 86 + red rocker 7301 20
45 A DP switch 146 x 86 + indicator 7300 21
45 A DP switch 146 x 86 + red rocker + indicator 7310 21 7312 21 7
45 A DP switch 86 x 86 7300 22
45 A DP switch 86 x 86 + red rocker 7301 22 7310 22 7312 22 7
45 A DP switch 86 x 86 + indicator 7300 23
45 A DP switch 86 x 86 + red rocker + indicator 7310 23 7312 23 7
Synergy
function selection chart (continued)

120V 230V
120V 230V
3 AMPS
WATER
HEATER
WATER
HEATER
WATER
HEATER
WATER
HEATER
WATER
HEATER
WATER
HEATER
WATER
HEATER OFF SINK
ON BATH
Silver Nickel
117
7316 97 7314 97 7330 97 7332 97 7334 97 7338 97
7316 98 7314 98 7330 98 7332 98 7334 98 7338 98
7316 88 7314 88 7330 88 7332 88 7334 88 7338 88
7316 89 7314 89 7330 89 7332 89 7334 89 7338 89
7316 68 7314 68 7330 68 7332 68 7334 68
7316 69 7314 69 7330 69 7332 69 7334 69
7316 59 7314 59 7330 59 7332 59 7334 59

7316 90 7314 90 7330 90 7332 90 7334 90

7316 34 7314 34 7330 34 7332 34 7334 34 7338 34
7316 35 7314 35 7330 35 7332 35 7334 35 7338 35
7316 36 7314 36 7330 36 7332 36 7334 36 7338 36

7316 37 7314 37 7330 37 7332 37 7334 37 7338 37

7316 30 7314 30 7330 30 7332 30 7334 30 7338 30
7316 31 7314 31 7330 31 7332 31 7334 31 7338 31
7316 32 7314 32 7330 32 7332 32 7334 32 7338 32
7316 33 7314 33 7330 33 7332 33 7334 33 733833
7316 10 7314 10 7330 10 7332 10 7334 10 7338 10

7316 14 7314 14 7330 14 7332 14 7334 14 7338 14

7316 16 7314 16 7330 16 7332 16 7334 16 7338 16

7316 12 7314 12 7330 12 7332 12 7334 12 7338 12

7330 20 7332 20 7334 20 7338 20

7316 21 7314 21 7330 21 7332 21 7334 21 7338 21

7316 22 7314 22 7330 22 7332 22 7334 22

7316 23 7314 23 7330 23 7332 23 7334 23
Cooker control units
Cooker unit DP switch with DP switched socket 7300 28 7330 28 7332 28 7334 28
Cooker unit DP switch with DP switched socket + indicator 7300 29 7310 29 7312 29 7314 29 7316 29 7330 29 7332 29 7334 29
Cable outlets
Cable outlet 20 A terminal block 7300 19 7310 19 7312 19 7316 19 7314 19 7330 19 7332 19 7334 19 733819
Cable outlet 45 A terminal block 7300 26 7310 26 7312 26 7316 26 7314 26 7330 26 7332 26 7332 26
Cable outlet 45 A no terminals 7300 27
Screened TV single male 7300 40 7310 40 7312 40 7316 40 7314 40 7330 40 7332 40 7334 40 7338 40
Screened TV single female 7301 40
Screened satellite 7300 41 7310 41 7312 41 7316 41 7314 41 7330 41 7332 41 7334 41 7338 41
Screened TV/FM 7300 42 7310 42 7312 42 7316 42 7314 42 7330 42 7332 42 7334 42
Screened TV/FM/satellite 7300 43 7310 43 7312 43 7316 43 7314 43 7330 43 7332 43 7334 43
Quad outlet TV/FM / 2 x Satellite/TV return/phone 7300 45 7310 45 7312 45 7316 45 7314 45 7330 45 7332 45 7334 45
Telephone sockets
Telephone socket single master 7300 50 7310 50 7312 50 7316 50 7314 50 7330 50 7332 50 7334 50 7338 50
Telephone socket single secondary 7300 51 7310 51 7312 51 7
Telephone socket RJ11/12 single 7300 54 7310 54 7312 54 7316 54 7314 54 7330 54 7332 54 7334 54
Data sockets
Data outlet RJ45 single - CAT 6 UTP 7300 56 7310 56 7312 56 7
Data outlet RJ45 double - CAT 6 UTP 7300 57 7310 57 7312 57 7316 57 7314 57 7330 57 7332 57 7334 57 7338 57
Accessories
Blanking plate 1 gang 7300 95 7310 95 7312 95 7316 95 7314 95 7330 95 7332 95 7334 95 7338 95
Blanking plate 2 gang 7300 96 7310 96 7312 96 7316 96 7314 96 7330 96 7332 96 7334 96 7338 96
Outlet plate 1 gang 7300 52 7310 52 7312 52 7
Cord outlet accessory box 7300 53
Spacer frame 1 gang 7301 95
Spacer frame 2 gang 7301 96
Carrier plates
Carrier plate 1 gang 1 Arteor module 7300 91 7310 91 7312 91 7316 91 7314 91 7330 91 7332 91 7334 91 7338 91
Carrier plate 1 gang 2 Arteor modules 7300 92 7310 92 7312 92 7316 92 7314 92 7330 92 7332 92 7334 92 7338 92
118
Synergy
function selection chart (continued)

Silver Nickel
7330 28 7332 28 7334 28
7314 29 7316 29 7330 29 7332 29 7334 29
7316 19 7314 19 7330 19 7332 19 7334 19 733819
7316 26 7314 26 7330 26 7332 26 7332 26

7316 40 7314 40 7330 40 7332 40 7334 40 7338 40

7316 41 7314 41 7330 41 7332 41 7334 41 7338 41
7316 42 7314 42 7330 42 7332 42 7334 42
7316 43 7314 43 7330 43 7332 43 7334 43
7316 45 7314 45 7330 45 7332 45 7334 45
7316 50 7314 50 7330 50 7332 50 7334 50 7338 50
7316 51 7314 51 7330 51 7332 51 7334 51 7338 51
7316 54 7314 54 7330 54 7332 54 7334 54
7316 56 7314 56 7330 56 7332 56 7334 56 7338 56
7316 57 7314 57 7330 57 7332 57 7334 57 7338 57
7316 95 7314 95 7330 95 7332 95 7334 95 7338 95
7316 96 7314 96 7330 96 7332 96 7334 96 7338 96
7316 52 7314 52 7330 52 7332 52 7334 52

7316 91 7314 91 7330 91 7332 91 7334 91 7338 91
7316 92 7314 92 7330 92 7332 92 7334 92 7338 92
7316 93 7314 93 7330 93 7332 93 7334 93 7338 93
7316 94 7314 94 7330 94 7332 94 7334 94 7338 94
119
120
Front plates : white thermoset
Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling
Supplied with faceplate screw caps
Surface mounting boxes (see p. 167)
Pack Cat. Nos. Single pole plate switches
10 AX - 250 V
Conform to BS EN 60669-1 : 2000
Flush mounting back box : min. 16 mm deep
Nominal plate dimensions : 86 x 86 mm
10 7300 00 1 gang 1 way
10 7300 01 1 gang 2 way
10 7300 05 1 gang intermediate
10 7300 02 2 gang 2 way
10 7300 03 3 gang 2 way
5 7300 04 4 gang 2 way
5 7300 06 6 gang 2 way
Synergy
white
7301 07 7300 07
7300 06
7300 02
7300 08 7300 09 7301 33
730000.eps
730002.eps
730003.eps
730004.eps
730006.eps
Single pole key switch
10 AX - 250 V
Conforms to BS EN 60669-1 : 2000
Key supplied
10 7300 08 1 gang 2 way
5 0811 77 Spare key for above
7300 00
730049.eps 7310xx.eps
Single pole plate switches
20 AX - 250 V
10 7301 30 1 gang 1 way
10 7301 31 1 gang 2 way
10 7301 32 2 gang 2 way
10 7301 33 3 gang 2 way
730000.eps
730002.eps
730003.eps
Isolator switch 10 A - 250 V
3 pole
Conforms to BS EN 60669-2-4
With integrated padlockable safety block
in OFF position
10 7300 09 3 pole isolator switch
730049.eps 731009.eps
Pack Cat. Nos. Single pole push switches
10 A - 250 V
5 7300 07 1 gang 2 way push switch
5 7300 11 1 gang 2 way push switch marked PRESS
5 7301 07 1 gang 2 way push switch with
BELL symbol
730107.eps
730000.eps
730000.eps
121
Pack Cat. Nos. Double pole socket outlets 13 A - 250 V
Conform to BS 1363 - Part 2 : 1995
Patented 3 pin safety shutter mechanism
2 earth terminals
10 7300 60 1 gang switched
10 7301 60 1 gang switched with deep plate
(1)
10 7301 62 1 gang switched with red rocker
with red LED power indicator
for standard and clean earth applications
10 7300 67 1 gang switched non-standard earth pin
(1)
5 7301 61 2 gang switched with red rocker
5 7300 74 2 gang switched outboard
5 7300 77 2 gang switched non-standard earth pin
Synergy
white (continued)
7300 49
7300 47 7300 46
Pack Cat. Nos. Dimmer units - 230 V
Conform to BS EN 60669-2-1 : 2000 and
BS EN 55015
Rotary dimming and push on/off
For use with 230 V AC
Not suitable for fluorescent load
Dimmers for use with tungsten filament lamps and
good quality GU10 halogen lamps
1 7300 48 1 gang 2 way 50 Hz
60 W- 400 W push on/off rotary
Dimmers for use with tungsten filament lamps,
GU10 halogen lamps and low voltage systems
using appropriate transformer
1 7300 46 1 gang 2 way 50 Hz
1 7300 47 2 gang 2 way 50 Hz
7300 74 7301 62
7300 70 7300 60
(1) Plates nominally 14 mm deep to match the depth of bottom cord
outlet fused connection units and 20 A DP connection units
730070.eps
730070.eps
730170.eps
730074.eps
730063.eps
730073.eps
730070.eps
730060.eps
730162.eps
730060.eps
730060.eps
730060.eps
730049.eps
730049.eps
730047.eps
Dimmer units - 230 V- electronic type
BS EN 55015
For use with 230 V AC - 50-60 Hz
Dimmers for use with tungsten filament lamps,
good quality wire-wound transformers for low
voltage loads
1 7301 56 1 gang 2 way 50 Hz
1 7301 57 2 gang 2 way 50 Hz
1 7300 49 4 gang 2 way 50 Hz
730049.eps
730047.eps
730049eps
Surface mounting boxes (p. 167)
6745 32
13 A non-standard earth pin plug
20 6745 32 2 P + E non-standard round earth pin
122
Socket outlets 5 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
10 7300 68 1 gang unswitched
Synergy
white (continued)
730068.eps
730069.eps
7300 87
7300 69
Socket outlet 10/16 A - 250 VGerman
Conforms to IEC 60884-1 : 2002
730087.eps
7301 76
7300 65
7300 66
7300 97
Pack Cat. Nos. Socket outlets 15 A - 250 V
7300 89
730088.eps
730089.eps
Socket outlet 2 A - 250 V
Conforms to BS 546 : 1950
Conventional earth pin shutter release
7300 59
730059.eps
Pack Cat. Nos. Single pole socket outlets 13 A - 250 V
Conventional earth pin release shutter
Single earth terminal
Nominal plate dimensions : 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
(1)
(1)
730060.eps
730060.eps
730076.eps
730076.eps
(1) Plates nominally 14 mm deep to match the depth of bottom cord
outlet fused connection units and 20 A DP connection units
(2) Flush mounting back box : min. 35 mm deep
Unswitched and key switched socket outlets
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
1 8200 74 2 gang single socket with DP key switch
(2)
730065.eps
730075.eps
RCD sockets 13 A - 250 V
Conform to BS 7288 : 1990 and BS 1363 - Part 2 : 1995
Maximum operating current 16 A
Incorporate a test and reset button
1 7300 97 RCD unit 2 gang DP 30 mA active
trips on power failure
1 7300 98 RCD unit 2 gang DP 30 mA passive
does NOT trip on power failure
730004.eps
730004.eps
820074.eps
123
Synergy
white (continued)
(1)
Pack Cat. Nos. Fused connection units 13 A - 250 V
(1)
Fused 13 A (fuse supplied)
Fuse drawer retained by quarter turn catch, drawer
padlockable in open position for safety
To obtain flush to wall external cord connection on
standard depth Cat. Nos. use cord outlet accessory
box Cat. No. 7300 53 (see p. 126)
10 7300 34 Switched, DP
with cord outlet
with cord outlet marked WATER HEATER
with cord outlet + red LED power indicator
10 7301 36 Switched, DP - deep plate with
bottom cord outlet
(2)
10 7300 30 Unswitched
with cord outlet
Fused connection unit 3 A - 250 V
Conforms to BS 1363 - Part 4 : 1995
Use cord outlet accessory box Cat. No. 7300 53 for
flush to wall external cord connection, (see p. 126)
10 7300 38 Unswitched marked 3 AMPS
with cord outlet
7300 36
7300 30 7300 38 7300 33
7300 34
730035.eps
730034.eps
3 AMPS
730036.eps
730031.eps
730030.eps
730033.eps
730032.eps
730037.eps
730034.eps
730036.eps
WATER
HEATER
730036.eps
Pack Cat. Nos. Shaver socket
Conforms to BS EN 61558-2-5 : 1998
IP 24
For use with European, British, American and
Australian 2 pin plugs
Plug insertion operates microswitch which energises
transformer
1 7300 90 Supply : 230 V - 50/60 Hz
Output : 230/120 V - 20 VA max.
7300 90
120V 230V
966039.eps
Engraving available
see p. 128-129
(1) Except Cat. No. 7300 90
(1) Range of engraving available on most products, see table on p. 128-129
(2) For 13 A switched sockets with matching depth faceplate, see p. 122
Cable outlet 20 A - 250 V
10 7300 19 20 A with terminal block and outlet gland
(1) Range of engraving available on most products, see table on p. 128-129
(2) For 13 A switched sockets with matching depth faceplate, see p. 122
730019.eps
124
Synergy
white (continued)
Pack Cat. Nos. Double pole switches 20 A - 250 V
(1)
Use cord outlet accessory box Cat. No. 7300 53 for
flush to wall external cord connection, (see p. 126)
10 7300 10 20 A DP
10 7301 10 20 A DP marked WATER HEATER
10 7300 14 20 A DP with cord outlet
marked WATER HEATER
10 7300 15 20 A DP - deep plate with
bottom cord outlet
(2)
10 7301 15 20 A DP - deep plate with
bottom cord outlet marked WATER HEATER
(2)
10 7300 16 20 A DP with cord outlet +
red LED power indicator
marked WATER HEATER +
10 7300 12 20 A DP + red LED power indicator
10 7301 12 20 A DP marked WATER HEATER +
10 7300 18 20 A sink/bath dual switch +
7300 19
Cable outlets 45 A - 250 V
2 piece design for safety
5 7300 26 45 A with terminal block
5 7300 27 45 A no terminals
730012.eps
730010.eps
WATER
HEATER
730110.eps
WATER
HEATER
730112.eps
730116.eps
730116.eps
WATER
HEATER
730116.eps
WATER
HEATER
730116.eps
5 7300 20 45 A DP
5 7301 20 45 A DP with red rocker marked COOKER
10 7300 22 45 A DP
10 7301 22 45 A DP with red rocker marked COOKER
7300 10 7301 10
7300 18 7300 29
7300 23
7301 20
730020.eps
730120.eps
730021.eps
730022.eps
730022.eps
730023.eps
Cooker control units 45 A - 250 V
45 A - 250 Vdouble pole switch with
13 A - 250 Vdouble pole switched socket outlet
5 7300 28 DP with DP switched socket
5 7300 29 DP with DP switched socket +
730029.eps
730029.eps
730027.eps
730049.eps
OFF SINK
ON BATH
731018.eps
WATER
HEATER
730116.eps
730116.eps
125
Synergy
white (continued)
Pack Cat. Nos. Telephone sockets
Shuttered
10 7300 50
(1)
Single master
10 7300 51
(1)
Single secondary
10 7300 54 Single RJ11/12
Data sockets
CAT 6 compliant
UTP
Rapid cable connection
1 7300 56 RJ45 single
1 7300 57 RJ45 double
730051.eps
730051.eps
730051.eps
730054.eps
730057.eps
7300 57 7300 56
7300 50
Pack Cat. Nos. TV, radio and satellite sockets
10 7300 40 Screened TV single, male
Non-isolated
10 7301 40 Screened TV single, female
Non-isolated
1 7300 41 Screened satellite single, F type
10 7300 42 Screened TV + FM
Isolated
1 7300 43 Screened TV + FM + satellite, F type
1 7300 45
(1)
Quad outlet, TV, radio + 2 satellite +
TV return with secondary telephone outlet
730041.eps
730040.eps
730043.eps
730042.eps
7300 40 7300 42
7300 43 7300 45
126
Synergy
white (continued)
Pack Cat. Nos. Carrier plates for Arteor modules (square)
No additional yoke required
10 7300 91 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 Arteor module
10 7300 92 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
2 Arteor modules
10 7300 93 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
3 Arteor modules
10 7300 94 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
4 Arteor modules
1 and 2 gang front plates for grid modules
For yokes, see below
10 7301 91 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 small aperture module
10 7301 92 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
2 small aperture modules
10 7301 93 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
10 7301 94 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
1 and 2 gang yokes for grid modules
10 7354 90 1 gang
1 module
10 7354 91 1 gang
2 modules
10 7354 92 2 gang
3/4 modules
730091.eps
730094.eps
730094.eps
730092.eps
7300 92 7354 91
7301 91 7301 94
For complete range of
grid front plates and modules
see p. 77-95 and 158-164
picto loupe-65765j.eps
Grid selection charts (p. 162-164)
Grid modules (p. 158-159)
Arteor modules (p. 77-95)
7300 95 7300 96
7301 58
730058.eps
730058.eps
Pack Cat. Nos. Accessories
Blanking plates
10 7300 95 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
10 7300 96 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
LED packs
Relevant Synergy functions are designed to accept
the LED packs for fitting at time of installation or
retrospectively by a qualified person
Compatible with fluorescent loads
10 7301 58 Electronic LED locator pack
green diodes : max. current 02 mA
provides illumination to locate function
such as switches in low light
10 7300 58 Electronic LED power indicator pack
red diodes : nominal current 2 mA
provides indication of power on condition in
such functions as sockets and control switches
10 7301 52 Terminal to connect diode packs to additional
external cable
Outlet plate - VDI/low voltage
10 7300 52 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
with cable clamp and outlet gland
Accessory frames
10 7300 53 1 gang - 86 x 86 x 11 mm with
bottom cord outlet
For flush to wall external cord connection
suitable for use with 13 A and 20 A control
switches and other relevant 86 x 86 mm
functions
Integral cord grip
10 7301 95 1 gang - 86 x 86 x 7 mm spacer frame
5 7301 96 2 gang - 86 x 146 x 7 mm spacer frame
Spare screw cap covers
10 7301 53 Pack of 50 caps to cover mounting screws
730096.eps
730095.eps
730095.eps
127
Synergy
white
s LED power and locator indicators
Power indicator Cat. No. 7300 58 (red) and locator indicator Cat. No. 7301 58 (green)
These LED packs can be fitted as an option to a range of Synergy White functions including :
10 A switches 1 gang
5 A, 13 A and 15 A socket outlets
13 A connection units
20 A and 45 A double pole control switches
The LED packs are wired in alternative ways for different functionality. Factory fitted LEDs can be re-configured on site
A screwless terminal Cat. No. 7301 52 is available where the use of a neutral is required
The terminal has provision for 2 x 25 mm
2
solid cables and one spade connector as fitted to the LED pack
s Sample wiring schemes
Switch 10 A
Locator Indicator
1 1
L L
1
L
7301 52
7301 58 7301 58 7300 58
7301 58 7300 58
N N
7301 52
L N L N
1 1
L L
1
L
7301 52
7301 58 7301 58 7300 58
7301 58 7300 58
N N
7301 52
L N L N
Socket 13 A switched
Locator Indicator
1 1
L L
1
L
7301 52
7301 58 7301 58 7300 58
7301 58 7300 58
N N
7301 52
L N L N
Socket 13 A unswitched
Locator
L N
7301 58
1 1
L L
1
L
7301 52
7301 58 7301 58 7300 58
7301 58 7300 58
N N
7301 52
L N L N
13 A fused connection unit
with front cable outlet
730036.eps
with deep plate and bottom
cable outlet
730136.eps
no external cable outlet
Additionally the use of cord outlet accessory box Cat. No. 7300 53,
enables a flush-to-wall cable outlet option
The outlet box dimensions are nominally 86 x 86 mm and 14 mm deep
The outlet box is supplied with the necessary longer installation screws
and has an integral automatic cable restraint
730034.eps
1
4
m
m
8
6

m
m
86 m
m
s Cable outlet options : 13 A connection units and 20 A double pole control switches
These devices are available in three cable outlet variants :
Without provision for an external cable outlet (i.e. for internal cabling)
With a cable outlet in the front plate supplied with an integral screw type cable clamp and outlet cover plug
With a bottom cord outlet on a deep plate
128
20A DP SWITCHES 13A FUSED CONNECTION UNITS
Switched Switched Switched Switched Switched Unswitched Unswitched Unswitched Unswitched
Engraving
Front cable Front cable outlet Bottom cable Without cable Without cable outlet with front with front with bottom without without with front with front without without
outlet with indicator outlet outlet with indicator cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet
and indicator with indicator with indicator with indicator
AIR CONDITIONER 7300 14AC 7300 16AC 7300 15AC 7300 10AC 7300 12AC 7300 36AC 7300 37AC 7301 36AC 7300 34AC 7300 35AC 7300 32AC 7300 33AC 7300 30AC 7300 31AC
APPLIANCE 7300 14AP 7300 16AP 7300 15AP 7300 10AP 7300 12AP 7300 36AP 7300 37AP 7301 36AP 7300 34AP 7300 35AP 7300 32AP 7300 33AP 7300 30AP 7300 31AP
BELL 7300 14BL 7300 16BL 7300 15BL 7300 10BL 7300 12BL 7300 36BL 7300 37BL 7301 36BL 7300 34BL 7300 35BL 7300 32BL 7300 33BL 7300 30BL 7300 31BL
Bell symbol 7300 14BY 7300 16BY 7300 15BY 7300 10BY 7300 12BY 7300 36BY 7300 37BY 7301 36BY 7300 34BY 7300 35BY 7300 32BY 7300 33BY 7300 30BY 7300 31BY
CENTRAL HEATING 7300 14CG 7300 16CG 7300 15CG 7300 10CG 7300 12CG 7300 36CG 7300 37CG 7301 36CG 7300 34CG 7300 35CG 7300 32CG 7300 33CG 7300 30CG 7300 31CG
COOKER HOOD 7300 14CH 7300 16CH 7300 15CH 7300 10CH 7300 12CH 7300 36CH 7300 37CH 7301 36CH 7300 34CH 7300 35CH 7300 32CH 7300 33CH 7300 30CH 7300 31CH
DISHWASHER 7300 14DW 7300 16DW 7300 15DW 7300 10DW 7300 12DW 7300 36DW 7300 37DW 7301 36DW 7300 34DW 7300 35DW 7300 32DW 7300 33DW 7300 30DW 7300 31DW
EXTRACTOR 7300 14EX 7300 16EX 7300 15EX 7300 10EX 7300 12EX 7300 36EX 7300 37EX 7301 36EX 7300 34EX 7300 35EX 7300 32EX 7300 33EX 7300 30EX 7300 31EX
EXTRACTOR HOOD 7300 14EH 7300 16EH 7300 15EH 7300 10EH 7300 12EH 7300 36EH 7300 37EH 7301 36EH 7300 34EH 7300 35EH 7300 32EH 7300 33EH 7300 30EH 7300 31EH
FAN 7300 14FN 7300 16FN 7300 15FN 7300 10FN 7300 12FN 7300 36FN 7300 37FN 7301 36FN 7300 34FN 7300 35FN 7300 32FN 7300 33FN 7300 30FN 7300 31FN
Fan symbol 7300 14FY 7300 16FY 7300 15FY 7300 10FY 7300 12FY 7300 36FY 7300 37FY 7301 36FY 7300 34FY 7300 35FY 7300 32FY 7300 33FY 7300 30FY 7300 31FY
FREEZER 7300 14FZ 7300 16FZ 7300 15FZ 7300 10FZ 7300 12FZ 7300 36FZ 7300 37FZ 7301 36FZ 7300 34FZ 7300 35FZ 7300 32FZ 7300 33FZ 7300 30FZ 7300 31FZ
FRIDGE 7300 14FR 7300 16FR 7300 15FR 7300 10FR 7300 12FR 7300 36FR 7300 37FR 7301 36FR 7300 34FR 7300 35FR 7300 32FR 7300 33FR 7300 30FR 7300 31FR
FRIDGE FREEZER 7300 14FF 7300 16FF 7300 15FF 7300 10FF 7300 12FF 7300 36FF 7300 37FF 7301 36FF 7300 34FF 7300 35FF 7300 32FF 7300 33FF 7300 30FF 7300 31FF
HEATER 7300 14HR 7300 16HR 7300 15HR 7300 10HR 7300 12HR 7300 36HR 7300 37HR 7301 36HR 7300 34HR 7300 35HR 7300 32HR 7300 33HR 7300 30HR 7300 31HR
HOB 7300 14HB 7300 16HB 7300 15HB 7300 10HB 7300 12HB 7300 36HB 7300 37HB 7301 36HB 7300 34HB 7300 35HB 7300 32HB 7300 33HB 7300 30HB 7300 31HB
MICROWAVE 7300 14MW 7300 16MW 7300 15MW 7300 10MW 7300 12MW 7300 36MW 7300 37MW 7301 36MW 7300 34MW 7300 35MW 7300 32MW 7300 33MW 7300 30MW 7300 31MW
ON / OFF 7300 14OO 7300 16OO 7300 15OO 7300 10OO 7300 12OO 7300 36OO 7300 37OO 7301 36OO 7300 34OO 7300 35OO 7300 32OO 7300 33OO 7300 30OO 7300 31OO
OVEN 7300 14OV 7300 16OV 7300 15OV 7300 10OV 7300 12OV 7300 36OV 7300 37OV 7301 36OV 7300 34OV 7300 35OV 7300 32OV 7300 33OV 7300 30OV 7300 31OV
TOWEL RAIL 7300 14TR 7300 16TR 7300 15TR 7300 10TR 7300 12TR 7300 36TR 7300 37TR 7301 36TR 7300 34TR 7300 35TR 7300 32TR 7300 33TR 7300 30TR 7300 31TR
TUMBLE DRYER 7300 14TD 7300 16TD 7300 15TD 7300 10TD 7300 12TD 7300 36TD 7300 37TD 7301 36TD 7300 34TD 7300 35TD 7300 32TD 7300 33TD 7300 30TD 7300 31TD
WASHER DRYER 7300 14WD 7300 16WD 7300 15WD 7300 10WD 7300 12WD 7300 36WD 7300 37WD 7301 36WD 7300 34WD 7300 35WD 7300 32WD 7300 33WD 7300 30WD 7300 31WD
WASHING MACHINE 7300 14WM 7300 16WM 7300 15WM 7300 10WM 7300 12WM 7300 36WM 7300 37WM 7301 36WM 7300 34WM 7300 35WM 7300 32WM 7300 33WM 7300 30WM 7300 31WM
WATER HEATER 7300 14WH 7300 16WH 7300 15WH 7300 10WH 7300 12WH 7300 36WH 7300 37WH 7301 36WH 7300 34WH 7300 35WH 7300 32WH 7300 33WH 7300 30WH 7300 31WH
Synergy
white
LEGRAND SYNERGY STANDARD ENGRAVING
Full box quantities only - Pack quantity 10
Engraved markings differ slightly from pad printed markings appearing elsewhere in the catalogue
For lead times of above engravings, please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
129
13A FUSED CONNECTION UNITS
Switched Switched Switched Switched Switched Unswitched Unswitched Unswitched Unswitched
with front with front with bottom without without with front with front without without
cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet cable outlet
and indicator with indicator with indicator with indicator
7300 36AC 7300 37AC 7301 36AC 7300 34AC 7300 35AC 7300 32AC 7300 33AC 7300 30AC 7300 31AC
7300 36AP 7300 37AP 7301 36AP 7300 34AP 7300 35AP 7300 32AP 7300 33AP 7300 30AP 7300 31AP
7300 36BL 7300 37BL 7301 36BL 7300 34BL 7300 35BL 7300 32BL 7300 33BL 7300 30BL 7300 31BL
7300 36BY 7300 37BY 7301 36BY 7300 34BY 7300 35BY 7300 32BY 7300 33BY 7300 30BY 7300 31BY
7300 36CG 7300 37CG 7301 36CG 7300 34CG 7300 35CG 7300 32CG 7300 33CG 7300 30CG 7300 31CG
7300 36CH 7300 37CH 7301 36CH 7300 34CH 7300 35CH 7300 32CH 7300 33CH 7300 30CH 7300 31CH
7300 36DW 7300 37DW 7301 36DW 7300 34DW 7300 35DW 7300 32DW 7300 33DW 7300 30DW 7300 31DW
7300 36EX 7300 37EX 7301 36EX 7300 34EX 7300 35EX 7300 32EX 7300 33EX 7300 30EX 7300 31EX
7300 36EH 7300 37EH 7301 36EH 7300 34EH 7300 35EH 7300 32EH 7300 33EH 7300 30EH 7300 31EH
7300 36FN 7300 37FN 7301 36FN 7300 34FN 7300 35FN 7300 32FN 7300 33FN 7300 30FN 7300 31FN
7300 36FY 7300 37FY 7301 36FY 7300 34FY 7300 35FY 7300 32FY 7300 33FY 7300 30FY 7300 31FY
7300 36FZ 7300 37FZ 7301 36FZ 7300 34FZ 7300 35FZ 7300 32FZ 7300 33FZ 7300 30FZ 7300 31FZ
7300 36FR 7300 37FR 7301 36FR 7300 34FR 7300 35FR 7300 32FR 7300 33FR 7300 30FR 7300 31FR
7300 36FF 7300 37FF 7301 36FF 7300 34FF 7300 35FF 7300 32FF 7300 33FF 7300 30FF 7300 31FF
7300 36HR 7300 37HR 7301 36HR 7300 34HR 7300 35HR 7300 32HR 7300 33HR 7300 30HR 7300 31HR
7300 36HB 7300 37HB 7301 36HB 7300 34HB 7300 35HB 7300 32HB 7300 33HB 7300 30HB 7300 31HB
7300 36MW 7300 37MW 7301 36MW 7300 34MW 7300 35MW 7300 32MW 7300 33MW 7300 30MW 7300 31MW
7300 36OO 7300 37OO 7301 36OO 7300 34OO 7300 35OO 7300 32OO 7300 33OO 7300 30OO 7300 31OO
7300 36OV 7300 37OV 7301 36OV 7300 34OV 7300 35OV 7300 32OV 7300 33OV 7300 30OV 7300 31OV
7300 36TR 7300 37TR 7301 36TR 7300 34TR 7300 35TR 7300 32TR 7300 33TR 7300 30TR 7300 31TR
7300 36TD 7300 37TD 7301 36TD 7300 34TD 7300 35TD 7300 32TD 7300 33TD 7300 30TD 7300 31TD
7300 36WD 7300 37WD 7301 36WD 7300 34WD 7300 35WD 7300 32WD 7300 33WD 7300 30WD 7300 31WD
7300 36WM 7300 37WM 7301 36WM 7300 34WM 7300 35WM 7300 32WM 7300 33WM 7300 30WM 7300 31WM
7300 36WH 7300 37WH 7301 36WH 7300 34WH 7300 35WH 7300 32WH 7300 33WH 7300 30WH 7300 31WH
LEGRAND SYNERGY STANDARD ENGRAVING
130
Front plates : clip on die cast plate with high quality satin finish; anthracite
interiors; matching decorative rockers (except where indicated)
10 AX - 250 V
Silver Nickel Nominal plate dimensions : 89 x 89 mm
1 7310 00 7312 00 1 gang 1 way
1 7310 01 7312 01 1 gang 2 way
1 7310 05 7312 05 1 gang intermediate
1 7310 02 7312 02 2 gang 2 way
1 7310 03 7312 03 3 gang 2 way
1 7310 04 7312 04 4 gang 2 way
Single pole push switches
10 A - 250 V
1 7310 07 7312 07 1 gang 2 way push switch
Synergy
modern
7312 02 7310 00
7312 07 7310 03
731000.eps
731000.eps
731002.eps
731003.eps
731004.eps
20 AX - 250 V
1 7311 31 7313 31 1 gang 2 way
1 7311 32 7313 32 2 gang 2 way
1 7311 33 7313 33 3 gang 2 way
731000.eps
731002.eps
731003.eps
Front plates : clip on die cast plate with high quality finish; anthracite
10 AX - 250 V
Matt black Black nickel Nominal plate dimensions : 89 x 89 mm
1 7316 00 7314 00 1 gang 1 way
1 7316 01 7314 01 1 gang 2 way
1 7316 02 7314 02 2 gang 2 way
1 7316 03 7314 03 3 gang 2 way
1 7316 04 7314 04 4 gang 2 way
10 A - 250 V
7314 02 7316 00
7314 07 7316 03
731000.eps
731000.eps
731002.eps
731003.eps
731004.eps
20 AX - 250 V
1 7317 31 7315 31 1 gang 2 way
1 7317 32 7315 32 2 gang 2 way
1 7317 33 7315 33 3 gang 2 way
731000.eps
731002.eps
731003.eps
131
Synergy
modern (continued)
7312 09 7310 09
7312 47 7310 46
Conform to BS EN 60669-2-1 : 2000
Dimmers for use with tungsten filament
lamps, GU10 halogen lamps and
low voltage systems using appropriate
Silver Nickel transformer
1 7310 46 7312 46 1 gang 2 way 50 Hz
1 7310 47 7312 47 2 gang 2 way 50 Hz
Isolator switches 10 A - 250 V
3 pole
Conform to BS EN 60669-2-4
White rocker with integrated padlockable
safety block in OFF position
1 7310 09 7312 09 3 pole isolator switch
731009.eps
731049.eps
731047.eps
Dimmer units - 230 V- electronic
type
Conform to BS EN 60669-2-1 : 2000
lamps, good quality wire-wound transformers
Silver Nickel for low voltage loads
1 7311 56 7313 56 1 gang 2 way 50-60 Hz
1 7311 57 7313 57 2 gang 2 way 50-60 Hz
731049.eps
731047.eps
7314 09 7316 09
7314 47 7316 46
Conform to BS EN 60669-2-1 : 2000
low voltage systems using appropriate
Matt black Black nickel transformer
1 7390 46 7391 46 1 gang 2 way 50 Hz
1 7390 47 7391 47 2 gang 2 way 50 Hz
3 pole
White rocker with integrated padlockable
safety block in OFF position
731009.eps
731049.eps
731047.eps
type
Conform to BS EN 60669-2-1 : 2000
Matt black Black nickel for low voltage loads
1 7316 46 7314 46 1 gang 2 way 50-60 Hz
1 7316 47 7314 47 2 gang 2 way 50-60 Hz
731049.eps
731047.eps
132
Synergy
modern (continued)
Pack Cat. Nos. Double pole socket outlets
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
1 7310 60 7312 60 1 gang switched
1 7310 61 7312 61 1 gang switched +
1 7310 70 7312 70 2 gang switched
1 7310 71 7312 71 2 gang switched +
731070.eps
731063.eps
731073.eps
731060.eps
7312 61
7312 71 7310 70
7310 60
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
1 7316 60 7314 60 1 gang switched
1 7316 61 7314 61 1 gang switched +
1 7316 70 7314 70 2 gang switched
1 7316 71 7314 71 2 gang switched +
731070.eps
731063.eps
731073.eps
731060.eps
7314 61
7314 71 7316 70
7316 60
133
Conform to BS 7288 : 1990 and
BS 1363 - Part 2 : 1995
Stainless steel plate with fixing screws
Silver Nickel Active : Electrical latching -
1 7310 97 7312 97 RCD unit 2 gang DP 30 mA
active
Passive : Mechanical latching -
passive
733097.eps
733097.eps
7312 88
7312 59 7310 89
7310 65
Pack Cat. Nos. Unswitched socket outlets
13 A- 250 V
2 earth terminals
Nominal plate dimensions :
1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
Silver Nickel 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
1 7310 65 7312 65 1 gang unswitched
731065.eps
731075.eps
1 7310 89 7312 89 1 gang switched
731088.eps
731089.eps
731059.eps
Synergy
modern (continued)
BS 1363 - Part 2 : 1995
Matt black Black nickel Active : Electrical latching -
active
Passive : Mechanical latching -
passive
733097.eps
733097.eps
7314 88
7314 59 7316 89
7316 65
Pack Cat. Nos. Unswitched socket outlets
13 A- 250 V
2 earth terminals
1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
Matt black Black nickel 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
731065.eps
731075.eps
1 7316 89 7314 89 1 gang switched
731088.eps
731089.eps
731059.eps
134
Synergy
modern (continued)
7310 68
7310 69 7312 90
1 7310 69 7312 69 1 gang switched
731068.eps
731069.eps
Shaver sockets
Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5 : 1998
IP 24
For use with European, British, American
and Australian 2 pin plugs
Plug insertion operates microswitch which
1 7310 90 7312 90 Supply : 230 V - 50/60 Hz
Output : 230/120 V - 20 VA max.
731090.eps
120V 230V
731090.eps
120V 230V
7316 68
7316 69 7314 90
1 7316 69 7314 69 1 gang switched
731068.eps
731069.eps
Shaver sockets
Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5 : 1998
IP 24
1 7316 90 7314 90 Supply : 230 V - 50/60 Hz
Output : 230/120 V - 20 VA max.
135
7312 32 7310 35
13 A - 250 V
Fuse drawer retained by quarter turn catch,
drawer padlockable in open position for safety
1 7310 34 7312 34 Switched, DP
1 7310 35 7312 35 Switched, DP +
1 7310 36 7312 36 Switched, DP with cord outlet
1 7310 37 7312 37 Switched, DP with cord outlet +
1 7310 30 7312 30 Unswitched
1 7310 31 7312 31 Unswitched +
1 7310 32 7312 32 Unswitched with cord outlet
1 7310 33 7312 33 Unswitched with cord outlet +
Synergy
modern (continued)
7314 34 7316 37
13 A - 250 V
1 7316 34 7314 34 Switched, DP
1 7316 35 7314 35 Switched, DP +
1 7316 36 7314 36 Switched, DP with cord outlet
1 7316 37 7314 37 Switched, DP with cord outlet +
1 7316 30 7314 30 Unswitched
1 7316 31 7314 31 Unswitched +
1 7316 32 7314 32 Unswitched with cord outlet
1 7316 33 7314 33 Unswitched with cord outlet +
Double pole switches 20 A - 250 V
1 7310 10 7312 10 20 A DP
1 7310 14 7312 14 20 A DP with cord outlet
1 7310 16 7312 16 20 A DP with cord outlet +
1 7310 12 7312 12 20 A DP + red LED power indicator
1 7316 10 7314 10 20 A DP
1 7316 12 7314 12 20 A DP + red LED power indicator
7310 10 7312 12 7316 14 7314 12
136
Synergy
modern (continued)
7310 29 7314 29
7310 23 7312 22 7316 23 7314 22
Red rocker
1 7310 22 7312 22 45 A DP
1 7310 23 7312 23 45 A DP with red power indicator
Stainless steel plate with
fixing screws
731022.eps
731023.eps
Pack Cat. Nos. Cable outlets 20 A - 250 V
1 7310 19 7312 19 20 A with terminal block and
outlet gland
730019.eps
1 7310 26 7312 26 45 A with terminal block
730027.eps
731021.eps
Red rocker
1 7316 22 7314 22 45 A DP
Stainless steel plate with
fixing screws
731022.eps
731023.eps
Red rocker
1 7310 29 7312 29 45 A DP switch + 13 A DP
Red rocker
1 7316 29 7314 29 45 A DP switch + 13 A DP
outlet gland
730019.eps
730027.eps
731021.eps
137
Silver Nickel
1 7310 40 7312 40 Screened TV single, male
Non-isolated
1 7310 41 7312 41 Screened satellite single,
F type
1 7310 42 7312 42 Screened TV + FM
Isolated
1 7310 43 7312 43 Screened TV + FM + satellite,
F type
1 7310 45
(1)
7312 45
(1)
Quad outlet, TV, radio +
2 satellite + TV return with
secondary telephone outlet
(2)
Telephone sockets
Silver Nickel
1 7310 50
(1)
7312 50
(1)
Single master
1 7310 51
(1)
7312 51
(1)
Single secondary
Data sockets
CAT 6 compliant
UTP
1 7310 56 7312 56 RJ45 single
1 7310 57 7312 57 RJ45 double
731051.eps
731051.eps
731051.eps
731041.eps
731040.eps
731057.eps
7312 43
7312 56 7310 50
7310 42
Matt black Black nickel
Non-isolated
F type
1 7316 42 7314 42 Screened TV + FM
Isolated
F type
1 7316 45
(1)
7314 45
(1)
(2)
Telephone sockets
1 7316 50
(1)
7314 50
(1)
Single master
1 7316 51
(1)
7314 51
(1)
Single secondary
Data sockets
CAT 6 compliant
UTP
1 7316 56 7314 56 RJ45 single
1 7316 57 7314 57 RJ45 double
731051.eps
731051.eps
731051.eps
731041.eps
731040.eps
731057.eps
7314 43
7314 56 7316 50
7316 42
Synergy
modern (continued)
Front plates : clip on die cast plate with high quality satin finish;
anthracite interiors
Front plates : clip on die cast plate with high quality finish;
(2) Stainless steel plate with fixing screws
138
Synergy
modern (continued)
7310 95
7310 92
Blanking plates
Silver Nickel
1 7310 95 7312 95 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
1 7310 96 7312 96 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
Outlet plates - VDI/low voltage
1 7310 52 7312 52 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
731096.eps
731095.eps
Carrier plates for Arteor modules
(square)
Silver Nickel
1 7310 91 7312 91 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
1 Arteor module
1 7310 92 7312 92 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
2 Arteor modules
1 7310 93 7312 93 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
3 Arteor modules
1 7310 94 7312 94 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
4 Arteor modules
731052.eps
7312 96
7312 93
731091.eps
731093.eps
731094.eps
731092.eps
Front plates : clip on die cast plate with high quality satin finish;
7316 95
7316 92
Blanking plates
1 7316 95 7314 95 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
1 7316 96 7314 96 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
1 7316 52 7314 52 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
731096.eps
731095.eps
(square)
1 7316 91 7314 91 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
1 Arteor module
1 7316 92 7314 92 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
2 Arteor modules
1 7316 93 7314 93 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
3 Arteor modules
1 7316 94 7314 94 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
4 Arteor modules
731052.eps
7314 96
7314 93
731091.eps
731093.eps
731094.eps
731092.eps
Front plates : clip on die cast plate with high quality finish;
see p. 34-35
For home network functions
139
Synergy
modern (continued)
Pack Cat. Nos. 1 and 2 gang front plates for
grid modules
1 7317 91 7315 91 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
1 7317 92 7315 92 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
1 7317 93 7315 93 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
1 7317 94 7315 94 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
10 7354 81 1 gang
1/2 modules
10 7354 82 2 gang
3/4 modules
7317 91 7315 93
7315 94 7317 92
see p. 77-95 and 158-164
grid modules
Silver Nickel
1 7311 91 7313 91 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
1 7311 92 7313 92 1 gang - 89 x 89 mm
1 7311 93 7313 93 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
1 7311 94 7313 94 2 gang - 89 x 149 mm
10 7354 81 1 gang
1/2 modules
10 7354 82 2 gang
3/4 modules
7311 91 7313 93
7313 94 7311 92
140
Brushed stainless steel front plates : brushed stainless steel with
clear epoxy satin lacquer coating
Polished stainless steel front plates : electroplated stainless steel
plate with trivalent chrome for mirror finish
10 AX - 250 V
Brushed Polished Nominal plate dimensions : 86 x 86 mm
1 7330 00 7332 00 1 gang 1 way
1 7330 01 7332 01 1 gang 2 way
1 7330 02 7332 02 2 gang 2 way
1 7330 03 7332 03 3 gang 2 way
1 7330 04 7332 04 4 gang 2 way
1 7330 06 7332 06 6 gang 2 way
Synergy
traditional
Satin brass front plates : electroplated stainless steel electrophoretic
applied brass lacquer
10 AX - 250 V
Satin brass Nominal plate dimensions : 86 x 86 or 86 x 146 mm
1 7334 00 1 gang 1 way
1 7334 01 1 gang 2 way
1 7334 02 2 gang 2 way
1 7334 03 3 gang 2 way
1 7334 04 4 gang 2 way
1 7334 06 6 gang 2 way
7332 07
7332 02
7330 06
7330 00 7334 07
7334 06 7334 02
7334 00
10 A - 250 V
Single pole push switch
10 A - 250 V
Conforms to BS EN 60669-1 : 2000
Satin brass Nominal plate dimensions : 86 x 86 mm
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
20 AX - 250 V
1 7331 31 7333 31 1 gang 2 way
1 7331 32 7333 32 2 gang 2 way
1 7331 33 7333 33 3 gang 2 way
20 AX - 250 V
Satin brass Nominal plate dimensions : 86 x 86 or 86 x 146 mm
1 7335 31 1 gang 2 way
1 7335 32 2 gang 2 way
1 7335 33 3 gang 2 way
Stainless steel
141
Synergy
traditional (continued)
Conform to BS EN 60669-2-1 : 2000
and BS EN 55015
Brushed Polished low voltage systems using appropriate
transformer
1 7330 46 7332 46 1 gang 2 way 50 Hz
1 7330 47 7332 47 2 gang 2 way 50 Hz
type
Conform to BS EN 60669-2-1 : 2000
and BS EN 55015
Brushed Polished for low voltage loads
1 7331 56 7333 56 1 gang 2 way 50-60 Hz
1 7331 57 7333 57 2 gang 2 way 50-60 Hz
BS EN 55015
Satin brass low voltage systems using appropriate
transformer
1 7334 46 1 gang 2 way 50 Hz
1 7334 47 2 gang 2 way 50 Hz
Dimmer units - 230 V- electronic type
BS EN 55015
Satin brass for low voltage loads
1 7335 56 1 gang 2 way 50-60 Hz
1 7335 57 2 gang 2 way 50-60 Hz
7332 47
7332 09 7330 09
7330 46
7335 57 7334 09
7334 47 7334 46
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
3 pole
in OFF position
Flush mounting back box : min. 25 mmdeep
Isolator switch 10 A - 250 V
3 pole
in OFF position
1 7334 09 3 pole isolator switch
Stainless steel
142
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
1 gang : 86 x 86 mm
Brushed Polished 2 gang : 86 x 146 mm
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
1 gang : 86 x 86 mm
Satin brass 2 gang : 86 x 146 mm
7334 75
Synergy
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
1 7330 60 7332 60 1 gang switched
1 7330 61 7332 61 1 gang switched +
1 7330 70 7332 70 2 gang switched
1 7330 71 7332 71 2 gang switched +
1 7330 74 7332 74 2 gang switched outboard
for standard and clean earth
applications
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
1 7334 61 1 gang switched +
1 7334 74 2 gang switched outboard
for standard and clean earth
applications
7332 61
7332 74 7330 71
7330 70 7334 61
7334 70
7334 60
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
143
Synergy
1 7330 89 7332 89 1 gang switched
Pack Cat. Nos. Key switched socket 13 A - 250 V
Conform to BS 1363 - part 2 : 1995
1 8200 71 8200 72 2 gang single socket with
DP key switch
7332 59
7330 97
7330 89 7334 89 7334 59
7334 88 7334 97 7332 97
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
BS 1363 - Part 2 : 1995
Brushed Polished
active trips on power failure
passive does NOT trip on
power failure
Pack Cat. Nos. RCD sockets 13 A - 250 V
BS 1363 - Part 2 : 1995
Satin brass
1 7334 97 RCD unit 2 gang DP 30 mA
passive does NOT trip on
power failure
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
820074.eps
144
7330 90 7334 90
Shaver sockets
Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5 : 1998
IP 24
1 7330 90 7332 90 Supply : 230 V - 50/60 Hz
Output : 230/120 V - 20 VA max.
120V 230V
Shaver socket
Conforms to BS EN 61558-2-5 : 1998
IP 24
1 7334 90 Supply : 230 V - 50/60 Hz
Output : 230/120 V - 20 VA max.
120V 230V
1 7330 69 7332 69 1 gang switched
7330 69
7330 68
7334 69
7334 68
Synergy
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
145
Synergy
7332 10 7330 12 7334 12
7332 36 7330 37 7334 37 7334 34
7334 30
1 7330 10 7332 10 20 A DP
1 7330 12 7332 12 20 A DP
1 7334 10 20 A DP
1 7334 12 20 A DP
1 7330 34 7332 34 Switched, DP
1 7330 35 7332 35 Switched, DP
1 7330 36 7332 36 Switched, DP
with cord outlet
1 7330 37 7332 37 Switched, DP
with cord outlet +
1 7330 30 7332 30 Unswitched
1 7330 31 7332 31 Unswitched
1 7330 32 7332 32 Unswitched
with cord outlet
1 7330 33 7332 33 Unswitched
with cord outlet +
with cord outlet
with cord outlet +
with cord outlet
with cord outlet +
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
146
Red rocker
1 7330 20 7332 20 45 A DP
1 7330 21 7332 21 45 A DP with red LED power indicator
1 7330 22 7332 22 45 A DP
1 7330 23 7332 23 45 A DP with red LED power indicator
Red rocker
1 7334 20 45 A DP
1 7334 21 45 A DP with red LED power indicator
1 7334 22 45 A DP
1 7334 23 45 A DP with red LED power indicator
45 A - 250 VDP switch with
13 A - 250 VDP switched socket outlet
Red rocker
1 7330 28 7332 28 DP with DP switched socket
1 7330 29 7332 29 DP with DP switched socket +
red LED power indicators
Red rocker
1 7334 29 DP with DP switched socket +
red LED power indicators
7334 29 7332 29
7330 22
7330 23 7334 20
7334 23 7332 22
Synergy
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Pack Cat. Nos. Cable outlet 20 A - 250 V
1 7334 19 20 A with terminal block and
outlet gland
Brushed Polished
outlet gland
Stainless steel
1 7334 26 45 A with terminal block
Stainless steel
147
Synergy
Brushed Polished
Non-isolated
F type
1 7330 42 7332 42 Screened TV + FM
Isolated
F type
1 7330 45
(1)
7332 45
(1)
(2)
Telephone sockets
Brushed Polished
1 7330 50
(1)
7332 50
(1)
Single master
1 7330 51
(1)
7332 51
(1)
Single secondary
Data sockets
CAT 6 compliant
UTP
1 7330 56 7332 56 RJ45 single
1 7330 57 7332 57 RJ45 double
Satin brass
Non-isolated
1 7334 41 Screened satellite single,
F type
1 7334 42 Screened TV + FM
Isolated
1 7334 43 Screened TV + FM + satellite,
F type
1 7334 45
(1)
(2)
Telephone sockets
1 7334 50
(1)
Single master
1 7334 51
(1)
Single secondary
Data sockets
CAT 6 compliant
UTP
1 7334 56 RJ45 single
1 7334 57 RJ45 double
7332 42
7332 57 7330 50
7330 43 7334 43
7334 57 7334 50
7334 42
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
148
7332 96
7330 91
7330 95
7332 94
7334 52 7334 95
7334 93 7334 92
Blanking plates
Satin brass
1 7334 95 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 7334 96 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
Outlet plate - VDI/low voltage
1 7334 52 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
(square)
Satin brass No additional yoke required
1 7334 91 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 Arteor module
1 7334 92 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
2 Arteor modules
1 7334 93 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
3 Arteor modules
1 7334 94 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
4 Arteor modules
Blanking plates
Brushed Polished
1 7330 95 7332 95 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 7330 96 7332 96 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
1 7330 52 7332 52 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
(square)
Brushed Polished
1 7330 91 7332 91 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 Arteor module
1 7330 92 7332 92 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
2 Arteor modules
1 7330 93 7332 93 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
3 Arteor modules
1 7330 94 7332 94 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
4 Arteor modules
Synergy
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
149
Synergy
Pack Cat. Nos. 1 and 2 gang plates for
grid modules
Satin brass
1 7335 91 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 7335 92 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 7335 93 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
1 7335 94 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
grid modules
Brushed Polished
1 7331 91 7333 91 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 7331 92 7333 92 1 gang
1 7331 93 7333 93 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
1 7331 94 7333 94 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
7331 91 7333 93 7335 91 7335 93
7354 90 7354 91 7354 92
10 7354 90 1 gang
1 module
10 7354 91 1 gang
2 modules
10 7354 92 2 gang
3/4 modules
10 7354 90 1 gang
1 module
10 7354 91 1 gang
2 modules
10 7354 92 2 gang
3/4 modules
see p. 77-95 and 158-164
Stainless steel
150
A wide range of options to help specifers and contractors comply with
Part M of the building regulations... without compromising on style.
Legrand has extended its Synergy range with a new
selection of traditional matt black plates... ideal to meet
Part Ms contrast requirements on light coloured walls.
In addition, there is a new contrast frame that allows
Synergy White to be used with DLP Contour perimeter
trunking, plus a completely new Clipper range of wiring
devices with large rockers.
Part M
access to and use of buildings
ExtEndEd rAngE of PArt M solutions...
Contrast frame Clipper large rocker switches
To fnd out more about
how to comply with the
regulations, visit:
www.legrand.co.uk
to order your
FREE copy of our
Part M guide.
02998a-FE016 PartM.indd 1 11/1/10 10:09:13 am
151
Synergy
Part M
8203 48 8203 46
Matt black coated stainless steel front plates
White interiors and rockers
10 AX - 250 V
Black/White Nominal plate dimensions : 86 x 86 mm
1 8203 48 1 gang 2 way
1 8203 49 2 gang 2 way
Single pole large rocker switches
10 AX - 250 V
1 8203 51 1 gang 2 way
1 8203 52 2 gang 2 way
Other devices available on request
For grid solutions, including matt black
front plates and white modules,
see p. 158-164
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
1 8203 46 2 gang switched outboard for
standard and clean earth applications
Cooker control unit 45 A - 250 V
Red rocker
Fused connection unit 13 A - 250 V
with cord outlet
Black/White
Non-isolated
1 8203 65 Screened TV + FM + satellite,
F type
Telephone socket
1 8203 66
(1)
Single secondary
8203 51
N
E
W

152
Synergy
MEIGaN sockets
8204 50 8204 53
N
E
W
MEDICAL EQUIPMENT ONLY
MEDICAL
EQUIPMENT ONLY
MEDICAL EQUIPMENT ONLY
MEDICAL
EQUIPMENT ONLY
For use in healthcare establishments
Engraved in white lettering MEDICAL EQUIPMENT ONLY
Blue coated stainless steel front plates
White interiors and rockers
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
1 gang : 86 x 86 mm
Blue/White 2 gang : 86 x 146 mm
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
1 gang : 86 x 86 mm
Blue/White 2 gang : 86 x 146 mm
152 Wiring 2010.qxd 9/1/10 15:32 Page 152
152
A range of sockets designed specically
to meet the requirements of the Medical
Electrical Installation Guidance Notes.
MEIGaN
socket outlets
Healthcare organisations have clear guidelines regarding
electrical installations within their establishments.
To meet these exacting requirements, Legrand offers a
selection of corresponding blue socket outlets with white
engraved lettering indicating MEDICAL EQUIPMENT ONLY.
Manufactured from high quality stainless steel for
strength and durability, the following congurations
are available :
1 gang - switched or unswitched (clean earth)
2 gang - switched or unswitched (clean earth)
02998-FE015 Meigan.indd 1 9/1/10 3:07:03 pm
153
The complete multimedia solution for
residential and commercial applications.
Synergy
media plates
Synergys new media plates enable you to create neat,
compact installations for todays digital entertainment
requirements. Available in every Synergy fnish, the
plates consist of :
2 independent satellite feeds
1 terrestrial TV socket (digital / analogue)
1 secondary telephone socket
2 x 2 gang switched DP 13A socket outlets
02998-FE014 Media plates.indd 1 11/1/10 10:05:46 am
153
Back box
With phase barrier
Material : grey epoxy coated steel
1 8204 58 35 mm deep box
Pack Cat. Nos. Synergy media plates (monobloc)
Comprising 2 x independent satellite feeds,
1 x terrestrial TV socket suitable for analogue and
digital signals, 1 x video return, 1 x secondary
telephone point, 2 x Synergy 2 gang switched DP
13 A sockets
To be used with back box Cat. No. 8204 58 below
Material : stainless steel
1 8201 42 White (metal)
1 8201 43 Brushed stainless steel
1 8201 44 Polished stainless steel
1 8201 45 Modern Nickel
1 8201 46 Modern Silver
1 8201 47 Modern Black Nickel
1 8201 48 Modern Matt Black
Synergy
media plates
N
E
W
8201 45 8201 43
153 Wiring 2010.qxd 9/1/10 15:38 Page 153
BS 1363 - Part 2 : 1995
Nominal dimensions : 86 x 146 x 43 mm
passive does NOT trip on power failure
154
Finish : grey epoxy coated steel
Supplied complete with close fit surface mounting back box
10 AX - 250 V
5 7338 00 1 gang 1 way
5 7338 01 1 gang 2 way
5 7338 02 2 gang 2 way
5 7338 03 3 gang 2 way
Synergy
metalclad
7338 03
7338 02 7338 70
7338 71 7338 61
7338 00
Double pole socket outlets 13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
Pack Cat. Nos. Unswitched and key switched socket outlets
13 A - 250 V
2 earth terminals
2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
1 8200 73 2 gang single socket with DP key switch
820073.eps
7338 65
7338 89
155
Red rocker
5 7338 20 45 A DP
5 7338 19 20 A with terminal block and outlet gland
7338 19 7338 21
Synergy
metalclad (continued)
7338 37 7338 34
with cord outlet
with cord outlet
5 7338 10 20 A DP
7338 31 7338 32
7338 12
156
Synergy
Blanking plates
5 7338 95 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
5 7338 96 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
Non-isolated
1 7338 41 Screened satellite single, F type
Telephone sockets
5 7338 50
(1)
Single master
5 7338 51
(1)
Single secondary
CAT 6 compliant
1 7338 56 RJ45 single
1 7338 57 RJ45 double
7338 41
7338 50 7338 95 7338 96
7338 57 7338 56 7338 40
157
Synergy
1 and 2 gang plates for grid modules
1 7339 91 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 7339 92 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 7339 93 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
1 7339 94 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
7338 92
Pack Cat. Nos. Carrier plates for Arteor modules (square)
5 7338 91 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
1 Arteor module
5 7338 92 1 gang - 86 x 86 mm
2 Arteor modules
5 7338 93 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
3 Arteor modules
5 7338 94 2 gang - 86 x 146 mm
4 Arteor modules
10 7354 90 1 gang
1 module
10 7354 91 1 gang
2 modules
10 7354 92 2 gang
3/4 modules
7339 94
7354 90 7354 92
see p. 77-95 and 158-164
7364 00
7364 01
Pack Cat. Nos. Surface mounting metal boxes
Suitable for use with Synergy metalclad, traditional
and Synergy grid system metal plates
Conform to BS 5733 where applicable
Depth 37 mm
30 7364 00 1 gang
With knockouts
30 7364 20 1 gang
Without knockouts
20 7364 01 2 gang
With knockouts
20 7364 21 2 gang
Without knockouts
1 7364 18 6/8 module grid
With knockouts
Without knockouts
1 7364 28 9/12 module grid
With knockouts
1 7364 32 9/12 module grid
Without knockouts
158
Modules mount from front into grid yokes
Individually removable without disturbing grid
Pack Cat. Nos. Single pole switch modules
10 AX - 250 V
White Anthracite
Conform to BS EN 60669-1
10 7354 00 7355 00 1 way switch
10 7354 01 7355 01 1 way switch + red LED power
indicator
10 7354 03 7355 03 2 way switch
10 7354 07 7355 07 Intermediate
Single pole push switch modules
10 A - 250 V
White Anthracite Conform to BS EN 60669-1
10 7354 05 7355 05 2 way push switch
10 7354 05PE 7355 05PE 2 way push switch marked
PRESS TO EXIT
10 7354 06 7355 06 2 way push switch marked BELL
Single pole key switch modules
20 AX - 250 V
White Anthracite
Key supplied
10 7354 16 7355 16 2 way key switch
10 7354 17 7355 17 2 way key switch retractive centre off
(1)
10 7354 19 7355 19 Intermediate
Synergy
grid modules
7354 00 7355 01
PRESS
TO
EXIT
BELL
Single pole switch modules
20 AX - 250 V
White Anthracite Conform to BS EN 60669-1
10 7354 10 7355 10 1 way switch
10 7354 11 7355 11 1 way switch + red LED power
indicator
10 7354 12 7355 12 itch
10 7354 13 7355 13 2 way centre off
(1)
10 7354 14 7355 14 2 way retractive centre off
(1)
10 7354 14AR 7355 14AR 2 way retractive centre off
marked with up + down arrows
(1)
10 7354 15 7355 15 2 way push switch
(1)
10 7354 18 7355 18 Intermediate
(1) 20 A rated only
7355 17 7354 11
158
With standard and modular grid devices to
choose from, the possibilities are endless...
Synergy
complete choice
and exibility
SYNERGY
GRID
Available in sizes from 1 to
24 gang and with options of
standard or bespoke rocker
engraving.
SYNERGY
AND ARTEOR
Modular solution allowing
Synergy installations
to benet from the
vast selection of Arteor
functions.
02998-FE017 SYNERGY GRID.indd 1 8/1/10 15:18:46
159
Pack Cat. Nos. Double pole switch modules
20 AX - 250 V
White Anthracite
10 7354 20 7355 20 Switch
10 7354 21 7355 21 Switch + red LED power indicator
10 7354 22 7355 22 Push to make
(1)
10 7354 25 7355 25 Push to break
(1)
Double pole key switch modules
20 AX - 250 V
White Anthracite Key supplied
10 7354 23 7355 23 Key switch
10 7354 23ET 7355 23ET Key switch marked
EMERGENCY LIGHT TEST
10 7354 24 7355 24 Key switch + red LED power indicator
Spare key
5 0811 77 Spare key for Synergy key switch
functions
Ancillary modules
White Anthracite
1 7354 50 7355 50 Telephone socket - single master
1 7354 51 7355 51 Telephone socket - single secondary
10 7352 56 7353 56 RJ 45 data outlet CAT 6 compliant
UTP 8 contact
10 7354 40 7355 40 Screened TV - single
Non-isolated
10 7354 41 7355 41 Screened satellite
10 7352 65 7353 65 Hi-fi outlet
1 7354 35 7355 35 Cable outlet
20 7354 36 7355 36 Blank module
7354 21 7355 48 7351 62 7352 56 7355 41 7350 30 7352 65
Synergy
grid modules (continued)

Modules mount from front into grid yokes
Individually removable without disturbing grid
For decorative rockers and
complete range of grid front
plates and yokes
see p. 160 and 162-163
Dimmer unit modules
100 - 240 V50/60 Hz
White Anthracite Conform to BS EN 60669-2-1
1 7354 46 7355 46 Dimmer for use with tungsten filament
lamps, good quality wire-wound
transformers and compatible
electronic transformers for low
voltage loads
(2)
40 - 300 W
Not suitable for fluorescent loads
Fuse carrier modules
13 A - 250 V
White Anthracite Conform to BS 5733
10 7350 30 7351 30 Fuse module fitted with
BS 1362 13 A fuse
White Anthracite
Indicator modules - 250 V
Conform to BS 5733
10 7350 60 7351 60 Indicator - red LEDs
10 7350 62 7351 62 Indicator - green LEDs
Pack Cat. Nos. Time delay switch
100 - 240 V50/60 Hz
White Anthracite
1 7354 47 7355 47 Multiple way soft start time delay switch
Push operated delay pre-set for 3, 10
or 30 minutes
40 - 400 W
Not suitable for fluorescent loads
Dimmer unit modules -
dimmable HF ballast fluorescent
100- 240 V50/60 Hz
White Anthracite Conform to BS EN 60669-2-1
1 7354 48 7355 48 1 way dimmer for dimmable HF
ballast fluorescent 0-10 V
400 W
(1) 20 A rated only
(2) Can be used in conjunction with compatible electronic
transformers for low voltage loads. It will be necessary to
test that the dimmer mechanism is compatible with the
electronic transformer identified for installation
7355 35
160
pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Synergy
grid system
decorative rockers and rocker markings
MODERN
SILVER
MODERN
NICKEL
MODERN
MATT BLACK
MODERN
BLACK NICKEL
DECORATIVE ROCKERS
FUNCTIONS
10 AX switch 1 x 1 way 10 7355 00MS 7355 00MN
10 AX switch 1 x 2 way 10 7355 03MS 7355 03MN
10 AX switch 1 x intermediate 10 7355 07MS 7355 07MN
10 A push switch 1 x 2 way 10 7355 05MS 7355 05MN
20 AX SP switch 1 way 10 7355 10MS 7355 10MN
20 AX SP switch 2 way 10 7355 12MS 7355 12MN 7399 04 7397 04
20 AX SP switch 2 way centre off 10 7355 13MS 7355 13MN 7399 05 7397 05
20 AX SP switch 2 way retractive centre off 10 7355 14MS 7355 14MN 7399 06 7397 06
20 AX SP push switch 2 way 10 7355 15MS 7355 15MN 7399 07 7397 07
20 AX SP intermediate switch 10 7355 18MS 7355 18MN 7399 08 7397 08
20 AX DP switch 10 7355 20MS 7355 20MN 7399 09 7397 09
20 AX DP push to make switch 10 7355 22MS 7355 22MN 7399 10 7397 10
20 AX DP push to break switch 10 7355 25MS 7355 25MN 7357 25 7358 25
20 AX DP SWITCH
20 AX DP SWITCH +
RED LED POWER INDICATOR
MODULES
BOILER 10 7354 20BL 7355 20BL 7354 21BL 7355 21BL
COOKER HOOD 10 7354 20CH 7355 20CH 7354 21CH 7355 21CH
DISH WASHER 10 7354 20DW 7355 20DW 7354 21DW 7355 21DW
EXTRACTOR 10 7354 20EX 7355 20EX 7354 21EX 7355 21EX
EXTRACTOR FAN 10 7354 20EF 7355 20EF 7354 21EF 7355 21EF
EXTRACTOR HOOD 10 7354 20EH 7355 20EH 7354 21EH 7355 21EH
FAN 10 7354 20FN 7355 20FN 7354 21FN 7355 21FN
FREEZER 10 7354 20FZ 7355 20FZ 7354 21FZ 7355 21FZ
FRIDGE 10 7354 20FR 7355 20FR 7354 21FR 7355 21FR
FRIDGE FREEZER 10 7354 20FF 7355 20FF 7354 21FF 7355 21FF
HEATER 10 7354 20HR 7355 20HR 7354 21HR 7355 21HR
HOB 10 7354 20HB 7355 20HB 7354 21HB 7355 21HB
HOOD 10 7354 20HD 7355 20HD 7354 21HD 7355 21HD
LIGHTS 10 7354 20LG 7355 20LG 7354 21LG 7355 21LG
MICROWAVE 10 7354 20MW 7355 20MW 7354 21MW 7355 21MW
OVEN 10 7354 20OV 7355 20OV 7354 21OV 7355 21OV
PLINTH HEATER 10 7354 20PH 7355 20PH 7354 21PH 7355 21PH
TOWEL RAIL 10 7354 20TR 7355 20TR 7354 21TR 7355 21TR
TUMBLE DRYER 10 7354 20TD 7355 20TD 7354 21TD 7355 21TD
WASHING MACHINE 10 7354 20WM 7355 20WM 7354 21WM 7355 21WM
WASTE DISPOSAL 10 7354 20WD 7355 20WD 7354 21WD 7355 21WD
WATER HEATER 10 7354 20WH 7355 20WH 7354 21WH 7355 21WH
GRID MODULES WITH STANDARD APPLIANCE MARKINGS
DECORATIVE ROCKERS TO MATCH SYNERGY MODERN
ROCKER MARKINGS
White Anthracite White Anthracite
Pack
Pack
161
Synergy
grid system
for Synergy modules
s Flush mounting installation examples
2 modules
s Surface mounting
Surface mounting of Synergy grid modules using components illustrated above
s Clip-on plates (1-4 modules)
Grids required for clip-on plates differ from grids for screw-attached faceplates
Grids required for Modern are Cat. Nos. 7354 81 (1 or 2 modules) and 7354 82 (3 or 4 modules)
0891 13
35 mm depth
7354 91
7301 92
7354 00 x 2
0818 52
43 mm depth
7354 92 x 2 7301 83
7354 00 x 8
8 modules
0818 54
56 mm depth
7354 93 x 3
7301 86
7354 00 x 18
18 modules
1 or 2 modules 3 or 4 modules 6 or 8 modules 9 or 12 modules
Box dimensions
Surface box
(no knockouts)
7364 00 7364 01 7364 18 7364 28
Surface box
(with knockouts)
7364 20 7364 21 7364 22 7364 32
86 x 86 x 37 86 x 146 x 37 146 x 146 x 37 207 x 146 x 37
162
xxxxxxxx
Synergy
grid system
ARCHITRAVES
1 gang 2 gang
FRONT PLATES WITH SMALL APERTURES
1 gang 2 gang
1 module 2 modules 1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules FRONT PLATES
GRID YOKES 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x
BACK BOXES
Dimensions (mm) 86 x 36 146 x 36 86 x 86 86 x 86 86 x 146 86 x 146 146 x 146 146 x146 207 x 146 207 x 146 267 x 206 267 x 206
White 10 7301 80 10 7301 81 10 7301 91 10 7301 92 10 7301 93 10 7301 94
Traditional brushed stainless steel 1 7331 80 1 7331 81 1 7331 91 1 7331 92 1 7331 93 1 7331 94
Traditional polished stainless steel 1 7333 80 1 7333 81 1 7333 91 1 7333 92 1 7333 93 1 7333 94
Traditional satin brass 1 7335 80 1 7335 81 1 7335 91 1 7335 92 1 7335 93 1 7335 94
Traditional polished brass 1 7337 80 1 7337 81 1 7337 91 1 7337 92 1 7337 93 1 7337 94
Metalclad 1 7339 91 1 7339 92 1 7339 93 1 7339 94
Dimensions (mm) 89 x 89
(1)
89 x 89
(1)
89 x 149
(1)
89 x 149
(1)
Modern silver 1 7311 91 1 7311 92 1 7311 93 1 7311 94
Modern nickel 1 7313 91 1 7313 92 1 7313 93 1 7313 94
Modern matt black 1 7317 91 1 7317 92 1 7317 93 1 7317 94
Modern black nickel 1 7315 91 1 7315 92 1 7315 93 1 7315 94
For white, traditional and metalclad 10 7354 95 10 7354 96 10 7354 90 10 7354 91 10 7354 92 10 7354 92
For modern 10 7354 81 10 7354 81 10 7354 82 10 7354 82
Front plate material
White : 1 to 8 modules - thermoset; 9 to 24 modules - stainless steel
Traditional : All modules - stainless steel
Metalclad : 1 to 4 modules - mild steel; 6 to 24 modules - stainless steel
Modern : 1 to 4 modules - die cast alloy; 6 to 8 modules - stainless steel
(1) Screw free clip-on front plate
Dimensions (mm) 82 x 28 x 26 142 x 28 x 26 35 mm depth 35 mm depth 35 mm depth 35 mm depth 137 x 137 x43 137 x 137 x43 198 x 137 x 43 198 x 137 x 43 254 x 194 x 56 254 x 194 x 56
Flush 10 7364 40 10 7364 41 100 0891 13 100 0891 13 40 0891 14 40 0891 14
Flush with phase barriers
Dimensions (mm) 86 x 36 x 30 146 x 36 x 30 86 x 86 x 47 86 x 86 x 47 86 x 146 x 47 86 x 146 x 47
Surface white for white only 10 7364 05 5 7364 04 10 7364 07 10 7364 07 5 7364 11 5 7364 11
Dimensions (mm) 86 x 86 x 37 86 x 86 x 37 86 x 146 x 37 86 x 146 x 37 146 x 146 x 37 146 x 146 x 37 207 x 146 x 37 207 x 146 x 37
Surface steel with knockouts 10 7364 00 10 7364 00 5 7364 01 5 7364 01
Surface steel without knockouts 10 7364 20 10 7364 20 5 7364 21 5 7364 21
GRID MODULES
Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack
163
FRONT PLATES WITH SMALL APERTURES
2 x 2 gang
6 modules 8 modules
3 x 2 gang
9 modules 12 modules
3 x 3 gang 4 x 3 gang
18 modules 24 modules
2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 4 x
146 x 146 146 x146 207 x 146 207 x 146 267 x 206 267 x 206
10 7301 82 10 7301 83 1 7301 84 1 7301 85 1 7301 86 1 7301 87
1 7331 82 1 7331 83 1 7331 84 1 7331 85 1 7331 86 1 7331 87
1 7333 82 1 7333 83 1 7333 84 1 7333 85 1 7333 86 1 7333 87
1 7335 82 1 7335 83 1 7335 84 1 7335 85 1 7335 86 1 7335 87
1 7337 82 1 7337 83 1 7337 84 1 7337 85 1 7337 86 1 7337 87
1 7339 82 1 7339 83 1 7339 84 1 7339 85 1 7339 86 1 7339 87
146 x 146 146 x 146 207 x 146 207 x 146 267 x 206 267 x 206
1 7311 82 1 7311 83 1 7311 84 1 7311 85 1 7311 86 1 7311 87
1 7313 82 1 7313 83 1 7313 84 1 7313 85 1 7313 86 1 7313 87
1 7317 82 1 7317 83 1 7317 84 1 7317 85 1 7317 86 1 7317 87
1 7315 82 1 7315 83 1 7315 84 1 7315 85 1 7315 86 1 7315 87
10 7354 92 10 7354 92 10 7354 92 10 7354 92 10 7354 93 10 7354 93
10 7354 92 10 7354 92 10 7354 92 10 7354 92 10 7354 93 10 7354 93
(2) Phase barrier variant shown
137 x 137 x43 137 x 137 x43 198 x 137 x 43 198 x 137 x 43 254 x 194 x 56 254 x 194 x 56
1 0818 52 1 0818 52 1 0818 53 1 0818 53 1 0818 54 1 0818 55
1 0818 57 1 0818 57 1 0818 58 1 0818 59

146 x 146 x 37 146 x 146 x 37 207 x 146 x 37 207 x 146 x 37
1 7364 18 1 7364 18 1 7364 28 1 7364 28
1 7364 22 1 7364 22 1 7364 32 1 7364 32
Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack
(2) (2)
164
Front plate material
White : 1 to 4 modules - thermoset; 8-18 modules - stainless steel
Traditional : All modules - stainless steel
Metalclad : 1 to 4 modules - mild steel; 8 to 18 modules - stainless steel
Modern : 1 to 4 modules - die cast alloy; 8 to 18 modules - stainless steel
(1) Supplied with back box
(2) Screw free clip-on front plate
(3) Phase barrier variant shown
xxxxxxxx
Synergy
grid system
for Arteor modules
GRID MODULES
1 gang 1 gang 2 gang 2 gang 2 x 2 gang 3 x 3 gang
Grid yoke
Arteor module carrier
Grid yoke complete with

Arteor module carrier
Clip-in carrier plate - no yoke required Yoke required FRONT PLATES
Pack 1 module
GRID YOKES for 2 x 2 and 3 x 3 gang front plates
Dimensions (mm) 86 x 86 86 x 86 86 x 146 86 x 146 146 x 146 267 x 206
White 10 7300 91 10 7300 92 10 7300 93 10 7300 94 1 7301 88 1 7301 90
Traditional brushed stainless steel 1 7330 91 1 7330 92 1 7330 93 1 7330 94 1 7331 88 1 7331 90
Traditional polished stainless steel 1 7332 91 1 7332 92 1 7332 93 1 7332 94 1 7333 88 1 7333 90
Traditional satin brass 1 7334 91 1 7334 92 1 7334 93 1 7334 94 1 7335 88 1 7335 90
Traditional polished brass 1 7337 88 1 7337 90
Metalclad 5 7338 91
(1)
5 7338 92
(1)
5 7338 93
(1)
5 7338 94
(1)
1 7339 88 1 7339 90
Dimensions (mm) 89 x 89
(2)
89 x 89
(2)
89 x 149
(2)
89 x 149
(2)
146 x 146 267 x 206
Modern silver 1 7310 91 1 7310 92 1 7310 93 1 7310 94 1 7311 88 1 7311 90
Modern nickel 1 7312 91 1 7312 92 1 7312 93 1 7312 94 1 7313 88 1 7313 90
Modern matt black 1 7316 91 1 7316 92 1 7316 93 1 7316 94 1 7317 88 1 7317 90
Modern black nickel 1 7314 91 1 7314 92 1 7314 93 1 7314 94 1 7315 88 1 7315 90
BACK BOXES
+
=
FRONT PLATES FOR ARTEOR MODULES
10 2 x 7354 92
+
15 2 x 7354 84
=
10 2 x 7354 74
10 3 x 7354 93
+
12 3 x 7354 86
=
10 3 x 7354 76
Dimensions (mm) 35 mm depth 35 mm depth 35 mm depth 35 mm depth 137 x 137 x 43 254 x 194 x 56
Flush 100 0891 13 100 0891 13 40 0891 14 40 0891 14 1 0818 52 1 0818 54
Flush with phase barriers 1 0818 58
Dimensions (mm) 86 x 86 x 47 86 x 86 x 47 86 x 146 x 47 86 x 146 x 47
Surface white for white only 10 7364 07 10 7364 07 5 7364 11 5 7364 11
Dimensions (mm) 86 x 86 x 37 86 x 86 x 37 86 x 146 x 37 146 x 146 x 37 146 x 146 x 37
Surface steel with knockouts 10 7364 00 10 7364 00 5 7364 01 5 7364 01 1 7364 18
Surface steel without knockouts 10 7364 20 10 7364 20 5 7364 21 5 7364 21 1 7364 22
Pack 2 modules Pack 3 modules Pack 4 modules Pack 8 modules Pack 18 modules
(3)
165
Front plates: polycarbonate
Dimensions: 86
.
5 x 86
.
5 x 10
.
5 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Single pole large rocker plate switches
10 AX - 250 V
10 2810 01 1 gang 2 way
4 2810 08 1 gang 2 way intermediate
10 2810 03 2 gang 2 way
10 2810 05 3 gang 2 way
Clipper large rocker switches
Single pole large rocker push switch
10 AX - 250 V
Accessories
1 2819 08 Silver surround frame
1 1200 Neon surround frame
2810 01 2810 03 2810 05
165
Simplicity and an understated appearance
with no visible screws.
Marrying smooth curves with a slim prole, Legrands new
Clipper range of large rocker switches works in perfect
harmony with its Synergy wiring devices.
Clipper
large rocker
A NEW LOOK FOR A CLASSIC ROCKER...
02998-FE018 CLIPPER.indd 1 8/1/10 12:55:57 pm
N
E
W

166
surface mounting metal boxes
for Synergy
metalclad, traditional and grid

Pack Cat. Nos. Surface mounting metal boxes
Only suitable for use with Synergy metalclad,
traditional and Synergy grid system metal plates
Conform to BS 5733 where applicable
Depth 37 mm
30 7364 00 1 gang
With knockouts
30 7364 20 1 gang
Without knockouts
20 7364 01 2 gang
With knockouts
20 7364 21 2 gang
Without knockouts
With knockouts
Without knockouts
1 7364 28 9/12 module grid
With knockouts
1 7364 32 9/12 module grid
Without knockouts
7364 00
7364 01
flush mounting steel back boxes
Pack Cat. Nos. Switch and socket flush mounting back boxes
Conform to BS 4662
Material : galvanised steel
Top, side and back knockout entries according to
type of box
Depth 16 mm
200 0891 09 1 gang with 1 fixed lug, 1 adjustable lug
and 1 earth terminal
Depth 25 mm
100 0891 10 1 gang with 3 fixed lugs, 1 adjustable lug
Depth 35 mm
40 0891 40 Dual box with 2 earth terminals
Accepts 2 single gang accessories
Depth 48 mm
0891 13 0891 10
0891 11
167
surface mounting moulded boxes
for Synergy
white
Pack Cat. Nos. Surface mounting moulded boxes - thermoset
Conform to BS 5733
Material : white thermoset
Mini trunking knockouts located around periphery
of boxes
Dimensions : 1 gang - 87 x 87 mm
2 gang - 87 x 147 mm
10 7364 03 1 gang - depth 16 mm
With earth terminal
10 7364 06 1 gang - depth 35 mm
10 7364 07 1 gang - depth 47 mm
5 7364 08 2 gang - depth 16 mm
5 7364 10 2 gang - depth 35 mm
5 7364 11 2 gang - depth 47 mm
5 7364 13 2 x 1 gang - depth 35 mm
Surface mounting moulded boxes - PVC
Conform to BS 5733
Material : PVC
Dimensions : 1 gang - 87 x 87 mm
2 gang - 87 x 147 mm
10 7313 1 gang - depth 35 mm
5 7314 2 gang - depth 35 mm
7364 11 7364 13
7364 06 7364 07
Synergy enables you to combine its metalclad back boxes
with its traditional selection of wiring devices to provide
surface mounting options with a decorative touch.
This perfect partnership gives you durability with even more
style... and a perfect ush prole between accessory and
back box thanks to metalclads unique clam-type t..
All in all, much more than just a pretty face.
Surface mounting
metal back boxes
SYNERGY BACK BOXES
When ush mounting isnt an option,
Synergy can still offer a decorative touch...
XX
Whatever the weather, Plexo offers maintained and non-maintained
IP 55 and IP 66 solutions to meet the specifc needs of any environment.
Perfect protection, wherever you need it. Together, Plexos
IP 55 and IP 66 ranges provide a complete weatherproof
solution with modular housings that accommodate Arteor
modular devices.
Plexo IP 55 and IP 66...
safety in numbers
TWo ranges, one common goal...
Modular options for surface mounting ... and flush mounting
Silicon groove and flexible cable entry Socket design accepts moulded plugs
IP55
IP66
02998a-FE029 Plexo 55-66.indd 1 8/1/10 6:51:42 pm
168
169
IP 66 - IK 08
Grey RAL 7016 / TO 29
Polypropylene/ABS housing
Temperature rating : 20 to +40 C (+50 C for short periods)
Provision for 20 mm dia. conduit entries (side and rear)
Stainless steel captive terminal screws supplied in backed-off position
Pack Cat. Nos. Switches and push button - 250 V
20 A switches
Grey Fitted with rear gasket with groove to deposit silicone
1 6846 03 1 gang 2 way SP
1 6846 04 2 gang 2 way SP
6 A push button
1 6846 11 1 gang 2 way SP with PRESS
13 A - 250 Vsocket outlets
Fitted with rear gasket with groove to deposit silicone
Grey
Plexo
IP 66 weatherproof wiring devices
6846 03 6846 19
684603-57553o.eps
684554-57554o.eps
684619-73750o.eps
684612-57559o.eps
5721 11
Pack Cat. Nos. 13 A - 250 Vfused spur unit
Conforms to BS 1363 : Part 4
Grey
1 6846 45 1 gang DP switched
Adaptors for Legrand modules
Grey
1 6846 36 2 module adaptor with
semi-transparent lid
1 6846 38 3 module adaptor with
semi-transparent lid
British Standard 13 A socket
Legrand modular unit
(1)
13 A - BS 1363 : Part 2
10 5721 11 2 P + T ASTA approved
ISO M20 cable gland
25 0980 03 Cable gland IP 68
684636-57605o.eps
684638-57606o.eps
6846 29
684645-57604o.eps
(1) For full details and range of Arteor modules, see p. 77-95
963. eps
o074140
Plexo
IP 55 weatherproof wiring devices
0695 47
0695 34
170
IP 55 - IK 07
Grey RAL 7035 / 7016
Polycarbonate mechanisms/ABS frames polypropylene housing
Temp. rating : 20 to +40 C (+50 C for short periods)
Supplied with direct piercing gland
Pack Cat. Nos. Switches 10 A - 250 V
Supplied with screwless terminals
10 0697 11 1 gang 2 way SP
10 0697 15 2 gang 2 way SP
10 0697 10 1 gang 2 way SP + lens
(1)
10 0697 17 1 gang 1 way DP
1 0697 16 1 gang SP intermediate
Push button - 250 V
Supplied with screwless terminals
Supplied with lamp
10 0697 20 2 way push button
Captive terminal screws supplied in backed off
position
IP 55 - IK 07 to BS EN 60529
10 0697 32 1 gang 13 A socket
2P + E screw terminals
5 0697 50 2 gang 10 A switch and 13 A socket
5 0697 39 2 gang two 13 A sockets
Plexo
IP 55 modular mechanisms
0697 10
0697 39
0697 11
IP 55 - IK 07
Grey RAL 7035 / 7016
Polycarbonate/polypropylene housing
Supplied with direct piercing gland
Installation with surface mounting boxes or flush mounting frames
Pack Cat. Nos. Illuminating time lag switch - 250 V
Captive terminal screws supplied in backed off
position
1 0695 04 Electronic - IP55
2 wire connection
Supplied with lamp
Temporization : 25 s to 15 min.
Max. loads :
- 1 000 W incandescent and halogen 230 V
- 400 W halogen 130 V
- 400 VA ELV halogen lamps
- 400 VA fluorescent lamps
- 2 300 W resistive (heating)
Emergency stop functions 3 A - 230 V
Supplied with "emergency stop" label in 8 languages
Yellow cover plate, red button
Grey/Yellow
1 0695 47 Emergency stop button
1 N/C contact
1 pole
1 0695 48 Emergency stop with key for reset
N/O + N/C contact
Key RONIS No. 455 supplied
Key removable in 0 position
1 0695 49 Emergency stop
- stay put 1/4 turn release
N/O + N/C contact
Key removable in 0 position
Key operated switches 3 A - 250 V
Supplied with RONIS key No. 455
Grey Key removable in all positions
1 0695 34 2 positions marked "0 I"
2 N/O contacts
1 0695 35 2 positions marked "I - 0 - II"
2 N/O contacts
For surface mounting boxes and
flush mounting support frames
see p. 171
(1) Use lamps Cat. Nos. 0694 97/98
N
E
W

N
E
W

171
Plexo
IP 55 modular mechanisms (continued)
IP 55 - IK 07
Grey RAL 7035 / 7016
Polycarbonate/polypropylene housing
Supplied with 1 flat + 1 stepped gland
Captive terminal screws supplied in backed-off position
Installation with surface mounting boxes or flush mounting frames
Pack Cat. Nos. Pilot light
10 0695 83 Accepts E10 lamps - 5 W max.
Supplied with lamp Cat. No. 0898 40
Supplied without diffusers (see below)
Diffusers for pilot light
10 0695 88 Colourless
10 0695 89 Green
10 0695 90 Orange
10 0695 91 Red
Light sensitive switches - 230 V
Light sensitive switch 1 function
IP 55 - IP 07
1 0695 17
Can be used to switch a lighting
circuit ON and OFF based on
light conditions (nightfall, daybreak)
Supplied in one piece, including photo
electric cell
Maximum load :
- 1400 W incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V
- 400 VA fluorescent tubes
Luminosity threshold : 0
.
5 to 1500 lux
Photo-electric cell
IP 55
1 0695 18
For use with modular light sensitive
switches Cat. Nos. 0037 21/23/25 (p.237)
0696 51
Pack Cat. Nos. Surface mounting box with membrane glands
Equipped with removable membrane glands
Direct entry of cables
Grey (No need to be cut)
10 0696 51 1 gang - 1 entry
5 0696 71 2 gang - 1 entry
Flush mounting support frame
10 0696 81 1 gang
For Plexo modular mechanisms
Accessories
Modular back box IP 55 - IK 05
To receive Legrand modules (max. 2 modules)
10 0695 80 Adaptor with smoked polycarbonate flap
Lamps
10 0694 98 230 V - 1 mA orange
10 0694 97 230 V - 0
.
5 mA green
E10 for pilot light
E10
10 0898 40 230 V - 5 W
0696 71 0695 91 0695 17 0898 40 0695 80
089836-6393o.eps
10 0695 85 Panel mounting 1 gang 13 A socket
N
E
W

172
Tenby
Rapid Clamps, the UK market leader, have been protecting people for over forty
years. The latest addition to the range, Tenby Rapid Clamp Ultra, now offers the same
trusted reliability in a fraction of the time.
For commercial and
residential applications
in both new and existing
installations, Tenby Rapid
Clamp Ultra creates
earthing connections with
a simple new fxing method
that makes ftting them in
hard to reach areas easier
than ever.
The unique twist fxing
method is up to 5 times
faster when compared with
traditional clamps.
So for mains incomer pipes,
boiler replacement, special
locations or supplementary
bonding in pre-17th Edition
installations, earthing just
got a whole lot easier!
Earth clamps
now have a new twist
FAST, RELIABLE CONNECTIONS
02998-FE019 RAPID CLAMP.indd 1 8/1/10 1:00:48 pm
173
Tenby
Rapid Clamp
earth clamps
Tenby
Rapid Clamp Ultra

earth clamps
Available in three types :
Red (EC14) for dry, non corrosive atmospheres
Blue (EC15) for corrosive or humid conditions
Green (EC16) for corrosive or humid conditions, large earth conductors
3 standard band lengths to suit pipe diameters of 12-32 mm,
32-50 mm or 50-75 mm
EC14
EC15/2
EC16/3
Pack Cat. Nos. Earthing clamps for dry conditions
Terminal size : A D (25 10 mm
2
)
Maximum earth conductor 1 x 10 mm
2
20 EC14 For pipe diameter 12 32 mm
20 EC14/2 For pipe diameter 32 50 mm
Earthing clamps for all conditions
2
)
2
Terminal size : A E (25 16 mm
2
)
2
Pack Cat. Nos. Earthing clamps for all conditions
2
)
2
Pipe diameter Connection cross-section
min. (mm) max. (mm) min. (mm
2
) max. (mm
2
)
20 0343 85 12 16 2
.
5 16
10 0343 86 18 22 2
.
5 16
10 0343 87 28 32 2
.
5 16
0343 85
0343 86
0343 87
Available in three sizes
Suitable for dry, non corrosive atmospheres and corrosive or
humid conditions
Resistance of incandescent wire 960 C
Resistivity of 0
.
4 m
Colour : grey
Polyamide
Safe, intuitive 1/4 turn mounting ensuring an excellent, lasting
equipotential link
N
E
W
174
Energy efciency has never been more signicant than in today's commercial
environments... from ofces and warehouses, to healthcare and education.
Typically, up to 20% of a buildings electricity bill can be
attributed to lighting. Lights are often left on when not
required and people usually turn on all the lights in a room
or building when they are only occupying a small part of it.
Legrand's presence and absence detection saves energy by
automatically switching off lighting when its not needed...
providing a positive effect on both the environment and the
wallet, whilst leaving users in complete control.
Putting a stop to
energy waste
SHED SOME LIGHT... JUST WHERE YOU NEED IT
energy saving
02998a-FE030 Light Man.indd 126 8/1/10 17:29:53
175
PIR Ultrasonic Dual technology
45 m
2
For small areas
without obstacles
150 m
2
For large areas
with obstacles
90 m
2
Ultimate detection
for areas with obstacles
Different rooms are
suited to different types of
sensor, depending on the type of
movement, frequency of usage and the
need to detect movement around obstacles.
This example shows a typical layout for a 400 m
2
ofce, integrating each of the 3 technology options to
provide the most effective solution for each environment.
Programming
Remote configurators allow sensors to be
quickly and easily reprogrammed at the touch
of a button, without the need to ever remove
them from the ceiling.
ox . O8/5 6O5 /33/
ox . O87O 6O8 O21
m, B1 2LF
Fox . O87O 6O8 OO/
O 2 O 8 - x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x O 2 / 2 O O . X K
L 0HT N0 MlNl0FMFNT
/ PR0DU0T 0U DF
| W | k | J | I 8 | | | l / | l 8 I 8
Putting a stcp tc
energy waste
energy soving soving
To nd out more about
Legrand lighting
management solutions visit:
www.legrand.co.uk
02998a-FE030 Light Man.indd 127 8/1/10 17:30:31
176
lighting management switch sensors
Mounting type
Cat. Nos.
Operating mode
Absence /
presence detection
Optional control
Technology
Supply voltage
Operating temp (C)
IP rating
Coverage L x I,
diameter
Max. installation
height (m)
Lux level
Time delay (mins)
Audible alerts
Walkthrough mode
Daylight setting
Thumbwheel
Commissioning
tool
Weight (g)
Type of connection
Depth (mm)
Factory settings
Without
auxiliary
With
auxiliary
Halogen
lamp
240 V
110 V
LED
240 V
110 V
ELV halogen with
ferromagnetic or
electronic
transformer
240 V
110 V
Fluorescent lamp
with ferromagnetic
or electronic
transformer
240 V
110 V
Compact
fluorescent lamp
with 1-10 ballast
240 V
110 V
Contactors
240 V
110 V
Fluorescent
tube
110 V
Fluorescent
tube
240 V
M
A
X
I
M
U
M
L
O
A
D
S
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
A
D
J
U
S
T
M
E
N
T
M
A
I
N
C
H
A
R
A
C
T
E
R
I
S
T
I
C
S
F
U
N
C
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
T
Y
0488 03 0488 01 0488 02 0488 05 0488 06 0488 07 0488 08
0697 40
0488 11 0488 10
0697 80
false ceiling false ceiling false ceiling false ceiling false ceiling false ceiling wall wall wall wall
- flush - flush - flush - flush - flush - flush - surface - surface - surface - surface
ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF
presence
presence/ presence/ presence/ presence/ presence/ presence/
presence presence
presence/
absense absense absense absense absense absense absense
no
P/B OR P/B OR P/B OR P/B OR P/B OR P/B OR
no no
P/B OR
IR remote IR remote IR remote IR remote IR remote IR remote IR remote
PIR PIR PIR US PIR/US PIR PIR PIR PIR PIR
100/240 V 100/240 V 100/240 V 100/240 V 100/240 V 100/240 V 100/240 V 100/240V 100/240 V 100/240 V
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
-5 to + 45 -5 to + 45 -5 to + 45 -5 to + 45 -5 to + 45 -5 to + 45 -5 to + 45 -5 to + 45 -5 to + 45 -5 to + 45
IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 55 IP 41 IP 55
45 m
2
/ 45 m
2
/ 45 m
2
/ 150 m
2
/ 90 m
2
/ 45 m
2
/ 45 m
2
/ 45 m
2
/ 45 m
2
/ 180 m
2
/
8 m 8 m 8 m 14 m 11 m 8 m 8 m 8 m 8 m 15 m
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 to 1275 1 to 1275 1 to 1275 1 to 1275 1 to 1275 1 to 1275 1 to 1275 1 to 1275 1 to 1275 1 to 1275
0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60
12 secs to
0 to 60
no yes yes yes yes yes yes no no yes
tempo min tempo min tempo min 15 minutes 15 minutes 15 minutes 15 minutes tempo min tempo min 15 minutes
lux max lux max lux max 500 lux 500 lux 500 lux 500 lux lux max lux max 300 lux
yes yes yes no no no no yes yes no
no
0882 35 0882 35 0882 35 0882 35 0882 35 0882 35
no no
0882 35
0882 30 0882 30 0882 30 0882 30 0882 30 0882 30 0882 30
1145 150 150 1591 1622 1142 1746 258 2666 205
auto auto fast auto auto auto fast auto auto auto
terminals connection terminals terminals terminals terminals connection terminals terminals terminals
523 5897 5897 5897 5897 523 722
85 11586 16583
556 6227 6227 6227 6227 556 732
2000 W 2500 W 2500 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W
1000 W 1250 W 1250 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W
1800 VA 1800 VA 1800 VA 1800 VA 1800 VA 1800 VA 1800 VA 1800 VA 1800 VA 1800 VA
70 x 70 x 70 x 70 x 70 x 70 x 70 x 70 x 70 x 70 x
(2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W)
5 x 5 x 5 x 5 x 5 x 5 x 5 x 5 x 5 x 5 x
(2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W) (2 x 36 W)
500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W
250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W
500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W
250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W 250 W
I maxi 2 A I maxi 2 A I maxi 2 A I maxi 2 A I maxi 2 A I maxi 2 A I maxi 2 A I maxi 2 A I maxi 2 A I maxi 2 A
60 mins
177
0488 08 0488 06
0488 08 Rear view
Fast connection
Selection chart (p. 176)
0882 30 0697 80 0882 35
Pack Cat. Nos. Ceiling mounted sensors
Can be mounted directly in false ceiling with spring
return clip (supplied) or in 50 mm back box
PIR sensors - Detection area 45 m
8 m
Optimum distance between 2 sensors : 6 m
Consumption 0
.
4 W in standby mode
All loads 10 A - 240 V
1 0488 03 PIR ceiling mounted switch sensor 360,
presence detection mode, automatic terminals
Not compatible with Cat. Nos. 0882 35 or 0882 30
1 0488 01
(1)
PIR ceiling mounted switch sensor 360, presence /
absence detection mode, optional push button or
IR remote control, automatic terminals
1 0488 02
(1)
PIR ceiling mounted switch sensor 360,
presence / absence detection mode, optional push
button or IR remote control, fast connection
1 0488 07
(1)
button or IR remote control, factory setting 15 min /
500 lux, automatic terminals
1 0488 08
(1)
500 lux, fast connection
Dual technology sensor - Detection area 90 m
11 m
Consumption 0
.
8 W in standby mode
1 0488 06
(1)
Dual technology ceiling mounted switch sensor 360,
Ultrasonic sensor - Detection area 150 m
14 m
Consumption 0
.
8 W in standby mode
1 0488 05
(1)
Ultrasonic ceiling mounted switch sensor 360,
Wall mounted sensor
Supplied with mounting bracket
PIR sensor - Detection area 45 m
8 m
Consumption 0
.
4 W in standby mode
All loads 8
.
5 A - 240 V
1 0488 11 PIR wall mounted switch sensor 170,
Pack Cat. Nos. Outdoor ceiling / wall mounted sensors
Can be surface mounted on the ceiling or wall using
angled bracket (supplied)

PIR sensors - Detection area 45 m
8 m - IP 55 - IK 04
All loads 8
.
5 A - 240 V
PIR ceiling / wall mounted switch sensor 360,

1

1
0697 40
0697 80
PIR sensor - grey
PIR sensor - white
Outdoor wall mounted sensor
PIR sensor - Detection area 180 m
15 m - IP 55
Consumption 0
.
4 W in standby mode
All loads 8
.
5 A - 240 V
1 0488 10
(1)
PIR outdoor switch sensor 270,
presence / absence detection mode
Optional push button or IR remote control, factory
setting 15 min / 500 lux, automatic terminals
Commissioning tools
Used to remotely commission and modify sensor
settings without having to remove them from the
ceiling
For use with the following sensors :
Cat. Nos. 0488 01/02/05/ 06/07/08/10/14
Standard commissioning tool
1 0882 35 Allow the following settings :
Time delay : 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 mins
Lux level : 20, 100, 300, 500, 1

000 lux
Presence / absence detection modes
PIR and Ultrasonic sensitivity
Test mode
Advanced commissioning tool with LCD screen
1 0882 30 Enables precise commissioning of sensors :
Time delay : from 1 s to 60 mins
Lux level : from 1 to 1 275 lux
Presence / absence detection modes
PIR and Ultrasonic sensitivity
Advanced functions : calibration, alarms, choice of
mode detection (initial detection, maintain detection,
retrigger), daylight functions
2 way communication - download and save settings
from one sensor and reapply to another sensor
Test mode
(1) Can be used with commissioning tools Cat. Nos. 0882 35 and
0882 30
178
technical information
xxxxxxxx
Radio/ZigBee

sensors and remote controls
Pack Cat. Nos.
Radio switch sensors - 230 VA
Recommended installation height : 2
.
5 m
Dual technology sensor - Detection area 90 m
1 0488 35
11 m
Dual technology ceiling mounted switch sensor 360,
presence / absence detection mode, automatic
terminals
Can be mounted directly in false ceiling with spring
return clip (supplied) or in 50 mm back box
PIR technology sensor - Detection area 180 m
1 0488 14
(1)
16 m
PIR wall mounted switch sensor 270, IP 55
Double PIR lens for optimal detection over long
distances (up to 15 m)
Radio switch sensor - battery operated
Requires 2 alcaline AAA batteries 1
.
5 V type
(supplied)
Recommended installation height : 2
.
5 m
PIR technology sensor - Detection area 180 m
1 0488 31
16 m
PIR wall mounted switch sensor 270, IP 55
Double PIR lens for optimal detection over long
distances (up to 15 m)
Remote controls
Control 4 scenarios, 1 per push button
1 0882 31 IR remote control
Requires alcaline 9 V - 6F22 battery (not supplied)
Supplied with wall mounted holder
1 0882 32 IR/RF remote control
Requires 2 alcaline AAA batteries 1
.
5 V type
(supplied)
0488 14 0882 32
ZigBee : Certied product - Manufacturer Specic Prole ZigBee : Certied product - Manufacturer Specic Prole
Absence/presence detection mode selection
Most Legrand sensors can be congured for presence (by default) or
absence detection mode
Presence detection mode means that lights are automatically
turned on or off according to occupancy
Absence detection mode means that lights are manually turned
on and automatically turned off
This mode offers extra energy savings
Walk-through Mode
For extra energy savings, walk-through mode switches lights off
three minutes after an area is initially occupied if no motion is
detected after the rst 20 seconds
This function is activated by default
When enabled, this function works in the following manner : when a
person enters the room, the lights go ON
If the person leaves the room within 20 seconds, the sensor will turn
the lights OFF 3 minutes after the initial detection
If the person stays in the room longer than 20 seconds, the set time
delay of the sensor applies
Daylight setting
The light level feature holds lighting OFF when natural light
levels rise above a pre-set level
This setting is adjustable and can be overridden
This function is enabled by default

Wall mounted sensors have a mounting base
For easy and quick mounting the base has to be xed against
the wall, the wires connected to the automatic wiring block
Then the sensor part is tted onto the base
Wall mounting
Ceiling mounting
All sensors have built-in bracket systems that enable ceiling
mounting
Most sensors are suitable for standard back boxes
(50 mm depth)
This is important for applications where the ceiling is
unavailable for sensor installation
Only one Cat. No. for two ways of mounting
n Features
n Mounting options
(1) Can be used with commissioning tools Cat. Nos. 0882 35 and
0882 30, see p. 177
179
xxxxxxxx
n Radio installation example using Cat. No. 0488 14
Use Radio/ZigBee sensors with Arteor Radio/ZigBee controller (p. 12)
to achieve higher energy savings in absence detection mode
Ideal for refurbishment projects
Source Source
230 V
Wireless
Radio/Zigbee
controller
Cat. Nos. 5738 34/35
Wireless
Radio/Zigbee
controller
Cat. Nos. 5738 34/35
230 V
Cat. No. 0488 14
technical information (continued)
n Connection type
Automatic terminals with optional push button
(Cat. Nos. 0488 01/03/05/06/07/10/11/14/31/35)
Fast connection (Cat. Nos. 0488 02/08)
230 V
Optional additional
sensors
Optional push button
To light source
2

000 W / 1

000 VA
nDetection area 45 m -
False ceiling mounting
Cat. Nos. 0488 01/02/03/07/08
nDetection area 45 m -
Ceiling / wall mounting
Cat. Nos. 0697 40/80
8

m
2
.
4 m
4 5 2 1 0 1 2 4 5 m :
Detection area
2
.
5

m
8 m 12 m
45
15
45
6

m
6

m
2
.
5

m
Detection area
Installation
15
15
0 / 90
15
15
0 / 90
180
Legrand offers a wide selection of lighting accessories for residential and commercial
applications... including a choice of energy-saving options.
Lighting
make the bright choice
L 0HT N0 MlNl0FMFNT
/ PR0DU0T 0U DF
| W | k | J | I 8 | | | l / | l 8 I 8
Putting a stcp tc
energy waste
energy soving soving
For the very latest in lighting
management and control visit:
www.legrand.co.uk
to order your FREE copies
of the latest brochures
02998a-FE020 lighting.indd 126 8/1/10 7:12:51 pm
181
other Legrand systems and ranges
Lighting management
See p. 176
See p. 74
See p. 114
CeiLing switChes
Pull cords from 6 to 50 A
with mains and extra low
voltage options
CeiLing aCCessories
Energy-saving and safety
lampholders and
pendant sets
shaver Lights
Including standard and
energy-saving units with
anti-glare diffusers and
concealed shaver sockets
buLkhead Lighting
IP 44 and IP 55 utility
bulkhead lights for internal
and external use
i
i
i
02998a-FE020 lighting.indd 127 8/1/10 7:13:53 pm
182
ceiling switches
Pack Cat. Nos. Ceiling switches
Clearly embossed terminal markings
Thermoplastic material resulting in increased
mechanical strength
Quick snap on cover mouldings with easily
detachable cord for installation/security
Dimensions : 80 mm diameter
Fixing centres : 508 mm
Mains voltage white
10 0611 10 6 A 250 VSP one way
with 15 m white cord
10 0611 11 6 A 250 VSP two way
10 0611 30 16 A 250 VDP one way
Extra low voltage (cord not supplied)
10 0611 25 Pull to make/pull to break (non-latching)
(1)
10 0611 26 Pull to make/pull to break with 28 V indicator
and orange lens (non-latching)
(1)
0611 26 +
8204 60
(1) Outside the scope of BS EN 60669-1
0611 10
Pack Cat. Nos. Ceiling switch 50 A DP - 250 V
Conforms to BS 3676
Positive ON/OFF flag indicator
Red neon indicator
Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting
For flush mounting, use box Cat. No. 0891 17
(see p. 166)
10 7545 50 A DP ceiling switch
10 7768 Surface box for Cat. No. 7545 - depth 47 mm
Accessories
10 0611 49 White replacement cord 15 m
10 8204 60 Orange cord 23 m and orange acorn
250 8204 69 White adaptor
7545 7768
183
(1) PET Polyethylene Terephthalate
ceiling accessories
safety lampholders and pendant sets
Pack Cat. Nos. Energy-saving pendant set
Conforms to EN 61000-3-2, EN 50082-1,
EN 55015, EN 60929, EN 61547,
EN 60928 and BS 67
Supply voltage 230 - 240 V
Mains frequency 50 Hz
To be used with 13/18 W 4 pin plug-in lamps only
Dimming is not possible
Ceiling rose has angled terminal block
with clear polycarbonate shroud
8 in-line terminals with captive screws and
White earth terminal
10 6603 07 3 inch drop energy-saving 13/18 W pendant set
Lamp not supplied
Safety lampholders
T2 rated to BS 7895
Heat resistant glass fibre reinforced PET
(1)
one-piece lampholder body
Safety lampholders feature automatic isolation of
brass plungers following lamp removal
Plungers cannot be made live again unless
White lamp is in place
20 0600 81 B22 lampholder short skirt
Pack Cat. Nos. Safety batten lampholders
T2 rated to BS 7895
Incorporate previous safety lampholders, plus :
Angled terminal block with clear
polycarbonate shroud
White Heat resistant tails to IEC 60227
10 0600 85 B22 lampholder straight/short skirt
8 in-line terminals with captive screws plus earth
10 0600 86 B22 lampholder straight/H.O. skirt
8 in-line terminals with captive screws plus earth
Safety pendant sets
T2 rated to BS 7895
Combination of ceiling rose (p. 121) and previous
safety lampholder with length of two core
075 mm
2
PVC circular flexible cable, plus :
Angled terminal block with clear
polycarbonate shroud
8 in-line terminals with captive screws and
White Heat resistant tails to IEC 60227
10 0600 89 6 inch drop short skirt lampholder
10 0600 90 6 inch drop H.O. skirt lampholder
10 0600 94 9 inch drop short skirt lampholder
Safety lampholder + tails
White T2 rated to BS 7895
20 8204 90 Safety lampholder + 6 inch tails
6603 07
0600 81
0600 90 8204 90
0600 85
0600 86
184
Pack Cat. Nos. Energy-saving shaver light IP 44
Conforms to BS EN 60598
Electronic ballast (IEC EN 61347) offers a further
25-30% energy saving over standard control gear
Light source : 4 pin energy saving 18/24 W 2G lamp
Projected 50% longer life span with immediate start-
up, silent operation and flicker-free illumination
Automatic switch off at end of the lamps life
Shuttered 2 pin shaver socket for use with European,
British and American 2 pin plugs
Double wound 20 VA isolating transformer
Plexo grommet
Suitable for Zone 2 bathroom installation
Screwless terminal cabling supplied with 24W 2G 11
1 6915 09 Energy-saving shaver light
Polycarbonate base with opal polycarbonate diffuser
bathroom lighting bathroom lighting
zoning
s Understanding the regulations
0
.
60m
OUTSIDE ZONE
WINDOW
ACCESS
OUTSIDE
ZONE
2
.
40m
2
.
2
5
m
3
.
0
0
m
0
. 6
m
fr
o
m
ta
p
s
To conform with IEE regulations, BS 7671 : 2008, all installations
should use an IPX4 rated product in zone 2 of a standard bathroom or
a room containing a shower
Zone 0 Zone 1 Zone 2
Typical bathroom showing BS 7671 : 2008 zones and dimensions
6915 09
6915 06
Shaver light IP 24 - IK 04
Diffuser removal disconnects power supply to lamp
Pull cord switch
2P shuttered socket
230 V - 20 VA isolating transformer
Single voltage output 230 V
Class II double isolated
CE and marked
1 6915 06 Shaver light supplied with 60 W - 230 V 284 mm
double ended striplight S15 cap 25
Polypropylene base with polycarbonate opal diffuser
Mirror light IP 24 - IK 04
Matches shaver light above (Cat. No. 6915 06)
Diffuser removal disconnects power supply to lamp
Pull cord switch
Class II double isolated
CE and marked
1 6915 08 Mirror light supplied with 60 W - 230 V 284 mm
double ended striplight S15 cap 25
Polypropylene base with polycarbonate opal diffuser
s Energy-saving shaver light IP 44
s Shaver light and mirror light IP 24 - IK 08
87 mm
451 mm
60 mm
82 mm
470 mm
94 mm
6915 08
185
utility weatherproof
bulkhead lighting
Pack Cat. Nos. Weatherproof round bulkhead lights
IP 44
Conforms to IS EN 60598-1
B22 lampholder
Class II O (double insulated)
White base
Multi-purpose low profile bulkhead suitable for
indoor or outdoor application
Twist and lock closing
Lamp not supplied
100 W incandescent
1/5 0604 50 With glass diffuser
1/5 0604 58 With polycarbonate diffuser
0604 50
Plexo weatherproof bulkhead lights
IP 55 - IK 08
B22 lampholder
Hinged polycarbonate diffuser
Top/bottom reversible opening
Lamp not supplied
75 W incandescent
5 6604 17 With clear diffuser
1/5 6604 18 With red diffuser
6604 17 6604 18
110
4 5
9
5
107 3
40
2
2
7
s Weatherproof round bulkhead lights
s Plexo weatherproof bulkhead lights
All dimensions in mm (nominal)
70 max. 50 min.
2
0
5
1
2
6
140
72
2
1
9
2
9
113
utility weatherproof
bulkhead lighting
186
Home
circuit
protection
Irish consumer
units
Supply units
IP 55
Consumer units
P. 192
Insulated
custom build
68528a.eps
P. 197
Dimensions
P. 193
Accessories
P. 198
Garage/outbuilding
supply units
P. 195
Irish consumer units,
protection and
modular devices
68527a.eps
P. 190
Insulated
surface mounting
selection chart
68527a.eps
P. 190
Metal
surface mounting
selection chart
68527a.eps
P. 190
Metal
flush mounting
selection chart
High integrity dual
RCD split load
Insulated consumer unit
(p. 192)
NEW I N 2010
Dual RCD split
load
Insulated consumer
unit
(p. 192)
187
P. 192
Insulated high
integrity dual
RCD split load
P. 192
Insulated dual
RCD split load
P. 192
Insulated
split load
P. 192
Insulated
with incomer
P. 193
Metal
custom build
flush
mounting
68528a.eps
P. 198
Dimensions
68528a.eps
P. 196
Dimensions
P. 193
Metal dual RCD
split load
P. 193
Metal
with incomer
P. 194
Isolating
switches and
contactors
P. 194
MCBs,
RCDs and
RCBOs
P. 198
Electric shower
supply units
P. 193
Metal
custom build
P. 194
Transformers
P. 193
Metal
split load
m004225b
P. 193
Metal dual
RCD split
load flush
mounting
Single module
RCBO
(p. 194)
188
Legrand's latest selection of consumer units comply perfectly with the 17th Edition...
including our range of new dual RCD split load units with 10 or 16 outgoing ways.
With an array of design innovations and practical features
making them easy to install, Legrands insulated and
metal consumer units save valuable time and money
during installation... allowing you to reect on the
generous wiring space and the all-round extra protection.
COMBINING ELEGANCE WITH EFFICIENCY
Designed to match todays modern decor, the units offer a
streamlined appearance allied with magnolia cases,
allowing them to blend perfectly into their surroundings.
A range of new semi-ush solutions and lockable brackets
are also available to meet changing market requirements.
Greater protection
simplifying the 17th Edition
02998A-FE021 C-Units.indd 126 8/1/10 17:11:57
189
FIND OUT MORE
i
Insulated consumer units
See p. 192
Metal consumer units
See p. 193
Irish consumer units
See p. 195
DUAL RCD SPLIT LOAD
WITH DEDICATED MAIN
SWITCH WAYS
Select MCBs and RCBOs to
complete installation
DUAL RCD SPLIT LOAD
Select MCBs to
SPLIT LOAD
Select MCBs and RCBOs to
MAIN SWITCH INCOMER
Select RCBOs to
RCD INCOMER
Select MCBs to
IRISH CONSUMER UNITS
The Legrand wiring
devices catalogue now
contains a selection of
consumer units and
protection devices
designed specically
for the Irish market.
i
i
02998A-FE021 C-Units.indd 127 8/1/10 17:12:11
190
consumer units
insulated and metal
High integrity dual RCD split
load with 2 unprotected ways
100 A main switch and
2 x 80 A 30 mA RCD
Dual RCD split load
2 x 80 A 30 mA RCD
Split load
80 A 30 mA RCD
Split load dual tariff
2 x 100 A main switch and 80
A 30 mA RCD
Main switch incomer
63 A main switch
Main switch incomer
100 A main switch
RCD incomer
80 A 30 mA RCD
Custom build
Insulated consumer units
Total outgoing ways
Conform to BS EN 60439-3. RAL 9001. Magnolia colour. Smoked transparent door opens downwards
Supplied with neutral and earth terminals completely assembled. Supplied with 5 module spare blank plate
Factory fitted link leads for both neutral and live connections. Configurable outgoing ways
Self-extinguishing at 750 C. UL 94 V2 material for improved flame retardancy. Robust thermoplastic construction. 4 fixing holes
Metal consumer units
Conform to BS EN 60439-3. RAL 9001. Magnolia colour. Smoked transparent door opens downwards
Supplied with neutral and earth terminals completely assembled. Supplied with 5 module spare blank plate
Factory fitted link leads for both neutral and live connections. Configurable outgoing ways
Pre-galvanised steel for strength and rigidity. Epoxy/polyester powder coated base and lid
(1) Flush mounting
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
6075 74 6075 76
6075 54 6075 56
6075 32 6075 33 6075 34 6075 35 6075 36
6075 46
6075 10
6075 11 6075 12 6075 14 6075 16
6075 21 6075 22
6075 00 6075 01 6075 02 6075 04 6075 06
Dual RCD split load
2 x 80 A 30 mA RCD
Split load
80 A 30 mA RCD
Main switch incomer
100 A main switch
RCD incomer
80 A 30 mA RCD
Custom build
Total outgoing ways
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22

6065 54
6065 56
6065 64
(1)
6065 32 6065 34 6065 36
6065 11 6065 12 6065 14 6065 16
6065 21 6065 22
6065 01
6065 02
6065 04
6065 06
6065 42
(1)
6065 42
(1)
Dimensions (p. 196)
Dimensions
(p. 197-198)
191
0032 70
6 A
10 A
16 A
20 A
25 A
32 A
40 A
50 A
63 A
Nominal rating (In)
Number of
17.5 mm
modules
1 0032 66 0033 82 1 6064 16 6064 22
1 0032 68 0033 84 1 6064 17 6064 23
1 0032 70 0033 86 1 6064 18 6064 24
1 0032 71 0033 87 1 6064 19 6064 25
1 0032 72 0033 88
1 0032 73 0033 89 1 6064 20 6064 26
1 0032 74 0033 90 1 6064 21 6064 27
1 0032 75 0033 91 1 6064 28 6064 29
1 0032 76 0033 92
protection devices
MCBs and RCBOs
DX-E residential MCBs - 6 kA
Single pole - 230/400 V
RCBOs (combined MCB/RCD)
Single pole and neutral - 240 V
B curve C curve
30 mA
Number of
17.5 mm
modules
B curve C curve
Breaking capacity :
6 kA to BS EN 60898-1
RCBOs (combined MCB/RCD)
Breaking capacity :
10 kA to BS EN 61009-1
RCD type AC conform to
BS EN 61009-1
Terminal capacity :
rigid conductor 35 mm
2
flexible conductor 25 mm
2
6064 25
192
insulated consumer units
surface mounting
Insulated split load - surface mounting
Factory fitted link leads for both neutral and
live connections
Configurable outgoing ways
12 module unit
1 6075 32 With 100 A main switch and 80 A 30 mA RCD
(8 ways available)
14 module unit
(10 ways available)
16 module unit
(12 ways available)
20 module unit
(16 ways available)
22 module unit
(18 ways available)
Pack Cat. Nos. Insulated split load dual tariff -
surface mounting
live connections
Offers cost effective energy management through
independent control of each tariff
Flexible configurable outgoing ways
22 module unit
1 6075 46 With 2 x 100 A main switch and 80 A 30 mA RCD
(16 ways available)
Lockable consumer unit bracket available on
request
Semi flush solutions available on request
Conform to BS EN 60439-3. RAL 9001 - magnolia colour
Self-extinguishing at 750 C - UL 94 V2 material for improved flame retardancy
Robust, rigid thermoplastic construction with 4 fixing holes. Smoked transparent door opens downwards
Supplied with neutral and earth terminals completely assembled
Supplied with 5 module spare blank plate (except 4 module unit)
MCBs to be ordered separately, (see p. 194)
6075 10 6075 21 6075 54
Dimensions (p. 196)
see p. 194
For DX-E residential MCBs and
single module RCBOs
see p. 194
For lockable consumer unit
bracket and semi flush solutions
6075 74
Pack Cat. Nos. Insulated high integrity dual RCD split load
with 2 unprotected ways - surface mounting
16 module unit (8 + 2 ways available)
1 6075 74 With 100 A main switch and 2 x 80 A 30 mA RCD
22 module unit (13 + 3 ways available)
Insulated dual RCD split load - surface
mounting
16 module unit (10 ways available)
Insulated with incomer - surface mounting
4 module unit
1 6075 10 With 63 A main switch (2 ways available)
8 module unit
1 6075 21 With 80 A 30 mA RCD (6 ways available)
12 module unit
16 module unit
22 module unit
Insulated custom build - surface mounting
Allow several configurations when using kits and
incomers (isolating switches, RCDs, RCBOs)
For kits, (see p. 193)
For incomers and outgoing devices, (see p. 194)
1 6075 00 4 modules available
193
Metal custom build - surface mounting
Epoxy/polyester powder coated base and lid
Stand-off feet complete with keyhole fixing
Allow several configurations when using kits and
incomers (isolating switches, RCDs, RCBOs)
For kits, (see opposite)
For incomers and outgoing devices, (see p. 194)
Finishing accessories
White blanking plate RAL 9010
10 0016 64 18 module, separable by single or half modules
Self-adhesive label holder
10/100 0049 96 Width : 16 mm
Width available for marking : 12 mm
Length 530 mm (24 modules)
Metal with incomer - surface mounting
8 module unit
12 module unit
16 module unit
22 module unit
Metal split load - surface mounting
live connections
Configurable outgoing ways
12 module unit
(8 ways available)
16 module unit
(12 ways available)
22 module unit
(18 ways available)
metal consumer units and accessories
surface and flush mounting
Conform to BS EN 60439-3. RAL 9001 - magnolia colour
Pre-galvanised steel for strength and rigidity
Smoked transparent door opens downwards
Supplied with neutral and earth terminals completely assembled
Supplied with 5 module spare blank plate
MCBs to be ordered separately, (see p. 194)
6065 21 6065 54 6065 06
Dimensions (p. 197-198)
0044 41
0049 96
Accessories
Incomer or dual tariff kit
1 6075 19 Comprises : 1 flexible neutral (blue) lead
1 rigid neutral link
Split load kit
1 6075 39 Comprises : 1 flexible live (brown) lead
1 flexible neutral (blue) lead
2 rigid neutral links
Split load dual tariff kit (for insulated units only)
1 6075 49 Comprises : 1 flexible live (brown) lead
2 flexible neutral (blue) leads
2 rigid neutral links
1 neutral terminal
Spare blank plate
20 6075 89 5 modules - magnolia colour
Spare busbar
5 6075 99 21 prongs
Spacing elements
10 0044 40 05 module
5 0044 41 1 module
Locking device for MCBs and RCDs
2 0044 42 Locking attachment for 4 mm and
6 mm padlocks
Padlock for MCBs and RCDs
1/3 0044 43 Padlock 4 m
Spare terminal block
? 8204 07 13 hole
Pack Cat. Nos. Metal dual RCD split load - surface mounting
Pack Cat. Nos. Metal dual RCD split load - flush mounting
Metal custom build - flush mounting
Epoxy/polyester powder coated lid
194
consumer units
protection and control devices
Pack Cat. Nos. DX-E residential MCBs - 6 kA
Breaking capacity : 6 kA to BS EN 60898-1
B curve C curve Nominal rating Number of
(In) 175 mm modules
10 0032 66 0033 82 6 A 1
10 0032 68 0033 84 10 A 1
10 0032 70 0033 86 16 A 1
10 0032 71 0033 87 20 A 1
10 0032 72 0033 88 25 A 1
10 0032 73 0033 89 32 A 1
10 0032 74 0033 90 40 A 1
10 0032 75 0033 91 50 A 1
10 0032 76 0033 92 63 A 1
RCBOs (combined MCB/RCD) -
Dual module
RCD type AC conform to BS EN 61009-1
Terminal capacity : rigid conductor 35 mm
2
2
Single pole and neutral - 230/400 V
(In) 175 mm modules
30 mA
1 0077 31 0077 38 6 A 2
1 0077 32 0077 39 10 A 2
1 0077 33 0077 40 16 A 2
1 0077 34 0077 41 20 A 2
1 0077 36 0077 43 32 A 2
1 0077 37 0077 44 40 A 2
DX multi-purpose MCBs - 6 kA
(In) 175 mm modules
10 1 0061 56 0063 72 6 A 1
10 10 0061 58 0063 74 10 A 1
10 10 0061 60 0063 76 16 A 1
10 1 0061 61 0063 77 20 A 1
10 1 0061 63 0063 79 32 A 1
1 1 0061 64 0063 80 40 A 1
1 1 0061 65 0063 81 50 A 1
1 1 0061 66 0063 82 63 A 1
0043 36 0089 12 0040 49 0042 20 0077 31
Pack Cat. Nos. DX residual current devices (RCDs)
2
2
Double pole 230 V
Type AC Nominal rating Number of
(In) 175 mm modules
30 mA
1 0089 09 25 A 2
1 0089 10 40 A 2
1 0089 11 63 A 2
1 0089 12 80 A 2
1 6027 10 100 A 2
100 mA
1 0089 15 25 A 2
1 0089 16 40 A 2
1 0089 17 63 A 2
1 0089 18 80 A 2
100 mA discriminating
1 6027 11 100 A 2
Isolating switches
Conform to BS EN 60947-3, IEC 60669-1
Usage : AC 22 according to IEC 60947-3
Red handle
Double break contacts, padlockable
50 mm
2
capacity shielded terminals
Number of
175 mm modules
5 0043 31 63 A double pole 2
5 0043 36 100 A double pole 2
Contactor with 230 Vcoil
Conforms to EN 61095
Double pole (L + N) 250 V
230 Vcoil circuit
Type of Number of
I max. contact 175 mm
modules
1 0040 49 20 A 2 N/O 1
Transformers
Bell transformers with label holder 230 V
Secondary Rating Power
Number of
175 mm modules
1 0042 20 8 V 05 A 4 VA 2
1 0042 25 8/12 V 1/066 A 8 VA 2
230 V
0032 70 6064 16
RCBOs (combined MCB/RCD) -
Single module
RCD type AC conform to BS EN 61009-1
2
2
Single pole and neutral - 240 V
(In) 175 mm modules
30 mA
1 6064 16 6064 22 6 A 1
1 6064 17 6064 23 10 A 1
1 6064 18 6064 24 16 A 1
1 6064 19 6064 25 20 A 1
1 6064 20 6064 26 32 A 1
1 6064 21 6064 27 40 A 1
1 6064 28 6064 29 50 A 1
195
Irish consumer units
protection devices and modular devices
Pack Cat. Nos. Insulated consumer units
IEC 60439 IP30 IK05 Class 2 O
230 V 50Hz operating voltage
Surface mounting
Supplied completely assembled with neutral and
earth terminals
Insulated reversible back plate and door
Colour : white RAL 9010
Supplied complete with a set of pre-printed labels in
English and Irish for use with MCBs and RCDs
Supplied with blanking plates
Each consumer unit is fitted with :
63 A Neozed fuse unit complete with fuse
2 x 10 A type B MCBs
32 A type B MCB
63 A 30 mA RCD
4 x 20 A type B MCBs
Dimensions (mm)
Height x Width x Depth
1 6010 60 1 row unit 235 x 250 x 120
1 6010 61 2 row unit 360 x 250 x 120
1 6010 62 3 row unit 485 x 250 x 120
Accessories
White doors
1 0013 31 For 1 row unit
Transparent doors
Clip-on blanking plates, white RAL 703S
20 0016 60 5 modules separable by module or half module
20 0016 62 13 modules separable by module or half module
Joining accessories
Consisting of spacers and an arched cable gland for
joining 2 units together
1 0013 92 Vertical (across whole width)
6010 60
0013 42
0013 31
6010 61
(1) Min. protection for Icc max : 10 kA
Please note : The products shown on this page
represent the most commonly used items in the range.
Additional versions, including surface and flush
boards, are also available on request.
Short circuit capacity : 6 000 A (IS EN 60898-1)
Type B 6 kA
Single pole (1 protected pole) 230/400 V
B curve Nominal rating Number of
(In) 175 mm modules
1 0032 68 10 A 1
1 0032 71 20 A 1
1 0032 73 32 A 1
1 0032 74 40 A 1
Specials available on request
Pack Cat. Nos. Residual current devices (RCDs)
Type AC
Conform to IS EN 61008-1
Double pole 230 V
(In) 175 mm modules
30 mA sensitivity
1 0086 29 40 A 2
1 0086 30 63 A 2
DX RCBOs - 10 kA
Type B MCB and 30 mA RCD protection
B curve Nominal rating Number of
(In) 175 mm modules
1 0077 78 10 A 2
1 0077 80 16 A 2
1 0077 81 20 A 2
1 0077 83 32 A 2
1 0077 84 40 A 2
Bells and buzzer
50 Hz AC
Connection by screw terminals, with label holder
Bells - IP 30-1
Number
Voltage Power Consum. P
(1)
of 175 mm
(V ) (VA) (mA) (dB) modules
10 0041 01 8/12 4/5 360/420 80/84 1
10 0041 07 230 6 27 83 1
Buzzer - IP 30-1
10 0041 13 230 6 27 73 1
Bell transformers
d
Conform to IEC / EN 61558-2-8
Transformers protected against overloads
and short circuits
Possibility for supply busbars to run through
(Cat. Nos. 0042 20/25)
Depth
Number
60 mm
Secondary Rating Power of 175 mm
modules
230 V / 8 V
1 0042 20 8 V 05 A 4 VA 2
230 V / 12 V - 8 V
1 0042 25 12/8 V 066/1 A 8 VA 2
0086 30 0041 07 0041 13
Spare terminals available (p. 294)
Modular timers (p. 230)
Voltage surge protector
For neutral earthing : TT, TN, IT, Uc = 440 V
Type 1 : Iimp = 10 kA (impulse discharge cap.
10/350 s wave)
Type 2 : In = 20 kA; Up = 2 kV (protection level)
Imax = 70 kA (impulse discharge cap. 8/20 s)
Number
of 175mm
Associated protection modules
1 0039 20 Single pole 0068 64 1
Voltage surge protection technical information (p. 199)
insulated consumer units
surface mounting
B
A
110
5
0
195
4
0
5
0
2
0
90
4 cut-outs
20 x 25
1 cut-out
40 x 50
1 cut-out
50 x 50
4 cut-outs 20 x 25
2
2
5
1
1
4
4 cut-outs
25 x 25
2 cut-outs
20 x 25
s Insulated - surface mounting dimensions (mm)
s 4 module unit
Back box fixing centres and cable entries (mm)
2
2
5
1
1
4
162
6 cut-outs
20 x 25
8 cut-outs
25 x 25
6 cut-outs 20 x 25
2 cut-outs
50 x 50
2 cut-outs
40 x 50
4
0
5
0
2
0
2 cut-outs
20 x 25
s 8 module unit
2
2
5
1
8
0
268
2 cut-outs
50 x 50
2 cut-outs
40 x 50
4
0
5
0
2
0
6 cut-outs
20 x 25
2 cut-outs
20 x 18
.
5
2 cut-outs 20 x 18
.
5
22 cut-outs
25 x 20
2 cut-outs 20 x 25
2 cut-outs
20 x 25
4
0 5
0
2
0
10 cut-outs 20 x 25
2 cut-outs 50 x 50 2 cut-outs 40 x 50
30 cut-outs 25 x 20
2
2
5
1
8
0
340
8 cut-outs 20 x 25
2 cut-outs
20 x 25
s 12 module unit
s 14/16 module unit
s 20/22 module unit
Modules A (mm) B (mm)
4 140 225
8 212 225
12 298 225
14/16 370 225
20/22 478 225
View from
sides
View from
below
View from
above
View from
sides
View from
below
View from
above
View from
sides
View from
below
View from
above
View from
sides
View from
below
View from
above
2 cut-outs 20 x 22 12 cut-outs 20 x 25 42 cut-outs 25 x 20
2
2
5
1
8
0
448
2 cut-outs
20 x 25
4
0 5
0
2
0
View from
sides
View from
below
View from
above
196
197
metal consumer units
surface mounting
B
A 113
5
0
200
4 cut-outs 32
1 cut-out 25
5
9
1 obround
cut-out 100 x 50
4
3
9
5
8
0
100
s Metal - surface mounting dimensions (mm)
s 8 module unit
4 cut-outs 32
2 cut-outs 25 2 cut-outs 20
1 obround
cut-out 100 x 50
9
5
8
0
175
100
s 12 module unit
4 cut-outs 20
2 obround
cut-outs 100 x 50
9
5
8
0
250
120
175
s 16 module unit
4 cut-outs 25
2 obround
cut-outs 100 x 50
9
5
8
0
350
120
275
s 22 module unit
8 219 235
12 305 235
16 377 235
22 485 235
View from
below
View from
above
View from
below
View from
above
View from
below
View from
above
View from
below
View from
above
metal consumer units
flush mounting
B
2
3
0
5
0
A 113 min.
97 min.
132 max.
200 min.
234 max.
4 cut-outs 32
2 cut-outs 20
4 cut-outs 25
1 obround
cut-out
100 x 50
8
4
8
4
190
300
270
2 cut-outs 20
s 12 module unit
4 cut-outs 32
6 cut-outs 20
4 cut-outs 25
8
4
8
4
260
372
340
120
2 obround
cut-outs
100 x 50
2 cut-outs 20
s 16 module unit
12 330 260
16 402 260
s Metal - flush mounting dimensions (mm)
supply units
IP 55
6059 12 6059 19
Pack Cat. Nos. Garage/outbuilding supply units
1 6059 18 16 A and 6 A Type C MCB with
40 A 30 mA DP RCD incomer
1 6059 19 32 A and 6 A Type C MCB with
40 A 30 mA DP RCD incomer
Accessories
1 0017 66 Lock and key
1 0017 69 Wall brackets (set of 4)
IP 55
Box and cover in moulded material
Transparent, hinged, clip in to place cover
Lockable with keylock Cat. No. 0017 66
Electric shower supply units
1 6059 12 40 A 30 mA DP RCBO
1 6059 13 50 A 30 mA DP RCBO
90
142 1
3
0
3
0
1
2
0
1
8
0
115
s Dimensions
Cat. Nos. 6059 12/13/18/19
View from
sides
View from
below
View from
above
View from
sides
View from
below
View from
above
198
199
voltage surge protectors
s Protection against lightning effects
Lightning directly or indirectly generates the following effects :
thermal (blow-outs, fire)
electrodynamic (loosening of terminals)
rise in earth voltage (risk of electrocution)
overvoltages of several thousand volts and destructive induced
currents (damage to electrical and electronic equipment, interruption
of operation)
Protection against the effects of lightning is based essentially on :
catching and discharging the current to earth
the use of voltage surge protectors
the passive protection of the installation
Passive protection designates the part of the protection provided by
the structure and the configuration of the installation itself (neutral
earthing system, area, level of equipotentiality, etc.)
s Voltage surge protectors and regulation
Voltage surge protectors allow :
protection of sensitive devices against direct and indirect effects of
lightning
limitation of harmful consequences to people or livestock
continuity of work
1 - Product standards EN 61643-11 and IEC 61643-1
Defines voltage surge protectors of two levels (types) :
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Type of wave 10/350 s 8/20 s 12/50 s - 8/20 s
Main
In, Iimp In, Imax Uoc
characteristics
2 - Installation standards : IEC 60364 (or equivalent electric
national standards)
The use of VSPs is recommended in new or renovated buildings in the
following cases :
buildings equipped with lightning conductors : type 1 VSPs
with Iimp 125 kA
The use of VSPs is also strongly recommended in mountain areas,
close to bodies of water or tall structures (buildings, trees, etc.), in the
cases of line end installations or installations located less than 50 m
from buildings equipped with lightning conductors.
When VSPs are present on the power circuit, it is strongly advised to
install a VSP on the communication circuits (telephone or data lines)
s Types of lightning strikes
Direct strike
Overvoltages on power supply lines
Overvoltages due to strikes in direct
proximity of building
200
PRODUITS ET SYSTMES POUR INSTALLATIONS LECTRIQUES
Cable
management
perimeter
systems
P. 210
Universal
195 x 65
2 compartment
Contractor
floor box
P. 213
Contractor
floor box
68527a.eps
P. 204
Selection chart
New 2 metre
lengths
(p. 211-212)
NEW I N 2010
Contrast frames
(p. 213)
DLP Contour
PVC-U trunking
201
P. 207
Skirting
150 x 50
2 compartment
P. 206
Dado
195 x 50
3 compartment
P. 208
Skirting
195 x 50
3 compartment
P. 209
Universal
150 x 50
2 compartment
P. 211
Universal
105 x 50
1 compartment
P. 212
Universal
195 x 50
2 compartment
P. 213
Trunking
accessories
P. 214
Technical
information
68528a.eps
P. 215
Dimensions
68528a.eps
Rapid fixing
methods
(p. 213)
202
An updated range of PVC-U perimeter trunking offering fast, easy installation and a high
quality fnish for all commercial new build and renovation projects. Sleek enough to go
unnoticed, stylish enough to be on show, DLP Contour brings buildings to life.
Modern buildings such as offces, schools and hotels
require convenient, fexible access to ever-changing power
and data needs.
DLP Contour perimeter trunking ensures electrical
equipment and communication networks are available just
where you want them.
And as part of our aim to increasingly adopt targets that
reduce the environmental impact of our products, this new
range is manufactured from lead-free
(1)
PVC-U.
DLP Contour
the fexible choice
(1)Less than 0.1% lead content in weight
02998a-FE022 DLP Contour.indd 126 8/1/10 2:26:53 pm
203
PACKED WITH FEATURES
Available in three
profles... dado, skirting
and universal... in three
metre lengths with new two
metre universal lengths
also available for easy
transportation and handling
on smaller jobs.
To fnd out more about
DLP Contour, visit :
www.legrand.co.uk/dlp
and order your FREE copy
Naturally supports cables
Unique flexible lid
VDI accessory for data cables
Clip-in / out back boxes
Adjustable corners
Spit Pulsa 700E end caps
Synergy White wiring devices are the perfect
partner for DLP Contour.... and to aid with
Part M compliance, our new contrast frames,
as shown above, are ideal.
A choice of innovative
fxing methods and new
accessories to aid with
the latest regulations
compliance.
02998a-FE022 DLP Contour.indd 127 8/1/10 2:28:29 pm
D
A
D
O
S
K
I
R
T
I
N
G
204
DLP Contour trunking selection chart
profiles and accessories
Section (mm) Trunking Lid width
(mm)
Page
No.
TRUNKING
Number of
compartments
FITTINGS
TRUNKING FITTINGS
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L
End caps Couplers
Depth Cat. Nos. Gang
MOULDED BACK BOXES
(1)
Cat. Nos. Accessory
DLP Spit gun
0106 95
end cap
DLP rapid
0308 97
wall plug
DLP wall plug 0308 99
2 x 42 curved
195 x 50 3 p. 206 + 6204 55 6208 48 6207 13
1 x 85
1 x 42 curved
150 x 50 2 p. 207 + 6204 58 6208 46 6207 14
1 x 85
1 x 42 curved
+
195 x 50 3 p. 208 1 x 85 6204 54 6208 47 6207 10
+
1 x 40
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L
DLP CONTOUR 3 M
DLP CONTOUR 2 M
FIXINGS
1 gang 6208 16
25 mm deep
2 gang 6208 17
1 gang 6208 26
35 mm deep
2 gang 6208 27
105 x 50 1 p. 211 1 x 85 0104 64 6208 38 0107 02
195 x 50 2 p. 212 2 x 85 0104 70 6208 43 0107 11
1 x 40
150 x 50 2 p. 209 + 6204 44 6208 39 0107 03
1 x 85
195 x 65 2 p. 210 2 x 85 6204 47 6208 45 0107 07
(1) Steel back boxes are available for all trunking ranges, see p. 213
2
M
ETRE
LENGTHS
Vertical branch
H
o
r
i
z
o
n
t
a
l
t
r
u
n
k
i
n
g
205
FITTINGS
FITTINGS
Internal angles External angles Flat angles up Flat angles down Flat tees Cable retainer VDI accessories Bridge for Tee
Cat. Nos. Accessory
For internal angle 0107 80
For external angle 0107 81
For flat bend 0107 82
For flat tee 0107 83
VDI ACCESSORIES
(FOR DATA CABLING)
FLAT TEES
150 x 50 6207 54 6207 56 -
195 x 50 - - 6207 57
150 x 50 6207 45 6207 46 -
6206 10 6206 30 6206 67 6206 67 6207 59 0106 82 6207 60
6206 18 6206 29 6206 43 6206 44 See below 0106 82 6207 60
6206 18 6206 29 6206 65 6206 66 See below 0106 82 6207 60
0106 06 0106 35 0107 89 0107 89 See below 0106 82 See below 6207 60
0106 07 0106 36 0107 93 0107 93 6207 49 0106 82 See below 6207 60
0106 02 0106 22 0107 85 0107 85 0107 36 0106 82 See below 6207 60
0106 06 0106 35 0107 92 0107 92 0107 36 0106 82 See below 6207 60
150 x 50 150 x 50 195 x 50
206
Dimensions and technical information (p. 214-215)
Selection chart (p. 204-205)
DLP Contour trunking - dado 195 x 50
3 compartment
Pack Cat. Nos. Trunking
Material : high impact self-extinguishing PVC-U
Length : 3 metres
Lid width : 2 x 42 curved + 1 x 85 mm
2 x 3 m 6204 55 Trunking assembly
195 x 50 mm
Body, lids and dividers included,
3 m lengths
Coupler
5 6208 48 Consists of body coupler and
lid joint strip
Internal angle
Cat. No. 6206 10
External angle
Cat. No. 6206 30
Flat angle
Cat. No. 6206 67
Flat tee
Cat. No. 6207 59
Coupler
Cat. No. 6208 48
Accessories
Clip-in steel divider insert
1 8218 37 Provides extra screening. Supplied
complete with earth couplers and screws
Clips into PVC-U divider
1 8218 38 50 mm internal angle insert
Provides extra screening
For use with clip-in steel divider
1 8218 39 50 mm external angle insert
195
5
0
52
.
5 52
.
5 90
Pack Cat. Nos. Lids
8 x 3 m 6205 22 Spare flat lid 85 mm
2 x 3 m 6205 09 Spare curved lid 42 mm
Fittings
End cap
5 6207 13 Supplied singly for use as a right
or left end cap
Internal angle
5 6206 10 Variable 90 5
Consists of top and bottom parts and dividers
External angle
5 6206 30 Variable 90 5
Flat angle
1 6206 67
Flat tee
1 6207 59
Bridge for flat tee
5 6207 60 Allows complete separation of cables
within the tee if cables need to cross over
For common accessories, including
back boxes, fixings and contrast
frames to aid Part M compliance
see p. 213
207
DLP Contour trunking - skirting 150 x 50
2 compartment
Length : 3 metres
Lid width : 1 x 42 curved + 1 x 85 mm
2 x 3 m 6204 58 Trunking assembly 150 x 50 mm
Body, lids and divider included,
3 m lengths
Coupler
lid joint strip
Coupler
Cat. No. 6208 46
Flat angle
up
Cat. No. 6206 43
Internal angle
Cat. No. 6206 18
External angle
Cat. No. 6206 29
Flat tee
universal 85 left-hand
Cat. No. 6207 56
150
5
0
52
.
5 97
.
5
Fittings
End cap
5 6207 14 Pack of 2 containing a left and
a right hand cap
Internal angle
5 6206 18 Variable 90 5
External angle
5 6206 29 Variable 90 5
Flat angles
1 6206 43 Flat angle up
1 6206 44 Flat angle down
Flat Tees
1 6207 54 Flat tee universal right hand
Up with a 150 x 50 mm universal branch, with
85 mm compartment on right hand side
1 6207 56 Flat tee universal left hand
Up with a 150 x 50 mm universal branch, with
85 mm compartment on left hand side
Bridge for flat tee
Pack Cat. Nos. Lids
Accessories
see p. 213
208
DLP Contour trunking - skirting 195 x 50
3 compartment
Internal angle
Cat. No. 6206 18
External angle
Cat. No. 6206 29
Flat angle
up
Cat. No. 6206 65
Flat tee
dado
Cat. No. 6207 57
Coupler
Cat. No. 6208 47
195
5
0
52
.
5 52
.
5 90
Length : 3 metres
Lid width : 1 x 42 curved + 1 x 85 + 1 x 40 mm
195 x 50 mm
Body, lids and dividers included,
3 m lengths
Coupler
lid joint strip
Fittings
End cap
5 6207 10 Pack of 2 containing a left and
a right hand cap
Internal angle
5 6206 18 Variable 90 5
External angle
5 6206 29 Variable 90 5
Flat angles
1 6206 66 Flat angle down
Flat Tees
1 6207 57 Flat tee to dado
Up with a 3 compartment 195 x 50
dado branch
Bridge for flat tee
Pack Cat. Nos. Lids
Spare flat lid 85 mm
Accessories
see p. 213
DLP Contour trunking - universal 150 x 50
2 compartment
Length : 3 metres
Lid width : 1 x 40 + 1 x 85 mm
3 m lengths
Coupler
lid joint strip
Fittings
End cap
or left end cap
Internal angle
5 0106 06 Variable 90 5
External angle
5 0106 35 Variable 90 5
Flat angles
Flat Tees
1 6207 45 Flat tee universal 85 right hand
Up with a 150 x 50 mm universal branch,
with 85 mm compartment on right hand side
1 6207 46 Flat tee universal 85 left hand
Up with a 150 x 50 mm universal branch,
with 85 mm compartment on left hand side
Bridge for flat tee
Flat angle
up
Cat. No. 0107 89
Coupler
Cat. No. 6208 39
Internal angle
Cat. No. 0106 06
External angle
Cat. No. 0106 35
Flat tee
universal 85 left-hand
Cat. No. 6207 46
Accessories for data cabling (VDI)
To be used on internal, external, flat angles and
flat tees
Respect bend radius for cables according to
the EIA/TIA standards
5 0107 80 Accessory for internal angle
5 0107 81 Accessory for external angle
5 0107 82 Accessory for flat angle
5 0107 83 Accessory for flat tee
150
52
.
5 97
.
5
5
0
209
Accessories
Spare clip-in PVC-U divider
12 x 2 m 0105 82 Enables internal segregation of cables
within the trunking
see p. 213
Pack Cat. Nos. Lids
2 compartment
Length : 3 metres
Lid width : 2 x 85 mm
195 x 65 mm
3 m lengths
Coupler
lid joint strip
Fittings
End cap
or left end cap
Internal angle
5 0106 07 Variable 90 5
Consists of top and bottom parts and divider
External angle
5 0106 36 Variable 90 5
Flat angle
2 0107 93
Flat tee
1 6207 49
Bridge for flat tee
Flat angle
Cat. No. 0107 93
Internal angle
Cat. No. 0106 07
External angle
Cat. No. 0106 36
Flat tee
Cat. No. 6207 49
Coupler
Cat. No. 6208 45
195
6
5
97
.
5 97
.
5
210
flat tees
Accessories
within the large compartment
Pack Cat. Nos. Lid
see p. 213
211
1 compartment
Length : 2 metres
Body and lid included, 2 m lengths
Coupler
lid joint strips
Fittings
End cap
or left end cap
Internal angle
10 0106 02 Variable 90 5
Consists of top and bottom parts
External angle
10 0106 22 Variable 90 5
Consists of top and bottom parts
Flat angle
10 0107 85 Variable 90 25
Flat tee
5 0107 36
Bridge for flat tee
50 mm angled tee
5 0107 63 Allows a tee junction in corner position
Use with internal angle Cat. No. 0106 02
105
5
0
flat tees
External angle
Cat. No. 0106 22
Internal angle
Cat. No. 0106 02
Flat angle
Cat. No. 0107 85
Flat tee
Cat. No. 0107 36
End cap
Cat. No. 0107 02
Accessories
within the trunking
Pack Cat. Nos. Lid
2
M
ETRE
LENGTHS
see p. 213
2 compartment
Length : 2 metres
195 x 50 mm
2 m lengths
Coupler
lid joint strip
Fittings
End cap
or left end cap
Internal angle
5 0106 06 Variable 90 5
External angle
5 0106 35 Variable 90 5
Flat angle
2 0107 92
Flat tee
5 0107 36
Bridge for flat tee
50 mm angled tee
5 0107 63 Allows a tee junction in corner position
Use with internal angle Cat. No. 0106 06
195
5
0
97
.
5 97
.
5
212
Flat angle
Cat. No. 0107 92
Internal angle
Cat. No. 0106 06
External angle
Cat. No. 0106 35
Flat tee
Cat. No. 0107 36
flat tees
Pack Cat. Nos. Lid
2
M
ETRE
LENGTHS
Accessories
within the trunking
see p. 213
DLP Contour trunking
accessories
Dimensions (p. 215)
Cable retainer
50 0106 82 To be used on 40, 42 and 85 mm wide
compartments
1 cable retainer for each compartment
Back boxes
Moulded back boxes
5 6208 16 1 gang 25 mm deep
5 6208 26 1 gang 35 mm deep
5 6208 17 2 gang 25 mm deep
5 6208 27 2 gang 35 mm deep
5 6208 29 Back box cable grip
Steel back boxes
Ensures that enough space is available for
cabling all types of data sockets
Plain box : holes are knock-outs
1 8218 43 50 mm 1 gang steel back box
1 8218 45 50 mm 2 gang steel back box
1 8218 44 50 mm 1 gang steel back box - vertical
0106 95 0308 97
8218 47 Contrast frame
Contrast frames
Aid Part M compliance when using
Synergy White wiring devices
10 8218 46 1 gang contrast frame
10 8218 47 2 gang contrast frame
Fixing accessories for bodies
For fixing all DLP Contour profiles
Wall plugs
100 0308 99 For immediate fixing to plasterboard
No screws or nails required
DLP rapid wall plug
200 0308 97 For 10 mm min. plasterboard walls
at least 20 mm away from the concrete surface
For fixing DLP Contour trunking in a single operation
Used with a special tool for drill ( 8 mm),
supplied in each pack of 200 wall plugs
Tensile resistance: 25 kg
Spit gun end cap
100 0106 95 For rapid fixing of trunking with the Spit Pulsa 700E
(use 20 mm Spit nails)
For fixing to concrete, steel and other substrates
213
contractor floor box
Pack Cat. Nos. Contractor floor box
Supplied empty
Ready to accept standard BS two gang wiring
devices. Additional mounting plates not required
Recommended hole cut-out size :
297 x 210 mm (A4)
Will fit floor tile thickness range of 10 to 50 mm
10 mm lid recess
Standard depth : 85 mm
Universal 20/25 mm knockouts to each compartment
. Manufactured from pre-galvanised steel to
BS EN 10142 and grey Nylon 6
1 CB1 3 compartment contractor floor box
CB1
214
DLP Contour trunking
technical information
s PVC-U White RAL 9003 : technical data
s Standards
Chemical resistance
Mineral acids, alkalines and detergents : excellent
Alcohols : good, but liable to attack from solvents such as keytones, aromatics and hydrocarbons
Material
DLP Contour is manufactured from lead-free
(1)
PVC-U
Properties Unit of measure Typical value
Density g/cm
3
15
+/002
Water absorption % 005
Physical
Surface resistivity Ohm cm >1 x 10
15
Dielectric strength kV/mm 30
Electrical
Oxygen index % 50
+/5
Premixed test flame 1kW
PASS
(application 60s/extinction 30s)
Glow wire test C 960
Flammability
Tensile strength N/mm
2
36
+/4
Charpy notched impact strength KJ/m
2
8
Mechanical
Vicat softening point C 81
+/2
Operating temperatures C 5C to +60C
Coefficient of linear expansion K
1
<6 x 10
5
Thermal
62 According to resistance impact for installation and application 20 J
63 According to minimum temperatures for storage and transport -25C
63 According to minimum temperatures for installation and application -5C
63 According to maximum temperatures for application +60C
64 According to resistance to flame propagation Non-flame propagating
65 According to electrical continuity characteristic Without continuity
66 According to electrical insulating characteristics Electrically insulating
67 According to degree of protection provided by enclosure IP 40
69 According to system access cover retention With a tool
6101 According to position when surface mounted Surface mounted on wall
Surface mounted on ceiling
Surface mounted on wall and supported by the floor
6102 Functions obtained Type 3 for installation trunking
Type 2 for distribution trunking
Assigned tension 500 V
Protection against mechanical shock IK 07
s Back boxes
620816/6208 26
620817/6208 27
1
2
0
m
m
(2)
1
8
0
m
m
(2)
s Around pillar installation
When fitting trunking around a
pillar it is best to allow sufficient
space between internal and
external angles to ensure that the
flexible lid stays firmly in place
s Data cabling compliancy
Providing that the installation is carried out correctly and data cables
are installed to TIA/EIA-568-B standards, the range of DLP trunking is
compliant with current data cabling requirements, including CAT 6
cabling. The 35 mm deep back boxes will accept most manufacturers
data sockets
20 mm
120 mm
(1) Less than 0
.
1% lead content in weight
(2) Includes removable cable separators (2 x 7 mm)
215
a 58 48 41 35 31 26 22 19 22 18 16 13
b 25 21 18 15
c 62 52 44 38 36 30 25 22 26 22 19 16
d 25 21 18 15
e 30 25 21 18
f 64 53 45 39 37 31 26 23 28 23 20 17
g 58 49 42 36 32 27 23 19 23 19 16 14
h 28 24 20 17
i 79 66 56 48 52 44 37 32 43 36 31 26
Cable capacities are shown in the tables below (number of cables at 45% full)
Empty compartment Compartment with 25 mm back box Compartment with 35 mm back box
CAT 5e UTP CAT 5e STP CAT 6 UTP CAT 6 STP CAT 5e UTP CAT 5e STP CAT 6 UTP CAT 6 STP CAT 5e UTP CAT 5e STP CAT 6 UTP CAT 6 STP
For each size of cable multiply the number to be installed by its own
factor. Add together the results for all cable sizes. The resulting sum
should be equal or less than the trunking capacity. It is recommended
that each compartment should not be filled over 45% of its full
capacity
Empty compartment With 25 mm back box With 35 mm back box
a 3900 2130 1510
b 1690
c 4190 2420 1800
d 1690
e 2050
f 4300 2530 1910
g 3940 2170 1550
h 1920
i 5310 3540 2920
Full capacity (mm
2
)
Type of conductor Size Cable factor
CAT 5e UTP 55 mm* 302
Data CAT 5e STP 60 mm* 360
cables CAT 6 UTP 65 mm* 422
CAT 6 STP 70 mm* 490
*typical values, check with manufacturer
Cable factor
s Cable capacity
s Contractor floor box
All dimensions (mm) are nominal
195 x 50 150 x 50 195 x 50 105 x 50 150 x 50 195 x 50 195 x 65
6204 55
DADO SKIRTING UNIVERSAL
6204 58 6204 54 0104 64 6204 44 0104 70 6204 47
a
b
d
c
b
a
e
f
h
g
g
g
i
i
b
302
86 86 86
232 225
83
50
33
131
216
Isolation,
protection,
control and
signalling
Time switches
and light control
switches
Isolation,
protection
and signalling
P. 218
Isolating
switches
P. 221
DX
MCB and RCD
auxiliaries
P. 225
Push buttons,
control switches
and indicators
P. 230
AlphaRex
digital for rail 4
217
P. 223
DX technical
information
and curves
P. 224
Discrimination/
selectivity tables
P. 227
Determining the
contactor rating
P. 221
DX
RCBOs
P. 220
DX-H and
DX-D
MCBs
P. 219
DX
RCDs
P. 222
Changeover
switches
P. 222
Fuse carriers
P. 218
Vistop 160 A
isolating switches
P. 225
Transformers,
buzzers, bells
and sirens
P. 234
MicroRex
analogue
for rail 4
P. 233
MicroRex
digital for rail 4
P. 235
AstroRex
light control
time switches
P. 237
Light control
switches
digital for rail 4
P. 228
Modular
DIN rail
equipment
dimensions
P. 226
Power
contactors
218
isolating switches Vistop 160 A
visible load break isolating switches
Conform to IEC 60669-1
Breaking capacity AC22 A according to BS EN 60947-3
Double break contacts
Dimensions (p. 228)
Pack Cat. Nos. Isolating switches
Nominal Number
rating of 175 mm
(A) modules
10 0043 01 16 1
10 0043 02 20 1
10 0043 05 32 1
10 0043 07 40 1
10 0043 10 63 1
5 0043 14 100 1
Double pole - 400 V
(1)
10 0043 21 16 1
10 0043 22 20 1
10 0043 25 32 1
5 0043 27 40 2
5 0043 30 63 2
5 0043 31 63 2
5 0043 34 100 2
5 0043 36 100 2
2 0043 38 125 2
Double pole with indicator - 250 V
Supplied with lamp
10 0043 23 20 1
10 0043 26 32 1
Triple pole - 400 V
(1)
5 0043 42 20 2
5 0043 45 32 2
3 0043 47 40 3
3 0043 50 63 3
3 0043 54 100 3
3 0043 55 100 3
3 0043 58 125 3
Four pole - 400 V
(1)
5 0043 62 20 2
5 0043 65 32 2
2 0043 67 40 4
2 0043 70 63 4
2 0043 74 100 4
2 0043 75 100 4
2 0043 78 125 4
0043 22 0043 36 0043 55
s004362
s004342
s004323
s004322
s004302
(1) Cat. Nos. 0043 31/36/55/75 have red handles
Accessories
2 0044 42 Locking attachment for 4 mm and 6 mm
padlocks
1/3 0044 43 Padlocks 4 mm
2 0044 44 Sealable screw cover (4 separate poles)
6 0044 47 Insulating shield
Insulating shield
Screw cover
0227 98
0227 32
0225 53
Pack Cat. Nos Vistop isolating switch with
black handle
Front Side 160 A Number of 175 mm
handle handle modules
1 0225 51 0225 54 3 pole 75
1 0225 53 0225 56 4 pole 9
Door interlock external kit for
front handle
Kit comprising : connecting rods, bracket,
self-adhesive drilling template, mounting
accessories (including a seal for
maintaining the IP protection of
the enclosure up to IP 55) and locking
mechanism preventing the door being
opened when the circuit is closed
For Vistop fixing on 4rail
or using screws
1 0227 32 160 A 35 to 470
Door distance
(mm)
Auxiliary switches for on-off
signalling IP 2x - 5 A - 250 V
N/O + N/C contact
For incorporation in one-piece enclosure
1 0227 04 Main contact
1 0227 07 Additional N/C + N/O
auxiliary contact for
2 N/C + 2 N/O mounting lug 258
Door distance
(mm)
Auxiliary isolating switch 2 pole -
16 A - 400 V
For creating 3 or 4 pole assemblies for
simultaneous breaking of 2 pole auxiliary
power supply
(PLC, remote control), 16 A maximum
Mounts on the left side of Vistop 160 A
Number of 175 mm
Connection modules
1 0227 22 2 P Cage terminals 15
Sealable terminal shields
1 0227 98 Set of 2 separate, sealable terminal shields
Clip on upstream and/or downstream of
Vistop 160 A
For changeover switches and
fuse carriers
see p. 221-222
219
DX
TM
RCDs
residual current devices - types AC and A
Dimensions (p. 228)
AC type - Standard applications
AC type RCDs detect AC residual currents
In the majority of cases (standard applications), they are used for AC current detection at 50/60 Hz
A type - Specific applications : dedicated lines
S type - Discriminating
In addition to the characteristics of AC type RCDs, A type RCDs also detect DC residual currents
They are used whenever fault currents are not sinusoidal
They are particularly suitable for specific applications (dedicated lines) or circuits that may produce DC fault currents, eg variable speed drives with
frequency inverters, etc.
dxtypes
S
Pack Cat. Nos. Double pole - 230 V
Nominal Number
rating of 175 mm
Type AC Type A (A) modules
10 mA
1 0089 06 0090 53 16 2
30 mA
1 0089 09 0090 56 25 2
1 0089 10 0090 57 40 2
1 0089 11 0090 58 63 2
1 0089 12 0090 59 80 2
1 6027 10 100 2
100 mA
1 0089 15 25 2
1 0089 16 40 2
1 0089 17 63 2
1 0089 18 80 2
1 6027 11 100 2
300 mA
1 0089 27 0090 74 25 2
1 0089 28 0090 75 40 2
1 0089 29 0090 76 63 2
1 0089 30 0090 77 80 2
1 0089 35 0090 82 63 2
Pack Cat. Nos. Four pole - 400 Vneutral on right
Nominal Number
rating of 175 mm
Type AC Type A (A) modules
30 mA
1 0089 93 0091 40 25 4
1 0089 94 0091 41 40 4
1 0089 95 0091 42 63 4
1 0089 96 0091 43 80 4
100 mA
1 0089 99 0091 46 25 4
1 0090 00 0091 47 40 4
1 0090 01 0091 48 63 4
1 0090 02 0091 49 80 4
1 0091 50 100 4
300 mA
1 0090 11 0091 58 25 4
1 0090 12 0091 59 40 4
1 0090 13 0091 60 63 4
1 0090 14 0091 61 80 4
1 0091 62 100 4
500 mA
1 0090 23 25 4
1 0090 24 0091 71 40 4
1 0090 25 0091 72 63 4
1 0090 26 0091 73 80 4
1 0090 18 0091 65 40 4
1 0090 19 0091 66 63 4
Four pole - 400 Vneutral on left
Nominal Number
rating of 175 mm
Type AC (A) modules
30 mA
1 0086 96 80 4
300 mA
1 0087 14 80 4
0089 12 0089 18 0090 13
dxtypeac
dxtypea
dxtypes
S
Test voltage
RCD RCD
2 P 4 P
Min. 135 V (10/30/300 mA)
195 V (30 mA)
230 V (100 mA)
215 V (300 mA)
295 V (500 mA)
Max. 250 V 440 V
220
Technical information (p. 222 to 224)
Dimensions (p. 228)
125 kA up to 25 kA to BS EN 60947-2 - 400 V
DX-H MCBs - 10 kA
thermal-magnetic MCBs up to 125 A
type B and C curves
0068 60 0069 20 0070 00
Pack Cat. Nos. Single pole 230/400 V
Nominal rating Number of
B curve C curve (A) 175 mm modules
1 0066 91 0068 52 1 1
1 0066 92 0068 53 2 1
1 0066 93 0068 54 3 1
1 0066 95 0068 56 6 1
10 0066 97 10 1
10 0068 58 10 1
10 0067 00 16 1
10 0068 60 16 1
1 0067 01 0068 61 20 1
1 0067 02 0068 62 25 1
1 0067 03 0068 63 32 1
1 0067 04 0068 64 40 1
0068 65 50 1
1 0067 06 0068 66 63 1
1 0063 83 80 15
(1)
B curve C curve Double pole 400 V
1 0067 52 0069 12 1 2
1 0067 53 0069 13 2 2
1 0067 54 0069 14 3 2
1 0067 56 0069 16 6 2
5 0067 58 10 2
1 0069 18 10 2
5 0067 60 16 2
1 0069 20 16 2
1 0067 61 0069 21 20 2
1 0067 62 0069 22 25 2
1 0067 63 0069 23 32 2
1 0067 64 0069 24 40 2
0069 25 50 2
1 0067 66 0069 26 63 2
1 0064 75 80 3
(1)
1 0064 76 100 3
(1)
1 0064 77 125 3
(1)
B curve C curve Triple pole 400 V
1 0067 72 0069 32 1 3
1 0067 73 0069 33 2 3
1 0067 74 0069 34 3 3
1 0067 76 0069 36 6 3
1 0067 78 0069 38 10 3
1 0067 80 0069 40 16 3
1 0067 81 0069 41 20 3
1 0067 82 0069 42 25 3
1 0067 83 0069 43 32 3
1 0067 84 0069 44 40 3
1 0067 85 0069 45 50 3
1 0067 86 0069 46 63 3
1 0064 95 80 45
(1)
1 0064 96 100 45
(1)
1 0064 97 125 45
(1)
B curve C curve Four pole 400 V
(2)
1 0068 32 0069 92 1 4
1 0068 33 0069 93 2 4
1 0068 34 0069 94 3 4
1 0068 36 0069 96 6 4
1 0068 38 0069 98 10 4
1 0068 40 0070 00 16 4
1 0068 41 0070 01 20 4
1 0068 42 0070 02 25 4
1 0068 43 0070 03 32 4
1 0068 44 0070 04 40 4
1 0068 45 0070 05 50 4
1 0068 46 0070 06 63 4
1 0065 70 80 6
(1)
1 0065 71 100 6
(1)
1 0065 72 125 6
(1)
DX-D MCBs - 10 kA
thermal-magnetic MCBs up to 125 A
type D curve
Technical information (p. 222 to 224)
Dimensions (p. 228)
Pack Cat. Nos. Single pole 230/400 V
D curve (A) 175 mm modules
1 0065 75 1 1
1 0065 76 2 1
1 0065 77 3 1
1 0065 78 4 1
1 0065 79 6 1
1 0065 81 10 1
1 0065 83 16 1
1 0065 84 20 1
1 0065 85 25 1
1 0065 86 32 1
1 0065 87 40 1
1 0065 88 50 1
1 0065 89 63 1
D curve Double pole 400 V
1 0066 25 1 2
1 0066 26 2 2
1 0066 27 3 2
1 0066 28 4 2
1 0066 29 6 2
1 0066 31 10 2
1 0066 33 16 2
1 0066 34 20 2
1 0066 35 25 2
1 0066 36 32 2
1 0066 37 40 2
1 0066 38 50 2
1 0066 39 63 2
1 0066 40 80 3
(1)
1 0066 41 100 3
(1)
1 0066 42 125 3
(1)
D curve Triple pole 400 V
1 0066 45 1 3
1 0066 46 2 3
1 0066 47 3 3
1 0066 48 4 3
1 0066 49 6 3
1 0066 51 10 3
1 0066 53 16 3
1 0066 54 20 3
1 0066 55 25 3
1 0066 56 32 3
1 0066 57 40 3
1 0066 58 50 3
1 0066 59 63 3
1 0066 60 80 45
(1)
1 0066 61 100 45
(1)
1 0066 62 125 45
(1)
D curve Four pole 400 V
(2)
1 0066 65 1 4
1 0066 66 2 4
1 0066 67 3 4
1 0066 68 4 4
1 0066 69 6 4
1 0066 71 10 4
1 0066 73 16 4
1 0066 74 20 4
1 0066 75 25 4
1 0066 76 32 4
1 0066 77 40 4
1 0066 78 50 4
1 0066 79 63 4
1 0066 80 80 6
(1)
1 0066 81 100 6
(1)
1 0066 82 125 6
(1)
Breaking capacity : 6 kA to BS EN 60898-1 up to 63 A - 400 V
10 kA to BS EN 60898-1 80 A to 125 A
15 kA to BS EN 60947-2 up to 32 A - 400 V
10 kA to BS EN 60947-2 40 A to 125 A - 400 V
Magnetic adjusted between 10 and 14 In
0066 33 0066 56 0066 71
(1) These MCBs are for standalone use only,
not with distribution boards
(2) Suitable for type B flexible boards only
(1) These MCBs are for standalone use only,
not with distribution boards
DX
TM
RCBOs - 10 kA and auxiliaries
up to 63 A - type AC
type B and C curves
Dimensions (p. 228)
Pack Cat. Nos. Single pole + neutral - 230 V
(1), (2)
(A) 175 mm modules
C curve
30 mA
1 6064 10 10 1
1 6064 11 16 1
1 6064 12 20 1
1 6064 13 25 1
1 6064 14 32 1
1 6064 15 45 1
Single pole + neutral - 230 V
(3), (4)
Type AC Neutral on right
B curve C curve (A) 175 mm modules
10 mA
1 0078 79 16 2
30 mA
1 0078 81 3 2
1 0077 77 0078 83 6 2
1 0077 78 0078 84 10 2
1 0077 80 0078 86 16 2
1 0077 81 0078 87 20 2
1 0078 88 25 2
1 0077 83 0078 89 32 2
1 0077 84 0078 90 40 2
300 mA
1 0078 94 6 2
1 0078 95 10 2
1 0078 97 16 2
1 0078 98 20 2
1 0078 99 25 2
1 0079 00 32 2
1 0079 01 40 2
0079 19 0078 86
dxtypeac
0079 80
6064 12
Double pole - 230/400 V
(4)
Type AC Nominal Number Breaking capacity
rating of 175 mm IEC 60947-2 (kA)
C curve (A) modules 400 V 230 V
10 mA
1 0077 45 10 4 10 25
1 0077 46 16 4 10 25
1 0077 47 20 4 10 25
30 mA
1 0079 11 10 4 10 25
1 0079 19 16 4 10 25
1 0079 20 20 4 10 25
1 0079 21 25 4 10 25
1 0079 22 32 4 10 25
1 0079 29 40 4 10 25
1 0079 30 50 4 10 25
1 0079 31 63 4 10 25
(1) Single pole with solid unswitched neutral
(2) Suitable for type B standard or flexible boards
and type A boards
(3) Single pole with switched neutral
Pack Cat. Nos. Four pole - 400 V
(4)
Type AC Nominal Number Breaking capacity
rating of 175 mm IEC 60947-2 (kA)
C curve (A) modules 400 V 230 V
30 mA
1 0079 62 10 4 10 10
1 0079 64 16 4 10 10
1 0079 65 20 4 10 10
1 0079 66 25 4 10 10
1 0079 67 32 4 10 10
1 0080 13 40 7 10 25
1 0080 14 50 7 10 25
1 0080 15 63 7 10 25
300 mA
1 0079 75 10 4 10 10
1 0079 77 16 4 10 10
1 0079 78 20 4 10 10
1 0079 79 25 4 10 10
1 0079 80 32 4 10 10
1 0080 31 40 7 10 25
1 0080 32 50 7 10 25
1 0080 33 63 7 10 25
10 kA to BS EN 60947-2 (except for single pole + neutral - 6 kA)
0073 54 0073 50
Auxiliaries for MCBs
and residual current devices
Clip on the left hand side of the MCB (maximum 3)
Allow insertion of the supply busbar at the top
Auxiliaries common to DX and DX-H MCBs and
DX residual current devices
Number
Signalling auxiliaries
of 175 mm
modules
1 0073 50 Auxiliary changeover 05
switch, 6 A - 250 V
Indicates the position of
the contacts
1 0073 51 Fault signalling changeover 05
switch, 6 A - 250 V
Indicates tripping of the
MCB at a fault
1 0073 53 Auxiliary changeover switch, 6 A - 250 V 05
which can be modified
to a fault signalling switch
1 0073 54 Auxiliary changeover switch, 6 A - 250 V 1
+ fault signalling switch, can be modified
to 2 auxiliary changeover switches
CF-EP0
221
222
DX-E, DX, DX-H, DX-D MCBs
s Technical information
Maximum voltage : 240 V - 415 V10 %
Maximum voltage : 80 V= per pole
Insulation voltage : 500 V
Dielectric : 2 500 V
In A 1 2 3 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
Type B 21 21 24 25 11 11 15 17 24 31 4 45 55
Type C 21 21 24 25 11 11 15 17 24 31 4 45 55 88 78 156
Type D 21 21 24 25 11 11 15 17 24 31 4 45 55 88 78 156
s Mechanical characteristics
Endurance : 20 000 mechanical switching operations
10 000 on load switching operations at In x cos 09
In 63 A In 80 A
Connection cross-sections (in mm
2
)
25 mm
2
flexible cables 50 mm
2
flexible cable
35 mm
2
stranded cables 70 mm
2
stranded cable
Applied connection torque 25 Nm 3 Nm
Derating according to ambient temperature (In A)
Ambient temperature
In at 30 C 0C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C 50 C 60 C
1 11 107 103 1 097 093 090
2 22 21 206 2 194 186 180
3 33 32 31 3 29 28 26
4 44 42 41 4 39 38 36
6 66 64 62 6 58 55 54
10 11 107 103 10 97 93 90
16 18 173 166 16 154 147 141
20 224 216 208 20 192 184 176
25 283 272 26 25 24 227 217
32 362 349 333 32 307 291 278
40 46 44 42 40 38 36 34
50 575 55 525 50 475 45 425
63 731 699 661 63 598 561 529
80 91 88 84 80 76 72 69
100 114 110 105 100 95 90 86
125 142 137 131 125 119 113 108
Power dissipated in W per pole at In
Derating according to the number of adjacent MCBs
Number of adjacent MCBs from 1 to 3 from 4 to 6 from 7 to 9 over 10
Coefficient 1 08 07 06
s MCB supplementary data (6 kA and 10 kA)
Terminal depth : 14 mm
Terminals protected to IP 20
Maximum terminal torque : 3 Nm
(recommended : 25 Nm)
Enclosure material : polyester
self-extinguishing at 960C
Average weight per pole : 0160 kg
Supply : can be supplied from the top or bottom
Padlockable in either ON or OFF position
Operation with DC voltage supply : up to a maximum of
80 V DC per pole for voltages
above 80 V DC use multipole devices wired IN SERIES
(e.g. two pole 160 V
=
maximum)
Positive contact position indication in accordance with BS 7671 :
2008 IEE Wiring Regulations, 17
th
Edition
changeover switches and fuse carriers
Dimensions (p. 228)
0043 82 0043 83
Pack Cat. Nos. Changeover switches
Breaking capacity AC22 A accordingto BS EN60947-3
Nominal rating No. of 175 mm
(A) modules
Two way - 250 V
10 0043 82 20 1
Double two way - 400 V
5 0043 83 20 2
Two way with centre point - 250 V
10 0043 85 20 1
SP 58 carriers for HRC type aM and
gG fuses 22 x 58
Conform to IEC 60269-2 and IS EN 60269-2
Bureau Veritas approved
For HRC cylindrical fuses
IP2x - IP2xC under front plate
Height under front plate : 44 mm
Fix to DIN rail 4EN 60715 or with screws
Connection No. of 175 mm
modules
3 0216 01 Single pole
1 x 50 mm
2 2
1 0216 04 Triple pole 6
0216 01
DX-E, DX, DX-H, DX-D MCBs
tripping and operating curves
1
01
001
0001
10000
In >63 A
In >63 A
In 63 A
In 63 A
1000
100
10
t

i
n

s
e
c
o
n
d
s
1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
In >32 A
In 32 A
uo07360
x In
B D C
rating in A 6
3

A
5
0

A
6

A
1

A
2

A
3

A
4
0

A
3
2

A
2
5

A
2
0

A
1
6

A
1
3

A
1
0

A
10
4
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
4
2
4
2
01
001
0
1
0
2
0
4
0
6
0
8 1 2 4 6 8
1
0
2
0
4
0
6
0
8
0
1
0
0
2
0
0
4
0
0
6
0
0
8
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
4
10
3
10
10
2
I in Amp.
t

i
n

s
e
c
o
n
d
s
uo07360a
rating in A 6
3

A
8
0

A
1
0
0

A
1
2
5

A
5
0

A
6

A
1

A
2

A
3

A
4
0

A
3
2

A
2
5

A
2
0

A
1
6

A
1
3

A
1
0

A
10
4
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
4
2
4
2
01
001
0
1
0
2
0
4
0
6
0
8 1 2 4 6 8
1
0
2
0
4
0
6
0
8
0
1
0
0
2
0
0
4
0
0
6
0
0
8
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
4
10
3
10
10
2
I in Amp.
t

i
n

s
e
c
o
n
d
s
uo07360c
rating in A 6
3

A
8
0

A
1
0
0

A
1
2
5

A
5
0

A
6

A
1

A
2

A
3

A
4
0

A
3
2

A
2
5

A
2
0

A
1
6

A
1
3

A
1
0

A
10
4
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
4
2
4
2
01
001
0
1
0
2
0
4
0
6
0
8 1 2 4 6 8
1
0
2
0
4
0
6
0
8
0
1
0
0
2
0
0
4
0
0
6
0
0
8
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
4
10
3
10
10
2
I in Amp.
t

i
n

s
e
c
o
n
d
s
uo07360b
s MCB tripping curves s Operating curves
DX-E, DX, DX-H type B from 1 A to 63 A
Standard BS EN 60898 defines type B magnetic curve
between 3 and 5 In
s Operating curves
DX-D type D from 1 A to 125 A
s Operating curves
DX-E, DX, DX-H type C from 1 A to 63 A and DX-H from 1 to 125 A
Standard BS EN 60898 defines type D magnetic curve
between 10 and 20 In
Standard BS EN 60898 defines type C magnetic curve
between 5 and 10 In
CF-EP0
223
224
discrimination/selectivity tables - average values of selectivity limits (A)
MCBs/MCBs
MCBs upstream
MCBs
downstream
1 to 4 A 75 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 120 192 240 300 384 480
6 A 75 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 120 192 240 300 384 480
10 A 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 192 240 300 384 480
16 A 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 240 300 384 480
20 A 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 300 384 480
25 A 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 384 480
32 A 300 375 472 480 600 750 480
40 A 375 472 480 600 750
50 A 472 480 600 750
63 A 480 600 750
80 A 600 750
100 A 750
125 A
1 to 4 A 75 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 120 192 240 300 384 480
6 A 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 120 192 240 300 384 480
10 A 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 192 240 300 384 480
16 A 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 240 300 384 480
20 A 300 375 472 480 600 750 300 384 480
25 A 375 472 480 600 750 384 480
32 A 472 480 600 750 480
40 A 480 600 750
50 A 600 750
63 A 600 750
80 A
100 A
125 A
1 to 6 A 75 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 120 192 240 300 384 480
10 A 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 192 240 300 384 480
16 A 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 240 300 384 480
20 A 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 300 384 480
25 A 240 300 375 472 480 600 750 384 480
32 A 300 375 472 480 600 750 480
40 A 375 472 480 600 750
50 A 472 480 600 750
63 A 480 600 750
600 756 800 T T 40 64 80 100 128 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 64 80 100 128 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 100 128 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 252
600 756 800 1200 1500
600 756 800 1200 1500
756 800 1200 1500
800 1200 1500
1200 1500
1500
600 756 800 T T 40 64 80 100 128 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 100 128 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 252
600 756 800 1200 1500
600 756 800 1200 1500
600 756 800 1200 1500
600 756 800 1200 1500
756 800 1200 1500
800 1200 1500
1200 1500
1500
600 756 800 1200 1500 40 64 80 100 128 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 64 80 100 128 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 80 100 128 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 100 128 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 128 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 160 200 252
600 756 800 1200 1500 200 252
756 800 1200 1500 252
800 1200 1500
DX-E, DX, DX-H
C curve
DX-E, DX, DX-H
B curve
DX-D
D curve
10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100A 125A 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125A 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A
DX-E,
DX,
DX-H
C curve
DX-E,
DX,
DX-H
B curve
DX-D
D curve
T : total selectivity up to MCB breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2
gG type
MCBs downstream
32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100A 125A 160A
05 to 6 A 1600 1900 2500 4000 4600 11000 25000 T
8 A 1600 1900 2500 4000 4600 11000 25000 T
10 A 1600 2200 3200 3600 7000 11000 20000
16 A 1400 1800 2600 3000 5600 8000 15000
20 A 1200 1500 2200 2500 4600 6300 10000
25 A 1300 2000 2200 4100 5500 8000
32 A 1200 1700 1900 3500 4500 7000
40 A 1700 3000 4000 5000
50 A 1600 2600 3500 4500
63 A 2400 3300 4500
80 A 3000 6000 8000
100 A 4000 5000
125 A 4000
DX-E,
DX,
DX-H
B and C curves
Upstream fuse
push buttons, control switches and
indicators
transformers, buzzers, bells and sirens
industrial and alarm use
Safety transformers
e
Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-6 standard
230 V/ 12 or 24 V (per 2 x 12 V coupling for
Cat. Nos. 0042 53/54)
Depth P
No-load Voltage% Efficiency
Ucc
I (A) Number
68 mm (VA)
loss drop %
(%)
primary of 175 mm
(W) Cos = 1 Cos = 1 loaded modules
1 0042 51 16 25 346 60 275 0099 4
1 0042 52 25 25 29 66 233 0142 4
1 0042 53 40 4 179 68 144 022 5
1 0042 54 63 4 157 75 136 033 5
Buzzers
(2)
50 Hz AC. Connection by screw terminals, equipped
with label holder
Number
Voltage Power Consum. P
(3)
of 175 mm
(V) (VA) (mA) (dB) modules
5 0041 11 24 4 180 73 1
10 0041 13 230 4 21 73 1
Transformers protected against overloads and short-circuits
In the event of an overload, switch off the power supply and allow the
transformer to cool down before switching on again
Wall or rail 4mounted
Dimensions (p. 228) Dimensions (p. 228)
Breaking capacity AC 12 A according to IEC 60947-5-1
Supplied in push button position
Can be converted to control switches
Accepts insertion of supply busbars
(2) Caution : remove lamps from illuminated push buttons when used
with Cat. No. 0041 11
(3) Acoustic power at 1 m
0042 20 0042 51
Pack Cat. Nos. Bell transformers with label holders - 230 V
dConform to IEC/EN 61558-2-8 standard
Transformers protected against overloads
and short-circuits. Possibility for supply busbars to
run through (Cat. Nos. 0042 20/25)
Depth
Number
60 mm
Secondary Rating Power of 175 mm
modules
1 0042 20 8 V 05 A 4 VA 2
1 0042 25 8/12 V 1/066 A 8 VA 2
1 0042 37 24/12 V 1/15 A 24/18 VA 4
Pack Cat. Nos. Push buttons and control switches
20 A - 250 V
Number
Single function of 175 mm
modules
10 0044 53 1 N/O 1
10 0044 54 1 N/C 1
10 0044 55 2 N/O 1
10 0044 58 1 N/O + 1 N/C 1
Dual function + indicator
10 0044 63 1 N/O + green indicator
(1)
1
10 0044 64 1 N/C + red indicator
(1)
1
10 0044 68 1 N/O (green) + 1 N/C (red) 1
Switch
Push button
0044 88 0031 43 0044 68
Push buttons transformed
into switches
f
le
c
4
-
7
3
0
6
j.e
p
s
f l e
c
4
- 7
3
0
6
j . e
p
s
Indicators - 250 V
Supplied with replaceable diffuser and lamp
E10 - 230 V
Allow supply busbar to be inserted
Single
10 0044 83 Green 1
10 0044 84 Red 1
10 0044 85 Orange 1
10 0044 86 Blue 1
10 0044 87 Colourless 1
Double
10 0044 88 Green + red 1
Three phase voltage indicator
Supplied with 230/400 V
non-replacement lamps
2 0031 43 3 colourless neon lamps 05
004488-6625s.eps
004483-6624s.eps
Accessories
Replacement lamps E10 - 12 W
10 0044 32 8/12 V incandescent
10 0044 33 24 V incandescent
10 0044 36 230 V neon
10 0044 37 230 V fluo for blue and green diffusers
004453-6617s.eps
004454-6618s.eps
004455-6619s.eps
004458-6620s.eps
004463-6621s.eps
004464-6622s.eps
004468-6623s.eps
(1) Supplied with 230 VE10 lamps
CF-EP0
225
0413 49
0414 19
0415 33 with bracket
AC current 50/60 Hz
Grey RAL 7037. Double insulated 0
Steel gong with polyester coating. Polycarbonate base
Max. continuous rating : 200 hours
AC voltage tolerance +10%15%
IP 40 - IK 08 100 mm gong depth 83 mm
Acoustic
Power Consumption Weight output
Grey Voltage A (VA) (mA) (kg) at 1 m (dB)
1 0413 49 230 V 11 50 08 95
IP 44 - IK 10 150 mm gong depth 97 mm
1 0414 16 24 V 9 360 1 98
1 0414 19 230 V 13 50 1 90
Electro-mechanical sirens
Glass filled polyamide 6/6
Surface or semi-flush mounting
Overall dimensions : Length 103 mm, dia. 725 mm
IP 30 - IK 05 DC current
Max. Acoustic
Black Voltage Power Consump. Weight continuous output
= (W) (mA) (kg) rating (hr) at 1 m (dB)
1 0415 33 24 V 12 516 02 200 100
226
power contactors
A location on the device enables
a supply busbar to run through
(except 40 and 63 A)
Pack Cat. Nos. Power contactors with 24 Vcoil
Double pole (L + N) - 250 V
24 Vcoil Type of Number of
contact 175 mm
I max. modules
1 0040 33 16 A N/C + N/O 1
1 0040 41 20 A 2 N/O 1
24V
003851-6594s.eps
004033-559s.eps
24V
Power contactors with 230 Vcoil
Double pole (L + N) - 250 V
contact 175 mm
I max. modules
1 0040 38 16 A N/C + N/O 1
1 0040 49 20 A 2 N/O 1
1 0040 50 20 A 2 N/C 1
1 0040 68 40 A 2 N/O 2
1 0040 75 63 A 2 N/O 2
004038-560s.eps
230V
230V
004050-561s.eps
230V
003865-6595s.eps
230V
003865-6595s.eps
0040 33 0040 49
Conform to EN 61095
Power contactors have a handle covered with a blanking plate
Stop or start override without automatic return is possible (use tool)
0040 53 0040 78 0040 85
Auxiliary device for contactors
Auxiliary changeover switch
Fitted on left hand side of contactor
Used to signal the position status of the contacts on
the product to which it is connected
Changeover Number
I max. Voltage switch of 175 mm
modules
1 0040 85 5 A 250 V N/C + N/O 05
Accessory
10 0044 40 Spacing unit 05 module
To be placed between 2 mechanisms
to aid cooling
Pack Cat. Nos. Power contactors with 230 Vcoil
Triple pole - 400 V
contact 175 mm
I max. modules
1 0040 69 40 A 3 N/O 3
1 0040 77 63 A 3 N/O 3
Four pole - 400 V
230 V coil
1 0040 53 20 A 4 N/O 2
1 0040 54 20 A 4 N/C 2
1 0040 55 20 A 2 N/O + 2
2 N/C
1 0040 70 40 A 4 N/O 3
1 0040 78 63 A 4 N/O 3
230V
003871-6597s.eps
230V
004054-562s.eps
230V
003871-6597s.eps
230V
003871-6597s.eps
230V
003867-6596s.eps
230V
003867-6596s.eps
230V
004055-563s.eps
Dimensions (p. 228)
determining the contactor rating
s Choice of contactor rating
For a lifetime of 10 years with 200 days of annual use
Operations per day 16 A 20 A 40 A 63 A
230 V/single phase network
50 35 45 9 14
75 3 35 75 12
100 25 3 6 95
250 15 2 4 6
500 1 1 25 45
400 V/3 phase network
50 10 13 26 41
75 9 11 22 35
100 7 9 17 26
250 3 4 8 13
500 2 3 6 9
s Heating (AC.7a)
Maximum power in kW according to the number of operations per day
Unit power (W) 15 W 18 W 20 W 36 W 40 W 58 W 65 W 115 W 140 W
16 A 24 24 24 22 22 15 15 8 8
Single
20 A 28 28 28 26 26 17 17 10 10
non
40 A 75 75 75 65 65 40 40 22 22
compensated
63 A 105 105 105 93 93 58 58 33 33
16 A 16 16 16 16 16 11 11 6 6
Single
20 A 18 18 18 18 18 13 13 6 6
parallel
40 A 40 40 40 40 40 30 30 14 14
compensated
63 A 60 60 60 60 60 43 43 20 20
16 A 32 32 18 18 11 11 7 7
Double
20 A 38 38 21 21 13 13 9 9
serial
40 A 85 85 45 45 29 29 18 18
compensated
63 A 120 120 65 65 40 40 24 24
Unit power (W) 40 W 60 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 200 W 300 W 500 W 1000 W
16 A 40 32 27 21 13 11 8 4 2
20 A 47 37 30 23 15 12 8 5 2
40 A 118 87 72 52 36 26 18 11 7
63 A 156 115 96 71 48 35 25 15 8
Unit power (W) 20 W 50 W 75 W 100 W 150 W
16 A 16 11 9 7 4
20 A 19 12 10 8 5
40 A 45 29 25 20 15
63 A 64 42 34 28 19
Halogen lamps with 12 V ferromagnetic transformer
Fluorescent tubes with starter
Unit power (W) 16 A 20 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
4 x 18 W 16 19 48 67
s Lighting
Maximum number of lamps, tubes, according to their unit power
requirement (W) for 230 V single phase
Incandescent and halogen lamps
s Motors (Ac.7b)
Maximum power in Kw
16 A 20 A 40 A 63 A
Single phase 230 V motor with capacitor 09 11 25 4
3 phase 400 V motor 27 33 75 12
Other load types please contact us
s Control consumption
24 V 230 V
1 module 1 module 2 modules 3 modules
Inrush 12 VA 12 VA 35 VA 45 VA
Holding 3 VA 3 VA 3 VA 7 VA
To protect contactors against short-circuits (according to IEC 61095,
conditional short-circuit Iq = 3 kA), it is advisable to use :
Contactor MCB or use
rating (A) Gg or aM rating (A)
16/20 20
40 40
63 63
Derating of contactors mounted in a modular enclosure if the interior
temperature is > 40 C
Rated current of contactor 40 C 50 C 60 C 70 C
le = 16 A 16 A 14 A 12 A 10 A
le = 20 A 20 A 18 A 16 A 14 A
le = 40 A 40 A 36 A 32 A 29 A
le = 63 A 63 A 57 A 50 A 46 A
Insert a spacer module (Cat. No. 0044 40) every 2 contactors
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Rated impulses with stand voltage (Uimp) : 4 kV
Mechanical endurance in operation cycles : 10
6
s Temperature
operation between (1 module) 5 and +40 C
(2/3 modules) 25 and +40C
storage between (1 module) 25 and +70 C
(2/3 modules) 40 and +70 C
Type of wire Rated current 25 A Rated current 40 and 63 A
Stranded 1 x 6 or 2 x 4 1 x 25 or 2 x 10
Flexible 1 x 6 or 2 x 4 1 x 25 or 2 x 10
Flexible with single ferrule 1 x 4 1 x 16
Flexible with double ferrule 2 x 25 2 x 16
s Connection (mm
2
)
CF-EP0
227
228
modular DIN rail equipment
dimensions
B
4
5
A
E
D G
C
F
Dimension (mm)
A B C D E F G
Description
1-pole 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
+ N
DX-E MCBs 70 177 60 83 44 76 885
DX, DX-H, DX-D up to 63 A 70 177 356 534 712 60 83 44 76 94
DX-D, DX-H from 80 to125 A 70 267 534 801 1068 60 83 44 76 89
RCBOs 70 356 712 1246 60 83 44 76 94
4-pole RCBOs
with 4 modules 70 712 60 83 44 76 94
RCDs
2-pole 70 356 60 83 44 76 94
4-pole 715 712 60 83 44 775 94
Auxiliary contacts
Cat. Nos. 0073 50/51/53 70 87 60 83 44 76 83
Auxiliary contact
Cat. No. 0073 54 70 177 60 83 44 76 83
Fuse carriers 67 177 177 356 534 712 60 83 44 73 94
Isolating switches
20 - 32 A 68 177 177 356 534 60 83 44 74 94
63 - 100 - 125 A 68 177 356 534 712 60 83 44 74 94
Changeover switches
Cat. Nos. 0043 82/85 68 177 60 83 44 74 94
Cat. No. 0043 83 68 356 60 83 44 74 94
Push buttons/push button
switches with indicators 68 177 60 83 44 74 94
Contactors 20 A 62 178 178 356 356 60 83 44 675 94
Buzzers 60 175 60 76 44 66 85
Timer Cat. No. 0047 02 60 178 60 94 44 66 94
Dimension (mm)
Description
A
(1)
B C D E F
Programmable 0037 00 60 178 60 83 44 66
time switches
0037 30/40 60 178 60 86 375 66
0037 52 60 53 60 89 44 66
0047 61 60 36 60 90 44 66
0047 63 60 36 60 90 44 66
0047 64 60 36 60 83 44 66
0047 67 60 36 60 83 44 66
0047 70 60 107.7 60 83 44 66
0047 71 60 36 60 90 44 66
6047 72 60 36 60 90 44 66
6047 74 60 36 60 90 44 66
6047 77 60 36 60 90 44 66
Light sensitive switch Cat. No. 0037 21 60 36 60 90 44 66
Contactors 40 and 63 A - 2 modules 62 356 60 83 44 68
Contactors 40 and 63 A - 3 modules 62 534 60 83 44 68
Auxiliaries for contactors 20 A 60 9 60 83 44 66
Transformers Cat. Nos. 0042 20/25 60 358 60 89 44 66
Cat. Nos. 0042 51/52 60 715 60 89 44 66
Cat. Nos. 0042 53/54 60 89 60 95 44 66
4
5
E
A
(1)
and C
D
F B
(1) Maximum projection
Cat. Nos.
229
Units can be set up using simple on-screen instructions or, alternatively, using the data
key which can be programmed on your PC using its very own USB adaptor.
Set up, save, edit and manage your settings using the
advanced PC programming software and USB adaptor
24/7 display shows stored programmes at a glance
Clear back lit display and on-screen instructions for
easy identifcation of status
4 function keys for simple programming if not using
data key
Exceptional accuracy of +/- 0.2 seconds per day
AlphaRex time switches
move with the times...
feAtUReS inClUde :
02998a-FE031 timeswitches.indd 1 11/1/10 10:28:05 am
230
digital for rail 4
Conform to EN 60730-1 and EN 60730-2-7
LCD digital display and text based programming for easier use
Mount on DIN rail EN 607154
Pack Cat. Nos. AlphaRex
Accuracy : 02 second per day
Programmable for 1 minute minimum at 1 minute
steps either as 24 hour or 7 day using preset groups
of days : Mon-Sun, Mon-Fri, Sat-Sun or individual days
Programmable either directly on the time switch or
via a PC with the Legrand software and data key
Data keys can also be used to transfer programmes
from one unit to another or used to store data and
provide a security back up
1 programme consists of 1 ON and 1 OFF time
and the allocation of any day of the week or a
combination of days, plus the selected channel
on the two channel version
Additional features :
Built in hour counter up to 65535 hours with reset
Back lit display and buttons for easy working during
set up
Lithium high temperature battery provides a 6 year
working reserve
EEPROM memory keeps your programme stored
indefinitely
Optional automatic summer/winter time change
Manual override (permanent ON or OFF until
manual reset)
Automatic override, changes contact position until
next automatic ON time (ON becomes OFF; OFF
becomes ON, till next programmed ON)
Sealable transparent cover with or without data
key inserted
Holiday and random security programmes
D21 version includes a PULSE function providing up to
84 starts from 1 second to 59 mins 59 secs duration
AlphaRex D21
24 hour or 7 day, 56 programmes, 1 channel
1 x 250 V 50 Hz, 16 A voltage free c/o contact
1 0047 61 230 V 50/60 Hz supply voltage
1 0047 63 24 V 50/60 Hz or DC supply voltage
AlphaRex D22
24 hour or 7 day, 2 x 28 programmes, 2 channels
2 x 250 V 50 Hz, 16 A voltage free c/o contacts
1 6047 72 24 V 50/60 Hz or DC supply voltage
Accessories
Data key
1 0047 72 Enables programmes to be stored and/or transferred
from one time switch to another
When used with the USB adaptor (Cat. No. 0047 73
below) the data key can be programmed via a PC
USB adaptor with software
1 0047 73 Enables programmes to be written or read on a PC
then transferred using the data key (Cat. No. 0047 72
above) to the time switch
System requirements : Windows
(1)
95, 98, NT, 2000,
ME, XP and Vista, 40 MB free disk space
Data key box
1 0057 91 1 module width - mounts on DIN rail to store data keys
Accessories
Data key
(1)
95, 98, NT, 2000,
ME, XP and Vista, 40 MB free disk space
Data key box
1 0057 91 1 module width - mounts on DIN rail to store data keys
0047 61 0047 72 0047 73
Technical information (p. 231-232)
Pack Cat. Nos. AlphaRex DY64
Working reserve : 5 years
Accuracy : 02 seconds per day
Programmable for 1 second min., either direct or via a
PC using the data key and USB adaptor with software
(see below)
Block programming in preset groups of days or
individual days
Includes optional Astro function, sunrise - sunset with
offset for lighting control
A programme consists of an ON/OFF time and their
assignment to certain days
84 programmes per channel possible :
28 weekly/astronomical programmes
28 yearly programmes
28 exceptional programmes
Backlit display and buttons
Programmes are stored in an EEPROM
Programmes are shown as a weekly matrix on the
display
(daylight saving)
Manual override (ON/OFF/AUTO) for each channel on
the front face
Manual switching
Sealing cover (lead seal not supplied), with or without
the data key inserted
Calculation of sunrise and sunset by Astro function,
using programming date, time and local co-ordinates -
does not require an external light sensor
The Astro switching times can be adjusted
asymmetrically for up to 120 minutes
One channel includes an input control enabling
remote activation irrespective of the programme setting
Option to create a cyclical repetitive programme on
channel 1
AlphaRex DY64 6 modules
336 programmes total, 4 channels 16 A 230 V
4 SPDT voltage free contacts, supplied with DY64
data key and software version 3.0
1 0047 70 120/230 V50/60 Hz supply voltage
0047 70 0047 81
(1) Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation (1) Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation
231
digital for rail 4
s Programming s Technical information
Type AlphaRex D21 AlphaRex D22
Cat. No. 0047 61/0047 63 0047 71/6047 72
Programme 24 hour or 7 day
No. of channels 1 2
No. of ON-OFF 56 2 x 28
actions per day/week
Pulse start times 84 Nil
Pulse duration 1 second min. to N/A
59 minutes 59 seconds
max.
Switching capacity :
cos = 1 16 A
incandescent lamp 8 A
cos = 06 10 A
Contact
1 changeover 2 changeover
switch switches
Terminal capacity 15 mm- 4 mm single/15 mm- 25 mm stranded
IP rating IP 20
Min. prog. time 1 minute
Switching step 1 minute
Accuracy 02 second per day
Working reserve
(1)
6 years
Programme memory Unlimited (EEPROM)
Manual switching Override and permanent
No. of 175 mm
2
modules
Operating temp. 20C . . . +55 C
Storage temp. 20C . . . +60 C
Weight 130 g 136 g
(1) For time and date only
Just 4 buttons put you in control
Simple, easy to set up and easy to use
Now set your ON/OFF times
Press the MENU button, select PROGRAM from the menu
Select the function you need i.e. NEW, EDIT, CHECK or DELETE
s Dimensions (mm)
A programme consists of an ON and OFF time and the assigned day(s)
With pre-installed English text that
can be changed to German, French,
Spanish or Italian
Central European time and date
have been factory set with European
summer/winter time change installed
To set UK time :
press MENU button select SET confirm OK;
select TIME/DATE confirm OK;
amend hour to UK hour confirm OK;
confirm remainder OK
Example :
Select NEW confirm OK;
Select block or individual days confirm OK;
Set ON time Hours and Mins. confirm OK;
Set OFF time Hours and Mins. confirm OK;
Press the MENU button to return to normal operation
You can move forwards or backwards with the + buttons
Either programme directly on the time switch or via your PC
Using the data key you can transfer the programme to another time
switch of the same model
More features than ever before :
holiday programme
hour counter with reset
pulse function
random function
contrast control
more ON/OFF controls
s Wiring diagrams
AlphaRex D21 AlphaRex D22
36
8
3
50
4
5
66
s Dimensions (mm)
s Technical data
s Wiring diagram
3 4
L N S
ON
AUTO
OFF
ON
AUTO
OFF
ON
AUTO
OFF
ON
AUTO
OFF
1 2
3 4
2 1 4 2 1 4
2 1 4 2 1 4
Ch1
120V/230V~50/60Hz
047 70
120V/230V 50/60Hz
R6a -20T
+
M
M
3 4
L N S
ON
AUTO
OFF
ON
AUTO
OFF
ON
AUTO
OFF
ON
AUTO
OFF
1 2
3 4
2 1 4 2 1 4
2 1 4 2 1 4
Ch1
120V/230V~50/60Hz
047 70
120V/230V 50/60Hz
R6a -20T
M
107
.
7
+
66
8
3
Type AlphaRex DY64
Cat. No. 0047 70
No. of channels 4
cos = 1 16 A
cos = 06 10 A
IP rating IP 20
Shortest switching time 1 second
Accuracy 02 seconds per day
or frequency
Switch output 4 SPDT
Programmes 3 x 4 x 28 (336)
Control input with delay time 0 min - 23 hr 59 min
Working reserve 5 years
Switching increment 1 second
No. of 175 mm modules 6
Operating temperature 20 C . . . +55 C
digital for rail 4 (continued)
s Programming
Annual, weekly, DY64 time switch
digital for rail - 4 channel
The AlphaRex DY64 time switch provides for annual, weekly and
exceptional programming :
Weekly programme menu :
Used to automatically switch on-off simple circuits, such as lighting or
boilers. A weekly programme consists of an ON time and an OFF time
and the associated switching days.
MON to SUN : The days are preset, just enter the ON and OFF times.
This is used where the same programme is repeated on each day.
INDIVIDUAL : Enter both the ON and OFF time plus the switching
day(s). This is used where the same programme is only repeated on
certain days of the week or different programmes are required on
various days.
Annual programme menu :
This permits the input of annual programmes or additional programmes
to those above, which are executed during a specific period of time.
The annual and weekly programmes on the same channel are
integrated together as described. Time periods are set by entering the
start date and the end date.
Select EVERY YEAR if the programme is to be repeated during the
same period each year. E.g. Christmas, national holidays, birthdays.
Select ONCE if the programme is to be executed only during a single
period. E.g. vacation periods, where the start date and end date differ
each year
Exceptional programme menu :
The above preset programmes are replaced by any exceptional
programme for as long as the exceptional programme is active.
However, other exceptional programmes will be executed while an
exceptional programme is active. The various exceptional programmes
are integrated together.
Using the exceptional programme :
The EVERY YEAR option should be selected if the exceptional
programme is to be activated for the same period and time every year.
The ONCE option is used for programmes that only require a single
period and where the start and end dates differ each year e.g.
vacation periods.
The MON to SUN option runs from 00:00 hours on the start date to
24:00 hours on the end date. During this period the output of the
related channel only switches the exceptional programme setting.
The INDIVIDUAL option runs from 00:00 hours on the start date to
24:00 hours on the end date. During this period the output of the
related channel switches only as defined in the set exceptional
programme.
The PROG ON option enables the user to make the output channel
permanently ON during the start (ON) and end (OFF) times entered.
The PROG OFF option enables the user to make the output channel
permanently OFF during the start (ON) and end (OFF) times entered.
Cycle function for channel 1
The standard function on channel 1 can be changed into a cycle
function to provide on and off cyclically. Setting the PERIOD and the
SWITCH ON times activates this option
Programme
channel 1, or
control signal S
Channel 1 relay
0:10:00 0:10:00 0:10:00
0:04:00 0:04:00 0:04:00
SWITCH ON
PERIOD PERIOD PERIOD
SWITCH ON SWITCH ON
15:00:00 15:10:00 15:20:00 15:30:00
15:32:00
232
233
MicroRex
TM
time switches
digital for rail 4
MicroRex
TM
time switches
digital for rail 4
Supply voltage : 230 V50/60 Hz
LCD digital display
Pack Cat. Nos. MicroRex D Plus
Working reserve : 6 years
Programmable for 1 minute min. at 1 minute steps
either as 24 hour/7 day using pre-set groups of days
One programme consists of 1 ON and 1 OFF time
combination of days. Plus the selected channel
Example :
Prog. 1 On 07.00hrs Off 08.15hrs Mon-Fri Ch1
Prog. 2 On 16.00hrs Off 20.15hrs Mon-Fri Ch2
Prog. 3 On 10.00hrs Off 16.15hrs Sat-Sun Ch1
EEPROM memory stores programme indefinitely
Manual override (ON or OFF)
Automatic advance (changes contact position until
next automatic ON time)
MicroRex D21 Plus
1 6047 74 24 hour or 7 day, 28 programme, 1 channel
1 x 16 A voltage free c/o contact
MicroRex D22 Plus
1 6047 77 24 hour or 7 day, 2 x 14 programme, 2 channel
2 x 16 A voltage free c/o contacts
MicroRex D
Working reserve : 100 hours
Accuracy : 25 seconds per day
7 day programme
Programmable for 1 minute min. at 1 minute steps
Manual advance/override (ON-OFF)
Automatic override (ON-OFF) for holidays, weekends or
bank holidays up to 99 days successively
Automatic summer/winter setting
MicroRex D11 1 module
1/30 0037 00 8 programmes, 1 channel
1 x 16 A 250 Vvoltage free c/o contacts with
8 ON-OFF per day or per week
6047 74 0037 00
Type MicroRex MicroRex MicroRex
Cat. No. D21 Plus D22 Plus D11
6047 74 6047 77 0037 00
Programme 24 hour or 7 day 7 day
No. of channels 1 2 1
No. of ON-OFF
actions per 28 2 x 14 8
day/ week
Switching cap :
cos = 1 16 A 16 A
incandescent lamp 5 A 4 A
cos = 06 8 A 10 A
Contact 1 c/o 2 c/o 1 c/o
Terminal capacity 15 - 4 mm single/15 - 25 mm stranded
IP rating IP 20
Min. prog. time 1 minute
Accuracy 1 second per day 25 sec/d
Working reserve
(1)
6 years >100 hrs
Prog. memory EEPROM
Manual switching Override and permanent
No. of 175 mm
modules
2 1
Operating temp. 20C . . . +55C 10C. . .+55C
Storage temp. 20 C . . . +60 C
Weight 130 g 100 g
s Dimensions (mm) and wiring diagrams
MicroRex D21/D22 Plus Wiring diagram
36 50
4
5
66
8
3
MicroRex D11 Wiring diagram
36 50
4
5
66
8
3
17
.
5 36
m
a
x
.

8
6
m
a
x
.

9
0
4
5
44
60
1 2
M
~
003674
3 4 5
s MicroRex 1 module
s MicroRex 3 modules
MicroRex
TM
time switches
analogue for rail 4
MicroRex
TM
time switches
analogue for rail 4
Supply voltage : 230 V+10% 15%
Accuracy : 5 minutes per day
(1)
Voltage free contacts with ON-OFF-AUTOMATIC 3 position switch
Pack Cat. Nos. MicroRex 1 module
24 hour programme
Programmable for 15 minutes minimum at
15 minute intervals
MicroRex T11
1 0037 30 Without working reserve 50 Hz
MicroRex QT11
1/10 0037 40 With 100 hr working reserve 50/60 Hz
MicroRex 3 modules
24 hour programme
Programmable for 30 minutes minimum at
15 minute intervals
MicroRex T31
1/10 0037 52 Without working reserve 50 Hz
MicroRex QT31
7 day programme
Programmable for 4 hours minimum at
2 hourly intervals
MicroRex QW31
0037 30 0037 52 0037 40
(1) Switching accuracy stated, clock accuracy is 25 s/d for Q range
others subject to frequency
s Wiring diagram
MicroRex
Type T11 QT11
Cat. No. 0037 30 0037 40
Supply voltage 230 V+10% 15%
Frequency 50 Hz 50/60 Hz
Switching
capacity :
cos = 1 16 A
cos = 06 10 A
Contact On/off
Working reserve None 100 hours
Min. switching
15 minutes
time
Interval 15 minutes
Operating temp. 10C. . . +55C
MicroRex
Type T31 QT31 QW31
Cat. No. 0037 52 0037 53 0037 55
Supply voltage 230 V+10% 15%
Frequency 50 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Switching
capacity :
cos = 1 16 A
cos = 06 10 A
Contact Changeover switch
Working reserve None 100 hours 100 hours
Min. switching
30 minutes 4 hours
time
Interval 15 minutes 2 hours
Operating temp. 10C. . . +55C
C 003752
53
m
a
x
.

9
0
50
4
5
66
C 003730
17
.
5
50
4
5
m
a
x
.

8
6
66
M
~
003730
3 4 U
1
U
2
s Wiring diagram
U
1
U
2
M
~
003752
1 4 2
s Dimensions (mm)
s Dimensions (mm)
234
MaxiRex for surface mounting
Supply voltage : 230 V10%
3 position changeover switch
With manual override
With 72 x 72 mm display to EN 60715 Part C
24 hour programme
Programmable for 30 minutes minimum
at 10 minute intervals
Accuracy : 5 minutes per day
MaxiRex T
1/30 0497 50 Without working reserve 50 Hz
MaxiRex QT
2 x 24 hour programme
MaxiRex TT
0497 54
235
AstroRex light control time switches
digital for rail 4
Conform to IEC/EN 60730-1 and IEC/EN 60730-2-7
LCD digital display and text based programming for easier use
Pack Cat. Nos. AstroRex
Programmable for 1 minute minimum at 1 minute
steps by day(s) or week blocks, either directly or via a
PC with Legrand software and data key
Programmable either directly on the time switch or
via a PC with the Legrand software and data key
For switching lights or other equipment in accordance
with sunrise/sunset 120 mins without the need of an
external light detector
Accepts additional switch programmes for energy
saving
1 programme consists of 1 ON and 1 OFF time
combination of days, plus the selected channel
on the two channel version
Back lit display
6 year working reserve for date and time
EEPROM memory keeps your programme stored
indefinitely
Holiday programme, 1 hour text function
Built-in hours counter, pin coded input
Manual switching possible
Sealable transparent covers
AstroRex D21
7 day, 1 channel
1 changeover 16 A voltage free contact 250 V 50 Hz
1 x 28 programmes with control input,
delay-time 0 min - 23h 59 min
AstroRex D22
7 day, 2 channels
2 changeover 16 A voltage free contacts 250 V 50 Hz
2 x 14 programmes
Accessories
Data key
(1)
95, 98, NT, 2000,
ME, XP and Vista, 40 MB free disc space
Note : AlphaSoft version 2.1 will programme both
AstroRex and AlphaRex time switches
Contact our technical team if you have a
previous version
(1) Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation
0047 64 0047 72 0047 73
digital for rail 4
Type AstroRex D21 AstroRex D22
Cat. No. 0047 64 0047 67
Programme 24 hour or 7 day
No. of channels 1 2
Programmes
(1)
28 2 x 14
ohmic 230 Vcos = 1 16 A
incandescent 06 lamp 230 V 8 A
inductive 230 Vcos = 06 10 A
Voltage free contact(s) 1 SPDT 2 SPDT
IP rating IP 20
Min. programme time 1 minute
Accuracy 02 second per day
Working reserve
(2)
6 years
Control input with delay-time 0 min - 23h 59min
Programme memory Unlimited (EEPROM)
No. of 175 mm modules 2
Operating temperature 20 C . . . +55 C
(1) Each programme comprises a switch-on and switch-off time and the associated on and off
days or day blocks
s Dimensions (mm)
s Simple to use 4 button control
s Wiring diagrams
AstroRex D21 AstroRex D22
36
8
3
50
4
5
66
Menu selection, back in menu
Actuated > 1 second = operating display
Confirm selection or adopt parameters
Select menu items or set parameters, also selection of
channel in 2-channel time switch
(channel 1 - channel 2)
digital for rail 4 (continued)
s Basic set up s Special features
The AstroRex will guide the user through the
set up and programming in English this can
be changed to another language via the
MENU button. Every step is shown on the
backlit display. Illuminated buttons make
operation easy in poor visibility.
Time, date, summer/winter time changes are
preset at the factory to reduce the installation
time. These can be easily amended using
MENU + SET.
Sunrise and sunset are preset for the area of SOEST in Germany.
These settings are easily changed to the required location by selecting
MENU, SET and ASTRO to either the option POSITION or
COORDINATES.
POSITION = The town and country closest to the location can be
selected.
COORDINATES = The actual coordinates for the location can be set,
using the information found in the time zone map provided with the
product.
The useful option of OFFSET enables the switching to be set back or
brought forward by up to 120 minutes in relation to sunrise or sunset.
Not only will AstroRex provide the opposite basic settings but it is also
packed with other useful functions. You can change the relay settings,
input holiday schedules, count the hours and reset the hour counter, set
a security PIN code, make a 1 hour test, change the contrast and on the
one channel version programme a delay time from an input.
Relay settings
These can be changed via MENU and FUNCTIONS.
The default is AUTO (it switches as programmed).
Other options are CONST ON, CONST OFF, and EXTRA.
When EXTRA is selected, the switch contact position is reversed until
the next switch command.
Holidays
The start and end times of holidays are entered in the holiday
programme and activated by the command ACTIVE and deactivated
with the command PASSIVE If the holiday programme is active then
the time switch will not execute any of the normal programmed settings
but remains either CONST ON or CONST OFF as selected and set
during the holiday period, after which it returns to the normal
programmed settings.
1 hour test
The function 1H-TEST can be used to simulate switching. When
activated the switch outputs are switched for one hour, after which it
returns to the normal programmed settings.
PIN code
Input and programming can be disabled and reactivated using a four
digit PIN code The inhibit can be cancelled using another means
should the code be lost.
Hour counter
The hour counter displays the relay total on time, in hours, since the last
reset (max. 65,535 hours).
Contrast
Enables the display contrast to be adjusted to suit the conditions.
Delay-Time (D21 only)
A controlled input terminal with a delay time from 0 min to 23hrs 50min is
provided. The delay time begins as soon as the voltage at the control
input drops.
Data key
The menu KEY- READ- WRITE, is automatically activated when
power is connected and the key is inserted. It can be used to store a
programme from the time switch or copy the same programme to
another like time switch or used with the AlphaSoft software via a PC to
provide a comfortable and easy set up of the Alpha Rex light control
switch. Data already saved on the key is overwritten by new data being
input using the READ command.
The time switch can be programmed without mains voltage and the data
key programmed to accept the data by selecting the KEY function
from the MENU. This does not work automatically when the data key is
inserted and must be selected manually.
PC programming
Using the Legrand AlphaSoft software the time switch can be easily and
comfortably programmed in your office and the data transferred to the
data key, which can in turn be used to programme the time switch in the
workshop or on site or kept as a back up.
(1)
95, 98, NT, 2000, ME, XP and Vista,
40 MB free disk space
Example : If an offset of +30 minutes is entered the time switches 30
minutes after sunrise and 30 minutes after sunset.
If an offset of -30 minutes is entered the time switches 30 minutes before
sunrise and 30 minutes before sunset.
All these settings can easily be made directly into the time switch using
the four button control. The Legrand AlphaSoft software and data
transfer key provide an easy and comfortable method of programming
the time switches without site constraints. See p. 235
Data Key Cat. No. 0047 72 and USB adaptor with software Cat. No. 004773.
Complete reset possible - see instructions for information.
0h 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24h
t
1
0
+ +
max. 120min
max. 120min
236
(1) Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation
237
light control switches
digital for rail 4
light control switches
digital for rail 4
0047 02
Pack Cat. Nos. Light sensitive switch
Microlux
TM
D
Supply voltage : 230 V10% 50/60 Hz
Working reserve : 100 hours
Accuracy of time switch : 25 seconds per day
7 day programme
Programming possibilities :
8 different ON and 8 different OFF to be allocated
per day or per week
Minimum switching time : 1 minute
Light sensitivity adjustable from 5 to 2 000 Lux
Summer/winter button for time changes
Manual advance/override
Max. distance between photo cell and switch : 50 m
Supplied with IP 55- IK 07 photocell (Cat. No. 0916 87)
Microlux D
1/10 0037 21
(1)
10 A 250 V cos = 1
1 changeover contact with 60 sec delay
Time-lag switch
For staircase lighting. Switches a lighting circuit on
and off from remote switch for a specific time
10 0047 02 Power supply : 230 V- 50/60 Hz
Output : 16 A - 250 V- cos = 1
2 000 W incandescent
2 000 W halogen - 230 V
1 000 VA fluo-series compensated
120 VA fluo-parallel compensated 14 F
Adjustable from 30 s to 12 min.
3 wire or 4 wire connection
0037 21
(1) Supplied with photo-electric cell housed
in Plexo weatherproof box - IP 55
Type Microlux D Plexo 55
Cat. Nos. 0037 21 0695 18
Operating temp. 0 C . . . +50 C 20 C . . . +60 C
IP rating IP 20 IP 55
1 2
M
~
003721
3 4 5
6 7 8
m
a
x
.

9
0
36
C 003721
6 7 8
3 4 5
1 2
44
4
5
55
50
4
5
66
36
m
a
x
.

9
0
1 2
3 4 5
6 7 8
Connection of programmable light sensitive switch
50 m max.
2 1
s003721
L
8
7
6
5
4 3
Photo-electric cell
(supplied with unit)
230 V
N
Dimensions (mm)
s Microlux
TM
D
Wiring diagram
Lighting control without separate sensors?
No problem for AstroRex time switch, see p. 235
s Time-lag switch
Allows :
unlimited numbers of unlit push-buttons
50 lit push-buttons max. (neon R = 1 mA max.)
Constant lighting possible
3-wire connection
q004702d
N
L
4-wire connection
q004702d
N
L
Multi-function time-lag switch
10 0047 04 Resettable. 230 V- 50/60 Hz
Timing adjustable from 05 sec to 12 min
Operation with 3 or 4 wires automatically recognised
by the time-lag switch
- Inputs for separate control
8-230 V (presence detection, lighting control by door
phone etc.)
- Switch-off warning function, display of time-lag end
- Long duration function (1 hour) and manual switch-off
Output 16 A - 250 V- cos = 1
2000 W incandescent/halogen
1000 VA fluo - parallel compensated 100 F
200 W halogen lamp + electronic transformer
- Specially suited to energy saving lamps1000 W CFL
0047 04
238
Enclosure air
conditioning
Equipment and
locking accessories
Industrial
plastic boxes
Nylbloc
Atlantic steel
Atlantic
stainless steel
Marina GRP
P. 240
Selection chart
P. 240
Selection chart
P. 240
Selection chart
P. 251
Mounting plates
P. 255
Ventilation
fan kits
P. 258
Selection chart
Enclosures
and
equipment
P. 263
Nylbloc
terminal strips
Resistance heaters
IP 20
(p. 255)
NEW I N 2010
239
CF-EP1
035223-68006m.eps
P. 246
Wall mounting
stainless enclosures
with glass window
IP 66 - IK 10
P. 247
Dimensions
P. 248
Wall mounting
GRP enclosures
IP 66 - IK 10
P. 242
Wall mounting
steel enclosures
IP 55 and IP 66
- IK 10
035261-66260m.eps
P. 248
Wall mounting
GRP enclosures
with glass window
IP 66 - IK 10
035261-66260m.eps
035507-66269m.eps
68528a.eps
035507-66269m.eps 68528a.eps
035507-66269m.eps
P. 249
Dimensions
P. 243
Wall mounting
steel enclosures
with glass window
IP 55 - IK 10
P. 250
Free standing
GRP enclosures
IP 66 - IK 10
P. 243
Equipment and
accessories
P. 244
Dimensions
035201-66259m.eps
P. 246
Wall mounting
stainless enclosures
IP 66 - IK 10
68528a.eps
P. 252
Equipment
and
accessories
P. 251
Internal doors
and insulated
modular chassis
036804-66274m.eps
P. 254
Locking
accessories
036805-66275m.eps
P. 253
Dimensions
68528a.eps P. 255
Ventilation
and heating
68528a.eps
P. 256
Operating
principles and
dimensions
034802-66276m.eps
035013- 42518m. eps
P. 262
PVC range
with smooth sides
IP 55 - IK 07/08
P. 260
PS and PP ranges
with smooth sides
IP 55 - IK 07
035013- 42518m. eps
P. 260
PC range
with smooth sides
IP 66 - IK 08
035507-66269m.eps
P. 259
PS range
with membrane
glands
IP 55 - IK 07
NEW
240
xxxxxxxx
Atlantic and Marina enclosures and equipment
EXTERNAL ATLANTIC ENCLOSURES MARINA ENCLOSURES
DIMENSIONS
(nominal) STEEL IP 66 (1 door) or STAINLESS STEEL IP66 - IK10 POLYESTER (GRP) IP 66 - IK 10
IP 55 (2 door) - IK 10
Stainless 304 L Stainless 304 L GREY RAL 7035 GREY RAL 7035
GREY RAL 7035 GREY RAL 7035 with with
with window window
window
(1) Without gland plate (2) 2 doors (3) Requires Cat. No. 0363 69 when mounting in Atlantic steel (A) For Atlantic (M) For Marina
(4) The same plate is used for both vertical and horizontal enclosures
Shape
H W D
(mm) (mm) (mm)
400 300 160 0355 09
(1)
0360 52 0360 04 0360 12 0361 51 0367 80 0363 59
300 200 160
0355 00
(1)
0352 00
0362 50
0
Supplied with Supplied with
0
plain plate plain plate
400 300 200 0355 02 0354 92 0352 01 0352 21 0362 51 0362 71 0360 52 0360 04 0360 12 0361 51 0367 80 0361 01 0363 59
500 400 200 0355 03 0354 93 0352 02 0352 22 0362 52 0362 72 0360 55 0360 09 0360 15 0361 52 0367 81 0361 02 0363 60
600 400 200 0355 04 0352 03 0352 23 0360 56 0360 22 0360 16 0361 53 0367 81 0363 61
500 400 250 0355 07 0360 55 0360 09 0360 15 0361 52 0367 81 0363 60
600 400 250 0355 08 0354 94 0352 05 0352 25 0362 55 0362 75 0360 56 0360 22 0360 16 0361 53 0367 81 0361 03 0363 61
700 500 250 0355 12 0354 95 0352 06 0352 26 0362 56 0362 76 0360 58 0360 31 0360 18 0361 54 0367 82 0361 05 0363 62
800 600 250 0355 14 0360 59 0360 33 0360 19 0361 55 0367 83 0363 63
1000 600 250 0355 17 0360 54 0360 40 0360 23 0361 56 0367 83
1000 800 250 0355 18 0360 61 0360 42 0360 21 0361 56 0367 84 0363 64
700 500 300 0355 22 0360 58 0360 31 0360 18 0361 54 0367 82 0363 62
800 600 300 0355 23 0354 96 0352 11 0352 31 0362 61 0362 81 0360 59 0360 33 0360 19 0361 55 0367 83 0361 06 0363 63
1000 600 300 0355 26

1000 800 300 0355 27 0354 97 0352 13 0352 33 0362 63 0362 83 0360 61 0360 42 0360 21 0361 56 0367 84 0361 09 0363 64
1200 800 300 0355 92 0352 14 0362 64 0362 84 0360 64 0360 46 0360 87 0361 58 0367 84 0363 65
1200 1000 300 0355 93
(2)
0360 65 0360 47 0360 88 0361 58 0367 85 0363 02
1400 1000 300 0355 95
(2)
0360 68 0360 79 0360 98 0361 59 0367 85 0363 02
800 600 400 0355 28 0360 59 0360 33 0360 19 0361 55 0367 83 0363 63
1000 800 400 0355 29 0360 61 0360 42 0360 21 0361 56 0367 84 0363 64
1200 800 400 0355 96 0360 64 0360 46 0360 87 0361 58 0367 84 0363 65
1400 800 400 0355 98 0352 15 0360 67 0360 75 0360 90 0361 59 0367 84 0363 41
300 300 160 0355 05
(1)
0360 69
300 300 200 0355 30 0360 69 0360 02 0360 91 0361 50 0367 80
400 400 200 0355 31 0360 70 0360 05 0360 92 0361 51 0367 81
500 500 250 0355 32 0360 71 0360 14 0360 93 0361 52 0367 82
600 600 250 0355 10 0360 57 0360 24 0360 17 0361 53 0367 83
800 800 250 0355 15 0360 60 0360 34 0360 20 0361 55 0367 84
600 600 300 0355 20 0360 57 0360 24 0360 17 0361 53 0367 83 0363 00
800 800 300 0355 24 0360 60 0360 34 0360 20 0361 55 0367 84 0363 01
1000 1000 300 0355 91
(2)
0360 63 0360 43 0360 25 0361 56 0367 85 0363 02
1200 1200 300 0355 94
(2)
0360 66 0360 48 0360 89 0361 58 0367 86 0363 03
600 600 400 0355 36 0360 57 0360 24 0360 17 0361 53 0367 83 0363 40
1200 1200 400 0355 97
(2)
0360 66 0360 48 0360 89 0361 58 0367 86 0363 43
300 400 200 0355 01
400 600 250 0355 06 0360 56
800 1000 250 0355 33
(2)
0360 61
600 800 300 0355 21
(2)

600 1000 300 0355 37
(2)
0360 54
800 1000 300 0355 34
(2)
0360 61
1000 1200 300 0355 90
(2)
0360 65
W
H
D
NEW
IP
66
241
xxxxxxxx
-
EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS
Plain Lina 125 Lina 25 Lina 25 Lina 25 Modular Internal Roofs Plinths
plates perforated perforated sectioned crosspieces chassis doors
pre-galv. plates plates uprights
steel
0360 52 0360 04 0360 12 0361 51 0367 80 0363 59
(3)

0360 49
(M)
0360 00
(A)
0360 07
(A)
0361 50
(A)
0360 50
(A)
0360 01
(M)

0360 52 0360 04 0360 12 0361 51 0367 80 0361 01 0363 59
(3)

0360 55 0360 09 0360 15 0361 52 0367 81 0361 02 0363 60
(3)

0360 56 0360 22 0360 16 0361 53 0367 81 0363 61
(3)

0360 55 0360 09 0360 15 0361 52 0367 81 0363 60
(3)

0360 56 0360 22 0360 16 0361 53 0367 81 0361 03 0363 61
(3)

0360 58 0360 31 0360 18 0361 54 0367 82 0361 05 0363 62
(3)
0362 93
(M)
0360 59 0360 33 0360 19 0361 55 0367 83 0363 63

(3)

0360 54 0360 40 0360 23 0361 56 0367 83
0360 61 0360 42 0360 21 0361 56 0367 84 0363 64
(3)

0360 58 0360 31 0360 18 0361 54 0367 82 0363 62
(3)

0360 59 0360 33 0360 19 0361 55 0367 83 0361 06 0363 63
(3)
0363 00
(A)
0362 94
(M)
0362 91
(M)
0360 54 0360 40 0360 23 0361 56 0367 83 0363 00
0360 61 0360 42 0360 21 0361 56 0367 84 0361 09 0363 64
(3)
0363 01
(A)
0362 95
(M)
0362 92
(M)
0360 64 0360 46 0360 87 0361 58 0367 84 0363 65
(3)
0363 01
(A)
0362 95
(M)
0362 92
(M)
0360 65 0360 47 0360 88 0361 58 0367 85 0363 02
0360 68 0360 79 0360 98 0361 59 0367 85 0363 02
0360 59 0360 33 0360 19 0361 55 0367 83 0363 63
(3)
0363 40
0360 61 0360 42 0360 21 0361 56 0367 84 0363 64
(3)
0363 41
0360 64 0360 46 0360 87 0361 58 0367 84 0363 65
(3)
0363 41
0360 67 0360 75 0360 90 0361 59 0367 84 0363 41
0360 69 0360 02 0360 91 0361 50 0367 80
0360 69 0360 02 0360 91 0361 50 0367 80
0360 70 0360 05 0360 92 0361 51 0367 81
0360 71 0360 14 0360 93 0361 52 0367 82
0360 57 0360 24 0360 17 0361 53 0367 83
0360 60 0360 34 0360 20 0361 55 0367 84
0360 57 0360 24 0360 17 0361 53 0367 83 0363 00
0360 60 0360 34 0360 20 0361 55 0367 84 0363 01
0360 63 0360 43 0360 25 0361 56 0367 85 0363 02
0360 66 0360 48 0360 89 0361 58 0367 86 0363 03
0360 57 0360 24 0360 17 0361 53 0367 83 0363 40
0360 66 0360 48 0360 89 0361 58 0367 86 0363 43
0360 52
(4)
0360 04 0360 11 0361 50 0367 81
0360 56
(4)
0360 22 0360 13 0361 51 0367 83
0360 61
(4)
0360 42 0360 94 0361 55 0367 85
0360 59
(4)
0360 33 0360 06 0361 53 0367 84 0363 01
0360 54
(4)
0360 40 0360 08 0361 53 0367 85 0363 02
0360 61
(4)
0360 42 0360 94 0361 55 0367 85 0363 02
0360 65
(4)
0360 47 0360 10 0361 56 0367 86 0363 03
Marina free standing
polyester (GRP)
IP 66 - IK 10 grey RAL 7035
(p. 250)
Ventilation kit
(p. 255)
Locks (p. 254)
Document pocket
(p. 252)
Heaters and thermostat
(p. 255)
Chassis kits
(p. 251)
0355 00 0355 07 0355 23
242
Atlantic steel wall mounting enclosures
IP 55 and IP 66 - IK 10 - Nema 4x - Nema 12
Pack Cat. Nos. Enclosures grey RAL 7035
Nominal external dimensions (mm) Weight Number of
(1)
(kg) doors
1 0355 05
(4)
300 x 300 x 160
(3)
41 1
1 0355 09
(4)
400 x 300 x 160 63 1
1 0355 00
(5)
300 x 200 x 160
(2)
42 1
1 0355 30 300 x 300 x 200
(3)
42 1
1 0355 01 300 x 400 x 200
(3)
65 1
1 0355 02 400 x 300 x 200 65 1
1 0355 31 400 x 400 x 200 77 1
1 0355 03 500 x 400 x 200 97 1
1 0355 04 600 x 400 x 200 107 1
1 0355 06 400 x 600 x 250 117 1
1 0355 07 500 x 400 x 250 107 1
1 0355 32 500 x 500 x 250 115 1
1 0355 08 600 x 400 x 250 12 1
1 0355 10 600 x 600 x 250 163 1
1 0355 12 700 x 500 x 250 165 1
1 0355 14 800 x 600 x 250 188 1
1 0355 15 800 x 800 x 250 216 1
1 0355 33 800 x 1000 x 250 27 2
1 0355 17 1000 x 600 x 250 24 1
1 0355 18 1000 x 800 x 250 364 1
The following enclosures can be mounted on to
200 mm high plinths (see p. 243)
1 0355 20 600 x 600 x 300 211 1
1 0355 21 600 x 800 x 300 288 2
1 0355 37 600 x 1000 x 300 333 2
1 0355 22 700 x 500 x 300 23 1
1 0355 23 800 x 600 x 300 288 1
1 0355 24 800 x 800 x 300 342 1
1 0355 34 800 x 1000 x 300 32 2
1 0355 26 1000 x 600 x 300 333 1
1 0355 27 1000 x 800 x 300 42 1
1 0355 91 1000 x 1000 x 300 53 2
1 0355 90 1000 x 1200 x 300 622 2
1 0355 92 1200 x 800 x 300 496 1
1 0355 93 1200 x 1000 x 300 622 2
1 0355 94 1200 x 1200 x 300 70 2
1 0355 95 1400 x 1000 x 300 71 2
1 0355 36 600 x 600 x 400 28 1
1 0355 28 800 x 600 x 400 31 1
1 0355 29 1000 x 800 x 400 45 1
1 0355 96 1200 x 800 x 400 57 1
1 0355 97 1200 x 1200 x 400 77 2
1 0355 98 1400 x 800 x 400 64 1
1 8 2 8
B
U
R
E
A
U VE
R
I
T
A
S
(1) Depth excluding lock
(2) Supplied with plain plate and key closure (no handle)
(3) Key closure (no handle)
(4) With no opening
(5) With no opening. Supplied with plain plates
IP 55 according to IEC 60529 for 2 door enclosures and IP 66 according
to IEC 60529 for 1 door enclosures, IK 10 according to IEC 62262
UL listed (1 door Nema 4x, 2 door Nema 12)
CSA, Bureau Veritas, TUV, GST
EMC attenuation 20dB
60 thick textured polyester coating provides excellent resistance to
corrosion and chemical agents
Automatic positioning of equipment on to active corners with M8 fixings
(see technical p. 245)
Reversible door and single lock with 2 x 2433 A keys irrespective of size
300 mm high enclosures have key closure (no handle)
One, two or three closing points depending on size
Enclosures of 500 mm high and above have door uprights
Polyurethane door seal and gutter to shed water
Gland plate (except Cat. No. 0355 00/05/09)
Provision to fix optional runners and brackets for depth adjustment in
enclosures from 600 x 600 mm
Technical information and dimensions (p. 244-245)
Equipment (p. 252)
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
242_243 Wiring 2010.qxd 9/1/10 11:59 Page 242
242
Enclosures
for your
environment
Legrands range of industrial enclosures
has been designed to the highest
specifcation, providing panel builders and
users with much more than just a box.
STEEL
Atlantic steel enclosures are suitable for non-corrosive
commercial and industrial environments.
STainLESS STEEL
Atlantic 304L grade stainless steel enclosures are ideally
suited to the food industry.
GRP
Marina GRP enclosures... ideal for saline atmospheres or
other environments where metal would degrade.
PLaSTic
Available with transparent or plain covers and with hinges
or cover fixings, Plexo boxes can accept IP 2X terminals,
DIN rail and mounting plates.
02998-FE024 ENCLOSURES v2.indd 1 8/1/10 6:41:04 pm
243
IP 55 - IK 10 - Nema 4x - Nema 12 (continued)
equipment and accessories
0354 93 0355 23 + plinth 0363 00
Pack Cat. Nos. Enclosures grey RAL 7035 with
tempered glass window
Tinted tempered glass window
Single lock with 2 x 2433 A keys
External dimensions Window dimensions Weight
(mm) (mm) (kg)
Height x Width x Depth Height x Width
1 0354 92 400 x 300 x 200 300 x 128 6
1 0354 93 500 x 400 x 200 400 x 228 8
1 0354 94 600 x 400 x 250 500 x 228 10
1 0354 95 700 x 500 x 250 600 x 328 15
1 0354 96 800 x 600 x 300 700 x 428 25
1 0354 97 1 000 x 800 x 300 850 x 628 36
Plinths anthracite grey RAL 7021
Height 200 mm
For enclosures depth 300 mm
For enclosures Weight
Width x Depth (mm) (kg)
1 0363 00 600 x 300 6
1 0363 01 800 x 300 67
1 0363 02 1000 x 300 74
1 0363 03 1200 x 300 101
For enclosures depth 400 mm
For enclosures Weight
Width x Depth (mm) (kg)
1 0363 41 800 x 400 102
1 0363 43 1200 x 400 136
Roofs available on request
Equipment (p. 252)
Pack Cat. Nos. Set of 4 wall mounting brackets
10 0364 01 Mazak brackets with cover - 300 kg max. load
Vertical or horizontal fixing except if fitted with
canopy (horizontal fixing only)
1 0364 04 Steel brackets - 100 kg max. load
Vertical or horizontal fixing
Anti-corrosion treated steel
Set of 4 runners and brackets with fixings
for depth adjustment
1 0367 43 For enclosures of depth 250 mm
(from 600 x 600 mm)
1 0367 44 For enclosures of depth 300 mm
Earth braids
Provide earth continuity between door and
enclosure body
Cross-section Length between Holes
(mm
2
) fixing centres (mm) (mm)
20 0347 95 6 200 85
20 0347 96 16 200 85
0364 04
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
0364 01
0367 44 0347 95
244
IP 55 - IK 10
Usable door area Lock Upright
Enclosures
Cat. Nos. Height Width
Height Width position sections
(mm) (mm) O (mm) P (mm) Q (mm) L (mm)
035500 300 200 251 148
(1) (3)
0355 05/30 300 300 251 248
(1) (3)
0355 01 300 400 251 348
(1) (3)
0355 02/09 400 300 351 248
(1) (3)
0355 31 400 400 351 348
(1) (3)
035506 400 600 325 500
(1)
530
0355 03/07 500 400 425 300
(1)
330
0355 32 500 500 425 400
(1)
430
0355 04/08 600 400 525 300 350
(2)
330
035510/20/36 600 600 525 500 350
(2)
530
0355 21 600 800 525 300 x 2
(1)
330
035537 600 1000 525 400 x 2
(1)
430
0355 12/22 700 500 625 400 400
(2)
430
0355 14/23/28 800 600 725 500 500
(2)
530
035515/24 800 800 725 700 500
(2)
730
0355 33/34 800 1000 725 400 x 2
(1)
430
0355 17/26 1000 600 925 500
(1)
530
0355 18/27/29 1000 800 925 700
(1)
730
035591 1000 1000 925 400 x 2
(1)
430
035590 1000 1200 925 500 x 2
(1)
530
035592/96 1200 800 1125 700
(1)
730
0355 93 1200 1000 1125 400 x 2
(1)
430
0355 94/97 1200 1200 1125 500 x 2
(1)
530
0355 98 1400 800 1325 700
(1)
730
035595 1400 1000 1325 400 x 2
(1)
430
(1) Central lock (2) Top or bottom lock (3) Without upright sections
Cat. Nos.
Dimensions
A B C D E F G H J L
(mm)
0363 00 600 x 300 600 280 200 150 574 469 150 542 271 287
0363 01 800 x 300 800 280 200 150 774 469 150 742 371 387
0363 02 1000 x 300 1000 280 200 150 974 369x2 150 942 471 487
0363 03 1200 x 300 1 200 280 200 150 1 174 469 x2 150 1 142 571 587
0363 41 800 x 400 800 380 200 250 774 469 250 742 371 387
0363 43 1200 x 400 1 200 380 200 250 1 174 469x2 250 1142 571 587
Enclosures
External depth
Usable space No. of
Width Depth without lock
for glands gland
(mm) (mm) C (mm) M (mm) N (mm) plates
200 160 170
300 150 160
300 200 210 169 115 1
400 200 210 269 115 1
400 250 260 269 115 1
500 250 260 369 150 1
500 300 310 369 150 1
600 250 260 469 150 1
600 300 310 469 150 1
600 400 410 469 150 1
800 250 260 469 150 1
800 300 310 469 150 1
800 400 410 469 150 1
1000 250 260 369 150 2
1000 300 310 369 150 2
1200 300 310 469 150 2
1200 400 410 469 150 2
RAL 7035 polyester coated steel with corrosion resistant metal hinges
and closure parts, suitable for general industrial environments except in
areas having excessive corrosion
Properties of the polyester coating
Polyester coating process :
- iron phosphatisation provides good adherence
- neutralisation of above
- chromium passivated for corrosion resistance, neutralisation
- application of a pure polyester coating by electrostatic dusting
Coating thickness : 80 m (microns)
Mechanical characteristics : obtained on steel test bars 8/10 and 10/10 :
- adhesion (chequer pattern and sellotape) - EN ISO2409: Class 0 to1
- Persoz hardness - EN ISO1522: 320 seconds
- bending on cylindrical mandrel - EN ISO1519 : 6 mm - cracks
- Ericksen embossing - EN ISO1520 : 8 mm
- resistance to shock - EN ISO6272-1 : 1 kg - 50 cm
Resistance to environmental conditions :
- saline mist - (BS) NSS Laboratory to ISO 9227 and Kq Laboratory to
EN 60068-2-11 : 1 000 hours
- sulphur dioxide SO2: 500 hours
- heat : 100 C for 168 hours - very good lustre retention
150 C for 3 hours - very good lustre retention
- cold : 40 C
Front aperture
View from above - enclosure fixing
View from below - floor fixing
s Plinths
F
1
5
0
E
L
A
D
O9
6
5
B
H
G
5
2
4
9
J
O13
169
C
1
1
5
Usable door surface area and lock positions/guides
M
N
3
0
.
6
M 131
P
L
Q O
O
P
L
Metal thickness
Door
600mm H = 13mm
700mm H = 15mm
800mm H = 1
.
8mm
Sides all 13mm
Back
600x400mm = 0
.
8mm
600x600mm = 13mm
1 door 2 doors
3
0
.
6
M
N
C
Gland plates
s Dimensions
245
s Dimensions (continued)
Wall bracket fixing positions
Cat. No. 0364 04
Cat. No. 0364 01
Enclosures
Vertical Fixing Horizontal Fixing Overall dimensions
Height Width
wall brackets centres wall brackets centres 0364 01 0364 04
(mm) (mm) R (mm) S*(mm) E (mm) T*(mm) U (mm) F (mm) V (mm) Y (mm) V (mm) Y (mm)
300 200 375 150 225 250 275 169 430 330 402 302
300 300 375 250 225 250 375 269 430 430 402 402
300 400 375 350 225 250 475 369 430 530 402 502
400 300 475 250 325 350 375 269 530 430 502 402
400 400 475 350 325 350 475 369 530 530 502 502
400 600 475 550 325 350 675 569 530 730 502 702
500 400 575 350 425 450 475 369 630 530 602 502
500 500 575 450 425 450 575 469 630 630 602 602
600 400 675 350 525 550 475 369 730 530 702 502
600 600 675 550 525 550 675 569 730 730 702 702
600 800 675 750 525 550 875 769 730 930 702 902
600 1000 675 950 525 550 1075 969 730 1130 702 1102
700 500 775 450 625 650 575 469 830 630 802 602
800 600 875 550 725 750 675 569 930 730 902 702
800 800 875 750 725 750 875 769 930 930 902 902
800 1000 875 950 725 750 1075 969 930 1130 902 1102
1000 600 1075 550 925 950 675 569 1130 730 1102 702
1000 800 1075 750 925 950 875 769 1130 930 1102 902
1000 1000 1075 950 925 950 1075 969 1130 1130 1102 1102
1000 1200 1075 1150 925 950 1275 1169 1130 1330 1102 1302
1200 800 1275 750 1125 1150 875 769 1330 930 1302 1102
1200 1000 1275 950 1125 1150 1075 969 1330 1130 1302 1302
1200 1200 1275 1150 1125 1150 1275 1169 1330 1330 1302 1302
1400 800 1475 750 1325 1350 875 769 1530 930 1502 902
1400 1000 1275 1150 1325 1350 1075 969 1530 1130 1502 1102
* Same for Cat. No. 0364 01 and 0364 04
Enclosure
Without runners
Depth
W (mm) X (mm) (mm)
160 140 125
200 180 165
250 230 215
300 280 265
400 380 365
Enclosure With runners
Depth
Runner W (mm) X (mm)
(mm)
Cat. Nos. min. max. min. max.
160 - - - - -
200 - - - - -
250 0367 43 93 213 78 198
300 0367 44 93 263 78 248
400 0367 45 93 363 78 348
Adjustment of equipment
Without runners With runners fitted
(optional)
X
W
2
0
23
X
W
M8 O 9
Active corner
Provides quick and easy fixing
Transfers equipment weight to wall fixings
Important
Legrand steel enclosures are supplied with a polyester finish.
The finish will provide good protection against corrosion under
normal conditions. If the enclosures are to be installed in wet or
corrosive conditions we recommend that a regular programme of
inspection and maintenance is carried out.
If service conditions are adverse we recommend that the enclosures
are given extra surface protection at the time of installation.
Legrand will be pleased to advise on appropriate extra protective
means to be taken.
For general external use and in particularly severe corrosive
conditions we recommend the use of our Marina range of
glass-fibre reinforced polyester enclosures.
IP 55 does not necessarily mean that the steel enclosure can be
used outdoors. Please consult the relevant standard.
Fixing method for runners and depth adjustment brackets (p. 243)
Y
U
S
R T V E
Can be fixed
directly to wall
without brackets
using 9 mm holes
F
51
22 17
7
0
1
7
2
5
9
8
.
5
37
.
5
64
27
.
5
1
8
8
.
5
1
2
.
4
4
9
10
246
Atlantic stainless steel
wall mounting enclosures
IP 66 - IK 10 - Nema 4x
IP 66 according to IEC 60529, IK 10 according to IEC 62262, EN 50102
UL listed (Nema 4x)
CSA, Bureau Veritas, GST, LRS. LCIE N 380 584 A B
Stainless steel 304 L : Standard offer
For use in:
areas requiring a high level of hygiene:
- food processing plants
- dairies
- industrial/commercial kitchens
corrosive conditions:
- chemical plants
- pharmaceutical industry
- petroleum industry
- paper industry
Rounded door, protective flange, reversible enclosure
Automatic positioning of equipment on to active corners with M8 fixings
Provision to fix optional runners and brackets for depth adjustment in
enclosures from 600 x 400 x 250 mm
Equipment (p. 252)
Pack Cat. Nos. Stainless steel enclosures
(1)
External
dimensions (mm) Weight
304 L Height x Width x Depth (kg)
1 035200
(2)
300 x 200 x 160 4
1 0352 01 400 x 300 x 200 58
1 0352 02 500 x 400 x 200 83
1 0352 03 600 x 400 x 200 108
1 0352 05 600 x 400 x 250 12
1 0352 06 700 x 500 x 250 15
1 0352 11 800 x 600 x 300 22
1 0352 13 1000 x 800 x 300 38
1 035214 1200 x 800 x 300 45
1 0352 15 1400 x 800 x 400 66
Stainless steel enclosures with
tempered glass window
Tinted tempered glass window
External Window
dimension (mm) dimensions (mm) Weight
304 L Height x Width x Depth Height x Width (kg)
1 0352 21 400 x 300 x 200 300 x 128 75
1 0352 22 500 x 400 x 200 400 x 228 85
1 0352 23 600 x 400 x 200 500 x 228 96
1 0352 25 600 x 400 x 250 500 x 228 12
1 0352 26 700 x 500 x 250 600 x 328 15
1 0352 31 800 x 600 x 300 700 x 428 25
1 0352 33 1000 x 800 x 300 850 x 628 38
1 8 2 8
B
U
R
E
A
U VE
R
I
T
A
S
Set of 4 wall mounting brackets
304 L
Supplied with screws
1 0364 06 Stainless steel (300 kg max. load)
Stainless steel enclosures provide a solution in harsh, aggressive
environments such as chemical plants or offshore
Corrosion resistance
Brushed satin finish
Polygrain 180
- Ra 025 to 035 m
- Rt 25 to 4 m
Stainless steel properties
304 L: Provides good resistance to:
- nitric acid at concentrations of 52 % at all temperatures (or 98 %
when cold)
- cold dilute organic acids
- alkaline solutions (unless hot or above 50 %)
- saline solutions other than chlorides, sulphides and sulphates
- fresh water and natural atmosphere with low carbon content
- food products (except mustard and white wine)
Physical properties
Specific weight - density: 8
Coefficient of expansion : 16 / mC
Specific heat : 500 J / kg C
Electrical resistivity: 075 mm
2
Thermal conductivity: 15 W / mC
The only way of guaranteeing excellent resistance to intercrystalline
corrosion is the low carbon content (003 %) of 304 L stainless steel
304 L in %
Carbon < 003
Chromium 18 to 19
Nickel 9 to 11
Different country names
304 L grade enclosures are fitted with Mazak double bar locks, epoxy
coated
304 L
France AFNOR Z3 CN 18-10
NFEN X 2 CNI 19-11
Germany DIN X 2 CNI 19-11 (W.Nr 1-4 306)
USA AISI 304 L
(1) Cat. Nos. 0352 00/01 are fitted with 1 lock, all others are fitted
with 2 locks
(2) Supplied with plain plate
0352 11
0352 21
0352 01
Atlantic stainless steel
wall mounting enclosures
IP 66 - IK 10 - Nema 4x
304 L
To salt spray (SS) 1000 hrs
To sulphur dioxide (SO
2
) 1000 hrs
247
Atlantic stainless steel wall mounting enclosures
IP 66 - IK 10
S
R
T
U
V
F
E
Y
46
3
8
8
.
5
23
.
5
25
B
A
Usable door Lock
Cat. Nos.
Height Width Depth
surface area positions
A (mm) B (mm) (mm) O (mm) P (mm) Q (mm)
0352 00 3016 1996 1615 250 150
0352 01 4016 2996 2015 350 250
0352 02 5016 3996 2015 450 350 250
0352 03 6016 3996 2015 550 350 380
0352 05 6016 3996 2515 550 350 380
0352 06 7024 500 2515 650 450 400
0352 11 8024 600 3015 750 550 400
0352 13 10036 8006 3015 950 750 600
0352 14 12036 8006 3015 1150 750 700
0352 15 14006 8006 4015 1350 750 700
Position of equipment
without runners
Fixing positions
Adjustment of equipment
with runners (optional)
(1)
For mounting plates, see p. 252
(1) Mild steel with anticorrosive treatment
s Dimensions
Vertical Horizontal
wall brackets wall brackets
Dimensions
Cat. Nos.
R S T U V Y E F
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
0352 00 350 150 250 250 392 292 225 169
0352 01/21 450 250 350 350 492 392 325 269
0352 02/22 550 350 450 450 592 492 425 369
0352 03/23 650 350 550 450 692 492 525 369
0352 05/25 650 350 550 450 692 492 525 369
0352 06/26 750 450 650 550 792 592 625 469
0352 11/31 850 550 750 650 892 692 725 569
0352 13/33 1050 750 950 850 1092 892 925 769
0352 14 1250 750 1150 850 1292 892 1125 769
0352 15 1450 750 1350 850 1492 892 1325 769
X
W
X
W
Enclosure
Without runners
Depth
W(mm) X (mm) (mm)
160 140 125
200 180 165
250 230 215
300 280 265
400 380 365
Enclosure
With runners (see p. 243)
Depth Runners W (mm) X (mm)
(mm) Cat. Nos. Min. Max. Min. Max.
160
200
250 0367 43 93 213 78 198
300 0367 44 93 263 78 248
400 0367 45 93 363 78 348
Cat. No. 0364 06
M8 O 9
Active corner
Provides quick and easy fixing
Transfers equipment weight to wall fixings
Fixing method for runners and depth adjustment brackets (p. 243)
10
O
P
Q
248
Marina wall mounting enclosures
polyester IP 66 - IK 10
0362 63 + plinth 0362 92
+ roof 0362 95
Enclosure Cat. No. 0362 61 fitted with :
0364 09 brackets,
0363 63 internal door,
0368 26 key barrels,
0362 44 coupling kit and
0362 42 depth adjustment kit
0362 55 + wall brackets 0364 09
Pack Cat. Nos. Wall mounting grey RAL 7035
Ext. dimensions (mm) Corresponding
H x W x D Atlantic (mm)
H x W x D
1 0362 50 300 x 220 x 160 300 x 200 x 160
1 0362 51 400 x 300 x 206 400 x 300 x 200
1 0362 52 500 x 400 x 206 500 x 400 x 200
1 0362 55 610 x 400 x 257 600 x 400 x 250
1 0362 56 720 x 510 x 250 700 x 500 x 250
1 0362 61 820 x 610 x 300 800 x 600 x 300
1 0362 63 1020 x 810 x 300 1000 x 800 x 300
1 0362 64 1220 x 810 x 300 1200 x 800 x 300
IP 66 according to IEC EN 60529. IK 10 according to IEC EN 62262 (EN 50102). UL/CSA approval applied for. Class II
(1)
Glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP) enclosures. Self extinguishing at 960 C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11. Designed for corrosive environments
Reversible door, 180 opening (except Cat. No. 0362 50). Double bar lock(s), captive stainless steel hinge pins
Mounting plate/equipment can be fixed directly to the rear of the enclosure
Accepts partial plate from 500 x 400 x 200 mm and/or rails (except Cat. No. 0362 50)
Optional depth adjustment kit Cat. No. 0362 42 available for enclosures 400 mm high and above
Wall mounting grey RAL 7035
with tinted tempered glass window
Ext. dimensions (mm) Window (mm)
H x W x D H x W
1 0362 71 400 x 300 x 206 235 x 145
1 0362 72 500 x 400 x 206 335 X 245
1 0362 75 610 x 400 x 257 463 x 245
1 0362 76 720 x 510 x 250 570 x 272
1 0362 81 820 x 610 x 300 672 x 372
1 0362 83 1020 x 810 x 300 770 x 495
1 0362 84 1220 x 810 x 300 970 x 495
Plinths grey RAL 7035
Height 170 mm
Front and rear access plates
Plinths can be stacked for extra height (2 max.)
For enclosures
W x D (mm)
1 0362 91 600 x 300
1 0362 92 800 x 300
Roofs grey RAL 7035
IK 10
For enclosures
W x D (mm)
1 0362 93 500 x 250
1 0362 94 600 x 300
1 0362 95 800 x 300
(1)Permits the final assembly to have Class II insulation according
to EN 60439-1
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
Anti-graffiti versions
available to special order
Contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
Set of 4 polyester wall mounting brackets, supplied
complete with bolts and brass insert bushes
For enclosures
H (mm) Max. load. (kg)
1 0364 08 300 100
1 0364 09 400 to 1200 150
10 0362 40 Metal inserts for M8 rear fixing
For enclosure height 400 mm
(anchor into blind holes provided in enclosure rear)
0364 09
0362 44
0362 42
1 0362 42 Depth adjust kit for enclosures 200 mm
4 fixings complete with screws
1 0362 44 Coupling kit (horizontal or vertical) for enclosure
heights 500 mm
Kit ensures maintained IP 66 rating. Multiple kits can
be used to join multiple enclosures
(For wall mounting, wall brackets
Cat. No. 0364 09 must be ordered separately)
Internal doors (see p. 251)
249
Marina wall mounting enclosures
polyester - IP 66 - IK 10
s Dimensions and weights, usable areas
Cat. Nos.
A B C D E F
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
0362 50 263 163 - - - -
0362 51/71 325 225 125 225 1025 2285
0362 52/72 425 325 225 325 875 2285
0362 33/55/75 525 325 325 325 95 3285
0362 34/56/76 625 425 425 425 100 4285
0362 35/61/81 725 525 525 525 100 5285
0362 36/63/83 925 725 725 725 100 7285
0362 37/64/84 1125 725 925 725 100 7285
Full mounting Chassis with rail
plate (mm) 2(mm)
Cat. Nos. A max A min B max B min
(with. (with
Cat. No. Cat. No.
0362 42) 0362 42)
0362 50 135 - - -
0362 51/71 170 70 155 55
0362 52/72 170 70 155 55
0362 33/55/75 220 70 205 55
0362 34/56/76 220 70 205 55
0362 35/61/81 270 70 255 55
0362 36/63/83 270 70 255 55
0362 37/64/84 270 70 255 55
s Equipment fixing
s Adjustment of equipment (kit required)
F
D
B
A
E
C
C
B
A
P
H
I
C
2
6
L
A
A
7
5
1
0
0
D
B
B
1
0
0
G
E
H
F
2
6
J
Usable dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos.
A
(1)
B
(1)
C D E F G H
I
J
max.
0362 50 250 150 105 195 250 115 194 280 130 -
0362 51/71 300 180 130 250 260 150 260 350 178 200
0362 52/72 400 280 130 350 360 150 360 450 178 300
0362 33/55/75 500 280 180 350 460 180 360 560 225 400
0362 34/56/76 600 340 170 400 560 170 460 662 211 400
0362 35/61/81 700 440 220 500 660 230 560 762 261 500
0362 36/63/83 900 600 220 700 860 230 760 962 261 580
0362 37/64/84 1100 600 220 700 1060 230 960 1162 261 700
(1) Except for enclosures with glass windows
s Plinths and roofs
Plinth Width A B Weight
Cat. Nos. (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
0362 91 590 480 344 48
0362 92 790 680 544 54
Roof Width D Weight
Cat. Nos. (mm) (mm) (kg)
0362 93 510 310 1
0362 94 612 360 13
0362 95 812 360 17
s Coupling kit for wall mounting enclosures
Cat. No. 0362 44 (Brackets Cat. No. 0364 09 not included)
Direct Direct With With
fixing fixing vertical horizontal
outside through brackets brackets
Cat. Nos. mounting rear of (mm) (mm)
plate area enclosure
(mm) (mm)
E F G H R S V T U Y
0362 50
(1)
- - 220 150 330 190 359 270 250 279
0362 51/71 358 259 325 120 470 241 525 341 370 425
0362 52/72 458 359 425 220 570 341 625 441 470 525
0362 33/55/75 558 358 525 220 680 341 735 551 470 525
0362 34/56/76 664 468 600 200 789 441 844 641 579 634
0362 35/61/81 764 568 700 300 887 548 942 758 677 732
0362 36/63/83 964 768 900 500 1087 748 1142 958 877 932
0362 37/64/84 1164 768 1100 500 1287 748 1342 1158 877 932
s Fixing positions
U
Y
S
T R V
H
B
F
D
C G E A
A
14 B
2
6
5
5
0
5
0
1
5
0
L
1
7
0
P
60
7
9
Usable space 80 x 2875
(1) Use Cat. No. 0364 08 wall brackets. Others use Cat. No. 0364 09 wall brackets
s Wall mounting brackets
Cat. No. 0364 09 Cat. No. 0364 08
5
0
27
.
5
18
2
5
8
. 5
30
.
5
16
13
.
2
250
Marina free standing enclosures
polyester - IP 66 - IK 10
s Dimensions and weights, usable areas
s Equipment fixing
D
C
W
5
0
0
H
2
8
0
5
3
D 1
8
0
B
5
0
A
5
0
th. 4
th. 4
Fixing
centres of
mounting
bosses
550 mm
B
D
A C
s Roof
Cat. No. 0362 97
s Equipment
adjustment
790
680
544
14
1
7
0
3
8
0
6
5
2
5
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
521
60
9
5
.
5
Weight : 7 kg
Total
plate (mm)
A max A min
379 109
Chassis
rail 2(mm)
A max A min
351 82
Partial
plate (mm)
A max A min
357 88
A
25 mm
centres
Cat. Nos.
Dimensions Weight Usable area (mm)
H x Wx D (mm) (kg) A B C D
0362 85 1460 x 800 x 463
(1)
49 1230 530 1300 700
0362 86 1660 x 800 x 463
(1)
53 1430 530 1500 700
0362 87 1860 x 800 x 463
(1)
57 1630 530 1700 700
(1) 487 with handle
Weight : 25 kg
Width : 794 mm
Cat. Nos.
Mounting Sectional
(1)
plate uprights
A B C D
0362 85 1225 675 1250 630
0362 86 1425 675 1450 630
0362 87 1625 675 1650 630
(1) For mounting partial plates
Sectional uprights are
required to fix partial plates
in the 1600 and 1800 mm
enclosures order
separately
Marina free standing enclosures
polyester IP 66 - IK 10
0362 85 0362 86 + plinth 0362 96
+ roof 0362 97
Technical information and dimensions (opposite)
Pack Cat. Nos. Enclosures grey RAL 7035
External dimensions (mm) Corresponding metal enclosure (mm)
H x W x D H x W x D
1 0362 85 1460 x 800 x 463 1400 x 800 x 400
1 0362 86 1660 x 800 x 463 1600 x 800 x 400
1 0362 87 1860 x 800 x 463 1800 x 800 x 400
Sectioned uprights
For mounting Lina 25 2or 1crosspieces
Zinc plated steel
For enclosures
H (mm) W (mm)
1 0344 91 1400 1481
Plinth grey RAL 7035
Height 170 mm. Front and rear access plates
Stackable for extra height (2 max)
1 0362 96 For enclosures W x D 800 x 400 mm
Equipment
Plain plates
Galvanised steel. Premarked at 100 mm intervals
Permissible load : 200 kg/m
2
For enclosures H x W (mm) Net weight (kg)
1 0349 59 1400 x 800 27
1 0349 50 1600 x 800 305
1 0344 18 1800 x 800 34
Roof grey RAL 7035
1 0362 97 For enclosures W x D 800 x 400 mm
Accessories
1 0362 46 Lifting rings M14. Set of 4 for maximum load of 500kg/m
2
Supplied with blanking piece
1 0362 48 Coupling kit to horizontally join enclosures
(1) Permits the final assembly to have Class II insulation according to
EN 60439-1
(2) Other key codes - please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
IP 66 according to IEC EN 60529. IK10 according to IECEN62262 (EN 50102)
UL/CSA approval applied for. Class II
(1)
Glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP) enclosures
Self extinguishing at 960C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11
Designed for corrosive environments. Stainless steel hinges and hinge pins
Reversible door equipped with equipment mounting bosses. Supplied with
two part gland plate and fixing kit for plain plate or sectioned uprights
Three point locking handle with European lock and 2433 A key
(2)
Depth adjustment of equipment
Plain plate
692
6 675
B A
2
5
Plain
A B
1400 1292 1225
1600 1492 1425
1800 1692 1625
s Mounting plates
s Plinth
Cat. No. 0362 96
251
equipment for wall mounting enclosures
0360 18 0360 55 0360 22 with rail
Pack Cat. Nos. Mounting plates
Plain and Lina 125 perforated
Pre-galvanised steel
Plain : 2 mm thick up to 400 x 400
3 mm thick from 400 x 600
Lina 125 : 2 mm thick
65 mm for rivets Cat. No. 0366 44
33 mm for equipment screws Cat. No.
0347 45 (see p. 252)
For enclosure dimensions Plain plate Lina 125
Plain Lina 125 Height x Width (mm) weight (kg) weight (kg)
1 0360 49
(1)
0360 01
(1)
300 x 220 09 047
1 0360 69 0360 02 300 x 300 1 06
1 0360 52
(2)
0360 04
(3)
300 x 400 13 08
1 0360 52
(2)
0360 04
(3)
400 x 300 13 08
1 0360 70 0360 05 400 x 400 17 11
1 0360 56
(2)
0360 22
(3)
400 x 600 33 22
1 0360 55 0360 09 500 x 400 27 15
1 0360 71 0360 14 500 x 500 35 185
1 0360 56
(2)
0360 22
(3)
600 x 400 33 22
1 0360 57 0360 24 600 x 600 62 37
1 0360 59
(2)
0360 33
(3)
600 x 800 84 52
1 0360 54
(2)
0360 40 600 x1 000 106 68
1 0360 58 0360 31 700 x 500 6 37
1 0360 59
(2)
0360 33
(3)
800 x 600 84 52
1 0360 60 0360 34 800 x 800 114 7
1 0360 61
(2)
0360 42
(3)
800 x1 000 144 92
1 0360 54
(2)
0360 40 1 000 x 600 106 68
1 0360 61
(2)
0360 42
(3)
1 000 x 800 144 92
1 0360 63 0360 43 1 000 x1 000 205 115
1 0360 65
(2)
0360 47
(3)
1 000 x1 200 23 139
1 0360 64 1 200 x 800 185
1 0360 65
(2)
0360 47
(3)
1 200 x1 000 23 139
1 0360 66 1 200 x1 200 344
1 0360 67
(3)
1 400 x 800 264
1 0360 68 1 400 x1 000 322
Fixing accessories are supplied in
each enclosure
Lina 25 perforated
Zinc plated sheet metal
15 mm thick up to 600 x 400
2 mm thick from 600 x 600
Accepts clip nut fixings (see p. 252)
For enclosure dimensions Weight
Lina 25 Height x Width (mm) (kg)
1 0360 12 400 x 300 06
1 0360 15 500 x 400 09
1 0360 16 600 x 400 13
1 0360 17 600 x 600 21
1 0360 18 700 x 500 2
1 0360 19 800 x 600 31
1 0360 21 1 000 x 800 49
Fixing accessories are supplied in
each enclosure
Insulated modular chassis grey RAL 7035
Separate ABS front plate per row
Supplied in kit formwith metal uprights and crosspieces
Grey RAL 7035 front plate
Symmetrical rails 3depth 15 mm
Fixings supplied with enclosure
For enclosure dimensions
Height x Width x Depth (mm)
1 0361 01 400 x 300 x 200
30 modules (3 rows of 10)
Supplied with 1 blanking plate
1 0361 02 500 x 400 x 200
1 0361 03 600 x 400 x 250
1 0361 05 700 x 500 x 250
1 0361 06 800 x 600 x 300
Supplied with 2 blanking plates
1 0361 09 1 000 x 800 x 300
Supplied with 2 blanking plates
Blanking plate for windows
10 0361 00 For enclosures up to 800 mm wide
Blanking plate to suit up to 670 x 45 mm window
To be cut to required length
90
110
90
110
100
150
150
100
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
125
125
230
170
100
150
150
245
180
150
150
150
125
0361 03 mounted in
enclosure 0354 94
(1) Marina only
(2) The same plate is used for both vertical
and horizontal enclosures
(3) For Atlantic steel and Atlantic stainless steel enclosures
Pack Cat. Nos. Internal doors grey RAL 7035 - IP xxB
Fit Marina and Atlantic stainless steel enclosures.
Also suitable for Atlantic steel enclosures when used
with mounting kit Cat. No. 0363 69
For mounting of control and signalling units
Reversible, easy to fix, robust 4 mm thick GRP
construction
For enclosures (mm) Dim. (mm) Usable area (mm)
H x W H x W H x W
1 0363 59 400 x 300 341 x 236 305 x 185
1 0363 60 500 x 400 441 x 336 405 x 250
1 0363 61 600 x 400 541 x 336 505 x 250
1 0363 62 700 x 500 642 x 436 500 x 340
1 0363 63 800 x 600 742 x 536 600 x 440
1 0363 64 1000 x 800 942 x 736 800 x 640
1 0363 65 1 200 x 800 942 x 736 800 x 640
1 0363 69 Mounting kit for Atlantic steel enclosures
0363 60 internal door
with Atlantic steel enclosure
0355 03 + kit 0363 69
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
R
A
L
7
0
3
5
Technical information and dimensions (p. 253)
252
Pack Cat. Nos. Lina 25 sectioned uprights
Set of 2 sectioned uprights
For enclosures Length of Thickness
height (mm) uprights (mm) (mm)
Profile
5 036151 400 337 25
5 036153 600 537 25
5 0361 54 700 637 25
5 0361 55 800 737 25
5 036156 1 000 937 25
Crosspieces
Crosspieces ready to assemble (excluding fixings)
2
For enclosures Crosspiece
width (mm) length (mm)
10 0367 80 300 243
10 0367 81 400 343
10 0367 82 500 443
10 0367 83 600 543
Rail 2 m length
10 0374 02 1
10 0374 07 2
Uprights + crosspieces (subject to size)
Pocket Cat. No. 0365 80
equipment and accessories for wall mounting enclosures
Mounting bracket
for rail fixing at 45
10 0394 49 2 brackets with four
6 mm dia. bolts,
nuts and washers
535
3
2
5
47
c
Self-adhesive document pockets
RAL 7035
External Internal
dimensions (mm) dimensions (mm)
Width x Height Width x Height x Depth
20 0365 80 340 x 235 310 x 200 x 18
20 0365 81 260 x 165 230 x 130 x 18
0367 80
0365 81
Pack Cat. Nos. Fixings
Clip nuts for perforated plates
Supplied without screws
100 0364 40 For M4 screw
100 0364 42 For M6 screw
On to rail EN 60715 2
10 0044 16 Claw width 10 mm
Threaded hole
For M4 screw
10 0044 17 Claw width 175 mm
Smooth hole 38 mm
Supplied with fixing
screw 35 mm
Length 13 mm
40 0364 69 Fixomega for M4 screw
On to rails EN 60715 1, 2
100 0364 78 For M4 mm screw
For Lina 125 perforated plates
500 0366 44 Insulated plastic rivets 6 mm
for 6 mm holes
100 0347 45 Self piercing-tapping hex head screws
48 x 16 mm for 33 mm holes
200 0347 50 Plastic insulating cap for above
3
5
2
7
1
5
1
.
5
1
6
. 5
1
5
9
5
3
2
1
.
5
0364 40 0347 45
0366 44 0347 50
253
equipment for wall mounting enclosures
D
A C
B
s Mounting plates
Pre-galvanised plain and
Lina 125 plates
s Chassis assembled
Uprights and crosspieces
Lina 25 perforations
Enclosure
Mounting plate
Usable
Plate/Chassis Height of Length of
dimensions
dimensions
space for
fixing points upright crosspiece
Height x Width
A B
equipment
C D E F
(mm)
(mm) (mm)
(dm
2
)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
300 x 200 256 156 42 225 125
300 x 220 275 192 53 263 163
300 x 300 256 256 62 225 225 237 243
300 x 400 256 356 82 225 325 237 343
400 x 300 356 256 82 325 225 337 243
400 x 400 356 356 117 325 325 337 343
400 x 600 356 556 187 325 525 337 543
500 x 400 456 356 152 425 325 437 343
500 x 500 456 456 192 425 425 437 443
600 x 400 556 356 187 525 325 537 343
600 x 600 556 556 297 525 525 537 543
600 x 800 556 756 407 525 725
600 x 1 000 556 956 517 525 925
700 x 500 656 456 287 625 425 637 443
800 x 600 756 556 407 725 525 737 543
800 x 800 756 756 557 725 725 737 743
800 x 1 000 756 956 717 725 925 737 943
1 000 x 600 956 556 517 925 525 937 543
1 000 x 800 956 756 707 925 725 937 743
1 000 x 1000 956 956 897 925 925 937 943
1 000 x 1200 956 1 156 1087 925 1 125
1 200 x 800 1 156 756 857 1 125 725 1 137 743
1 200 x 1000 1 156 956 1087 1 125 925 1 137 943
1 200 x 1200 1 156 1 156 1317 1 125 1125 1 137 1143
1 400 x 800 1 356 756 1007 1 325 725 1 337 743
1 400 x 1000 1 356 956 1277 1 325 925 1 337 943
F
E
D
C
3
1
1
2
.
3
1
7
2
9
8.
5
2
1
2
5
2
5
1
4.
5
s Sectioned uprights
3
5
2
7
1
5
1
.
5
1
6
. 5
1
5
9
5
3
2
1
.
5
s Crosspieces/rails s Clip nuts
See p. 252 for crosspieces/rails
s Insulated modular chassis
Fixes to corner fixings inside enclosure
Chassis can fit steel or polyester enclosures
Space between door and chassis front
Atlantic steel Depth 200 : 70 mm
Atlantic stainless steel Depth 250 : 80 mm
Marina Depth 300 : 90 mm
The front sections can only be removed using a tool (flat blade screwdriver)
Glow wire tested : 5s at 750 C
0361 03 fitted into 0354 94
See p. 252 for clip nuts
}
25
.
9 3
.
9
1
0
.
9
4
.
1
6
.
5
8
.
5
254
locking accessories
universal locking system
locking accessories
universal locking system
s Universal locking system
(1)
The locks can be assembled and fitted to all Atlantic and
Marina enclosures
Lock
barrels
65 mm triangle
male
Cat. No. 0368 17
8 mm square
male
Cat. No. 0368 16
8 mm male
triangle
Cat. No. 0368 18
11 mm male
triangle
Cat. No. 0368 19
Double bar
Cat. No. 0368 20
Key
barrels
No. 405
Cat. No. 0368 22
No. 421
Cat. No. 0368 23
No. 455
Cat. No. 0368 24
1242 E
Cat. No. 0368 25
2433 A
Cat. No. 0368 26
3113 A
Cat. No. 0368 27
Dimensions of special triangle locks
65 mm male
CNOMO
8 mm male 11 mm male
6
5
m
m
8
m
m
1
1
m
m
Handle
Plastic housing
(1) The metal locks (special barrels and key barrels) and lock barrels are all compatible with
each other
2
3
m
m
19
.
3 mm
Detail of cut-out
Pack Cat. Nos. Lock housings and cams for rebate or
cylinder locks
Interchangeable for Atlantic and Marina enclosures
10 0368 04 Plastic housing
(excludes barrel and cam)
10 0368 05 Handle
With blank (excludes cam)
10 0368 06 Handle
Fitted with locking barrel 2433 A
(excludes cam)
Locking cams
10 0368 43 For Atlantic 1 door enclosures
10 0368 44 For Atlantic 2 door enclosures
10 0365 30 For Marina enclosures
Note : Cam nuts are supplied with the
handle or housing
Metal lock barrels
10 0368 16 8 mm male square
10 0368 17 65 mm male triangle
10 0368 20 Double bar
Key barrels
Supplied with set of 2 keys
For key No :
10 0368 22 405
10 0368 23 421
10 0368 24 455
10 0368 25 1242 E
10 0368 26 2433 A
10 0368 27 3113 A
10 0365 45 Set of two 2433 A keys
Keys for metal barrels
10 0365 39 For 65 mm male triangle lock
10 0365 42 Double bar
Accessory
Padlock adaptor
1 0365 11 Metal painted black-grey RAL 7021
Fits over door handles to
provide security
Accepts up to 3 padlocks
255
(1) Available until March 2010
(2) Available January 2010
ventilation and heating for enclosures
Pack Cat. Nos. Ventilation fan kit with metal grill
IP 32 - IK 10
230 V - 50/60 Hz
1 0348 17 30 m
3
/h with filter - 160 m
3
/h without filter installed
(free flowing)
Pack comprising a pair of metal RAL 7035 louvres and
a pair of anti-insect grills, plus internal finger protection
Ventilation fan kits with plastic grill
IP 54 - IK 08
230 V - 50/60 Hz
RAL 7035 plastic housing
Supplied with finger protection guards
External projection 7-10 mm
Accepts mounting spacer Cat. No. 0348 88/89
Used to reduce internal projection and improve
wiring space
Fitted externally on to the enclosure with rapid fix
Screws, 1 mm to 4 mm panel thickness
An extra louvre can be fitted to improve air flow
and extraction
40/160 m
3
/h
1 0348 50 40 m
3
with filter
160 m
3
with extra grill/filter Cat. No. 0348 34
160 m
3
without filter installed (free flowing)
Pack comprising a pair of RAL 7035 plastic grills
150 x 150 mm and washable electrostatic filter EU3, G3
120/160 m
3
/h
1 0348 51 120 m
3
with filter
130 m
3
160 m
3
250 x 250 mm and washable filter EU3, G3
240/450 m
3
/h
1 0348 52 240 m
3
with filter
260 m
3
450 m
3
250 x 250 mm and washable filter EU3, G3
Spacers for vent kits
IP 54 maintained RAL 7035
Used to reduce the internal projection and increase
the internal usable volume
1 0348 88 150 x 150 mm
1 0348 89 250 x 250 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Natural ventilation
Ventilation glands
IP 44 - IK 08 for outdoor use
Grey polyamide
2 0365 78 15 mm aperture needed
2 0365 79 305 mm aperture needed
Ventilation louvres - metal
IP 32 - IK 10
RAL 7035
Pack comprising a pair of metal louvres and a pair of
anti-insect grills
1 0348 04 138 x 138 mm
1 0348 05 248 x 248 mm
Ventilation louvres - plastic
RAL 7035
Supplied with 10 mm thick filter EU 3, G3
1 0348 34 IP 44 - 150 x 150 mm
Supplied with 20 mm thick filter EU 3, G3
1 0348 35 IP 54 - 250 x 250 mm
1 0348 36 IP 54 - 325 x 325 mm
0348 02
0348 17
0348 47
0348 05 0348 35 0348 04
0348 89 0348 52
Heating
Resistance heaters 110 V/ 240 V=
IP 20
Prevent condensation forming inside the enclosure
" PTC" auto-regulated and surface temperature
limited: t = 70 C
Heat dissipator in black aluminium oxide
Fix on rail 4
Power Current rating
1 0348 00
(1)
20 W 08 A
1 0348 01
(1)
60 W 15 A
1 0348 02
(1)
120 W 32 A
1 0353 06
(2)
20 W 25 A
1 0353 07
(2)
50 W 25 A
1 0353 08
(2)
100 W 45 A
1 0353 09
(2)
150 W 80 A
Thermostat
12 to 250 V(requires neutral)
Contact rating : 10 A max. (5 A closing)
Fix on rail 4
1 0348 47 Adjustable from 5 to 60 C with NO/NC contact
0365 79
s Operating principle
256
ventilation and heating for enclosures
Ventilators,
louvres and
spacers
Natural
ventilation
Heating
s Natural ventilation
Cat. No. 0365 78 Cat. No. 0365 79
1
3
8
138
1
0
5
105
4
.
5
Cut-out
dimension
116
.
5
1
3
0
2
1
5
2
4
8
130
215
248
4
.
5
Cut-out
dimension
200 x 200
31 30
23
12
2
9
15
50
54 40
7
5
Cat. No. 0348 04 Cat. No. 0348 05
Dimensions and cut-outs
s Ventilation fan kits, louvres and spacers
Dimensions and cut-outs
s Heating
Dimensions
Cat. Nos. 0348 50/51/52/34/35/36
Cat. Nos. A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) E (mm) F (mm) G (mm) H (mm)
0348 50 150 150 70 7 43 34 125 125
0348 51 250 250 105 8 78 35 223 223
0348 52 250 250 123 8 96 35 223 223
0348 34 150 150 - 7 - 34 125 125
0348 35 250 250 - 8 - 35 223 223
0348 36 325 325 - 10 - 37 291 291
Cat. Nos. 0365 71/0348 17 0348 50 0348 51 0348 52
Voltage (V) /phase 220-240/1 230/1 230/1 220-240/1
Frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
No load flow
ventilation only (m
3
/h)
160 160 160 240
On load flow
- with an output louvre 30 40 100 170
(supplied)
Static pressure
(mm of water)
100 66 51 111
Power down (W) 22 20 20 29
Current drown (A) 014 0125 0125 0426
Operating temperature 10 C/+50C
IP/IK 32/10 54/08 54/08 54/08
Sound level (dB) 49 43 43 50
Weight (kg) 072 08 14 17
A
C
D
E
F
B
G
H
Cut-out
dimensions
With spacer
1
0
5
4 holes 4
.
5
105
116
.
5
AIR
4 4
38
105
119
1
1
9
1
0
5
7
. 9
3
Cat. No. 0348 17
Cat. Nos. Rating H (mm)
0348 00 20 W 80
0348 01 60 W 140
0348 02 120 W 220
70
H
3
9
4
7
5
0
2
0
L
N
Cat. Nos. 0348 00/01/02
Cat. No. 0348 47
Vertical installation at the bottom of the enclosure
Air circulation :
- ensure clearance >50 mm all round the device
- do not cover
50
34
6
7
C
10 20
3
0
4
0
5 0
6 0
257
s Heating s Ventilation
Three factors should be considered:
The surface area of the enclosure: Sc (m
2
)
The maximum permissible temperature: t (C)
The power dissipation of the equipment : P(W)
Operating procedure:
1. Determine the surface area (Sc) of the enclosure using the charts below.
The values indicated take into account the shape of the enclosure
Atlantic enclosures
Marina enclosures
Dimensions (mm) Sc
Height x Width x Depth (m
2
)
300 x 200 x 160 015
300 x 300 x 200 028
300 x 400 x 200 028
400 x 300 x 200 025
400 x 400 x 200 032
500 x 400 x 200 035
600 x 400 x 200 036
400 x 600 x 250 046
500 x 400 x 250 041
500 x 500 x 250 047
600 x 400 x 250 046
600 x 600 x 250 061
700 x 500 x 250 056
800 x 600 x 250 071
800 x 800 x 250 087
800 x 1000 x 250 097
1000 x 600 x 250 077
1000 x 800 x 250 096
Dimensions (mm) Sc
2
)
600 x 600 x 300 076
700 x 500 x 300 079
800 x 600 x 300 078
800 x 800 x 300 095
800 x 1 000 x 300 108
1000 x 600 x 300 086
1000 x 800 x 300 105
1000 x 1000 x 300 116
1200 x 800 x 300 115
1200 x 1000 x 300 136
1200 x 1200 x 300 155
1400 x 1000 x 300 141
600 x 600 x 400 079
800 x 600 x 400 107
1000 x 800 x 400 155
1200 x 800 x 400 133
1200 x 1200 x 400 175
1400 x 800 x 400 172
Dimensions (mm) Sc
2
)
300 x 220 x 160 014
405 x 305 x 200 031
505 x 405 x 200 036
605 x 405 x 250 041
728 x 518 x 250 052
828 x 618 x 300 072
1028 x 818 x 300 096
1508 x 908 x 400 150
1800 x 800 x 400 110
2. Calculation : Once you know the Sc of your enclosure and the admissible temperature t (C), determine
the maximum power dissipation of the unequipped enclosure. If the result is less than the heat dissipation
required then a cooling system must be installed
3. Consult the relevant curve to check that heat dissipation is at least equal to the heat dissipation value corresponding to maximum
permissible heat-up
Note :
Heat exchangers and air conditioners are available to special order, details are available on request
The curves below enable the user to determine whether the enclosure
must have a ventilation system, based on 3 parameters:
- t C between t ambient and t maximum to be obtained at the
hottest point
- power dissipated in watts [P(W)]
- effective surface area of enclosure Sc
Natural dissipation for an unequipped enclosure
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Sc (m
2
)
100
500
P (W) t max
20C
15C
10C
5 C
Sc up to 3 m
2
Sc above 3 m
2
1 2 3 Sc (m
2
)
100
200
300
400
5 C
10C
20C
15C
P (W) t max
Determine the overall power absorbed by heating elements to be
installed according to the effective surface area - Sc - of the enclosure
and the desired increase t
0
Sc (m
2
)
200
P(W)
100
300
400
500
600
700
800
1 1
.
5 2 2
.
5 3
t max
20 C 25 C
15 C
10 C
5C
Sc up to 1 m
2
Sc above 1 m
2
0
.
5
0
Sc (m
2
)
200
P(W)
100
300
400
1
t max
20C
15C
10C
5 C
25C
xxxxxxxx
258
industrial boxes
DIMENSIONS INDUSTRIAL BOXES ACCESSORIES
Internal
dimensions (mm)
Cable
entry type
With IP 55 plain
clip-on covers
With IP 55 plain
hinged covers -
2 x 1/4 turn
fixings
With IP 66
plain covers
Mounting
plates
Hinge kit
accessories
With IP 55 covers
Opaque Transparent
60 x 40 membrane 0921 00
70 x 45 membrane 0921 01
65 x 65 x 40 membrane 0921 04
80 x 80 x 45 none 0921 28
80 x 80 x 45 membrane 0921 26
80 x 80 x 45 knockout 0921 27
105 x 105 x 55 membrane 0921 36
105 x 105 x 55 none 0921 38
105 x 105 x 55 knockout 0921 37
130 x 75 x 74 none 0359 00 0359 01 0350 07
130 x 130 x 74 membrane 0920 32 0358 10
130 x 130 x 74 none 0359 30 0359 31 0350 13 0358 10 0358 00
155 x 110 x 74 membrane 0920 42 0358 11
155 x 110 x 74 none 0359 40 0359 41 0350 17 0358 11 0358 00
180 x 140 x 86 none 0359 50 0359 51 0350 22 0358 12 0358 00
220 x 170 x 86 none 0359 60 0359 61 0350 28 0358 13 0358 00
220 x 170 x140 none 0921 22 0350 90
265 x 174 x154 none 0350 43 0350 92
270 x 170 x 86 none 0359 70 0359 71 0350 33 0358 14 0358 00
310 x 240 x124 none 0359 80 0359 81 0350 44 0358 15 0358 01
310 x 240 x160 none 0922 84
0350 93
359 x 265 x154 none 0350 58 0350 94
360 x 270 x124 none 0359 90 0359 91 0350 47 0358 16 0358 01
xxxxxxxx
259
industrial boxes
PS range
industrial boxes
PS range
0921 01
0921 36
0921 26
Pack Cat. Nos. Weatherproof round boxes
With fixing slots for easy alignment
Use 5 mm screws
Clip-on cover
Nominal internal dimensions :
x Depth
60 mm x 40 mm
5/100 0921 00 4 glands
70 mm x 45 mm
5/100 0921 01 4 glands
Weatherproof square boxes
Use 5 mm screws
Clip-on cover
65 x 65 x 40 mm
5/100 0921 04 7 glands
80 x 80 x 45 mm
5/100 0921 26 7 glands
80 x 80 x 45 mm
5/50 0921 27 With pre-cut knockouts
Weatherproof square box class II
Mounting by :
either internal fixing points - use 5 mm screws
or at three corners outside the wiring area
Use 4 mm screws
Provision for anti-tamper seal
Cover with 4 x 1/4 turn fixings, indicated I-O, can be
retained open during installation
105 x 105 x 55 mm
5/50 0921 36 7 glands
105 x 105 x 55 mm
5/50 0921 37 With pre-cut knockouts
IP 55 - IK 07
Grey RAL 7035
Conform to EN 60695-2-1
Material : polystyrene box and polypropylene cover - halogen free
Temperature rating : 25 C to +40 C
Self-extinguishing 650 C
Membrane glands
Opaque cover
80 mm*
116
1
3
2
132
1
1
6
8
0
m
m
*
95
5
0
9
5
41
.
8 13
.
4
60
* Fixings for accessories
(screws 4 mm)
46
40 40
4
0
5
.
7
7
5
7
8
78
R23
16
11
A
D
C
B
E
Cat. No. 0921 04
52
45 50
3
4
5
.
7
9
0
9
4
94
R23
20
17
Cat. No. 0921 26
Cat. Nos.
0921 00
0921 01
A B C D E
60 79 40 445 40 11
70 86 50 495 45 11
Cat. Nos. 0921 00 and 0921 01
s Dimensions (mm)
Cat. No. 0921 36
industrial boxes
PS and PP range
industrial boxes
PC range
0359 41
0358 00 0358 02
0359 40
Pack Cat. Nos. Weatherproof boxes IP 55 - IK 07
class II
Material : polystyrene box and
polypropylene cover - halogen free
- use 5 mm screws
Clip-on opaque cover
5/50 0921 28 80 x 80 x 45
Grey RAL 7035
Temperature rating : 25 C to + 40 C
Undrilled with smooth sides
As above but mounting by :
either internal fixing points
- use 5 mm screws
or at three corners outside the wiring area
- use 4 mm screws
Provision for anti-tamper seal
Cover with 4 x 1/4 turn fixings, indicated
I-O, can be retained open during installation
5/50 0921 38 105 x 105 x 55
Weatherproof boxes IP 55 - IK 07
class II 0500 V
Self-extinguishing 750C
Material : polypropylene box and opaque or
clear polycarbonate cover - halogen free
Detachable clip-on cover retainer except
310 x 240 and 360 x 270 boxes
Side mounts for IP 2x terminals provided
except for 130 x 75 x 74 mm boxes
Sealable cover with 1/4 turn fixings
Opaque or transparent cover
Cover Nominal internal dimensions :
Opaque Transparent Height x Width x Depth (mm)
1/10 0359 00 0359 01 130 x 75 x 74
1/10 0359 30
(1)
0359 31
(1)
130 x 130 x 74
1/20 0920 32 130 x 130 x 74 10 membrane gland fitted
for 4-25 mm cable or conduit
1/10 0359 40
(1)
0359 41
(1)
155 x 110 x 74
1/20 0920 42 155 x 110 x 74 10 membrane gland fitted
for 4-25 mm cable or conduit
1/5 0359 50
(1)
0359 51
(1)
180 x 140 x 86
1/5 0359 60
(1)
0359 61
(1)
220 x 170 x 86
1/2 0359 70
(2)
0359 71
(2)
270 x 170 x 86
1/2 0359 80
(2)
0359 81
(2)
310 x 240 x 124
1 0359 90
(2)
0359 91
(2)
360 x 270 x 124
Dimensions (p. 261)
(1) Accepts Cat. No. 0358 00 hinges
(2) Accepts Cat. No. 0358 01 hinges (1) Not suitable for PVC range
Grey TO 29
Pack Cat. Nos. Weatherproof boxes IP 66 - IK 08
class II 0500 V
Material : polycarbonate - halogen free
Self-extinguishing 750C
Detachable clip-on cover retainer except for
310 x 240 and 360 x 270 mm boxes
Side mounts for IP 2X terminals provided except for
130 x 75 x 74 mm boxes
Sealable opaque cover with 1/4 turn fixings
1/10 0350 07 130 x 75 x 74
1/10 0350 13
(1)
130 x 130 x 74
1/10 0350 17
(1)
155 x 110 x 74
1/5 0350 22
(1)
180 x 140 x 86
1/5 0350 28
(1)
220 x 170 x 86
1/2 0350 33
(2)
270 x 170 x 86
1/2 0350 44
(2)
310 x 240 x 124
1 0350 47
(2)
360 x 270 x 124
Dimensions (p. 261)
Accessories
Metal mounting plates
(1)
Galvanised steel - 15 mm thick
For box size :
5 0358 10 130 x 130 mm
5 0358 11 155 x 110 mm
5 0358 12 180 x 140 mm
5 0358 13 220 x 170 mm
5 0358 14 270 x 170 mm
5 0358 15 310 x 240 mm
5 0358 16 360 x 270 mm
Set of 2 hinges
(1)
UV protected polyamide in dark grey (RAL 7016)
1 0358 00 For box 130 x 130 mm to 270 x 170 mm
1 0358 01 For box 310 x 240 mm to 360 x 270 mm
1 0358 02 Set of 4 wall lugs
(1)
0350 28
0350 13
0359 61 with IP 2x terminals
and 0358 02 wall brackets,
horizontal or vertical mounting
0921 28
see p. 263 and 294
For Nylbloc terminal strips and
IP 2x terminals
260
CF-EP0
261
industrial boxes
PS, PP and PC range
s Dimensions (mm)
Boxes IP 55 IK 07 and IP 66 IK 08
s IP 2x terminal acceptance
(2)
chart (see p. 294)
Not suitable for direct mounting on to PVC range nor 130 x 75 x 74 mm boxes
(1) Not suitable for direct mounting of IP 2x terminals, use with DIN rail or
12 x 2 mm metal rail (Cat. No. 0048 19 p. 294)
s Mounting plates for PS, PP and PC boxes
D
A P
N K
B
O
Q
E
I
C
M
L
Cat. Nos. A B C D E I K L M N O P Q
0359 00/01
0350 07
(1)
140 85 81 56 18 67 70 - 65 120 51 106
0359 30/31
0350 13
150 150 81 56 18 67 54 70 120 103 106 106 84
0359 40/41
0350 17
175 130 81 56 18 67 79 50 100 128 86 131 64
0359 50/51
0350 22
200 160 94 69 18 80 104 50 130 153 116 156 94
0359 60/61
0350 28
240 190 94 69 18 80 144 80 160 193 146 196 124
0359 70/71
0350 33
290 190 94 69 18 80 194 80 160 243 146 246 122
0359 80/81
0350 44
332 262 132 97 27 116 220 160 222 276 200 260 150
0359 90/91
0350 47
382 292 132 97 27 116 270 190 252 326 230 310 150
Boxes 4 way 8 way 13 way 17 way 22 way 28 way
130 x 130 x 74 x x
155 x 110 x 74 x x x
180 x 140 x 86 x x x
220 x 170 x 86 x x x x x
310 x 240 x124 x x x x x x
360 x 270 x 124 x x x x x x
A
C
D B
Cat. Nos. A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm)
0358 10 114 114 106 106
0358 11 94 139 86 131
0358 12 124 164 116 156
0358 13 154 204 146 196
0358 14 154 254 146 246
0358 15 211 271 200 260
0358 16 241 321 230 310
Boxes
Dimensions Fixing points
(mm) (mm)
Fixing
accessories
(screw
4 mm)
(2) Also accepts partly shrouded terminals
Example of box fitted
with 4 x IP 2x terminals
Fixings for accessories (screw 4 mm)
9
0
12 50
90 50
5
45
20
R30
80 mm*
116
1
1
6
8
0
m
m
*
95
5
0
9
5
41
.
8 13
.
4
60
* Fixings for accessories
(screws 4 mm)
Cat. No. 0921 28
Cat. No. 0921 38
Cat. Nos. 0920 32 and 0920 42
P A
B
Q
O
K N F
L
M
G
I
D E
C
Boxes Dimensions (mm) Fixing points (mm)
Fixing accessories
(screw 4 mm)
Cat. Nos. A B C D E I F G K L M N O P Q
0920 32 150 150 81 56 18 67 149 149 54 70 120 103 106 106 84
0920 42 175 130 81 56 18 67 173 128 79 50 100 128 86 131 64
Fixings for accessories (screw 4 mm)
industrial boxes
PVC range
0921 22
Grey RAL 7035
Material : PVC
Pack Cat. Nos. Weatherproof boxes IP 55
Depth 140 mm
IK 07
2 0921 22 220 x 170 x 140 - 4 x 1/4 turn cover fixings
Depth 154 mm
IK 08
2 0350 43 265 x 174 x 154 - 2 x 1/4 turn cover fixings + hinges
1 0350 58 359 x 265 x 154 - 2 x 1/4 turn cover fixings + hinges
Depth 160 mm
IK 08
1 0922 84 310 x 240 x 160 - 4 x 1/4 turn cover fixings
Accessories
Metal mounting plates
Galvanised steel - 15 mm thick
For PVC box size :
5 0350 90 220 x 170 mm
5 0350 92 265 x 174 mm
5 0350 93 310 x 240 mm
5 0350 94 359 x 265 mm
Set of 4 wall lugs
1 0364 08 For PVC box size 310 x 240 mm only
PVC boxes are not provided with side
mounts for IP 2x terminals
Dimensions (opposite)
industrial boxes
PVC range
2
0
0
2
3
3
183
140 Mounting plate
132
.
6
60
.
7
146
79
.
6
1
4
4
2
1
2
80
162
Cat. No. 0921 22
s Dimensions (mm)
Cat. No. 0922 84
3
2
1
190
82 78
146
9
.
2
12
.
3
251
3 2
8
2
3
4
2
271
2
8
2
211
45
0350 43
262
263
terminal strips
Nylbloc
Pack Cat. Nos. Nylbloc
12 way strips with captive screws
Conform to BS EN 60998
Supplied with screws open
Polypropylene 25 C to +100 C (temperature)
Ambient temperature 25 C to +55 C
Capacity Nom. rating Diameter Current Dimensions
Black (mm
2
) (A) max. (A) (mm)
10 0342 11 4 25 25 24 156 x 94 x 123
10 0342 13 6 6 35 41 18 x 107 x 144
10 0342 15 10 10 45 57 208 x 1351 x 174
10 0342 17 16 16 55 76 242 x 1568 x 225
10 0342 19 25 25 7 101 33 x 214 x 275
White
10 0342 21 4 25 25 24 156 x 94 x 123
10 0342 23 6 6 35 41 18 x 107 x 144
10 0342 25 10 10 45 57 208 x 135 x 174
10 0342 27 16 16 55 76 242 x 1568 x 225
0342 13
0342 25
For industrial boxes
see p. 258
Cat. Nos. 0350 43/58
A
165
92 62
148
.
5
3
.
8
B
C
C
D
45
industrial boxes
PVC range (continued)
s Dimensions (mm)
s Mounting plates for PVC boxes
2
0
0
154
2
1
2
2
5
0
142
2
3
4
2
0
2
214
2
8
0
202
0
3
2
6
258
242
1
8
5
0350 90 0350 92 0350 93 0350 94
Dimensions
Fixing
points Weight
Cat. Nos.
A B C D (kg)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
0350 43 273 182 246 155 108
0350 58 367 273 340 246 180
264
Power
control,
connection
and cabling
accessories
Cable ducting,
ferrules and
cable marking
Distribution blocks
Cable ties
Power supplies
and transformers
P. 266
Filtered and
non-filtered
power supplies
Viking 3
68527a.eps
P. 276
Terminal blocks
selection charts
P. 292
Heavy duty
terminal blocks
P. 294
Distribution
terminal blocks
P. 298
Transcab
cable ducting
P. 306
Colring
cable ties
as032043a
Viking 3
terminal blocks with
screw and spring
connection
(p. 282)
Starfix ferrules and
crimping tools
(p. 301)
NEW I N 2010
NEW
265
CF-EP1
68527a.eps
P. 274
How to calculate
rated power
and transformer
protection
68527a.eps
P. 288
Dimensions
68527a.eps
P. 293
Dimensions
68528a.eps
P. 273
Electrical
characteristics
P. 269
Control
transformers
P. 271
Compact
transformers
P. 282
Terminal blocks
with screw
connection
P. 284
Terminal blocks
with spring
connection
P. 286
Accessories for
terminal blocks
P. 303
Marker
sheets
P. 295
Modular
distribution
blocks
40 to 160 A
P. 296
Four pole
distribution
blocks
125 to 400 A
P. 297
Busbars
and
supports
P. 299
Lina 25
cable ducting
P. 306
Colson
cable ties
P. 301
Starfix
ferrules
P. 303
CAB 3
marking system
031916-20878m.eps
NEW NEW
NEW
266
filtered and non-filtered power supplies
open type single phase
Dimensions (opposite)
Filtered power supplies for PLCs and other equipment requiring a voltage
of 12 V DC or 24 V DC
Non-filtered power supplies for installations requiring a 24 V DC voltage
Include :
twin output terminals for ease of connection
safety transformer with interference filtration
fuse protection on output (except modular)
green LED output voltage indicator (except modular)
capacitor in filtered range
PTC thermal protection on input (modular only)
class II when installed with approved protection (modular only)
Supplied with a connection link for quick connection between - and T
up to 15 A (except modular)
s Dimensions
filtered and non-filtered power supplies
Cat. Nos.
A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) F x G (mm)
(mm)
Weight
Width Depth Height Fixing ctrs (Kg)
0470 01 68 98 88 DIN 4 100
0470 02 93 121 105 DIN 4 46 245
0470 03 105 135 115 DIN 4 46 360
0470 04 126 186 175 75 x 150 55 635
0470 20 68 98 88 DIN 4 100
0470 21 68 98 88 DIN 4 100
0470 22 93 121 105 DIN 4 46 245
0470 23 105 135 115 DIN 4 46 360
0470 24 126 186 175 75 x 150 55 640
0470 25 126 206 175 75 x 150 55 760
0470 52 93 106 105 DIN 4 46 170
0470 53 105 135 115 DIN 4 46 340
0470 54 126 186 175 75 x 150 55 610
0470 55 126 206 175 75 x 150 55 730
0047 95 89 66 95 DIN 4 100
0047 97 89 66 95 DIN 4 100
0047 98 89 66 95 DIN 4 100
0470 24 0470 53 0047 98
Single phase non-filtered
24 V
=
output
230-400 V15 V (input)
24 V
=
(output)
Terminal capacity (mm
2
)
Power Current rating Flexible cable
(W) (A) Input Output
1 0470 52 60 25 6 6
1 0470 53 120 5 6 6
1 0470 54 240 10 6 6
1 0470 55 360 15 6 6
Pack Cat. Nos. Single phase filtered
12 V
=
output
230-400 V 15 V(input) / 12 V
=
(output)
2
)
1 0470 01 12 1 6 6
1 0470 02 30 25 6 6
1 0470 03 60 5 6 6
1 0470 04 120 10 6 6
24 V
=
output
230-400 V 15 V(input) / 24 V
=
(output)
2
)
1 0470 20 12 05 6 6
1 0470 21 24 1 6 6
1 0470 22 60 25 6 6
1 0470 23 120 5 6 6
1 0470 24 240 10 6 6
1 0470 25 360 15 6 6
Single phase filtered modular
12 V
=
output
230 15 V(input) / 12 V
=
(output)
2
)
1 0047 95 15 13 6 6
24 V
=
output
230 15 V(input) / 24 V
=
(output)
2
)
1 0047 97 12 05 6 6
1 0047 98 215 09 6 6
F
B
A
C
G
B
G
C
F
A
F
B
A
C
G
B
G
C
F
A
Single phase filtered
Cat. Nos. 0470 01/02/03
and 0470 20/21/22/23 Cat. Nos. 0470 04/24/25
Cat. Nos. 0470 52/53
Cat. Nos. 0047 95/97/98
Cat. Nos. 0470 54/55
Single phase non-filtered
Single phase filtered modular
4
5
44
60
C
B A
Contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
Stabilised power supplies
available to special order
267
filtered power supplies
s Circuit protection (double pole MCB) s Technical information
Cat. Nos. 0470 01/02/03/04/20/21/22/23/24 and 25
Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-6, UL 60950
CAN/CSA C22.2 N 60 950.00
Products are compatible with EN 61131-2, EN 60204 and
EN 60439-1 apparatus
Input voltage : 230/400 V15 V single phase 50/60 Hz - Class I
Output voltage : 12 V
=
or 24 V
=
Insulation voltage : Input/Output 4 510 V
Input/Earth 2 260 V
Output/Earth 500 V
Max. ambient temperature without derating : 60 C
Ripple factor : <3 %
Cooling by natural convection
Integral fuse protection on output
Can be fixed to symmetrical rail 475 mm or 15 mm depth EN 60715
Screw fix only Cat. Nos. 0470 04/24 and 25
Screw fix or clip on to DIN rail Cat. Nos. 0470 02/03/22 and 23
Supplied with a connection link for quick connection between terminals
and earth
Note : To conform to UL, product must be mounted in the vertical
position (mounting against support) for Class A ambient
temperature rating 25 C
Cat. Nos. 0047 95/97 and 98
Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-6, UL 60950, CAN/CSA C22.2 N 60 950.00
Products are compatible with EN 61131-2, EN 60204 and
EN 60439-1 apparatus
Input voltage : 230 V15 V single phase 50/60 Hz
=
or 24 V
=
Ripple factor : <3 %
PTC thermal protection on input
Insulation : Class II after enclosing behind insulated modular protection
Fix to symmetrical rail 475 mm or 15 mm depth EN 60715
(5 x 175 mm modules)
s Primary fuse protection required for UL conformity
Supply 230 V : Use 250 V time delay HRC fuse
UL Category Code JDYX2
Supply 400 V : Use 500 V time delay HRC fuse
UL Category Code JDYX
(1) T type fuse is a time delay fuse (5 x 20 mm)
(2) Filtered modular power supply
(3) Type gG fuse 10 x 38 mm
Single phase Input 230/400 V 15V
U
12 V 24 V
I
Protection
Internal External Internal External
Power supply 0470 20
MCB/Fuse T 05 A L
(1)
0069 12 (1 A)
05 A
(2)
MCB/Fuse PTC 0069 12 (1 A)
09 A
(2)
1 A
Power supply 0470 01 0470 21
MCB/Fuse T 1 A L
(1)
0069 12 (1 A) T 1 A L
(1)
0069 12 (1 A)
13 A
(2)
25 A
Power supply 0470 02 0470 22
MCB/Fuse T 25 A L
(1)
0069 14 (3 A) T 25 A L
(1)
0069 14 (3 A)
5 A
Power supply 0470 03 0470 23
MCB/Fuse T 5 A L
(1)
0069 16 (6 A) T 5 A L
(1)
0069 16 (16 A)
10 A
Power supply 0470 04 0470 24
MCB/Fuse T 10 A L
(1)
0069 18 (10 A) T 10 A L
(1)
0069 18 (10 A)
15 A
MCB/Fuse 0133 16
(3)
0069 20 (16 A)
s Operating diagram
Operating current
up to 15 A
s Electrical characteristics
Filtered
Filtered modular
Input
Operating voltage
Total loss
Cat. Voltage Current Weight under load No-load Underload With 100 mA load With nominal No-load at nominal Voltage
Nos. rating 230 V load input voltage load input voltage loss load 100 % drop
(V) (A) (Kg) (A) (V) (V) +10% 15% (W) (W) (%)
0047 95 12 13 1 015 151 118 163 104 34 87 285
0047 97 24 05 1 013 289 236 306 207 34 71 223
0047 98 24 09 1 017 299 228 320 203 34 104 310
Input Input
Operating voltage
Total loss
Cat. Voltage Current Weight under load under load No-load Underload With 100 mA load With nominal No-load at nominal Voltage
Nos. rating 230 V 400 V and input voltage load input voltage loss load 100 % drop
(V) (A) (Kg) (A) (A) (V) (V) +10% 15% (W) (W) (%)
Output 12 V
0470 01 12 1 1 012 006 144 117 155 103 44 73 235
0470 02 12 25 245 033 019 139 116 152 102 83 119 194
0470 03 12 5 36 060 034 141 121 155 105 114 171 172
0470 04 12 10 635 124 072 147 118 161 104 202 337 247
Output 24 V
0470 20 24 05 1 012 006 276 229 294 201 44 73 2066
0470 21 24 1 1 018 010 290 228 312 202 44 103 2703
0470 22 24 25 245 047 027 278 233 304 204 83 163 1946
0470 23 24 5 36 088 051 275 232 302 203 114 254 1868
0470 24 24 10 635 188 109 277 235 305 205 20 453 1820
0470 25 24 15 76 253 146 275 232 302 202 23 547 1870
Secondary voltage 12 V 24 V
Primary voltage 230 V 400 V 230 V 400 V
Fuse rating 0315 A T 2/10 A
Power supply 0470 01 0470 21
Fuse rating 0315 A 2/10 A 04 A 2/10 A
Power supply 0470 02 0470 22
Fuse rating 08 A 4/10 A 1 A 6/10 A
Power supply 0470 03 0470 23
Fuse rating 16 A 8/10 A 2 A 1 A
Power supply 0470 04 0470 24
Fuse rating 315 A 1
1/2
A 4 A 2
1/4
A
Fuse rating 63 A 3 A
400 V
230 V
-15 V
0
+15 V
+
+
046901-6825s.eps
268
non-filtered power supplies
Cat. Nos. 0470 52/53/54 and 55
Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-6, UL 60950, CAN/CSA C22.2 N 60 950.00
Input voltage : 230/400 V15 V single phase 50/60 Hz - Class I
=
Input/Earth 2 260 V
Output/Earth 500 V
Ripple factor : 48 %
Cooling by natural convection
Integral fuse protection on output
All except Cat. Nos. 0470 54 and 55 can be fixed to symmetrical rail
475 mm or 15 mm depth EN 60715
Screw fix or clip on to DIN rail Cat. Nos. 0470 52 and 53
Screw fix only Cat. Nos. 0470 54 and 55
Supplied with a connection link for quick connection between terminals
and earth up to 15 A
s Circuit protection (double pole MCB)
(1) T type fuse is a time delay fuse (5 x 20 mm)
(2) Type gG fuse 10 x 38 mm
Single phase Input 230/400 V 15 V
U
24 V
I
Protection
Internal External
25 A
Fuse/MCB T 25 A L
(1)
0069 14 (3 A)
5 A
Fuse/MCB T 5 A L
(1)
0069 16 (6 A)
10 A
Fuse/MCB T 10 A L
(1)
0069 18 (10 A)
15 A
Fuse/MCB 0133 16
(2)
0069 20 (16 A)
s Operating diagram
Operating current up to 15 A
400 V
230 V
-15 V
0
+15 V
+
+
s Electrical characteristics
Input under load Operating voltage Total loss
Cat. Voltage Current Weight No-load at nominal Voltage
Nos. rating 230 V 400 V No-load Underload loss load 100 % drop
(V) (A) (Kg) (A) (A) (V) (V) (W) (W) (%)
0470 52 24 25 17 039 023 275 234 62 178 175
0470 53 24 5 34 077 044 270 240 114 269 127
0470 54 24 10 61 149 086 263 238 20 43 107
0470 55 24 15 73 213 122 255 235 23 476 86
269
control transformers
0442 35 0442 68 0442 71
IP 2x or xxB up to 400 VA
IP xxA above 400 VA - IK 04
Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-2 and 2-4 or 2-6
UL506 and CSA C22-2-N66
Products suitable for building into equipment conforming to EN 61131-2, EN 60204-1 and EN 60439-1 standards
Insulated covers up to 1000 VA provided
Interference/disturbance filter included
Screw fix to mounting plate or clip on to DIN rail up to 250 VA
Supplied with 0V/Earth connection link up to 1000 VA
Pack Cat. Nos. Single phase
Primary : 230-400 V 15 V
Secondary : 24-48 V
Supplied with 2 links
Power in VA
Admissible
instantaneous
according to according
power
IEC and CSA to UL at cos = 05
1 0442 31 40 40 52
1 0442 32 63 63 87 24 V 48 V
1 0442 33 100 100 150
1 0442 34 160 140 250
1 0442 35 250 210 420
1 0442 36 400 300 900
1 0442 37 630 500 1700
1 0442 38 1000 700 2000
1 0442 39 1600 700 8500
1 0442 40 2500 1400 3300
Pack Cat. Nos. Single phase (continued)
Safety isolating transformers
Primary : 230-400 V 15 V
Secondary : 115-230 V
Supplied with 2 links
Power in VA
Admissible
instananeous
according to according
power
IEC and CSA to UL at cos = 05
1 0442 61 40 40 50
1 0442 62 63 63 86
1 0442 63 100 100 150
1 0442 64 160 140 250
1 0442 65 250 210 430
1 0442 66 400 300 1200
1 0442 67 630 500 1600
1 0442 68 1000 700 2000
1 0442 69 1600 700 6100
1 0442 70 2500 1300 7100
1 0442 71 4000 2400 11400
Dimensions and technical information (p. 270)
see p. 225
For modular transformers
270
control transformers
Oblong fixings :
Attachment at
3 points possible
Note : 40-250 VA transformers have juxtaposed windings with an insulated barrier to provide
insulation and interference filtering. Higher ratings have an electrostatic screen
between windings.
s Dimensions
Fig. 3 : 1600 to 2500 VA Fig. 4 : 4000 to 8000 VA
Power
Dimensions Fixing
(1)
Weight
Cat. Nos. Fig. (mm) (mm)
(VA)
A B C F G
(Kg)
0442 31/61 40 1 94 78 113 50 100 52 123
0442 32/62 63 1 94 85 113 50 100 52 156
0442 33/63 100 1 94 94 113 50 100 52 195
0442 34/64 160 1 94 112 113 50 100 52 26
0442 35/65 250 1 106 123 115 50 100 52 382
0442 36/66 400 1 120 140 140 625 125 52 562
0442 37/67 630 2 150 158 206 100 175 7 99
0442 38/68 1000 2 150 199 206 100 175 7 149
0442 39/69 1600 3 220 245 191 150 153 9 256
0442 40/70 2500 3 300 292 171 200 114 9 331
0442 71 4000 4 230 340 205 180 130 11 31
A
B
F
G
C
G
C
B
F
A
Fig. 2 : 630 to 1000 VA Fig. 1 : 40 to 400 VA
F
A
B
G
C
F
G
C
A
B
6
s Characteristics
Voltage adjustment
Single phase 50-60 Hz - Class 1
Insulation voltage between windings: 4510 V
Maximum ambient operating temperatures: 50 C without derating
No- On- Voltage
Connection capacity
Cat. Nos. Power Admissible instantaneous power (VA) at cos of : load load drop as (%) Efficiency (%) Ucc Primary Secondary
(VA) loss loss
(2)
with cos : with cos : (%)
cable (mm
2
) cable (mm
2
)
02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 1
(W) (W)
03 06 1 03 06 1 flexible rigid flexible rigid
Primary 230-400 V 15 V - Secondary 24-48 V
0442 31 40 63 58 55 52 50 48 48 49 60 39 73 87 105 85 62 77 84 100 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 32 63 110 102 94 87 83 79 77 78 91 60 142 75 94 85 57 73 82 90 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 33 100 200 180 160 150 140 130 130 130 150 82 151 73 93 89 66 80 87 89 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 34 160 340 300 270 250 230 220 210 210 230 112 246 58 76 77 66 80 87 72 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 35 250 550 490 450 420 400 380 370 370 430 149 314 52 66 62 70 83 89 61 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 36 400 1800 1300 1100 900 800 700 600 600 500 183 463 21 37 56 72 84 90 42 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 37 630 2700 2200 1900 1700 1500 1300 1200 1200 1200 241 494 20 30 39 79 88 93 33 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16
0442 38 1000 3400 2800 2300 2000 1800 1600 1500 1400 1300 442 744 13 19 29 80 89 93 24 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16
0442 39 1600 12800 10900 9500 8500 7700 7100 6700 6400 6600 655 947 11 16 19 84 91 94 17 25 to 10 15 to 16 4 to 16 15 to 25
0442 40 2500 4300 3900 3600 3300 3100 3000 2900 2900 3400 865 1434 18 22 20 84 91 95 19 4 to 16 15 to 25 4 to 35 25 to 50
Primary 230-400 V 15 V - Secondary 115-230 V
0442 61 40 62 57 53 50 48 47 46 47 57 39 74 87 105 88 62 76 84 101 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 62 63 110 100 93 86 82 78 76 76 90 60 118 76 96 89 62 76 84 92 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 63 100 200 180 160 150 140 140 130 130 150 82 173 72 92 86 63 78 85 87 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 64 160 330 300 270 250 240 230 220 220 250 112 234 58 74 71 67 80 87 69 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 65 250 560 510 460 430 410 390 380 370 430 149 317 52 66 62 70 83 89 61 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 66 400 2200 1700 1400 1200 1000 910 830 760 730 183 439 21 36 52 73 85 90 41 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4
0442 67 630 2700 2200 1800 1600 1400 1200 1100 1000 1000 241 532 21 33 45 78 88 92 36 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16
0442 68 1000 3400 2800 2300 2000 1800 1600 1500 1400 1300 442 736 13 20 27 80 89 93 22 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16
0442 69 1600 8700 7500 6600 6100 5400 5000 4700 4500 4700 655 953 11 15 18 83 91 94 15 25 to 10 15 to 16 25 to 10 15 to 16
0442 70 2500 9200 8300 7600 7100 6700 6300 6200 6100 7100 865 1501 18 23 22 83 91 94 20 4 to 16 15 to 25 4 to 16 15 to 25
0442 71 4000 16500 14300 12700 11400 10500 9800 9200 8900 9500 874 2348 21 29 33 84 91 94 27 4 to 16 15 to 25 4 to 16 15 to 25
U supply (U
1
)
U supply (U
1
)
1) if U
1
> 230 or 400 V
2) if I
2
< I
2n
(if the load is less than the nominal load reduce
the secondary voltage)
if U
1
= 230 or 400 V with load I
2
= I
2n
if U
1
< 230 or 400 V with load I
2
= I
2n
O O O O O
+ 15 V 0 V 15 V 230 V 400 V
O O O O O
+ 15 V 0 V 15 V 230 V 400 V
O O O O O
+ 15 V 0 V 15 V 230 V 400 V
U supply (U
1
)
(1) Up to 250 VA may be fixed to symmetrical 4DIN rail
(2) Total losses at nominal load
271
see p. 220
For protection devices
see p. 225
For modular transformers
compact transformers
Transformer protection (p. 275)
Isolating and safety isolating <50 V transformers
Designed to meet the needs of users with specific VA ratings such as original equipment manufacturers
The Compact range up to 220 VA and the new styles above 220 VA boast an elegant design that will enhance your panel
The terminals are designed to provide easy and quick connections
Transformers up to 160 VA can be clipped to 4rail using accessory or directly fixed using screws through the easily accessible fixing points
Recommended protection :
for 40 and 63 VA : Type T fuses (5x20) time delay fuse to IEC 60127
for >100 VA use MCB Type C
Safety isolating transformers
Primary: 230-400 V
Secondary: 12-24 V
Power in VA Admissible
according to instantaneous power
IEC/EN at cos 05
1 0428 40 40 VA 55
1 0428 41 63 VA 91
1 0428 42 100 VA 140
1 0428 43 160 VA 205
1 0428 44 220 VA 290
1 0428 45 310 VA 345
1 0428 47 630 VA 1 520
Safety isolating transformers (24 V)
Isolating transformers (48 V)
Primary: 230-400 V
Secondary: 24-48 V
IEC/EN at cos 05
1 0428 70 40 VA 55
1 0428 71 63 VA 91
1 0428 72 100 VA 140
1 0428 73 160 VA 205
1 0428 74 220 VA 290
1 0428 75 310 VA 345
1 0428 77 630 VA 1 520
Clips for fixing up to 160 VA
on to rail EN 60715 4
10 0044 16 Claw width 10 mm
Threaded hole for M4 screws
(Use two clips per transformer)
Note : Other VA ratings available on
request. Please consult us
Isolating transformers
Primary: 230-400 V
Secondary: 115 V
With centre tap
IEC/EN at cos 05
1 6423 62 63 VA 91
1 6423 63 100 VA 140
1 6423 64 160 VA 205
1 6423 65 220 VA 290
1 6423 66 310 VA 345
1 6423 68 630 VA 1 520
Isolating transformers
Primary: 230-400 V
Secondary: 115-230 V
IEC/EN at cos 05
1 0427 85 40 VA 55
1 0427 86 63 VA 91
1 0427 87 100 VA 140
1 0427 88 160 VA 205
1 0427 89 220 VA 290
1 0427 90 310 VA 345
1 0427 92 630 VA 1 520
I ndi ce prot ect i on- 1061s
I ndi ce prot ect i on- 1061s
006187-5342o.eps
Indice protection-1062.eps
0427 89 0427 92 0428 75 0428 41
supplied with
connection strip
Connection strip
supplied up to 450 VA
272
compact transformers
Conform to IEC/EN 61558-2-4 for 48 V, 115 V and 230 V and IEC/EN 61558-2-6 for 12 V and 24 V secondary
Products suitable for building into equipment conforming to EN 61131-2, EN 60204-1 and EN 60439-1 standards
IP 2x or xxB up to 250 VA - IK 04
Single phase 50-60 Hz - class I
Insulation voltage: Primary/Secondary 4 470 V
Primary/Earth 2 240 V
Secondary/Earth (12 - 24 V) = 250 V ; 48, 115 and 230 V = 1780 V
Max. ambient operating temperature : 35 C without derating
Protected against accidental contact with live parts up to 220 VA
s Dimensions
F
A
G
C
Slotted
fixing hole
B
A
F
G
C
B
Fig. 1 - 40 to 220 VA
(1) Subject to secondary voltage (see tables)
Fig. 3 - 450 to 630 VA Fig. 2 - 310 VA
(1)
230 - 400
P max
P max
12 12
0 12
P max
0 115
0
0 24 12
230 - 400
P max
P max
24 24
0 24
0
0 48 24
2 230 - 400
P max
115 115 0
0 230 115
Primary : 230 - 400 V
Secondary : 12 - 0 - 12 V
0 - 12 - 24 V
Cat. Nos.
0428 40 to 0428 45
Primary : 230 - 400 V
Secondary : 24 - 0 - 24 V
0 - 24 - 48 V
Cat. Nos.
0428 70 to 0428 77
Primary : 230 - 400 V
Secondary : 115 - 0 - 115 V
0 - 115- 230 V
Cat. Nos.
0427 85 to 0427 92
B
A F
G
C
Power
(VA)
Cat. Nos.
No-load
loss
(W)
Total
losses
@100%
load (W)
Dimensions
(mm)
Fixing
(mm)
A B C F G
Ucc
%
Weight
(kg)
Primary connection
flexible rigid mm
cable mm
2
Secondary connection
flexible rigid mm
Fig. cable mm
2
cos
1
cos
045
cos
1
cos
045
Voltage drop as
% with
Efficiency with
Power
(VA)
Cat. Nos.
No-load
loss
(W)
Total
losses
@100%
load (W)
Dimensions
(mm)
Fixing
(mm)
A B C F G
Ucc
%
Weight
(kg)
Primary connection
flexible rigid mm
cable mm
2
flexible rigid mm
Fig. cable mm
2
cos
1
cos
045
cos
1
cos
045
Voltage drop as
% with
Efficiency with
273
s Electrical characteristics for 230-400 V primary - 24 V or 2 x 12 V secondary
Power
(VA)
Cat. Nos.
No-load
loss
(W)
Total
losses
@100%
load (W)
Dimensions
(mm)
Fixing
(mm)
A B C F G
Ucc
%
Weight
(kg)
Primary connection
flexible rigid mm
0428 40 40 84 70 98 40 86 45 09 37 131 183 127 075 06 156 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0428 41 63 84 77 98 40 86 45 13 49 163 135 102 08 06 118 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0428 42 100 84 86 98 40 86 45 16 62 210 105 87 08 07 95 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0428 43 160 84 104 98 40 86 45 24 91 318 88 74 08 07 79 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0428 44 220 96 115 110 40 98 45 34 126 400 69 63 085 07 65 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0428 45 310 106 123 115 50 100 52 38 142 549 73 62 085 07 82 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 2
cable mm
2
flexible rigid mm
Fig. cable mm
2
cos
1
cos
045
cos
1
cos
045
Voltage drop as
% with
Efficiency with
s Electrical characteristics for 230-400 V primary - 48 V or 2 x 24 V secondary
0428 70 40 84 70 98 40 86 45 09 37 129 18 125 08 06 154 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0428 71 63 84 77 98 40 86 45 13 49 165 137 103 08 06 119 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0428 72 100 84 86 98 40 86 45 16 62 210 104 87 08 07 94 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0428 73 160 84 104 98 40 86 45 24 91 316 87 73 08 07 78 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0428 74 220 96 115 110 40 98 45 34 126 395 67 62 085 07 63 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0428 75 310 106 123 115 50 100 52 38 142 549 73 62 085 07 82 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 2
0428 77 630 126 126 141 90 105 65 8 255 633 42 26 09 08 35 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 16 1 to 25 65 3
s Electrical characteristics for 230-400 V primary - 115/230 V secondary
0427 85 40 84 70 98 40 86 45 1 37 109 185 127 075 058 157 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0427 86 63 84 77 98 40 86 45 13 49 156 125 97 080 065 11 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0427 87 100 84 86 98 40 86 45 16 62 211 107 89 083 068 97 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0427 88 160 84 104 98 40 88 45 24 91 323 88 73 083 069 79 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0427 89 220 96 115 110 40 98 45 34 126 401 68 62 085 071 64 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1
0427 90 310 106 123 115 50 100 52 38 142 54 73 62 085 07 82 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 2
0427 92 630 126 126 123 90 105 65 78 255 646 43 26 091 081 35 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 1 to 4 1 to 4 45 3
274
how to calculate
the rated power of a transformer
In equipment containing control devices, the transformer
power depends on the maximum power required at a given
moment (inrush power), the permanent power, the voltage
drop and power factor
When determining the permissible instantaneous power (inrush power)
required, the following factors should always be taken into account :
two inrush currents cannot occur at the same time
power factor cos equals 05
at maximum, 80% of devices are supplied at the same time (this
percentage can be calculated precisely for each device)
s Determination of the inrush power
Where a simplified calculation of the power is required, the following
formula can be used :
P inrush = 08 (Pm + Pv + Pa)
Pm : sum of all contactor steady state power levels (holding power)
Pv : sum of all power levels of indicators and LEDs*
Pa : inrush power of the largest contactor
Example :
A machine tool control cabinet comprising :
10 contactors for 4 kW motors, with a steady state power of 8 VA
2 contactors for 185 kW motor, with a steady state power of 20 VA
1 contactor for 45 kW motor, with a steady state power of 20 VA,
and an inrush power of 250 VA cos 05
20 remote control relays, with a steady state power of 4 VA
30 signalling LEDs, with a consumption of 1 VA each
- Pm = 220 VA { (10 x 8 VA) + (2 x 20 VA) +(1 x 20 VA) +(20 x 4 VA) }
- Pv = 30 VA (30 x 1 VA)
- Pa = 250 VA
P inrush = 08 (220 + 30 + 250) = 400 VA at cos 05
s Determination of the rated power of a transformer
For control transformers, in particular, simply start with an inrush
power at cos 05 and read the size from the table below
s General information
The power triangle :
s Secondary power/voltage information
Transformers take around 25 times the load at switch on
VA V = current in the winding
either PRIMARY or SECONDARY
i.e.
300 VA
= 25 A x 25 = 625 A
12 V
From the example above, an inrush of 460 VA at cos 05 gives a
transformer size of 250 VA
s Checking the selection
As a precaution, make the following checks on each of your devices :
- first calculate the sum of the steady state power for the coils and the
LEDs powered at the same time
- then apply a coefficient : use either our hypothetical figure of 80% of
devices at steady state power, or the actual calculation for your
equipment
- the power of the chosen transformer shall be greater than or equal to
the result of the calculation
* LED = Light Emitting Diode
90
63
40
100
160
250
400
630
1 000
1 600
2 500
4 000
160
240
480
830
1 600
2 000
5 400
9 000
7 300
34 500
80
140
190
400
690
1 400
1 800
4 600
8 000
6 600
28 800
72
130
170
350
590
1 200
1 500
4 000
7 200
6 000
24 400
66
120
160
300
510
1 000
1 400
3 600
6 600
5 700
17 000
61
110
150
270
450
900
1 200
3 200
6 100
5 200
16 600
57
100
140
240
400
800
1 100
3 000
5 700
4 900
16 400
53
90
130
220
360
800
1 100
2 700
5 400
4 700
14 800
51
90
130
200
330
700
1 000
2 600
5 300
4 600
13 400
53
90
140
190
310
700
1 000
2 500
5 600
5 100
12 400
02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 1
Admissible instantaneous power in VA IEC/EN 61558-2-2
with cos of:
Rated
power
in VA
IEC and CSA
s Identification of markings
Example: compact transformer 100 VA - 12/24 V Cat. No. 0428 42
12 V
50 VA
OR
12 V
50 VA
12 V
100 VA
Link Link
OR
24 V
100 VA
Link
P
V I
Electric shock protection
- Protection against direct and indirect contact by :
Safety transformers (reinforced insulation
between primary and secondary, no-load voltage < 50 V)
- Protection against indirect contact by :
Circuit separation transformers (reinforced insulation
between primary and secondary)
The transformer function(s) can either be defined by the equipment
designer or can be imposed by installation guidelines or the
equipment standard
Definitions of electrical shock :
- Electric shocks : physiopathological effect resulting from an electrical
current passing through the human body
- Direct contact : persons coming into contact with live parts (connected
to the mains)
- Indirect contact : persons coming into contact with grounding which is
accidentally live following an insulation fault
Changing voltage
Isolation transformer (functional insulation between
primary and secondary)
Auto transformer (no insulation between primary
and secondary)
Control circuit power supply
Control transformer (functional insulation between
primary and secondary)
275
protection of transformers, primary and secondary circuits
s Protection of transformers
In accordance with the IEC/EN 61558 standard, transformers must be
protected against overload and short-circuit conditions which may
occur during normal operation.
The standard does not specify the type or location of the protective
device: it is the manufacturers responsibility to choose the most
suitable position, either on the primary or secondary side. The rating,
type and location of the protective device are to be indicated on the
device identification plate.
s Protection of the primary and secondary circuits
General
Circuits must be protected against overload and short-circuit conditions.
Protection against overload is compulsory if the circuit is likely to be
affected by an overload current. This protection can be installed at the
supply source or end of the circuit.
Protection against a short-circuit is compulsory in all installations;
this protection has to be installed at the supply source of the circuit.
Supply circuits (transformer primary)
The transformer is a device which cannot itself generate overload. Its
supply circuit therefore only requires protection against a short-circuit.
When a transformer is energised, a very high inrush current (around 25
ln)
(1)
is produced for approximately 10 ms.
When protecting the circuit, both factors must be considered.
Legrand offers three possibilities:
type aM cartridge fuses,
type D MCBs (with magnetic tripping set at 12 ln average)
type C MCBs (with magnetic tripping set at 7 ln average)
Example: control transformer 630 VA - 230/24 V Cat. No. 0442 37
In primary 274 A (VA V)
I inrush at power-up 685 A (25 x 274 A)
Protection against a short-circuit can be provided by:
type aM 6 A cartridge fuse
type D 6 A MCBs
type C 13 A MCBs - (16 A nearest UK)
s Primary protection
Minimum protection rating for primary supply of the transformer :
s Secondary protection
Ratings and types of protective devices to be used for single phase
transformer protection according to VA rating and secondary voltage :
(1) In = nominal rating of circuit
230 V single-phase 400 V single-phase 400 V three-phase
Power
aM C D aM C D aM C D
(VA)
fuse MCB MCB fuse MCB MCB fuse MCB MCB
40 05 1 025 1
50 1 1 1 05 1
63 1 2 1 05 1
100 1 3 1 1 2 1
150 2 6 2 1 3 1
160 2 6 2 1 3 1 1
200 2 6 3 1 3 2
250 2 6 3 1 6 2 1
300 4 10 6 2 6 2
400 4 10 6 2 6 2 2
500 6 16 6 4 10 3
630 6 16 6 4 10 3 2 6 2
750 8 16 10 6 10 6 2 6 3
1 000 10 20 10 6 16 6 4 10 3
1 250 10 25 16 6 20 10 4 10 6
1 500 10 32 16 10 20 10 4 16 6
1 600 10 32 16 10 20 10 6 16 6
2 000 12 40 16 10 25 10
2 500 16 50 20 10 32 16 6 20 10
3 000 16 50 32 12 40 20
3 500 20 50 32 16 40 20
4 000 20 80 32 16 50 20 10 32 16
5 000 25 100 40 16 63 25 12 32 16
I c/c min. =
24
= 4442 A = Use either :
24
2
x
33
+
2 x 0027 x 15
(
630 100
)
15
4442
= 1110 gG fuse 10 A max.
4442
= 555 C type MCB 5 A max.
4 8
2 x 15
2
15 m
Transformer
protection
25 A gG
Circuit protection
Operation
40 2 T 1 T 400 m T 200 m T
50 2 T 2 1 T 1 500 m T 05 200 m T 02
63 315 T 16 T 630 m T 315 m T
100 4 gG 4 2 gG 2 1 gG 1 05 gG 05
150 6 gG 6 4 gG 4 2 gG 2 1 gG 1
160 8 gG 8 4 gG 4 2 gG 2 1 gG 1
200 8 gG 8 4 gG 4 2 gG 2 1 gG 1
250 10 gG 10 6 gG 6 2 gG 2 1 gG 1
300 12 gG 12 6 gG 6 4 gG 4 2 gG 2
400 16 gG 16 8 gG 8 4 gG 4 2 gG 2
500 20 gG 20 10 gG 10 6 gG 6 2 gG 2
630 25 gG 25 12 gG 12 6 gG 6 3 gG 3
750 gG 16 gG 16 8 gG 8 4 gG 4
1000 40 gG 40 20 gG 20 8 gG 8 4 gG 4
1250 gG gG 12 gG 12 gG
1500 gG gG 16 gG 13 8 gG 8
1600 63 gG 63 32 gG 32 16 gG 13 8 gG 8
2000 gG gG 20 gG 20 8 gG 8
2500 100 gG 100 50 gG 50 20 gG 20 10 gG 10
3000 gG gG 32 gG 32 gG
3500 gG gG 32 gG 32 gG
4000 gG gG 32 gG 32 16 gG 16
5000 gG gG 50 gG 50 gG
Rated
power
24 V 48 V 110 V 230 V
(VA)
Fuse Curve Fuse Curve Fuse Curve Fuse Curve
IEC/CSA
A Type
C
A Type
C
A Type
C
A Type
C
MCB MCB MCB MCB
s Protection of the secondary circuit
The secondary circuit must be protected against overload and short-
circuit conditions. For overload, check that the protection rating
chosen is lower than or equal to the transformer secondary current.
For short-circuit, ensure that a short-circuit occurring at the furthest
point of the circuit will trigger the protective device within 5 seconds.
Legrand offers two possibilities :
type gG cartridge fuses
type C MCBs (with magnetic tripping set at 7 ln average)
If the transformer only supplies a single circuit, and provided the
calculations show perfect compatibility, transformer protection (if on
secondary) and circuit protection can be one and the same. A single
protective device performs both functions (see table of transformer
protective devices).
If the transformer supplies several circuits, overload and short-circuit
calculations must be performed for each individual circuit. To check
that the device chosen is suitable, an approximate minimum short-
circuit value can be obtained using the following formula.
s Formula for determining the secondary protection rating
Calculate the minimum short-circuit at the furthest point on the circuit :
I c/c min. =
Us
U
2
s
x
U c/c %
+
2l
(
P 100
)
S
Us = transformer secondary voltage
P = transformer power
U c/c % = transformer short-circuit voltage
I = line length in m
S = line cross-section in mm
2
copper = 0027 mm
2
/m
Choose the protection rating so as to obtain a cut-off time of
5 seconds max. for a current I c/c defined above :
I c/c min.
type gG fuse: In
4
I c/c min.
type C MCB: In
8
Example: control transformer 630 VA - 230/24 V Cat. No. 0442 37
These values are given for information only for transformers with inrush
currents of around 25 ln.
ELECTRICAL
FUNCTION
TERMINAL BLOCK INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK PROTECTION
MEASURE-
MENT
ASSOCIATED
PRODUCTS
Nominal
cross-section
(mm
2
)
Width
(mm)
C
o
l
o
u
r
Cat.
Nos.
End cap
Separation
/ insulation
divider
Comb for
2 blocks,
auto. front
Comb for
3 blocks,
auto. front
Comb for
10 blocks,
auto. front
Comb for
12 blocks,
side
Bar for
12 blocks,
front
Single
pole
screen
Cut to
length
screen
Test
socket
Connecting
(p. 282)
1 connection - 1 entry/1 exit
2
.
5 5
0371 60
0375 50
(3)
0375 60 0375 02 0375 01 0375 65 0375 68 0375 27
0371 00
0371 20
0371 30
4 6
0371 61
0375 50
(3)
0375 60 0375 05 0375 04 0375 65 0375 68 0375 27
0371 01
0371 21
0371 31
0371 77
6 8
0371 62
0375 50
(3)
0375 60 0375 08 0375 07 0375 66 0375 68 0375 27 0371 02
0371 78
10 10
0371 63
0375 50
(3)
0375 60 0375 40 0375 66 0375 68 0375 75
0371 03
16 12
0371 64
0375 51 0375 61 0375 42 0375 67 0375 69 0375 76
0371 04
35 15
0371 65
0375 51 0375 61 0375 44 0375 67 0375 69 0375 76
0371 05
70 22 0371 66 built-in
1 connection - 2 entries/2 exits 4 6
0371 69
0375 52 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
0371 09
2 connections on 2 levels
2
.
5 5
0371 67
0375 53 0375 63 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27
(4)
0371 07
4 6
0371 68
0375 53 0375 63 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
(4)
0371 08
3 connections on 3 levels 2
.
5 5 0371 51 0375 54 0375 54 0375 02
(4)
0375 01
(4)

0375 46
(6)

0375 47
(6)

0375 27
(4)
For protection
conductor
(p. 282)
1 connection - 1 entry/1 exit - metal base
2
.
5 5 0371 70
0375 50
(3)

4 6 0371 71
6 8 0371 72
10 10 0371 73
16 12 0371 74
0375 51
35 15 0371 75
35 15 0371 76
1 connection - 1 entry/1 exit - plastic base
(1)
4 6 0371 77 0375 50 0375 60 0375 05 0375 04 0375 65 0375 68
6 8 0371 78 0375 50 0375 60 0375 08 0375 07 0375 66 0375 68
1 connection - 2 entries/2 exits - metal base 4 6 0371 79 0375 52
Disconnect
(p. 283)
1 connection
Open (to be equipped)
2
.
5 6
0371 80 0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 0371 81
0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04
For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever
+ blown fuse indicator
0371 81
+ 0375
24 / 25
(2)
For neutral circuit with handle lever 0371 82
For standard
circuit
With handle lever 0371 83
With mini lever 0371 84 0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
For circuit not
broken
With handle lever 0371 85 0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04
With mini lever 0371 86 0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with screwed plug 10 12 0371 87 0375 56

Function
blocks (p. 283)
1 connection
Modular
2
.
5 5
0371 53
0375 55 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27
Diode carrier 1N4007 0371 54
2 connections
on 2 levels
Diode carrier 1N4007
4 6
0371 55 0375 53 0375 63 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
(4)
With voltage presence LED 0371 56 0375 53 0375 63 0375 05
(5)
0375 04
(5)

For sensors
and actuator
(p. 283)
3 connections
on 3 levels
Sensor
2
.
5 5
0371 51
0375 54 0375 54 0375 02
(4)
0375 01
(4)

0375 46
(6)

0375 47
(6)

0375 27
(4)
Actuator
0371 52
PNE (p. 282) Phase/Neutral/Earth
Measurement
(p. 283)
1 connection Disconnect for measuring circuit 4 8 0371 92 0375 57 0375 77
(1) Can be used for protection conductor inside class II equivalent assemblies
(2) Blown fuse indicator 12/24/48 V = /A Cat. No. 0375 24 or 110/250 VA Cat. No. 0375 25
(3) Or end stop Cat. No. 0375 10
CSA
(Canada) Recognized
(Etats-Unis)

N

(4) Upper level only
(5) Lower level only
(6) Lower and intermediate levels
0371 00
0371 20 0371 30
0371 61 0371 63 0371 64
0371 66 0371 69 0371 68
0371 71 0371 76
0371 78
0371 80
0371 86
0371 53
0371 51 0371 52 0371 92
0371 56
0371 87
0371 81
0371 84
0371 79
0371 08
VDE
(Allemagne)
IMQ
(Italie)
Viking 3 terminal blocks with screw connection and accessories
for copper cable
N
E
W
276
ELECTRICAL
FUNCTION
TERMINAL BLOCK INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK PROTECTION
MEASURE-
MENT
ASSOCIATED
PRODUCTS
Nominal
cross-section
(mm
2
)
Width
(mm)
C
o
l
o
u
r
Cat.
Nos.
End cap
Separation
/ insulation
divider
Comb for
2 blocks,
auto. front
Comb for
3 blocks,
auto. front
Comb for
10 blocks,
auto. front
Comb for
12 blocks,
side
Bar for
12 blocks,
front
Single
pole
screen
Cut to
length
screen
Test
socket
Connecting
(p. 282)
2
.
5 5
0371 60
0375 50
(3)
0375 60 0375 02 0375 01 0375 65 0375 68 0375 27
0371 00
0371 20
0371 30
4 6
0371 61
0375 50
(3)
0375 60 0375 05 0375 04 0375 65 0375 68 0375 27
0371 01
0371 21
0371 31
0371 77
6 8
0371 62
0375 50
(3)
0375 60 0375 08 0375 07 0375 66 0375 68 0375 27 0371 02
0371 78
10 10
0371 63
0375 50
(3)
0375 60 0375 40 0375 66 0375 68 0375 75
0371 03
16 12
0371 64
0375 51 0375 61 0375 42 0375 67 0375 69 0375 76
0371 04
35 15
0371 65
0375 51 0375 61 0375 44 0375 67 0375 69 0375 76
0371 05
70 22 0371 66 built-in
1 connection - 2 entries/2 exits 4 6
0371 69
0375 52 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
0371 09
2
.
5 5
0371 67
0375 53 0375 63 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27
(4)
0371 07
4 6
0371 68
0375 53 0375 63 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
(4)
0371 08
3 connections on 3 levels 2
.
5 5 0371 51 0375 54 0375 54 0375 02
(4)
0375 01
(4)

0375 46
(6)

0375 47
(6)

0375 27
(4)
For protection
conductor
(p. 282)
2
.
5 5 0371 70
0375 50
(3)

4 6 0371 71
6 8 0371 72
10 10 0371 73
16 12 0371 74
0375 51
35 15 0371 75
35 15 0371 76
(1)
4 6 0371 77 0375 50 0375 60 0375 05 0375 04 0375 65 0375 68
6 8 0371 78 0375 50 0375 60 0375 08 0375 07 0375 66 0375 68
1 connection - 2 entries/2 exits - metal base 4 6 0371 79 0375 52
Disconnect
(p. 283)
1 connection
2
.
5 6
0371 80 0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 0371 81
0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04
+ blown fuse indicator
0371 81
+ 0375
24 / 25
(2)
For neutral circuit with handle lever 0371 82
For standard
circuit
With mini lever 0371 84 0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
For circuit not
broken
With handle lever 0371 85 0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04
With mini lever 0371 86 0375 55 0375 62 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with screwed plug 10 12 0371 87 0375 56

Function
blocks (p. 283)
1 connection
Modular
2
.
5 5
0371 53
0375 55 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27
Diode carrier 1N4007 0371 54
2 connections
on 2 levels
4 6
0371 55 0375 53 0375 63 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
(4)
(5)
0375 04
(5)

For sensors
and actuator
(p. 283)
3 connections
on 3 levels
Sensor
2
.
5 5
0371 51
0375 54 0375 54 0375 02
(4)
0375 01
(4)

0375 46
(6)

0375 47
(6)

0375 27
(4)
Actuator
0371 52
PNE (p. 282) Phase/Neutral/Earth
Measurement
(p. 283)
1 connection Disconnect for measuring circuit 4 8 0371 92 0375 57 0375 77
(1) Can be used for protection conductor inside class II equivalent assemblies
(2) Blown fuse indicator 12/24/48 V = /A Cat. No. 0375 24 or 110/250 VA Cat. No. 0375 25
(3) Or end stop Cat. No. 0375 10
End stops
(p. 286)
Label holder
for end stop
(p. 286)
Handle lever /
mini lever
(p. 287)
Joining rods
for disconnect
blocks
(p. 287)
Blown fuse
indicators
(p. 287)
Shielding
(p. 287)
CAB 3
(p. 304)
Viking 3 terminal blocks with screw connection and accessories
for copper cable
277
Viking 3 terminal blocks with spring connection and accessories
for copper cable
ELECTRICAL
FUNCTION
TERMINAL BLOCK INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK MEASUREMENT
ASSOCIATED
PRODUCTS
Nominal
cross-section
(mm
2
)
Width
(mm)
C
o
l
o
u
r
Cat. Nos. End cap
Separation and
insulation divider
Comb for 2
blocks
Comb for 3
blocks
Comb for 10
blocks
Test socket
Connecting
(p. 284)
4 5
0372 60
0375 86 0375 95 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27 0372 00
0372 20
4 6
0372 61
built-in 0375 95 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27 0372 01
0372 21
6 8
0372 62
built-in 0375 08 0375 07 0375 27
0372 02
10 10
0372 63
built-in 0375 82
0372 03
16 12
0372 64
built-in 0375 85
0372 04
1 connection - 1 entry/2 exits
4 5
0372 40
0375 87 0375 95 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27 0372 41
0372 42
4 6
0372 43
built-in 0375 95 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
0372 44
1 connection - 2 entries/2 exits
4 5
0372 46
0375 88 0375 95 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27
0372 47
4 6
0372 69
built-in 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
0372 09
2 connections - 2 levels
4 5
0372 67
0375 89 0375 96 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27
(3)
0372 07
4 6
0372 68
built-in 0375 96 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
(3)
0372 08
For protection
conductor
(p. 284)
4 5 0372 70 0375 86
4 6 0372 71
built-in
6 8 0372 72
10 10 0372 73
16 12 0372 74
1 connection - 1 entry/2 exits - metal base
4 5 0372 10 0375 87
4 6 0372 11 built-in
1 connection - 2 entries/2 exits - metal base
4 5 0372 12 0375 88
4 6 0372 79 built-in
Disconnect
(p. 285)
1 connection
2
.
5 6
0372 80 0375 90 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with
handle lever
0372 81
0375 90 0375 05 0375 04
handle lever + blown fuse indicator
0372 81
+ 0375
24/25
(1)
For neutral circuit
with handle lever
0372 82
For standard
circuit
With mini lever 0372 84 0375 90 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
For circuit
not broken
With handle lever 0372 85 0375 90 0375 05 0375 04
With mini lever 0372 86 0375 90 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
Function
blocks
(p. 285)
1 connection -
2 entries/2 exits
4 5
0372 54 0375 88 0375 95 0375 02 0375 01
2 connections -
2 entries
Diode carrier 1N4007 0372 55 0375 89 0375 96 0375 02 0375 01
(2)
0375 01
(2)
(1) Blown fuse indicator 12/24/48V= /A Cat. No. 0375 24 or 110/250VA Cat. No. 0375 25
0372 60
0372 21
0372 72
0372 64
0372 42
0372 12
0372 80
0372 69
0372 83
0372 54
0372 61
0372 02
0372 70
0372 40
0372 47
0372 71
0372 82
0372 68
0372 84
CSA
(Canada) Recognized
(Etats-Unis)
N

VDE
(Allemagne)
IMQ
(Italie)
N
E
W
278
Viking 3 terminal blocks with spring connection and accessories
for copper cable
ELECTRICAL
FUNCTION
TERMINAL BLOCK INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK MEASUREMENT
ASSOCIATED
PRODUCTS
Nominal
cross-section
(mm
2
)
Width
(mm)
C
o
l
o
u
r
Cat. Nos. End cap
Separation and
insulation divider
Comb for 2
blocks
Comb for 3
blocks
Comb for 10
blocks
Test socket
Connecting
(p. 284)
4 5
0372 60
0375 86 0375 95 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27 0372 00
0372 20
4 6
0372 61
built-in 0375 95 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27 0372 01
0372 21
6 8
0372 62
built-in 0375 08 0375 07 0375 27
0372 02
10 10
0372 63
built-in 0375 82
0372 03
16 12
0372 64
built-in 0375 85
0372 04
1 connection - 1 entry/2 exits
4 5
0372 40
0375 87 0375 95 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27 0372 41
0372 42
4 6
0372 43
built-in 0375 95 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
0372 44
4 5
0372 46
0375 88 0375 95 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27
0372 47
4 6
0372 69
built-in 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
0372 09
4 5
0372 67
0375 89 0375 96 0375 02 0375 01 0375 27
(3)
0372 07
4 6
0372 68
built-in 0375 96 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
(3)
0372 08
For protection
conductor
(p. 284)
4 5 0372 70 0375 86
4 6 0372 71
built-in
6 8 0372 72
10 10 0372 73
16 12 0372 74
1 connection - 1 entry/2 exits - metal base
4 5 0372 10 0375 87
4 6 0372 11 built-in
1 connection - 2 entries/2 exits - metal base
4 5 0372 12 0375 88
4 6 0372 79 built-in
Disconnect
(p. 285)
1 connection
2
.
5 6
0372 80 0375 90 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
handle lever
0372 81
0375 90 0375 05 0375 04
handle lever + blown fuse indicator
0372 81
+ 0375
24/25
(1)
For neutral circuit
with handle lever
0372 82
For standard
circuit
With mini lever 0372 84 0375 90 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
For circuit
not broken
With handle lever 0372 85 0375 90 0375 05 0375 04
With mini lever 0372 86 0375 90 0375 05 0375 04 0375 27
Function
blocks
(p. 285)
1 connection -
2 entries/2 exits
4 5
0372 54 0375 88 0375 95 0375 02 0375 01
2 connections -
2 entries
Diode carrier 1N4007 0372 55 0375 89 0375 96 0375 02 0375 01
(2)
0375 01
(2)
(1) Blown fuse indicator 12/24/48V= /A Cat. No. 0375 24 or 110/250VA Cat. No. 0375 25
End stops
(p. 286)
Label holder
for end stop
(p. 286)
Handle lever /
mini lever
(p. 287)
Joining rods
for disconnect
blocks
(p. 287)
Blown fuse
indicators
(p. 287)
Shielding
(p. 287)
CAB 3
(p. 304)
279
SCREW CONNECTION (CONTINUED)
TERMINAL BLOCKS
N
o
m
i
n
a
l
c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
(
m
m
2
)
W
i
d
t
h
(
m
m
)
C
a
t
.

N
o
s
.
(
o
l
d

r
a
n
g
e
)
C
a
t
.

N
o
s
.
(
n
e
w

r
a
n
g
e
)
For neutral
conductor
1 connection
2
.
5 5 0393 000371 00
4 6 0393 010371 01
6 8 0393 020371 02
10 10 0371 03
16 12 0393 040371 04
35 15 0371 05
2 connections - 2 levels 4 6 0393 070371 08
For circuit
not broken
1 connection
2
.
5 5 0371 20
4 6 0393 39 0371 21
1 disconnect connection 4 6 0393 38 0371 85
For sensor/
actuator
3 connections
3 levels
Sensor/power supply unit 2
.
5 5 0390 51 0371 51
Actuator/power supply unit
2
.
5 5 0390 52 0371 52
PNE Phase/Neutral/Earth
For special
circuits
1 connection - red 2
.
5 5 0371 30
1 connection - red 4 6 0371 31
For
protection
conductor
1 connection - Metal base
2
.
5 5 0371 70 0371 70
4 6 0371 71 0371 71
6 8 0393 72 0371 72
10 10 0393 74 0371 73
16 12 0393 76 0371 74
35 15 0393 78 0371 75
2 connections - 2 levels - Metal base 4 6 0393 73 0371 79
1 connection - Plastic base
4 6 0393 81 0371 77
6 8 0393 82 0371 78
1 connection - Metal base - bare
terminal
35 15 0371 76
SCREW CONNECTION
TERMINAL BLOCKS
N
o
m
i
n
a
l
c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y

(
m
m
2
)
W
i
d
t
h
(
m
m
)
C
a
t
.

N
o
s
.
(
o
l
d

r
a
n
g
e
)
C
a
t
.

N
o
s
.
(
n
e
w

r
a
n
g
e
)
Standard
1 connection
2
.
5 5 0390 60 0371 60
4 6 0390 61 0371 61
6 8 0390 62 0371 62
10 10 0390 64 0371 63
16 12 0390 66 0371 64
35 15 0390 68 0371 65
70 22 0390 70 0371 66
1 connection - 1 entry - 2 exits 4 6 0390 82 0371 69
2
.
5 5 0390 77 0371 67
4 6 0390 78 0371 68
3 connections - 3 levels 2
.
5 5 0390 51 0371 51
V.O. - UL 94 1 connection
2
.
5 5 0390 00
4 6 0390 01
6 8 0390 02
Function
blocks
2 connections
2 levels
Shunted 4 6 0390 76 0371 69
Diode carrier 4 6 0390 80 0371 55
With voltage
presence LED
4 6 0371 56
Disconnect
1 connection
Blade type 4 6 0390 84 0371 84
Neutral
equipped
4 8 0390 85 0371 82
For cartridge
5 x 20
10 12 0371 87
4 8 0390 86 0371 81
4 8
0371 81
+037525
2 connections
2 levels
For cartridge
5 x 20
4 8 0390 88
old range: Viking 3 terminal blocks and accessories
and equivalences between old/new range
ELECTRICAL
FUNCTION
TERMINAL BLOCK INSULATION
EQUIPOTENTIAL
LINK
PROTECTION
ASSOCIATED
PRODUCTS
Max.
connection
(mm
2
)
Width
(mm)
Cat. Nos.
Separation
and insulation
divider
Shunt
Cover
4 blocks
Cover
3 blocks
Rail
3
Rail
1
Heavy
duty
terminal
blocks
(p. 292)
Cable - cable
42 0390 10 0394 46
55 0390 11 0394 47
Cable lug -
cable lug
36 0390 13 0394 46
42 0390 14 0394 46
55 0390 15 0394 47
Cable lug -
cable
42 0390 17 0394 46
55 0390 18 0394 47
Cable -
cable lug
42 0390 20 0394 46
55 0390 21 0394 47
For busbars
or eyelets
35 26 0390 71 0390 31 0394 77 0394 88
70 34 0390 72 0390 32 0394 78 0394 86
120 34 0390 73 0390 33 0394 78 0394 86
240 46 0390 74 0390 34 0394 78 0394 89 0394 86
CSA
(Canada)
GOST
(Russie)
Recognized
(Etats-Unis)
VE
(Autriche)
CSA
(Canada)
GOST
(Russie)
Recognized
(Etats-Unis)
VE
(Autriche)
Viking 3 heavy duty terminal blocks
CSA
(Canada)
Recognized
(Etats-Unis)
0390 21
0390 11
0390 14
CAB 3
(p. 304)
280
SPRING CONNECTION
TERMINAL BLOCKS
N
o
m
i
n
a
l
c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
(
m
m
2
)
W
i
d
t
h

(
m
m
)
C
a
t
.

N
o
s
.
(
o
l
d

r
a
n
g
e
)
C
a
t
.

N
o
s
.
(
n
e
w

r
a
n
g
e
)
Standard
1 connection
2 cables
2
.
5 5 0396 01 0372 60
4 6 0396 04 0372 61
6 8 0372 62
10 10 0372 63
16 12 0372 64
3 cables
1 entry - 2 exits
2
.
5 5 0396 02 0372 40
4 6 0372 43
4 cables
1 entry - 2 exits
2
.
5 5 0396 03 0372 46
2 connections
2 levels
4 cables
1
.
5 5 0396 27 0372 67
4 6 0396 36 0372 68
For neutral
conductor
1 connection
2 cables
2
.
5 5 0372 00
4 6 0372 01
6 8 0372 02
10 10 0372 03
16 12 0372 04
3 cables
1 entry - 2 exits
2
.
5 5 0372 41
4 6 0372 44
4 cables
1 entry - 2 exits
2
.
5 5 0372 47
2 connections
2 levels
4 cables 4 6 0372 08
Disconnect 1 connection
2
cables
Blade
type
4 6 0372 84
for
cartridge
5 x 20
4 6 0372 81
Diode carrier 1 connection 4 cables 2
.
5 5 0372 54
For
protection
conductor
1 connection
2 cables
2
.
5 5 0396 21 0372 70
4 6 0396 24 0372 71
6 8 0396 25 0372 72
10 10 0372 73
16 12 0372 74
3 cables
1 entry - 2 exits
2
.
5 5 0372 10
4 6 0396 30 0372 11
4 cables
1 entry - 2 exits
2
.
5 5 0372 12
2 connections
2 levels
4 cables 4 6 0372 79
END STOPS
Cat. Nos.
(old range)
Cat. Nos.
(new range)
12 width end stop, tri-rail 0394 00 0375 13
8 width end stop, rail 1 0394 02
8 width end stop, rail 2 0394 03 0375 11
10 width stop, bar support 0375 12
CSA
(Canada)
GOST
(Russie)
Recognized
(Etats-Unis)
old range: Viking 3 terminal blocks and accessories
and equivalences between old/new range (continued)
SPRING CONNECTION ACCESSORIES
Cat. Nos
(old
range)
Cat. Nos.
(new
range)
End cap
0396 31 037586
Std term. block - 2 cables -
width 5-6
0396 32 037587
width 5
0396 77
width 6
0396 33 037588
Std/diode term. block -
4 cables - width 5
0396 48 037589
2 levels - width 5
0396 85
2 levels - width 6
0396 43 037586
Protection cond. term.
block -
2 cables - width 5-6
Cat. Nos
(old
range)
Cat. Nos.
(new
range)
Separation/insulation divider
0396 49
Block with 2 cables - width
5-6
0396 50 Block with 3 cables - width 5
Equipotential bridging
comb
0396 58 Block - width 5 - 2 poles
0396 61 037505 Block - width 6 - 2 poles
SCREW CONNECTION ACCESSORIES
Cat.Nos.
(old range)
Cat.Nos.
(new range)
End cap
0394 50 0375 50 Block with 1 connection - width 5-6
0394 82 Block with 1 connection 1 entry/2 exits - width 6
0394 55 0375 53 Block with 2 connections - width 5-6
0394 53 0375 54 Sensor/actuator block - 3 connections Cat. Nos. 0390 51/52
0394 73 Block with 1 connection V.O. - UL 94 - width 5-6
0394 74 Block with 1 connection V.O. - UL 94 - width 8-10
0393 49 Disconnect terminal - 1 connection Cat. Nos. 0390 85/86
0393 48 Disconnect terminal - 2 connections Cat. No. 0390 88
0393 09 Neutral block - 1 connection - width 5-6
0393 15 0375 53 Neutral block - 2 connections - width 5-6
0393 46 Block for circuit not broken - 1 connection Cat. No. 0393 39
0393 45 0375 55 Block for circuit not broken - 1 connection Cat. No. 0393 38
0393 84 0375 52 Block for cond. protection - 2 connections Cat. No. 0393 73
0393 87 Block for cond. protection - 1 connection Cat. No. 0393 81
0393 88 Block for cond. protection - 1 connection Cat. No. 0393 82
Separation/insulation divider
0394 66 0375 60 Block with 1 connection width 5-6-8-10 and disconnect. width 6
0394 69 0375 63 Blocks with 2 connections width 5-6
0394 67 0375 62 Blocks with 1 connection width 12-15 and disconnect. width 8
0394 53 0375 54 Blocks with 3 connections width 5
Equipotential bridging comb
0394 31 Width 5 - 12 blocks
0394 20 0375 04 Width 6 - 12 blocks
0394 40 0375 02 Width 5 - 2 blocks
0394 43 0375 05 Width 6 - 2 blocks
0394 22 0375 47 Sens./act. - width 5 - blue - 12 blocks
0394 23 0375 46 Sens./act. - width 5 - brown - 12 blocks
0394 26 Sens./act. - width 5 - green - 12 blocks
Equipotential bridging bar
0394 10 0375 01 Insulated - width 5 - 12 blocks
0394 12 Insulated - width 8 - 12 blocks
0394 13 0375 40 Bare - width 10 - 12 blocks
0394 16 0375 40 Bare - width 10 - 12 blocks - low spacer
Protective screen
0394 92 0375 65 Single pole for block with 1 connection - width 5-6
0394 80 0375 68 Cut to length - width 5-6-8-10 (on Cat. No. 0394 66)
0394 81 0375 69 Cut to length - width 12-15 (on Cat. No. 0394 67)
Miscellaneous
0394 05 0375 35
Screening continuity bracket for
1 connection blocks - width 5-6-8-10
0394 95
Protection cap for separable combs/
bars - width 5-6
281
(1) Built-in end cap
(2) Cable capacity: 2
.
5 mm
2
max. with equipotential bridging comb
Viking 3 terminal blocks with screw connection
Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid or fexible copper cables
2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection up to 8 width
For rails 2 depth 15 mm, 2 EN 60715 depth 75 mm and 15 mm
0371 60 + 0371 00 + 0371 20 +
0371 30
0371 69 0371 68
0371 79
0371 74
0371 76
0371 60 + 0371 61 + 0371 62 + 0371 63 +
0371 64 + 371 65 + 371 66
0371 70 on rail 4
see p. 304
Pack Cat. Nos. Connecting
Grey for standard circuit, blue for neutral
conductor, orange for circuit not broken by
the master isolating device, red for special circuits
(safety, protected, etc)
Colour
Nominal
cross-section
(mm)
Capacity
Width (mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable (mm
2
)
60 0371 60 Grey
25 0
.
25 to 4 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 5
60 0371 00 Blue
60 0371 20 Orange
60 0371 30 Red
50 0371 61 Grey
4 0
.
25 to 6 0
.
25 to 4 6
50 0371 01 Blue
50 0371 21 Orange
50 0371 31 Red
40 0371 62 Grey
6 0
.
5 to 10 0
.
25 to 6 8
40 0371 02 Blue
30 0371 63 Grey
10 1
.
5 to 16 2
.
5 to 10 10
30 0371 03 Blue
20 0371 64 Grey
16 1
.
5 to 25 4 to 16 12
20 0371 04 Blue
20 0371 65 Grey
35 2
.
5 to 50 4 to 35 15
20 0371 05 Blue
10 0371 66
(1)
Grey 70 25 to 95 16 to 70 22
25 0371 69 Grey
4 0
.
25 to 6 0
.
25 to 4 6
25 0371 09 Blue
60 0371 67 Grey
2
.
5 0
.
25 to 4 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 5
60 0371 07 Blue
60 0371 68 Grey
4 0
.
25 to 6 0
.
25 to 4 6
60 0371 08 Blue
50 0371 51
(2)
Grey 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 4 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 5
Pack Cat. Nos. For protection conductor
Screwless fxing on rail up to 10 mm width
PEN from 10 mm
2
Colour
Nominal
cross-
section
(mm)
Capacity
Width
(mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable (mm
2
)
60 0371 70 Green/yellow 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 4 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 5
50 0371 71 Green/yellow 4 0
.
25 to 6 0
.
25 to 4 6
.
5 to 10 0
.
25 to 6 8
30 0371 73 Green/yellow 10 1
.
5 to 16 2
.
5 to 10 10
10 0371 74 Green/yellow 16 1
.
5 to 25 4 to 16 12
10 0371 75 Green/yellow 35 2
.
5 to 50 4 to 35 15
1 connection - bare block - metal base
10 0371 76 - 35 2
.
5 to 50 4 to 35 15
1 connection - 2 entries/2 exits -
metal base
Screwless fxing on rail
.
25 to 6 0
.
25 to 4 6
Can be used for protection conductor inside
class II equivalent assemblies
50 0371 77 Green 4 0
.
25 to 6 0
.
25 to 4 6
40 0371 78 Green 6 0
.
5 to 10 0
.
25 to 6 8
PNE - Phase/Neutral/Earth
3 connections on 3 levels - metal base
Green/yellow marking for the lower level
Colour
Nominal
cross-section
(mm)
Capacity
Width (mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable (mm
2
)
50 0371 52
(2)
Grey 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 4 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 5
N
E
W
CAB 3 marking system
282
(1) Rigid cable capacity: 2
.
5 mm max with equipotential brigding comb
Viking 3 terminal blocks with screw connection (continued)
Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid or fexible copper cables
2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection up to 8 width
For rails 2 depth 15 mm, 2 EN 60715 depth 7
.
5 mm and 15 mm
0371 80 + automotive-type fuse
0371 55
0371 82 + 0371 83 +
0371 85
0371 51 0371 52
0371 84 + 0371 86 0371 53
0371 92
0371 87
Accessories (p. 286)
End stops (p. 286)
see p. 301
New Starfx crimping tools
Pack Cat. Nos. Disconnect terminal blocks 1 connection
Disconnection by means of blade type lever, handle
lever or mini lever (with tool)
Can take a blade-type automotive fuse or a miniature
circuit breaker, or blade type levers
Cat. Nos. 0375 15/16/17/18
Colour
Nominal
cross-
section
(mm)
Capacity
Width
(mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable (mm
2
)
20 0371 80 Grey 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 6
20 0371 81 Grey 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 6
For neutral circuit with blue handle lever
20 0371 82 Grey/blue 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 6
For standard circuit with handle lever
20 0371 83 Grey 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 6
For standard circuit with mini lever
20 0371 84 Grey 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 6
For circuit not broken with handle lever
Circuit not broken by the master isolating device
20 0371 85 Orange 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 6
For circuit not broken with mini lever
20 0371 86 Orange 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 6
For cartridge 5 x 20 with screwed plug
20 0371 87 Grey 10 0
.
25 to 16 0
.
25 to 10 12
For cartridge 63 x 32 with screwed plug
20 0371 88 Grey 10 0
.
25 to 16 0
.
25 to 10 12
Pack Cat. Nos. Function blocks
1 connection - modular
Component connected with screws
Colour
Nominal
cross-section
(mm)
Capacity
Width
(mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable (mm
2
)
20 0371 53 Grey 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 4 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 5
1 connection - diode carrier
20 0371 54 Grey 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 4 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 5
2 connections on 2 levels - diode carrier
60 0371 55 Grey 4 0
.
25 to 6 0
.
25 to 4 6
2 connections on 2 levels - with LED
Voltage presence indicator (12/24V
=
/A)
60 0371 56 Grey 4 0
.
25 to 6 0
.
25 to 4 6
For sensors and actuators
For connecting sensors (Cat. No. 0371 51) or
actuators (Cat. No. 0371 52), and their shared power
supply unit using equipotential bridging comb
Cat. Nos. 0375 46/47 (wiring diagram p. 289)
3 connections on 3 levels - for sensor
Colour
Nominal
cross-section
(mm)
Capacity
Width
(mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable (mm
2
)
50 0371 51
(1)
Grey 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 4 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 5
3 connections on 3 levels - for actuator
Green/yellow marking for the lower level
Metal base. Screwless fxing on rail
50 0371 52
(1)
Grey 2
.
5 0
.
25 to 4 0
.
25 to 2
.
5 5
Disconnect for measurement
1 connection
With its accessories, allows intervention
(measurements, maintenance, etc) on a current,
voltage and power measuring circuit by keeping the
current transformer secondary circuit closed
Colour
Nominal
cross-section
(mm)
Capacity
Width (mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable (mm
2
)
25 0371 92 Grey 4 0
.
25 to 4 0
.
25 to 4 8
Blade type levers, joining rods and blown
fuse indicators (p. 287)
N
E
W
283
(1) Built-in end cap
Pack Cat. Nos. Connecting
Grey for standard circuit, blue for neutral conductor,
orange for circuit not broken by the master isolating
device
1 connection - 2 cables - 1 entry/1 exit
Colour
Nominal
cross-
section
(mm)
Capacity
Width
(mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable with
ferrule
(mm
2
)
60 0372 60 Grey
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 5 60 0372 00 Blue
60 0372 20 Orange
50 0372 61
(1)
Grey
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 4 6 50 0372 01
(1)
Blue
50 0372 21
(1)
Orange
50 0372 62
(1)
Grey
6 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 6 8
50 0372 02
(1)
Blue
40 0372 63
(1)
Grey
10 0
.
75 to 10 0
.
75 to 10 0
.
75 to 10 10
40 0372 03
(1)
Blue
10 0372 64
(1)
Grey
16 4 to 16 4 to 16 4 to 16 12
10 0372 04
(1)
Blue
1 connection - 3 cables - 1 entry/2 exits
60 0372 40 Grey
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 5 60 0372 41 Blue
60 0372 42 Orange
50 0372 43
(1)
Grey
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 4 6
50 0372 44
(1)
Blue
1 connection - 4 cables - 2 entries/2 exits
60 0372 46 Grey
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 5
60 0372 47 Blue
50 0372 69
(1)
Grey
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 4 6
50 0372 09
(1)
Blue
2 connections - 4 cables - 2 levels
60 0372 67 Grey
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 5
60 0372 07 Blue
50 0372 68
(1)
Grey
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 4 6
50 0372 08
(1)
Blue
Pack Cat. Nos. For protection conductor
Metal base
PEN from 10 mm
2
1 connection - 2 cables - 1 entry/1 exit
Colour
Nominal
cross-
section
(mm)
Capacity
Width
(mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable with
ferrule
(mm
2
)
60 0372 70 Green/
yellow
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 5
50 0372 71
(1)
Green/
yellow
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 4 6
25 0372 72
(1)
Green/
yellow
6 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 6 8
20 0372 73
(1)
Green/
yellow
10 0
.
75 to 10 0
.
75 to 10 0
.
75 to 10 10
15 0372 74
(1)
Green/
yellow
16 4 to 16 4 to 16 4 to 16 12
1 connection - 3 cables - 1 entry/2 exits
40 0372 10 Green/
yellow
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 5
30 0372 11
(1)
Green/
yellow
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 4 6
1 connection - 4 cables - 2 entries/2 exits
40 0372 12 Green/
yellow
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 5
30 0372 79
(1)
Green/
yellow
4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 4 6
Viking 3 terminal blocks with spring connection
Screwless connection system, stainless steel spring type
Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid copper cables, or fexible cables with or without ferrules (p. 301)
Direct tool-free insertion of a rigid cable or fexible cable with ferrule, up to 6 mm width
2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection
.
5 mm and 15 mm
0372 60 + 0372 00 + 0372 20 0372 63 0372 40 0372 21 0372 01
Automatic insertion of stripped
cable with ferrule cap or rigid
cable up to width of 6 mm
0372 72 0372 79
CAB 3 marking system
see p. 304
N
E
W
0372 70
Automatic fxing on rail 4
284
Viking 3 terminal blocks with spring connection (continued)
Screwless connection system, stainless steel spring type
Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid copper cables, or fexible cables with or without ferrule (p. 301)
Direct tool-free insertion of a rigid cable or fexible cable with ferrule, up to 6 mm width
2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection
.
5 mm and 15 mm
Blade type levers, joining rods and blown
fuse indicators (p. 287)
End stops (p. 286)
Pack Cat. Nos. Disconnect terminal blocks
1 connection - 2 cables
Disconnection by means of blade type lever, handle
lever or mini lever (with tool)
Can take a blade-type automotive fuse or a miniature
circuit breaker, blade type levers
Cat. Nos. 0375 15/16/17/18
Colour
Nominal
cross-
section
(mm)
Capacity
Width
(mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable with
ferrule
(mm
2
)
20 0372 80 Grey 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 6
20 0372 81 Grey 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 6
For neutral circuit with blue handle lever
20 0372 82 Grey/blue 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 6
For standard circuit with handle lever
20 0372 83 Grey 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 6
For standard circuit with mini lever
20 0372 84 Grey 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 6
For circuit not broken with handle lever
20 0372 85 Orange 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 6
For circuit not broken with mini lever
20 0372 86 Orange 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 6
Pack Cat. Nos. Function blocks
1 connection - 4 cables - 2 entries/2 outlets -
diode-carrier
Colour
Nominal
cross-
section
(mm)
Capacity
Width
(mm)
Rigid cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable
(mm
2
)
Flexible
cable with
ferrule
(mm
2
)
60 0372 54 Grey 4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 5
2 connections - 4 cables - 2 levels - diode carrier
60 0372 55 Grey 4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 5
2 connections - 4 cables - 2 levels - with LED
Voltage presence indicator (12/24V
=
/A)
60 0372 56 Grey 4 0
.
5 to 6 0
.
5 to 4 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 5
N
E
W
0372 81 open 0372 82 + 0372 83 + 0372 85 0372 80 with automotive-type fuse
0372 84
0372 54
0372 81 with blown fuse
indicator (p. 287)
see p. 301
New Starfx crimping tools
285
(1) Blocks Cat. Nos. 0371 51/52: upper level only
Block Cat. No. 0372 56: lower level only
Pack Cat. Nos. Rails for cutting to length
Length 2 m
10 0374 04 4 EN 60715 depth 7
.
5 mm
10 0374 07 3 depth 15 mm
45 mounting bracket
10 0394 49 Set of 2 supports for tilting a rail
at an angle of 45
Supplied with 4 x M6 screws, nuts and washers
End stops
Accept CAB 3 markers
Automatic 6 mm width
50 0375 10 Screwless mounting
For rails 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715
depth 7
.
5 mm and 15 mm
Accepts label holder Cat. No. 0395 96
Acts as end cap for screw terminal blocks
1 entry/1 exit 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm width
8 mm width
20 0375 11
For rails 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715
depth 7
.
5 mm and 15 mm
Accepts label holder Cat. No. 0395 96
10 mm width
10 0375 12 For rails 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715 depth
7
.
5 mm (except for rail fxed on plate) and 15 mm
For supporting protection conductor bar:
- Brass bar Cat. Nos. 0373 00/01
- Copper bar 12 x 4 mm with clamps
Cat. No. 0373 02
- IP 2X terminal block with fat steel bar 12 x 2 mm
Cat. No. 0048 19
- Copper bar 12 x 4 mm Cat. No. 0373 49 or 0373 89
- Shielding bar 10 x 3 mm Cat. No. 0375 34
12 mm width
20 0375 13 For rails 1 EN 60715, 4 depth 15 mm and 4
EN 60715 depth 75 mm and 15 mm
After cutting out the upper divider, can be labelled
Identifcation accessories
20 0395 96 Transparent label holder with variable angle
Fixing on end stops Cat. Nos. 0375 10/11
Supplied with label 32 x 9
.
5 mm
Can take label Cat. No. 0395 97
20 0395 97 Label for engraving 28 x 9
.
5 mm
For label holder Cat. No. 0395 96. Flexible ABS
White background, black engraving
10 0395 98 Black felt tip pen for
permanent marking
CAB 3
marking system (p. 303-305)

Pack Cat. Nos. End caps
Grey
For screw terminal blocks
100 0375 50 1 entry/1 exit 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm width
20 0375 51 1 entry/1 exit 12 and 15 mm width
20 0375 52 2 entries/2 exits
20 0375 53 2 levels
20 0375 54 3 levels
20 0375 55 Disconnect terminal 6 mm width and function blocks
5 mm width
20 0375 56 Disconnect terminal fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with
screwed plug
10 0375 57 Disconnect for measurement
For spring terminal blocks with 5 mm width
Allows the block to become 6 mm width and take
a fexible cable ftted with a ferrule 4 mm
2
50 0375 86 1 entry/1 exit
50 0375 87 1 entry/2 exits
20 0375 88 2 entries/2 exits
20 0375 89 2 levels
For spring terminal blocks with 6 mm width
20 0375 90 Disconnect type
Separation and insulation dividers
Grey
20 0375 60 1 entry/1 exit 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm width
10 0375 61 1 entry/1 exit 12 and 15 mm width
10 0375 62 2 entry/2 exits and disconnect
6 mm width blocks
10 0375 63 2 levels
20 0375 64 3 levels
For spring terminal blocks
10 0375 95 1 entry/1 exit, 1 entry/2 exits and
2 entry/2 exits 5 and 6 mm width
10 0375 96 2 levels
Equipotential bridging accessories
Bridging combs for screw and spring terminal blocks
Front mounting (automatic insertion), screwless
Isolated and separable. Consecutive or
alternating connection. Red
20 0375 01
(1)
For 10 blocks with 5 mm width
50 0375 02
(1)
20 0375 04
(1)
50 0375 05
(1)
20 0375 07
(1)
20 0375 08
(1)
Viking 3 accessories for terminal blocks
0375 12 with CAB 3 labelling 0375 11 with label
holder 0395 96
End stop 0375 10, screwless mounting
Automatic bridging combs
Cat. Nos. 0375 01 to 0375 08 for
terminal blocks with screw or
spring connection
CAB 3 markers
0375 62
0375 95
0375 52
0375 89
0375 54
Equipotential bars Cat.
Nos. 0375 40/42/44 for
terminal blocks with
screw connection
Bridging combs
Cat. Nos. 0375 46/47
for 3 level terminal
blocks with screw
connection
CAB 3 label holders
Cat. No. 0383 92 for terminal
blocks with screw connection
0375 13 with label holder
286
Viking 3 accessories for terminal blocks (continued)
(1) Except for Cat. No. 0371 87
(2) Except for disconnect blocks with handle lever, screw terminal
block with LED and spring function blocks. 2 and 3-level terminal
blocks: upper level only
Pack Cat. Nos. Equipotential bridging accessories (continued)
Bars for screw terminal blocks
Front mounting with screws. Pre-assembled
Consecutive or alternating connection
10 0375 40 For 12 blocks with 10 mm width
10 0375 42
(1)
Bridging combs for 3-level screw terminal blocks
For lower and intermediate levels of blocks
Cat. Nos. 0371 51/52. Side mounting
Isolated and separable
10 0375 46
Brown. For 12 blocks with 5 mm width
10 0375 47 Blue. For 12 blocks with 5 mm width
Bridging combs for spring terminal blocks
Front mounting (automatic insertion), screwless
Isolated. Red
20 0375 82
Accessories for disconnect blocks
For screw and spring terminal blocks
Blade type levers
For open blocks Cat. Nos. 0371 80 and 0372 80
Manual disconnection for handle type, tool required
for mini lever type
10 0375 15 With handle lever for fuse cartridge 5 x 20
10 0375 16 Blue handle lever for neutral
10 0375 17 Grey handle lever
10 0375 18 Mini lever
Joining rods
For handle and mini lever
20 0375 21 For 2 blocks
20 0375 22 For 3 blocks
Blown fuse indicators
Clip directly on to blocks Cat. Nos. 0371 81,
0372 81 or handle lever 0375 15 (with power off)
10 0375 24 12/24/48 V= /A for block with
fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever
10 0375 25
110/250 VA for block with fuse cartridge
5 x 20 with handle lever
Shielding accessories
Ensure safe, simple connection of cable shielding
Shielding clamps
- mounted by pivoting on collector bar
10 x 3 mm Cat. No. 0375 34
- mounted on plate with M4 screws (supplied)
- mounted on rail 4 with Cat. No. 0364 69
10 0375 30 For cable diameter 3 to 8 mm
10 0375 31 For cable diameter 4 to 13
.
5 mm
4 0375 32 For cable diameter 10 to 20 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Shielding accessories (continued)
Ensure safe, simple connection of cable shielding
Shielding bar
For screw and spring terminal blocks. Steel. Length
1 m. For use with end stops Cat. No. 0375 12
10 0375 34 10 x 3 mm
Screening continuity bracket
50 0375 35 For screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 exit
5, 6, 8 and 10 mm width
Connected with 2
.
8 x 0
.
8 mm clips
or welded on. Capacity: 1 mm
2
Protective screens
1 pole
For screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 exit
10 0375 65 5 and 6 mm width
10 0375 66 8 and 10 mm width
10 0375 67 12 and 15 mm width
Cut to length
Length 1 m
Mounted on separation and insulation divider
For screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 exit
10 0375 68 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm width
(divider Cat. No. 0375 60)
10 0375 69 12 and 15 mm width
(divider Cat. No. 0375 61)
Measurement accessories
10 0375 27
(2)
Measurement socket for 4 mm plug
for blocks with 5 and 6 mm width
50 0375 75 Measurement socket for 2 mm plug
for blocks with 10 mm width Cat. Nos. 0371 03/63
for blocks with 12 and 15 mm width
Cat. Nos. 0371 04/05/64/65
for disconnect block for measurement
Cat. No. 0371 92

0371 80 + 0375 15 +
0375 25
0372 81 + 0375 24
0375 77 + 0371 92 open 0375 66 + 0371 63 + 0371 03
0375 15 0375 16
0375 17 0375 18
Shielding terminal block with end stops 0375 12,
bar 0375 34 and clamps 0375 30/31
0375 76 + 0371 64 0375 27 + 0371 61
287
Cat. Nos.
Voltage (V) Current (A)
Nominal
cross-section
IEC CSA UL Ie IEC CSA UL
IEC
(mm
2
)
CSA
(AWG)
UL
(AWG)
0371 00/20/30/60
800 600 600
27 24 20 20 2
.
5 12 12
0371 01/21/31/61 36 32 30 30 4 10 10
0371 02/62 48 41 50 50 6 8 8
0371 03/63 63 57 60 60 10 6 6
0371 04/64 85 76 85 85 16 4 4
0371 05/65 138 125 115 115 35 2 2
0371 07/67
500 300 300
27 24 20 20 2
.
5 12 12
0371 08/68 36 32 30 30 4 10 10
0371 09/69 36 32 30 30 4 10 10
0371 66 1000 600 600 213 192 200 200 70 000 000
0371 77
800 600 600
36 32 30 30 4 10 10
0371 78 48 41 50 50 6 8 8
n Characteristics and dimensions (mm)
V2 polyamide according to UL 94, 960C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11
Connecting blocks
Blocks for protection conductor
Disconnect terminals
Power according to EN 60947-7-3
Approved by ATEX:
LCIE 07 ATEX 0010 U-0081

II

1 or 2 G or D Ex e/i/tD/iD II
The terminal blocks with screw connection covered by this certifcate are
1-, 2- and 3-level connecting terminal blocks, and blocks for protection
conductor with metal
(1)
and plastic base (detailed list on p. 276)
The main characteristics are:
Operating temperature: - 30C to + 55C
Maximum temperature of materials: + 85C
Working voltage acc. to EN 60079-7: 1-level terminal blocks: 500 V
Blocks with 2 entries - 2 exits: 250 V
2 and 3-level terminal blocks: 250 V
Rated current:
Cat. No. 0371 51: see blocks for sensors
IEC 60947-7-1, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059
Ie: Rated current NF C 15100 table 52H, column 4
IEC 60947-7-1/7-2, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059
(1) PEN terminal blocks
IEC 60947-7-1/7-3, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059
(1) With or without blown fuse indicator Cat. No. 0375 25
Cat. Nos. 0371 00/01/
02/03/20/21/30/31/60/
61/62/63/77/78
Cat. Nos.
0371 04/05/64/65
Cat. Nos.
0371 70/71/72/73
Cat. No. 0371 80
Cat. No. 0371 87
Cat. Nos. 0371 77/78
Cat. Nos. 0371 09/69
Cat. No. 0371 66
Cat. Nos. 0371 74/75
Cat. Nos. 0371 81/82/83/85
Cat. No. 0371 79
Cat. No. 0371 76
Cat. Nos. 0371 84/86
Cat. Nos. 0371 07/08/67/68
522
458
4
6
4
5
3
9
571
545
6
2
9
7
0
4
522
458
4
6
4
5
3
9
712
268
4
6
4
5
3
9
522
458
4
6
4
5
3
9
57
544
5
1
2
5
8
7
646
62
6
3
7
0
5
545
6
3
7
0
5
916
712
268
5
2
3
8
3
1
9
0
6
5
9
8
57
544
5
1
2
5
8
7
505
2
9
3
4
1
5
4
9
3
6
8
842
712
268
4
6
5
7
6
3
8
3
8
5
4
748
722
6
2
5
7
0
Conductor
cross-section (mm
2
)
2
.
5 4 6 10 16 35 70
Rated current (A) 18 23 30 42 57 93 144
Certifcate of conformity of component for the customer is available
on request
(1) Except for Cat. No. 0371 76
Cat. Nos.
Voltage (V) Nominal cross-section
IEC CSA UL IEC (mm
2
) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG)
0371 70
800 600 600
2
.
5 12 12
0371 71 4 10 10
0371 72 6 8 8
0371 73
(1)
10 6 6
0371 74
(1)
16 4 4
0371 75
(1)
35 2 2
0371 76 - - - 35 - -
0371 77
800 600 600
4 10 10
0371 78 6 8 8
0371 79 500 300 300 4 10 10
Cat. Nos.
Nominal
cross-section
IEC CSA UL IEC CSA UL
IEC
(mm
2
)
CSA
(AWG)
UL
(AWG)
0371 80 500 300 300 15 15 15
2
.
5
12 12
0371 81 or
0371 80 + 0375 15
250 250 250 6
.
3 6
.
3 6
.
3
0371 82
500 300 300 15 15 15
0371 83
0371 84
0371 85
0371 86
0371 87 250 250 250 10 10 10 10
Cat. Nos.
Short-circuit Short-circuit + overload
Separate blocks Assembled blocks Separate blocks Assembled blocks
0371 81 or
0371 80 + 0375 15
(1)
4 W / 6
.
3 A 1
.
6 W/6
.
3 A 1
.
6 W/6
.
3 A -
Pvk = 4
.
75 W Pvk = 2 W Pv = 1
.
65 W -
0371 87
4 W 2
.
5 W 1
.
6 W -
Pvk = 5 W Pvk = 2
.
7 W Pv = 1
.
8 W -
655
6
5
5
7
3
Viking 3 terminal blocks with screw connection
288
Function blocks
Disconnect block for measurement
Wiring diagram for measurement blocks Cat. No. 0371 92
Blocks for sensors and actuators/PNE
Stripped lengths (mm)
Schematic diagrams
Wiring diagram
IEC 60947-7-1, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059
IEC EN 60947-7-1
IEC 60947-7-1/7-2, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059
Cat. No. 0371 53
Cat. No. 0371 92
Ammeter circuit Wattmeter circuit
Block for sensor Cat. No. 0371 51
Block for actuator Cat. No. 0371 52 PNE block Cat. No. 0371 52
Cat. No. 0371 56
Cat. Nos. 0371 51/52
Diode for Cat. Nos. 0371 54/55
- 1N4007 type 1A
- direct current = 1 A
- peak inverse voltage 1

000 V
- inverse current 5 A at 25C
Cat. Nos. 0371 53/54
Cat. No. 0371 54
Cat. Nos. 0371 55/56
Cat. No. 0371 55
732
6
2
6
9
5
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
Sensors
Signal
Signal
Automation
Bridging comb
Cat.No 375 47
Power supply
(shared)
Power supply
or Ph - N
To
actuators
Signal
Signal
Automation
Bridging comb
Cat.No 0375 47
common
Phase
Neutral
+ +
- -
845
388
6
7
4
7
4
9
712
659
268
4
6
5
5
4
748
722
6
2
5
7
0
Cat. Nos.
Voltage (V) Current (A) Nominal cross-section
IEC
(mm
2
)
CSA
(AWG)
UL
(AWG)
0371 53 250 - - - - - 2
.
5 - -
0371 54 250 - - 1 - - 2
.
5 - -
0371 55 500 300 300 1 1 1 4 10 10
0371 56 12 to 24 12 to 24 12 to 24 32 30 30 4 10 10
Cat. Nos.
Nominal cross-
section
IEC
(mm
2
)
CSA
(AWG)
UL
(AWG)
0371 51
400 300 300 27 24 20 20 2
.
5 12 12
0371 52
Cat. Nos.
IEC
(mm
2
)
CSA
(AWG)
UL
(AWG)
0371 92 800 - - 24 - - 4 - -
Screw terminal width (mm) Rigid or fexible cable
5
6 to 8
6
8
10 to 12
10
12 13 to 17
15 14 to 18
22 15 to 22
Protection against fire and panic risks in public
buildings/UTE C 12-201 guide
Art. EL 3, defnitions: "Security installations are those that have
to be put into or maintained in service to ensure the evacuation
of the public" or facilitate the intervention of the frst-aid
Art. EL 16, power supply circuits in security installations section
1a: "the corresponding junction or deviation devices and their
enclosures except for the waterproofng systems must satisfy
the incandescent cable test defned in the standard in force, the
temperature of the incandescent cable being 960 C"
Viking 3 terminal blocks satisfy the incandescent cable test 960 C
according to standard IEC 60695-2-11
Per circuit:
2 x Disconnect blocks for measurement
Cat. No. 0371 92
4 x Measurement sockets for 4 mm plug
Cat. No. 0375 77
1 x End cap Cat. No. 0375 57
1 x Shunt with 4 mm plugs
10 x Disconnect blocks for measurement
Cat. No. 0371 92
12 x Measurement sockets for 4 mm plug
Cat. No. 0375 77
1 x End cap Cat. No. 0375 57
3 x Shunts with 4 mm plugs
Normal
position
Test
position
Short-circuit
position
289

Viking 3 terminal blocks with spring connection
V2 polyamide according to UL 94, 960C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11
Connecting blocks
IEC 60947-7-1, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059
IEC 60947-7-1/7-3, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059
IEC 60947-7-1, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059
IEC 60947-7-2, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059
(1) PEN terminal blocks
Cat. Nos. 0372 00/01/
20/21/60/61/70/71
Cat. Nos. 0372 04/
64/74
Cat. No. 0372 54
Cat. No. 0372 80
Cat. Nos. 0372 02/62/72
Cat. Nos. 0372 10/11/
40/41/42/43/44
Cat. Nos. 0372 03/63/73
Cat. Nos. 0372 09/12/
46/47/54/69/79
Cat. No. 0372 55
Cat. Nos. 0372 81/82/83/85
Cat. No. 0372 56
Cat. No. 0372 84/86
Cat. Nos. 0372 07/08/55/56/67/68
54
4
2
1
4
9
6
849
5
1
3
5
8
8
80
27
4
6
6

5
4
1
664
4
4
5
1
5
694
4
2
1
4
9
6
743
4
8
7
5
6
2
847
4
2
1
4
9
6
917
80
27
5
2
3
8
3
9
0
5
5
9
8
833
80
27
4
6
5
7
6
3
8
3
8
5
4
891
424
5
6
1
6
3
6
Cat. Nos.
IEC
(mm
2
)
CSA
(AWG)
UL
(AWG)
0372 54
500 300 300 1 1 1
4 14 14 0372 55
0372 56 12 to 24 12 to 24 12 to 24 - - -
Cat. Nos.
Voltage (V) Nominal cross-section
IEC CSA UL IEC (mm
2
) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG)
0372 10
800 600 600
4
10 10
0372 11
0372 12
0372 70
0372 71
0372 72 6
0372 73
(1)
10 8 8
0372 74
(1)
16 6 6
0372 79 4 10 10
Cat. Nos.
Nominal
cross-section
IEC
(mm
2
)
CSA
(AWG)
UL
(AWG)
0372 00
800 600 600
36 32 20 20 4 12 12
0372 01
0372 02 48 41 30 30 6 10 10
0372 03 63 57 50 50 10 8 8
0372 04 85 76 65 65 16 6 6
0372 07
500 300 300
36 32
30 30
4
10 10
0372 08
0372 09
800 600 600
20 20 12 12
0372 20
0372 21
0372 40
0372 41
0372 42
0372 43
0372 44
0372 46
0372 47
0372 60
0372 61
0372 62 48 41 30 30 6 10 10
0372 63 63 57 50 50 10 8 8
0372 64 85 76 65 65 16 6 6
0372 67
500 300 300
36 32
30 30
4
10 10
0372 68
0372 69 800 600 600 20 20 12 12
Cat. Nos.
IEC
(mm
2
)
CSA
(AWG)
UL
(AWG)
0372 80 500 300 300 15 15 15
2
.
5 14 14
0372 81 or
0372 80 + 375 15
250 250 250 6
.
3 6
.
3 6
.
3
0372 82
500 300 300 15 15 15
0372 83
0372 84
0372 85
0372 86
Cat. Nos.
Short-circuit Short-circuit + overload
Separate blocks Assembled blocks Separate blocks Assembled blocks
0372 81 or
0372 80 + 0375 15
(1)
4 W / 6
.
3 A 1
.
6 W / 6
.
3 A 1
.
6 W / 6
.
3 A -
Pvk = 4
.
75 W Pvk = 2 W Pv = 1
.
65 W -
Function blocks
Schematic diagrams
Blocks for protection conductor
Disconnect blocks
Approved by ATEX:
LCIE 07 ATEX 0010 U-0081

II

1 or 2 G or D Ex e/i/tD/iD II
The terminal blocks with spring connection covered by this certifcate
are 1- and 2-level connecting terminal blocks, and blocks for protection
conductor with metal base (detailed list on p. 278)
The main characteristics are:
Operating temperature: - 30C to + 55C
Maximum temperature of materials: + 85C
Working voltage acc. to EN 60079-7: 1-level terminal blocks: 500 V
Blocks with 2 entries - 2 exits: 500 V
2-level terminal blocks: 250 V
Rated current:
Conductor
cross-section (mm
2
)
4 6 10 16
Rated current (A) 23 30 42 57
Certifcate of conformity of component for the customer is available
on request
Power according to EN 60947-7-3
(1): With or without blown fuse indicator Cat. No. 0375 25
Diode for Cat. Nos. 0372 54/55
- 1N4007 type 1A
- direct current = 1 A
- peak inverse voltage 1

000 V
- inverse current 5 A at 25C
290

Stripped lengths (mm)
Spring terminal width (mm) Rigid or fexible cable
5
8 to 12 6
8
10 8 to 13
12 8 to 15
Viking 3 accessories for terminal blocks
End stops
Cat. No. 0375 10
Cat. No. 0375 13
Cat. No. 0375 11
Cat. No. 0375 12
527
459
4
6
4
5
3
9
497
4
0
3
3
8
8
4
6
3
484
3
1
8
3
9
3
114
5
1
5
5
9

End caps
Shielding clamps
Separation and
insulation dividers
Equipotential bridging
combs/bars
Cat.
Nos.
Thickness
(mm)
0375 50 2
0375 51 2
.
5
0375 52 2
0375 53 2
0375 54 2
.
5
0375 55 2
0375 56 1
.
4
0375 57 1
.
4
0375 86 1
0375 87 1
.
1
0375 88 1
.
1
0375 89 1
.
1
0375 90 2
Cat.
Nos.
Thickness
(mm)
0375 54 2
.
5
0375 60 2
.
5
0375 61 2
.
6
0375 62 2
.
5
0375 63 2
.
5
0375 95 2
.
8
0375 96 2
.
7
Cat.
Nos.
Cross-section
(mm
2
)
0375 01 2
.
5
0375 02 2
.
5
0375 04 4
0375 05 4
0375 07 6
0375 08 6
0375 40 10
0375 42 16
0375 44 35
0375 46 2
.
5
0375 47 2
.
5
0375 82 10
0375 85 16
Mounting on bar
10 x 3
Cat. No. 0375 34
Mounting on rail
with accessory
Cat. No. 0364 69
(1)
Mounting on plate
A
M4
C
D
B
Cat. Nos. A B C D
0375 30 13
.
5 18 26 5
.
6
0375 31 20 20
.
3 31
.
4 5
.
3
0375 32 24
.
8 26 40 5
.
3
Protection against fire and panic risks in public
buildings/UTE C 12-201 guide
Art. EL 3, defnitions: "Security installations are those that have
to be put into or maintained in service to ensure the evacuation
of the public" or facilitate the intervention of the frst-aid
Art. EL 16, power supply circuits in security installations section
1a: "the corresponding junction or deviation devices and their
enclosures except for the waterproofng systems must satisfy
the incandescent cable test defned in the standard in force, the
temperature of the incandescent cable being 960 C"
Viking 3 terminal blocks satisfy the incandescent cable test 960 C
according to standard IEC 60695-2-11
(1) For more information please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
291
Pack Cat. Nos. For copper and aluminium cables
Bridging the gap between the enclosure and
external cables
Fixed using metal clip for rails 4 15 mm depth and
4 EN 60715, 15 mm depth or on plate with screws
Fitted with covers with cut-outs
Permits the use of CAB 3 markers
Test via test plug 4 closed covers
Blocks with identical width can be joined using
a threaded rod
Supports shunt with Cat. Nos. 0394 46/47
Cable/cable
Rigid or fexible
connecting cable
(mm)
Rigid or fexible
connecting cable
(mm) Width (mm)
5 0390 10 Al/Cu 35 to 120 Cu 35 to 70 42
5 0390 11 Al/Cu 70 to 300 Cu 70 to 150 55
Terminal for cable lug/terminal for cable lug
Connecting plate
max. (mm)
Connecting plate
max. (mm) Width (mm)
5 0390 13 Al/Cu 95 Al/Cu 95 36
5 0390 14 Al/Cu 150 Al/Cu 150 42
5 0390 15 Al/Cu 300 Al/Cu 300 55
Terminal for cable lug/cable
Connecting plate
max. (mm)
Rigid or fexible
connecting cable
(mm) Width (mm)
5 0390 17 Al/Cu 150 Cu 35 to 95 42
5 0390 18 Al/Cu 300 Cu 70 to 150 55
Accessories for heavy duty terminal blocks
for copper and aluminium cables
Shunt
5 0394 46 For blocks with width 36 and 42 mm
5 0394 47 For blocks with width 55 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Heavy duty terminal blocks
Bridging the gap between the enclosure and
external cables
Plastic foot
For use with terminal marker sheets
For symmetrical rails
Fixed using metal clip on rails 4 15 mm depth
and 4 EN 60715, 15 mm depth
Connecting max.
(mm)
Width of plate
(mm) Stud () Width (mm)
5 0390 71 35 15 M 8 26
5 0390 72 70 20 M 10 34
5 0390 73 120 25 M 10 34
5 0390 74 240 35 M 12 46
For asymmetrical rails
Fixed using metal clip on rails 1 EN 60715
5 0390 31 35 15 M 8 26
5 0390 32 70 20 M 10 34
5 0390 33 120 25 M 10
(1)
34
5 0390 34 240 35 M 12
(2)
46
Accessories for heavy duty plate terminal
blocks
Separation barriers
Take protective covers
Marking possible with CAB 3
10 0394 77 For terminals with width 26 mm
10 0394 78 For terminals with width 34 and 46 mm
Protective covers
For mounting on separation barriers
5 0394 86 For 3 terminals with width 46 mm
or for 4 terminals with width 34 mm
0390 10 Direct connection Al/Cu 0390 11
0390 11 (interior view)
With CAB 3 marking
Possibility of sealing
End stops (p. 286)
(1) Previously M 12 + block length 785 mm
292

Cat. Nos. 0390 71/72/73/74
A
B
'
C
B
A min.
A max.
E

C

H

G

F

D

mm
2
35 70 95 120 150 185 300
AWG 2 00 0000 250 300 350 600
Cable section equivalence table
n Characteristics of heavy duty plate terminal blocks
n Separation barriers
Dimensions (mm)
IEC EN 60947-7-1
Fire resistance:
960C, IEC EN 60695-2-11
V2 according to UL 94
Insulating material: polyamide - 30 C
to + 100 C
Cat. Nos. 0390 31/32/33/34
Voltage (V) Intensity (A)

Cat. Nos.
IEC IEC
0390 31/71 1000 125
0390 32/72 1

000 192
0390 33/73 1

000 269
0390 34/74 1

000 415
Dimensions (mm)
Dimensions (mm)
Cat. Nos. A max. A min. B C D E F G H
0390 13 227 155 36 82 73 88 176 185 191
0390 10/14/17 296 200 42 83
.
5 74
.
5 89
.
5 212 221 227
0390 11/15/18 337 216 55 107
.
3 98
.
5 113
.
5 257 266 272
B
A
Cat. Nos. A B Thickness
0394 77 106 82 8
0394 78 188 102 12
Cat. Nos. 0394 77/78
Cat. Nos. A B B' C
0390 31 M 8 56 84
0390 32 M 10 61 84
0390 33
(1)
M 10 61 84
0390 34
(2)
M 12 64 86
0390 71 M 8 55
.
3 84
0390 72 M 10 60
.
4 84
0390 73 M 10 60
.
4 84
0390 74 M 12 63
.
5 86
C
A
B
n Characteristics of heavy duty terminal blocks for copper
and aluminium cables
IK 04
Conform to IEC 60947-7-1, EN 60947-7-1
UL 1059 and 486 E - CSA 22-2
Fire resistant IEC 60695-2-11: 960C (except cover)
V2 according to UL 94
Insulation voltage Ui: 1

000 V
Impulse voltage Uimp: 12 kV
Insulating material:
- polyamide body - 30 C to + 100 C
- polypropylene cover - 25 C to + 100 C
Connection table
Currents table
Terminal for cable lug - cable Cable - terminal for cable lug
Cable - cable
Terminal for cable lug -
terminal for cable lug
Cat. Nos. Connection Width of Screw Connection Width of Screw Width
(mm
2
) plate (mm) (mm
2
) plate (mm) (mm)
Cable - Cable

0390 10
Rigid or flexible Rigid or flexible
42
Cu/Al: 35 to 120
Cu: 35 to 70

0390 11
Rigid or flexible Rigid or flexible
55
Cu/Al: 70 to 300
Cu: 70 to 150

Terminal for cable lug - Terminal for cable lug
0390 13 Cu/Al: max. 95 28 M 8 Cu/Al: max. 95 28 M 8 36

Terminal for cable lug - Cable

0390 17 Cu/Al: max. 150 34 M

10
Rigid or flexible
42
Cu: 35 to 95

0390 18 Cu/Al: max. 300 46 M

12
Rigid or flexible
55
Cu: 70 to 150

Cat. Nos.

Current (A)
Short-circuit Tightening torque
Width
current (kA) (Nm)

Shunted

I/O

Shunted I/O
Site Factory
(mm)

input currents

input
IEC IEC CSA UL
Cable - Cable

0390 10 340 250 200 170 144 84 15 15 42
0390 11 570 400 300 285 36 18 35 35 55
Terminal for cable lug - Terminal for cable lug

0390 13 310 310 250 230 114 114 15 15 36
0390 14 415 415 340 285 18 18 15 15 42
0390 15 670 670 520 420 36 36 35 35 55
Terminal for cable lug - Cable

0390 17 415 315 210 230 18 114 15 15 42
0390 18 670 420 325 285 36 18 35 35 55
Shunts

0394 46 450 max. 6
0394 47 700 max. 10
293
294
distribution terminal blocks distribution terminal blocks
Conform to standard IEC 60998-2-1
Supplied ready for use (screws backed-off)
100 A max. - 400 VAwith 25 mm
2
incoming
80 A max. - 400 VAwith 16 mm
2
incoming
Ipk (kA) 60 : Icw (kA) 35
0048 03
0048 22
(1) Each terminal supplied with :
- 2 green Duplix markers (T) - 2 blue Duplix markers (N) - 2 red Duplix markers (L)
(2) Can be fixed directly to DIN rail without accessory
Partly shrouded terminals on base
For fixing to 12 x 2 mm rail
Supplied with Duplix markers
(1)
Terminal
Incoming capacity Outgoing capacity length (mm)
10 0048 20
(1)
4 x 15 to16 mm
2
47
10 0048 22
(1)(2)
8 x 15 to16 mm
2
75
10 0048 24
(1)(2)
1 x 6 to 25 mm
2
12 x 15 to16 mm
2
113
10 0048 25
(1)
1 x 6 to 25mm
2
16x 15 to16 mm
2
141
Pack Cat. Nos. Unshrouded terminal blocks
Fix using M4 dia. screw from rear of
mounting plate
Terminal
10 0048 01 1 x 6 to 25mm
2
4 x 15 to16 mm
2
45
10 0048 03 1 x 6 to 25mm
2
8 x 15 to16 mm
2
73
10 0048 05 1 x 6 to 25mm
2
14 x 15 to16 mm
2
122
10 0048 06 1 x 6 to 25mm
2
19 x 15 to16 mm
2
157
10 0048 07 1 x 6 to 25mm
2
24 x 15 to16 mm
2
192
Fully shrouded terminals providing
finger protection IP 2x
Phase Neutral
For fixing to 12 x 2 mm rail
Terminal
(black) (blue) Incoming capacity Outgoing capacity length (mm)
10 0048 50 0048 40 4 x 15 to16 mm
2
47
10 0048 52
(2)
0048 42
(2)
8 x 15 to16 mm
2
75
10 0048 54
(2)
0048 44
(2)
1 x 6 to 25mm
2
12 x 15 to16 mm
2
113
10 0048 55 0048 45 1 x 6 to 25mm
2
16x 15 to16 mm
2
141
10 0048 56 0048 46 1 x 6 to 25mm
2
21 x 15 to16 mm
2
176
10 0048 58 0048 48 2 x 6 to 25mm
2
33x 15 to16 mm
2
276
Earth (green)
10 0048 30 4 x 15 to16 mm
2
47
10 0048 32
(2)
8 x 15 to16 mm
2
75
10 0048 34
(2)
1 x 6 to 25 mm
2
12 x 15 to16 mm
2
113
10 0048 35 1 x 6 to 25mm
2
16 x 15 to16 mm
2
141
10 0048 36 1 x 6 to 25mm
2
21 x 15 to16 mm
2
176
10 0048 38 2 x 6 to 25 mm
2
33x 15 to16 mm
2
276
Fully shrouded terminals for looping
Supplied with Duplix markers
(1)
Terminal
10 0048 12
(1)
6 x 6 to 25 mm
2
54
Fully shrouded terminal blocks
3 phase + neutral (3 black + 1 blue)
Terminal
1 0048 14 Neutral x 1
1 x 4 to 25mm
2
12 x 15 to16 mm
2
Phase x 3 227
1x15 to16mm
2
3x 15 to16 mm
2
Supports for terminal blocks
1 0048 10 Consists of two side supports enabling the
positioning of up to 4 x IP 2x terminal
blocks with the same dimensions to create
a 2, 3 or 4 pole distribution block
5 0048 11 Adaptor support for 4or 1rail . Provides
a firm fixing allowing IP 2x terminal blocks
to be side or top mounted on to adaptor
10 0048 19 1 metre length of 12 x 2 mm terminal mounting
rail - accepts partly and fully shrouded
terminals
s Connection protection
s Use of terminal supports Cat. No. 0048 10
Terminal supports Cat. No. 0048 10 fitted with fully shrouded terminals
providing custom made distribution
Adaptor support Cat. No. 0048 11 showing method of fixing terminals
0048 22
0048 11
0048 10
0048 32
0048 12
Multiple fixing
options see details
Captive screw with
universal head (cross/
flat blade screwdriver)
IP 2x finger
protection
Shroud available
in 3 colours
Fixes into side
supports to construct
a distribution block
IP 2x terminals are the ideal
companion for Plexo boxes,
see p. 258
0048 50
0048 40
0048 34
295
distribution blocks 40 to 160 A
modular style - rail or screw fixing
(1) Supplied with short ferrule
Connection with or without Starfix ferrules (p. 301)
0048 88 + 0048 45
0048 79
Pack Cat. Nos. Modular style blocks
Fixing on rail 4or on plate using 2 screws
Supplied complete with rear insulated plate and
transparent cover
Bar identification possible using CAB 3 markers
When installing under a front plate a blank can also
be clipped on to the front plate
Additional IP 2x terminals can be fitted
(see table opposite)
Double pole
Ipk peak Number
Ways Capacity withstand Icw of
per bar rigid flexible current modules
(mm
2
) (mm
2
) (kA) (kA)
5 0048 81 40 A 11 15 to 4 075 to 4 20 3 6
2 6 to 16 4 to 10
10 0048 80 100 A 5 25 to 10 15 to10 20 45 4
2 10 to 25 6 to 16
5 0048 82 125 A 11 25 to 10 15 to10 18 45 8
2 10 to 25 6 to 16
2 10 to 35 10 to 25
Four pole
Ipk peak Number
Ways Capacity withstand Icw of
per bar rigid flexible current modules
(mm
2
) (mm
2
) (kA) (kA)
5 0048 85 40 A 11 15 to 4 075 to4 20 3 6
2 6 to 16 4 to 10
10 0048 84 100 A 5 25 to 10 15 to 10 20 45 4
2 10 to 25 6 to 16
5 0048 86 125 A 7 25 to 10 15 to 10 20 45 6
2 10 to 25 6 to 16
2 10 to 35 10 to 25
5 0048 88 125 A 11 25 to 10 15 to10 145 42 8
4 10 to 35 6 to 25
(1)
1 0048 79 160 A 1 35 to 70 35 to 70 27 84 10
8 25 to 10 15 to 10
4 10 to 25 6 to 16
2 10 to 35 10 to 25
(1)
modular style - rail or screw fixing
Conform to standard EN 60947-1
Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1: 500 V
Impulse (surge) voltage (Uimp) : 8 kV
Degree of pollution: 3 (conductive dust)
Self-extinguishing 960 C for supports and active parts
s Dimensions
Double pole 40 - 100 - 125 A
Extend your wiring capability using IP 2x fully shrouded terminals
on the following :
(see p. 294)
Four pole 40 - 100 - 125 A
Four pole 160 A
44
50 L
4
9
3
9
2
3
8
8
.
5
8
6
2
3
44
50 L
44
50
9
6
.
8
9
1
.
5
2
3
L
Distribution IP 2x Characteristics
block Cat. Nos. Terminal Voltage Rating
0048 80 0048 32
(1)
400 V 80 A
0048 81 0048 34
(1)
400 V 40 A
0048 82 0048 35
(1)
400 V 100 A
0048 84 0048 42
(2)
400 V 80 A
0048 85 0048 44
(2)
400 V 40 A
0048 86 0048 44
(2)
400 V 100 A
0048 88 0048 45
(2)
400 V 100 A
0048 79 0048 45
(2)
400 V 100 A
(1) T (green cover)
(2) Neutral (blue cover)
Cat. Nos. Length
0048 80 70
0048 81 105
0048 82 140
0048 84 70
0048 85 105
0048 86 105
0048 88 140
0048 79 179
0048 88 + 0048 45
0048 80 + 0048 32
296
four pole
s Extra-flat distribution blocks for lugs
125 A Cat. No. 0374 47 - Ipk peak withstand current 25 kA
Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1 : 500 V
Self-extinguishing : 960 C
9
8
108
6
.
5
14
.
5
4
4
122
.
5
8
3
.
5
77
71
0
N N
44
58
6
1
.
5
1
3
5
5
9
60 289
265
0
125
150
165
2
2
8
2
0
0
1
4
0
2
2
0
5
75
.
5
s Stepped distribution blocks for lugs
400 A
(1)
Cat. No. 0373 08 - Ipk peak withstand current 42 kA
260
4
250
1
0
1
1
0
7
460
300
395
440 2
(1) It is recommended that the unit is fitted horizontally with a minimum face plate height of 300 mm
M8
Plate width : 35 mm
four pole
Pack Cat. Nos. Extra-flat distribution blocks for lugs
125 A screw type (60 mmdepth)
1 0374 47 Fix to 2(15 mm high) or by M6 screws
No. of
Four bars each equipped with :
175 mm
Incoming Phase outgoing Neutral outgoing modules
1 x 35 mm
2
10 x 16 mm
2
17 x 16 mm
2
16
M5 M5
Connection possible using connector
Cat. No. 0373 65 (p. 297)
250 A (755 mm depth)
1 0374 00 Fix to mounting plate by M6 screws
Four bars each equipped with :
Incoming Outgoing
150 mm
2
either 1 x 70 mm
2
or
1 x 50 mm
2
plus 1 x 35 mm
2
or
2 x 35 mm
2
or 1 connector Cat. No. 0374 03
1 0374 03 Connector for Cat. No. 0374 00 converts
outgoing terminal to :
1 x 15 to 6 mm
2
53 mm
2 x 6 to 16 mm
2
75 mm
Stepped distribution blocks for lugs
125 A (77 mm depth)
1 0373 95 Fix to 2(15 mm high) or by M4 screws
Four 12 x 4 mm bars each equipped with :
Five 2 x 10 mm
2
claw connectors per bar
(not mounted)
Incoming Outgoing
1 x 35 mm
2
- M8 screw 5 x 25 mm
2
- M6 screw
Incoming Outgoing
1 x 70 mm
2
2
- M6 screw
Incoming Outgoing
1 x 120 mm
2
2
- M8 screw
1 0373 08 With front insulation sheet
Four 32 x 5 mm bars equipped with :
Incoming Outgoing
2 x 85 mm holes for 21 x M6 holes
bar/flexible bar for 70 mm
2
max cable lugs
0373 08 0374 00
A
J
I
B
H
C
G
D
E
F
Rating A B C D E F G H I J
125 A 225 125 110 125 165 189 65 1175 165 108
160 A 240 125 110 125 165 189 65 1175 180 120
250 A 260 155 110 125 185 209 65 1475 195 120
Dimensions (mm)
125/160/250A Cat. Nos. 0374 30/31/35 - Ipk peak withstand current 35 kA
297
s Copper connector bars with threaded holes
Cat. Nos. 0373 88/89 Cat. No. 0374 33/34
s Insulated supports four pole:
Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1:
Cat. No. 0373 96: 690 V - Impulse voltage (surge) (Uimp) : 8 kV
Degree of pollution (conductive dust) : 3
Distance between supports (mm)
990
18 18 18 18 9
1
2
M5
990
18 18 18 18 9
2
5
M6
c
990
18 18 18 18 9
1
5
/
1
8
M6
c
1 750
50 50 50 50 9
3
2
M6
Cat. No. 0374 37 Cat. No. 0373 98
6
.
2 53
25 6
.
2
17
.
5
3
5
7
5
42
= =
= =
12
.
4
2
5
.
5
4
12
.
4
2
5
.
5
2
4
.
5
9
25
.
5
8
.
7
8
.
7
Cat. Nos. Size Ithe (A) Ic (A)
0373 88 12 x 2 110 80
0373 89 12 x 4 160 125
0374 33 15 x 4 200 160
0374 34 18 x 4 245 200
0374 38 25 x 4 280 250
0374 19 32 x 5 450 400
Current ratings according to
EN 60947-1:
Ith: bars in free air
Ithe: bars enclosed with
ventilation
Ic: bars totally enclosed in
a weatherproof enclosure
Cat. No. 0374 38 Cat. No. 0374 19
Cat. Nos. 0373 96
Bar size 12 x 4 (12 x 2)
In (A) 125 (80)
Peak withstand
current (kA)
10 400 (200)
15 300 (150)
20 200 (125)
25 150 (100)
30
35
40
Cat. Nos. 0373 98 0374 37
Bar size 12 x 2/12 x 4 15 x 4/18 x 4/25 x 4
In (A) 80/125 160/200/245
E (mm) 50 75 100 125 50 75 100 125
Peak withstand
current (kA)
10 400 600 800 350 600 750
15 300 450 600 800 250 400 500 700
20 250 350 450 600 150 225 300 375
25 200 250 300 400 125 150 200 250
30 100 125 150 175
35 100 125 150
40
s Insulated supports single pole
Insulation voltage according to EN 60947-1/IEC 60664-1: 500 V
Impulse voltage (surge) (Uimp) : 8 kV
Degree of pollution (conductive dust) : 3
Front view for
12 x 2 mm bar
Front view for
12 x 4 mm bar
View from
above
Max. space between 2 supports :
bar size 12 x 2 : 20 cm, 12 x 4 : 25 cm
The distance between supports can be determined using the chart
Select the peak withstand current (kA rating) and the distance
between bars - dimension E (mm) after choosing your bar and support
Distance between supports (mm)
distribution blocks
for assembly
distribution blocks
for assembly
Copper connector bars
With threaded holes
Threaded Max.
Size holes thermal Length
(mm) mm Pitch rating (A) (mm)
10 0373 88 12 x 2 M5 18 110 990
10 0373 89 12 x 4 M5 18 160 990
10 0374 33 15 x 4 M6 18 200 990
10 0374 34 18 x 4 M6 18 245 990
10 0374 38 25 x 4 M6 18 280 990
4 0374 19 32 x 5 M6 25 450 1 750
Connectors
Clamp type For bars with
threaded holes
12 x 4 (mm)
For one or two conductors
100 0373 65 15 to 10 mm
2
(supplied with
5 mm screw)
Cage type For bare 12 x 4 mm bars
Capacity
100 0373 60 15 to 4 mm
2
10 0373 61 6 to 16 mm
2
10 0373 62 10 to 35 mm
2
(supplied with
hexagonal 5 mm M6 screw)
Clips
For mounting on rail EN 60715 4
and 315 mm depth
10 0044 16 10 mm width
With threaded 4 mm hole
0373 96 0374 37 0373 98
0374 33
Pack Cat. Nos. Insulated supports
For making up distribution blocks of varying
lengths using bars and connectors below
Supplied with insulated screws for mounting
optional protective cover (except 0373 98)
Set of 2 insulated 4 pole supports Mounting
5 0373 96 For bars 12 x 2 or 12 x 4 mm by claws 0044 16
supplied or M4
screws not supplied
Single pole supports
10 0373 98 For bars 12 x 2 or 12 x 4 mm by M4 screws
10 0374 37 For bars 15 x 4, 18 x 4 or 25 x 4 mm
supplied
Cat. No. 0373 96
7
0
1
4
83
298
Transcab
open slot cable ducting

PVC and PC/ABS halogen free
Pack
(1)
Cat. Nos. Plastic cable ducting (base + cover)
PVC PC/ABS 2 metre lengths
Grey RAL Grey RAL
7030 7030 Width x Height Capacity
halogen free (mm) (mm
2
)
32 6360 95 15 x 25 264
60 6361 00 25 x 25 391
56 6361 05 40 x 25 692
40 6360 96 15 x 40 455
56 6361 01 25 x 40 720
48 6361 06 40 x 40 1245
32 6361 11 60 x 40 1932
24 6361 15 80 x 40 2 647
24 6361 19 100 x 40 3363
56 6361 02 6362 02 25 x 60 1 159
48 6361 07 6362 07 40 x 60 2 007
32 6361 12 6362 12 60 x 60 3 115
24 6361 16 80 x 60 4 200
24 6361 20 100 x 60 5 307
40 6361 03 25 x 80 1600
40 6361 08 40 x 80 2717
32 6361 13 6362 13 60 x 80 4 216
24 6361 17 6362 17 80 x 80 5 715
16 6361 21 100 x 80 7 215
16 6361 25 6362 25 120 x 80 8 729
24 6361 09 40 x 100 3354
24 6361 14 60 x 100 5216
20 6361 18 80 x 100 7078
16 6361 22 100 x 100 8 960
12 6361 23 150 x 100 13 683
Spare covers
2 metre lengths
PVC PC/ABS Width (mm)
36 0370 10 15 - also used for marking
(2)
36 0370 11 25
36 0370 12 40
36 0370 13 6362 93 60
36 0370 14 6362 94 80
Conforms to EN 50085 Parts 2 and 3, UL and CSA
Material : PVC self-extinguishing or PC/ABS halogen free
Colour : grey RAL 7030 (PVC) or light grey RAL 7035 (PC/ABS)
PC/ABS range passes IEC 695-2-1 850 C glow wire test
Operating temp. : 5 to +60 C
UL classification : UL94 VO
Oxygen index : 43% (PVC) or 37% (PC/ABS) EN ISO 4589 (low fume)
Metric size body in 2 m lengths (6 mm gap/65 mm finger width)
DIN fixing centres of 125/25 mm
Maximum space for cables with good heat dissipation
Exit cables at terminal or base level
Pre-scored base enables the ducting to be snapped to length, once the
reinforcement bar is removed
Rounded fingers are easily removed at the terminal or base level, without
injury during wiring
Cover can be cut without surface damage due to the raised edges which
also provide a guide for labels
6361 25
6361 17
6362 17
6362 07
(1) Metres contained in each pack
(2) Clips to label holder cat. No. 0367 02
Ideal for almost any industrial application,
Transcab is used by professional panel
builders all over the world.
Transcabs body has 6 mm
gaps and 65 mm ngers
with unique support ribs for
a rigid construction.
Its rounded-end ngers
can be removed at support
rib or base level, making it
easy to break to length and
create T-junctions without
the need for a saw.
Covers clip into place and
have raised lines making it
easy to align labels.
Transcab
cable ducting
299
Lina 25

PVC
Transcab
and Lina 25
accessories
Conforms to EN 50085 Parts 2 and 3, UL and CSA
Material : PVC
Colour : grey RAL 7030 with white strips on the cover
Metric size body in 2 metre lengths
(6 mm gap/65 mm finger width)
DIN fixing centres of 125/25 mm
Maximum space for cables with good heat dissipation
Exit cables at terminal or base level
Pre-scored base enables the ducting to be snapped to length, once the
reinforcement bar is removed
Reinforcement bar provides not only rigidity but also an anchor for cable ties
Cover clips easily into position and remains firmly in place
Additional accessories enable faster fixing and marking
Accessories (opposite)
Linafix fixing accessory
Material : polyamide 6/6
For fixing ducting to enclosure duct
20 0366 42 Fits under warning lights or
other auxiliary controls attached
to door. Enables direct mounting
of ducting by a manual 1/4 turn
Pack Cat. Nos. Ducting accessories
100 6361 90 Insulated Nylon fixing screws 6 mm
500 6361 95 Insulated plastic rivets 6 mm
50 0367 01 Cable retainer
50 0367 02 Label holder (clips to finger)
1 0367 10 Tool for cutting 6 mm reinforcement bar
Braided sleeving
Material: black polyester
25 m roll in dispenser box
Used to protect runs of
cables to door equipment
Cable bunch
diameter
1 0366 38 20 mm 10 - 30 mm
1 0366 39 30 mm 18 - 54 mm
Black felt tip pen
10 0395 98 Indelible for marking
0367 10 Reinforcement bar
cutting tool
0367 02 Label holder
0361 95 Rivet
0367 01 Cable retainer
6360 17
6360 13
Pack Cat. Nos. Lina 25 plastic cable ducting
Metres Length Width x Height Capacity
per pack 2 m (mm) (mm
2
)
60 6360 00 25 x 25 391
56 6360 01 25 x 40 720
56 6360 02 25 x 60 1 159
48 6360 07 40 x 60 2 007
32 6360 12 60 x 60 3 115
40 6360 08 40 x 80 2 717
32 6360 13 60 x 80 4 216
24 6360 17 80 x 80 5 716
300
Transcab
and Lina 25

s Dimensions
Calculating the ducting usable cross-section
Graph for H 05 V-K and H 07 V-K cables with 0
75 packing coefficient
8000
7079
8730
9000
7000
6000
5716
5216
5000
4216
4200
3115
3354
3000
2717
2000
300
391
1932
1246
2008
1159
692
720
1000
730
460
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
1
0
m
m
2
6
m
m
2
4
m
m
2
2
.
5
m
m
2
1
. 5
m
m
2
1
m
m
2
0
. 7
5
m
m
2
Cat. No. 0362 25
Cat. No. 6361 17
Cat. No. 6361 13
Cat. No. 6361 16
Cat. No. 6361 12
Cat. No. 6361 08
Cat. No. 6361 07
Cat. No. 6361 11
Cat. No. 6361 02
Cat. No. 6361 01
Cat. No. 6361 05
Cat. No. 6361 00
8960
Usable
cross-section (mm
2
)
Number of conductors
Example:
150 conductors 0
75 mm
2
1230 mm
2
cross-section and
120 conductors 1
5 mm
2
1700 mm
2
cross-section
Makes a total of 2930 mm
2
The correct cable ducting is Cat. No. 6361 12, 60 x 60, with a
capacity of 3115 mm
2
T junctions made easy
Remove
reinforcement
bars at required
length and break
4
.
5
6
.
5
6
.
5
6
.
5
12
.
5 12
.
5 25
2
5
2
5
12
.
5
2 000
1 950 8
W
i
d
t
h
8
0
t
o
1
2
0
m
m
12
.
5 12
.
5 25
4
.
5
6
.
5
12
.
5
2 000
1 950 8
14
W
i
d
t
h
2
5
t
o
6
0
m
m
2 000
1 950 8
12
.
5
12
.
5
12
.
5
4
.
5
25
50
W
i
d
t
h
1
5
m
m
C
A
C
4
B
Transcab Lina 25
Cat. Nos. Cat. Nos. A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm)
6361 00 6360 00 25 25 6 101
6361 01 6360 01 25 40 5 126
6361 06 40 40 10 126
6361 11 60 60 161
6361 02 6360 02 25 60 6 161
6361 07 6360 07 40 60 10 161
6361 12 6360 12 60 60 10 161
6361 16 80 60 10 161
6361 20 100 60 161
6361 03 25 80 186
6361 08 6360 08 40 80 10 186
6361 13 6360 13 60 80 10 186
6361 17 6360 17 80 80 10 186
6361 21 100 80 186
6361 25 120 80 186
6361 14 60 100 206
6361 22 100 100 206
6361 23 150 100 206
s Detail of base perforations
1 Clip out the required section width reinforcement bars
and snap out section
2 Form tee section and fix into place
3 Ready for wiring cut cover to suit
Faster base build without a saw
6
.
25 1
.
8
D
12
.
5 6
Ducting width 25 to 120 mm
6 mm gap 65 mm finger width
1 2 3
Starfx

ferrules and crimping tools
0376 43 0376 87
0376 09 + refll 0376 43 Adjustable cross-section
0376 39 0376 92 0376 06
0376 66 0376 50
Pack Cat. Nos. Ferrules with insulating flange
Provide an equipotential link for all the strands
of a fexible conductor
Active part in tinned electrolytic copper
Conform to NF C 63-023
Single ferrules (in strips)
For cables
cross-section (mm) Colour Strips Ferrules
500 0376 50 0
.
25 turquoise 10 50
500 0376 60 0
.
34 green 12 40
480 0376 61 0
.
5 white 12 40
480 0376 62 0
.
75 blue 12 40
1

000 0376 63 1 red 25 40
1

000 0376 64 1
.
5 black 25 40
1

000 0376 66 2
.
5 grey 25 40
250 0376 67 4 orange 10 25
250 0376 68 6 green 10 25
Single ferrules (individual)
100 0376 69 10 brown
100 0376 70 16 white
50 0376 71 25 black
Double ferrules
100 0376 87 2 x 0
.
75 blue
100 0376 88 2 x 1 red
100 0376 89 2 x 1
.
5 black
100 0376 90 2 x 2
.
5 grey
Large capacity Starfix refills
Large capacity for less frequent applicator reloading
Translucent packaging
For direct mounting on crimping tool Cat. No. 0376 09
Cross-section Colour Number of ferrules
(mm
2
) per strip
3

000 0376 41 0
.
5 White 300
3

000 0376 42 0
.
75 Blue 300
3

000 0376 43 1 Red 300
3

000 0376 44 1
.
5 Black 300
2

500 0376 45 2
.
5 Grey 250
Pack Cat. Nos. Crimping tools for ferrules in strips
Cut and carry out 4-point crimping of ferrules from
0
.
25 to 6 mm
2
in one operation
Recommended for spring connections
Dedicated applicator for each crimping tool for
dispensing strips
Starfx crimping tool for 0
.
25 and 0
.
34 mm
2

cross-sections
1 0376 08 Supplied with empty applicator ftted
.
5 to 2
.
5 mm
2

cross-sections
1 0376 09 Fitted with an adjustment wheel
Supplied with empty applicator ftted
1 0376 39 Assorted kit, comprising :
- 1 Starfx crimping tool, Cat. No. 0376 09 with empty
applicator ftted
- 120 x 0
.
5 mm
2
ferrules
- 120 x 0
.
75 mm
2
ferrules
- 240 x 1 mm
2
ferrules
- 320 x 1
.
5 mm
2
ferrules
- 200 x 2
.
5 mm
2
ferrules
Starfx crimping tool for 4 and 6 mm
2

cross-sections
1 0376 10 Fitted with an adjustment wheel
Supplied complete with empty applicator
Starfx S multi-purpose crimping tool for 0
.
5 to
2
.
5 mm
2
cross-sections
1 0376 97 Tool cuts, strips, twists, crimps
Supplied complete with 5 empty applicators
For left and right-handed usage
Crimping tool for single and double ferrules
.
25 to 6 mm
2

cross-sections
For 4-point crimping of ferrules from 0
.
25 to 6 mm
2
Recommended for spring connections
1 0376 06 Crimping tool with disengageable control system,
crimping at end
Right or left-handed
Starfx clamp for 10 to 50 mm
2
cross-section
1 0376 92 Assorted kit. Supplied with :
- 1 tool with crimping operation control system for
individual ferrules 10 to 50 mm
2

- 30 individual ferrules 10 mm
2

2

2

2

2
301
N
EW
N
EW
N
EW
N
EW
Pack Cat. Nos. Starfx applicators
For Starfx crimping tool
For dispensing strips of ferrules in Starfx crimping
tools Cat. Nos. 0376 08/09/10/97
For ferrules cross-section (mm) Colour
10 0376 46 0
.
25 and 0
.
34 yellow
10 0376 47 0
.
5 to 2
.
5 red
10 0376 48 4 and 6 orange
For Starfx S multi-purpose crimping tool
For dispensing colour-coded strips of ferrules
Removable transparent cover
For ferrules cross-section (mm) Colour
5 0376 80 0
.
5 white
5 0376 81 0
.
75
(1)
blue
5 0376 82 1
(1)
red
5 0376 83 1
.
5 black
5 0376 84 2
.
5 grey
Starfx

applicators

Starfx

applicators
0376 47
B
D A
C
E
Double ferrules
n Correspondance table
B
D
A
C
n Starfx usage example
n Starfx S usage example
Starfx S tool
Example of single/double ferrules
on cables

Adjust the
cross-section
1

Fit the applicator 1

Insert the cable
3
Crimp
4

Strip and twist 2

Adjust 2

Crimp
3
The 2 material handle
gives an excellent grip
n Dimensions (mm)
Single ferrules
Cat. Nos.
Cross-section
(mm
2
)
A B C D
0376 50 0
.
25 8 14
.
5 1
.
1 3
0376 60 0
.
34 8 14
.
5 1
.
1 3
0376 61 0376 41 0
.
5 8 14
.
5 1
.
5 3
.
4
0376 62 0376 42 0
.
75 8 14
.
5 1
.
5 3
.
4
0376 63 0376 43 1 8 14
.
5 1
.
7 3
.
6
0376 64 0376 44 1
.
5 8 14
.
5 2 4
.
1
0376 66 0376 45 2
.
5 8 14
.
5 2
.
6 4
.
8
0376 67 4 12 21 3
.
2 5
.
7
0376 68 6 12 23 3
.
9 7
.
2
0376 69 10 12 21 4
.
9 8
.
1
0376 70 16 18 29 6
.
3 9
.
8
0376 71 25 18 31 7
.
9 12
Cat.
Nos.
Cross-section
(mm
2
)
A B C D E
0376 87 2 x 0
.
75 8 15 2
.
1 6 3
.
3
0376 88 2 x 1 8 15 2
.
35 6 4
0376 89 2 x 1
.
5 8 16 2
.
6 7
.
2 4
.
2
0376 90 2 x 2
.
5 10 18
.
5 3
.
3 8
.
4 4
.
8
Example of different cables
and ferrules
N
EW
Cross-section
(mm
2
)
Single ferrule
Large capacity
ferrule - reflls Starfx applicator
Starfx S
applicator
Ferrule
0
.
5 0376 61 0376 41 0376 47 0376 80
0
.
75 0376 62 0376 42 0376 47 0376 81
1 0376 63 0376 43 0376 47 0376 82
1
.
5 0376 64 0376 44 0376 47 0376 83
2
.
5 0376 66 0376 45 0376 47 0376 84
0376 81
(1) If Tri-rated use one size larger applicator
302
Example of use with Viking 3 terminals

Pack

Cat. Nos.
CAB 3
marking system
for cables and Viking 3 terminal blocks
Markers for cables 1
.
5 to 2
.
5 mm
2

cross-section and terminal blocks
Numbers : black on white background
(available in black on yellow background on request)
240 0381 60 01 to 20
240 0381 61 21 to 40
240 0381 62 41 to 60
240 0381 63 61 to 80
Strips of 20 markers
For cables or Viking 3 terminal blocks
Same markers for cable and terminal blocks
marking system
for Viking 3 terminal blocks
Pack Cat. Nos. Blank markers
Displayed by sheet of 100 pre-cut markers
Manual marking or via Logicab 2
1000 0395 00 For blocks 5 mm width
Numbers
Horizontal format
Width of 5 mm
1000 0395 05 From 1 to 10 (10 times)
1000 0395 06 From 11 to 20 (10 times)
1000 0395 09 From 1 to 50 (2 times)
1000 0395 10 From 1 to 100
Width of 6 mm
1000 0395 15 From 1 to 10 (10 times)
1000 0395 16 From 11 to 20 (10 times)
1000 0395 19 From 1 to 50 (2 times)
1000 0395 20 From 1 to 100
1000 0395 21 From 101 to 200
Black felt tip pen
10 0395 98 Permanent marker
0395 05 on Viking 3
terminal blocks
0395 20
0395 98
Another image needed
303
Technical information (p. 305)
304
CAB 3
marking system
Perfect alignment of markers
Pack
(1)
Cat. Nos. Markers for cables 1
.
5 to 2
.
5 mm
2

and 4 to 6 mm
2
cross-section
1
.
5 to 2
.
5
2
4 to 6
2
Digits : international colour code
1

200 800 0382 20 0382 30 0 Black
1

200 800 0382 21 0382 31 1 Brown
1

200 800 0382 22 0382 32 2 Red
1

200 800 0382 23 0382 33 3 Orange
1

200 800 0382 24 0382 34 4 Yellow
1

200 800 0382 25 0382 35 5 Green
1

200 800 0382 26 0382 36 6 Blue
1

200 800 0382 27 0382 37 7 Purple
1

200 800 0382 28 0382 38 8 Grey
1

200 800 0382 29 0382 39 9 White
Letters : black on yellow background
300 0383 30 0383 60 A
300 0383 31 0383 61 B
300 0383 32 0383 62 C
300 0383 33 0383 63 D
300 0383 34 0383 64 E
300 0383 35 0383 65 F
300 0383 36 0383 66 G
300 0383 37 0383 67 H
300 0383 38 0383 68 I
300 0383 39 0383 69 J
300 0383 40 0383 70 K
300 0383 41 0383 71 L
300 0383 42 0383 72 M
300 0383 43 0383 73 N
300 0383 44 0383 74 O
300 0383 45 0383 75 P
300 0383 46 0383 76 Q
300 0383 47 0383 77 R
300 0383 48 0383 78 S
300 0383 49 0383 79 T
300 0383 50 0383 80 U
300 0383 51 0383 81 V
300 0383 52 0383 82 W
300 0383 53 0383 83 X
300 0383 54 0383 84 Y
300 0383 55 0383 85 Z
Conventional symbols : black on yellow
background
300 0382 80 0382 90 /
300 0382 81 0382 91
300 0382 82 0382 92 +
300 0382 83 0382 93
300 0382 84 0382 94
300 0382 85 0382 95 =
300 0382 86 0382 96 T
Pack
(1)
Cat. Nos. Markers for cables 0
.
15 to 0
.
5 mm
2

and 0
.
5 to 1
.
5 mm
2
cross-section
and terminal blocks
On Viking 3 terminal blocks
- 4 markers 0
.
15 to 0
.
5 mm
2
max.
- 3 markers 0
.
15 to 1
.
5 mm
2
max.
0
.
15 to 0
.
5
2
0
.
5 to 1
.
5
2
Digits : international colour code
1

000 1

200 0381 00 0382 10 0 Black
1

000 1

200 0381 01 0382 11 1 Brown
1

000 1

200 0381 02 0382 12 2 Red
1

000 1

200 0381 03 0382 13 3 Orange
1

000 1

200 0381 04 0382 14 4 Yellow
1

000 1

200 0381 05 0382 15 5 Green
1

000 1

200 0381 06 0382 16 6 Blue
1

000 1

200 0381 07 0382 17 7 Purple
1

000 1

200 0381 08 0382 18 8 Grey
1

000 1

200 0381 09 0382 19 9 White
Letters : black on yellow background
300 0381 10 0383 00 A
300 0381 11 0383 01 B
300 0381 12 0383 02 C
300 0381 13 0383 03 D
300 0381 14 0383 04 E
300 0381 15 0383 05 F
300 0381 16 0383 06 G
300 0381 17 0383 07 H
300 0381 18 0383 08 I
300 0381 19 0383 09 J
300 0381 20 0383 10 K
300 0381 21 0383 11 L
300 0381 22 0383 12 M
300 0381 23 0383 13 N
300 0381 24 0383 14 O
300 0381 25 0383 15 P
300 0381 26 0383 16 Q
300 0381 27 0383 17 R
300 0381 28 0383 18 S
300 0381 29 0383 19 T
300 0381 30 0383 20 U
300 0381 31 0383 21 V
300 0381 32 0383 22 W
300 0381 33 0383 23 X
300 0381 34 0383 24 Y
300 0381 35 0383 25 Z
Conventional symbols : black on yellow
background
300 0381 40 0382 70 /
300 0381 41 0382 71
300 0381 42 0382 72 +
300 0381 43 0382 73
300 0381 44 0382 74
300 0382 75 =
300 0382 76 T
Terminal block with CAB 3 markers and label holders
0381 06
0381 28
0383 17
0382 72
0381 43
0382 26
0382 32
0383 46
0383 79
(1) Up to 0
.
5 mm
2
: strips of 25 markers
From 0
.
5 mm
2
to 2
.
5 mm
2
Upper 2
.
5 mm
2
Price per marker
0382 12
0382 82
0382 94
CAB 3

marking system
CAB 3
marking system
accessories
0383 92 +
CAB 3 markers
0382 00
0383 97
0384 90 0384 92
Pack Cat. Nos. CAB 3 accessories
Marker holders
For cables cross-section from 10 mm
2
to 70 mm
2

Capacity :
8 digits, letters or symbols markers from 0
.
5 to
1
.
5 mm
2
or 1
.
5 to 2
.
5 mm
2
cross section
Black, cross-section (mm
2
)
100 0384 90 10 to 16
50 0384 91 25 to 35
50 0384 92 50 to 70
Support for markers
100 0383 92 Can be clipped on to Viking 3 terminal blocks
Capacity :
7 markers from 0
.
15 to 0
.
5 mm
2
6 markers from 0
.
5 to 1
.
5 mm
2
Transparent applicators
For rapid selection and application of markers on to
cable
For markers Applicator colour for
cross-section (mm
2
) identifcation of cross-section
10 0383 94 0
.
15 to 0
.
5 CAB 3
10 0383 95 0
.
5 to 1
.
5 CAB 3
10 0383 96 1
.
5 to 2
.
5 CAB 3
10 0383 97 4 to 6 CAB 3
Set of markers
1 0382 01 0
.
15 to 0
.
5 mm
2
: 2 500 markers
+ 10 applicators (250 digits from 0 to 9)
1 0382 02 0
.
5 to 1
.
5 mm
2
: 3 000 markers
1 0382 03 1
.
5 to 2
.
5 mm
2
: 3 000 markers
1 0382 04 4 to 6 mm
2
: 2 000 markers
On-site toolbox
1 0382 00 With removable tray for CAB 3 markers and
applicators, Starfx ferrules etc.
Height 85 mm, depth 280 mm, width 450 mm
Metal, padlockable

Dimensions

Cable cross-section (mm
2
)

0
.
15 to 0
.
5 0
.
5 to 1
.
5 1
.
5 to 2
.
5 4 to 6
A (mm) 5 5 5
.
6 8
B (mm) 5
.
05 6
.
4 7
.
6 9
.
6
C (mm) 3
.
7 4
.
3 4
.
9 7
.
1
D (mm) 2
.
3 3 3 3
min./max. (mm) 0
.
8/2
.
2 2
.
2/3 2
.
8/3
.
8 4
.
3/5
.
3
B

A
D
C
4
5
0
2
8
0
8
5
Marker holders
n Characteristics and dimensions of on-site toolbox
Cat. No. 0382 00
Bottom tray consists of :
8 medium slots
(each slot takes 1 box of CAB 3)
1 large slot
Top tray consists of :
12 small slots (<=> approx.
6 boxes of CAB 3)
1 medium slot for applicators
Capacity : approx. 15

000 CAB 3 markers
B
C
D

2
6
3
2
6
3
2
6
3
Cat. No. 0384 90 Cat. No. 0384 91 Cat. No. 0384 92
n Dimensions
Markers
Polyamide 6/6

Dim.
Section of cable for marking (mm
2
)
10 to 16 25 to 35 50 to 70
A (mm) 18 24
.
3 27
.
2
B (mm) 8
.
9 12
.
2 17
.
2
C (mm) 7 7 10
Support for markers Cat. No. 0383 92
1
8

1
0
7
5

On cable with marker holder
Cat. No. 0384 92
On heavy duty terminal blocks On terminal blocks,
with label holder
Cat. No. 0383 92
305
306
Colring
cable ties
Pack Cat. Nos. Colring cable ties with internal teeth
Polyamide 6/6 colourless
Blister packing
Width Flat length Max. grip Min. grip Weight
(mm) (mm) capacity capacity (g)
(mm) (mm)
1000/10000 0320 30 24 95 18 16 026
1000/10000 0320 31 24 140 33 16 037
1000/6000 0320 32 24 180 46 16 047
1000 0320 37 35 140 33 16 057
1000 0320 38 35 180 46 16 073
100/2000 0320 39 35 280 77 16 113
100 0320 40 35 360 102 16 146
1000/4000 0320 42 46 180 46 16 120
100/2000 0320 43 46 280 77 16 188
Polyamide 6/6 black
High temperature
UV protected
Blister packing
100 0320 12 24 95 18 16 026
100 0320 15 35 140 33 16 057
100 0320 22 46 180 46 16 120
100 0320 24 46 360 102 16 238
Accessories
Self-adhesive bases
For ties up to 46 mm max. width
100/2000 0320 65 Colourless
Screw mounting bases
1000 0320 70 For ties 46 mm max. width
Central fixing (screw 4 mm)
100 0320 72 For ties all widths
Central fixing (screw 5 mm)
Tool for Colring cable ties
Max. width 46 mm
Direct adjustment of clamping tension by using
the milled screw at the base of the handle
After clamping, a blade automatically cuts the
surplus length close to the head without leaving
a burr
1 0320 88 P 46 tool for cable ties max. width 46 mm
0320 65
0320 15/37/22/24
0320 70 0320 88 0320 72
Technical information (p. 307) Technical information (p. 307)
Colson
cable ties
0319 16 0319 50 0319 55
0319 96
Pack Cat. Nos. Colson cable ties
Ultra-violet (U.V.) resistant cable ties
External teeth
Black polyamide 12
Width Flat length Max. grip Min. grip Weight
(mm) (mm) capacity capacity (g)
(mm) (mm)
100/1000 0319 13 9 185 42 10 32
100/1000 0319 16 9 265 62 26 47
100/1000 0319 19 9 355 92 26 69
100/500 0319 20 9 500 140 74 127
100 0319 21 9 750 220 74 169
100 0319 22 6 119 25 4 16
100/1000 0319 25 6 180 45 10 20
Accessories
Black Screw-on base for ties max. width 9 mm
100 0319 50 Height : 12 mm for cartridge-fired stud and rag-bolt
635 and 7 and countersunk screws 5 mm
Wall plug bases 8 mm drilling
100/1000 0319 55 Standard
Tool for Colson cable ties
1/10 0319 96 Black and red finish
Allows tightening and trimming of Colson ties
0320 42 supplied
in blister pack
307
s Technical data - all cable ties
Conform to EN 50146
s Technical data - Colring
Good resistance to bases, oils, greases and petroleum products
Limited resistance to acids, sensitive to mineral acids and no
resistance to phenol
Type Colring Colring Colson
colourless
(4)
black
(4)
black
UV protection no yes yes
Polyamide material 6/6 6/6 12
Teeth
internal
internal external
or external
Halogen free
(1)
yes yes yes
Humidity absorbtion
(2)
25 % 25 % <07 %
Operating temperature
- 20,000 hrs 85 C 105 C 85 C
- 1,000 hrs 100 C 120 C 100 C
Resistance to low tempratures
- fitted 15 C 15 C 40 C
- assembly 10 C 0 C 30 C
Flame retardancy UL 94 V2 UL 94 V2 UL 94 HB
Oxygen index (LOI)
285 % 26 % 20 %
(EN ISO 4589-1/ASTM D 2863-00)
Self-extinguishing
(3)
850 C 850 C 650 C
s Technical data - Colson
Constant high quality Colson
Type tests
Raw material test
Product test on the production line and in the laboratory
Packaging test
Resistance to low temperatures Resistance to sun
Colson approvals
Oxygen index : EN ISO 4589-1 and ASTM D 2863-00, 20 %
Corrosiveness of fumes : NFC 20-453, < 5 %
Flame retardancy : UL 94 HB
Colson traceability
Each Colson cable tie can be identified, underlining Legrands
commitment to the consumer, so that you can always be sure you are
using a genuine Colson
Tensile strength (according to EN 50146)
Test conditions
Temperature 23 C
Relative humidity of air 50 %
Traction speed 254 mm/mn
Time of flame application : 10 sec
(A) (B)
Resistance to external agents Resistance to rain
Colring
and Colson
cable ties
Good resistance to oils,
greases, petroleum products,
saline mist and diluted acids
Maximum temperatures :
85C continuous
100C @ 1000 hrs
UV resistant
Assembly 30C
Fitted 40C
Humidity absorption: 07%
Cable ties
Polyamide 6/6
Tensile strength
According to EN 50146
Test dia.
(mm)
Min.
guaranteed
strength
(daN)
Black
High temperature
U.V. protected
Colourless
Non U.V.
protected
Max. rachet
force max
(daN)
0320 30 0320 12 050 18 80
0320 31 050 20 80
0320 32 050 20 80
0320 37 0320 15 050 20 130
0320 38 050 20 130
0320 39 050 20 130
0320 40 050 20 130
0320 42 0320 22 050 20 220
0320 43 050 20 220
0320 24 050 20 220
Quality of tensile strength
Diagram (A) -
Diagram (B) - Tensile strength
Cat. Nos.
Max. ratchet
force Test dia. (mm) Min. strength
max (daN) According to EN 50146 (daN)
0319 13 4 20 36
0319 16 5 26 53
0319 19 5 26 53
0319 20 55 74 53
0319 21 55 74 53
0319 22 4 20 22
0319 25 4 20 22
Accessories for Colson
18
95
2
1
5
1
0
12
14
5 37 65
1
8
5
435
15
92
1
0
Cat. No. 0319 50 Cat. No. 0319 55
s Dimensions
Accessories for Colring
6 30
2
4
2
2
5
5
2
4
1
5
10
42
6 5
4 2
1
88 95
52
165
Cat. No. 0320 65
Cat. No. 0320 72
Cat. No. 0320 70
(1) Conform to Class I ASTM D 4066 (Class 2 for Colring black)
(2) Conform to ISO 62 (EH 0-23C
(3) Conform to IEC 60695-2-12 for Colring, IEC 60695-2-11 for Colson
(4) Conform to UL 1565, SAE-AS 33671
F
(d
aN
)
Hypra
IP 66/67-55
combined units
with interlocked
switched socket
(p. 325)
Clang
heavy duty
trailer plugs
and sockets
(p. 338)
308
Industrial
plugs,
sockets and
combined
units
P17 Tempra
IP 44
Hypra
combined units
P17 Tempra
IP 66/67
P17 Tempra
self assembly
combined units
Hypra
IP 44
Hypra
Prisinter
IP 44/55
Hypra
IP 66/67-55
IP 66/67
P. 310
Panel and surface
mounting sockets
ELV 16 A and
LV 16 to 63 A
P. 312
Panel and surface
mounting sockets
LV 16 A
P. 314
Panel and surface
mounting sockets
LV 16 to 125 A
P. 324
IP 44
combined units
16 to 63 A
059219-20913m.eps
P. 329
Panel and surface
mounting sockets
LV 16 and 32 A
P. 329
Panel and surface
mounting sockets
LV 16 to 125 A
Clang
heavy duty
trailer plugs and
sockets
P. 338
Heavy duty 24 V
plugs
P. 335
Self-assembly
IP 44 and IP 55
LV 16 and 32 A
NEW I N 2010
NEW
309
P. 310
Straight and
angled plugs
ELV 16 A and
LV 16 to 63 A
P. 311
Panel and
surface mounting
appliance inlets
LV 16 to 63 A
as052541
P. 315
Dimensions
68528a.eps
P. 313
Panel and surface
mounting sockets
LV 32 to 63 A
P. 315
Dimensions
68528a.eps P. 314
Straight plugs
LV 16 to 125 A
P. 314
Panel and
surface mounting
appliance inlets
LV 16 to 125 A
P. 314
Mobile sockets
LV 16 to 125 A
as052046
P. 317
Dimensions
68528a.eps
P. 325
IP 66/67-55
combined units
LV 16 to 63 A
P. 325
Undrilled
empty boxes
with window
P. 326
Dimensions
68528a.eps
P. 329
Straight plugs
LV 16 and 32 A
P. 329
Appliance inlets
LV 16 and 32 A
P. 330
Dimensions
68528a.eps
P. 329
Mobile sockets
LV 16 and 32 A
P. 329
Straight plugs
LV 16 to 125 A
P. 329
Mobile sockets
LV 16 to 125 A
P. 332
Dimensions
68528a.eps
P. 339
Dimensions
as052046
P. 336
Dimensions
68528a.eps
68528a.eps
P. 340
Plugs and sockets
pin configurations
68528a.eps
P. 338
Heavy duty 24 V
sockets
NEW
NEW
16 A
32 A
63 A
380 to 415 V
50/60 Hz
310
Hypra
IP 44 metal, plastic and rubber plugs and sockets

ELV 16 A and LV 16/32/63 A
ELV METAL PLASTIC
MODULAR
(1)
METAL PLASTIC PLASTIC PLASTIC RUBBER METAL PLASTIC RUBBER
PLASTIC
2 P 0524 01
0524 01+
0524 21 0524 41
0524 19
3 P 0524 02
0524 02+
0524 22 0524 42
0524 19
2 P 0524 05
0524 05+
0524 25
0524 19
16 A
20 to 25 V
50/60 Hz
16 A
20 to 50 V
D.C. =
(1) 70 x 70 mm fixing centres
(2) Order both Cat. Nos. for surface mounting units
For pack quantities, please refer to our current Legrand trade price list
For voltages/arrangements not listed in this table, please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
2 P + T 0520 32 0520 22 0520 18
0520 32+ 0520 22+ 0520 22+
0520 42 0520 72 0520 62 0521 52
0520 39 0520 29 0520 89
3 P + T 0520 23 0520 19
0520 23+ 0520 23+
0520 43
0522 29 0522 89
3 P + N + T 0520 24
0520 24+ 0520 24+
0520 44
0522 29 0522 89
2 P + T 0527 32 0527 18
0527 32+ 0527 18+ 0527 18+
0527 42 0527 72 0527 62
0529 39 0529 40 0529 90
3 P + T 0527 19
0527 19+ 0527 19+
0527 43
0529 40 0529 90
16 A
32 A
200 to 250 V
50/60 Hz
LV
2 P + T 0519 30 0519 20 0519 19
0519 30+ 0519 20+ 0519 20+
0519 40
0520 39 0520 29 0520 89
16 A
100 to130 V
50/60 Hz
3 P + T 0522 33 0522 23 0522 19
0522 33+ 0522 23+ 0522 23+
0522 43 0522 73 0522 63 0521 53
0522 39 0522 29 0522 89
3 P + N + T 0522 34 0522 24 0522 20
0522 34+ 0522 24+ 0522 24+
0522 44 0522 54 0522 74 0522 64
0522 39 0522 29 0522 89
3 P + T 0529 33 0529 19
0529 33+ 0529 19+ 0529 19+
0529 43 0529 53 0529 63 0528 53
0529 39 0529 40 0529 90
3 P + N + T 0529 34 0529 20
0529 34+ 0529 20+ 0529 20+
0529 44 0529 54 0529 74 0529 64
0529 39 0529 40 0529 90
3 P + T 0538 33 0538 23 0537 33 0538 43 0538 73
3 P + N + T 0538 34 0538 24 0537 34 0537 24 0538 44 0538 74
Conform to :
BS EN 60309-1, BS EN 60309-2,
IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2
IP 44 according to
BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529
IK 09 plastic and rubber
IK 10 metal according to
BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262
Self-extinguishing : 850C for
insulated parts (960C for
Prisinter) 650C for housing -
conforms to BS EN 60695-2-10
and IEC 60695-2-10
Temp. rating : 50C to+100C
(- 20C for Prisinter)
inclined
Surface mounting
sockets inclined
(2) Straight plugs Angled plugs
Through wiring
surface mounting
sockets
(2)
Technical information
and dimensions
(p. 315-323)
311
Hypra
IP 44/55 Prisinter
LV 16/32/63 A
PLASTIC RUBBER METAL PLASTIC METAL PLASTIC METAL PLASTIC METAL PLASTIC
0524 61

0524 85
0519 80 0519 70
0520 82 0520 92 0521 62 0521 72
0521 62+
0520 69
0520 83
0520 94
0527 82 0527 92 0528 62 0528 72
0528 62+ 0528 72+
0529 69 0529 79
0527 83
0522 83 0522 93 0521 63 0521 73
0521 63+ 0521 73+
0522 69 0522 79
0522 84 0522 94 0521 74
0521 74+
0522 79
0529 83 0529 93 0528 63 0528 73
0528 63+ 0528 73+
0529 69 0529 79
0529 84 0529 94 0528 64 0528 74
0528 64+ 0528 74+
0529 69 0529 79
0538 83 0537 63
0538 84 0537 64 0537 74
0538 74+
0538 79

0519 10
0519 10+
0521 96
0520 49
Surface mounting
appliance inlets
(1)
Panel appliance inlets
Prisinter
(2) (Supplied without cover)
Mobile sockets
Panel mounting
sockets
Surface mounting
sockets
(1) Auxiliary
c/o contact
microswitch
ACCESSORIES
2 P + T 10 0521 25
3 P + T 5 0521 26
3 P + N + T 5 0521 27
2 P + T 5 0521 27
3 P + T 5 0521 27
3 P + N + T 5 0527 99
2 P + T 5 0536 99
3 P + T 5 0536 99
3 P + N + T 5 0536 99
IEC 2 P + T plug
13 A 2 P + T B.S. socket
10 0521 01
16 A
16 A
230 V
32 A
63 A and
125 A
Cat. Nos. Cat. No. Pack Pack
Appliance inlet covers Adaptor
0520 02
0520 12+ 0520 02+
0521 96
(3)
0520 59 0520 49
0520 03
0520 03+
0521 96
(3)
0520 49
0520 04
0520 04+
0521 96
(3)
0522 49
0527 02
0527 02+
0521 96
(3)
0529 49
0527 03
0527 13+ 0527 03+
0521 96
(3)
0522 59 0529 49
0522 13 0522 03
0522 13+ 0522 03+
0521 96
(3)
0520 59 0520 49
0522 14 0522 04
0522 14+ 0522 04+
0521 96
(3)
0529 59 0522 49
0529 13 0529 03
0529 13+ 0529 03+
0521 96
(3)
0522 59 0529 49
0529 14 0529 04
0529 14+ 0529 04+
0521 96
(3)
0522 59 0529 49
0538 00 0536 03
0538 00+ 0536 03+
0521 96
(3)
0538 09 0537 49
0538 01 0536 04
0538 01+ 0536 04+
0521 96
(3)
0538 09 0537 49
(2) Index of protection and switching capacity, see p. 352
(3) Late make early break c/o contact for LV only : (for ELV please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333)
(4) See p. 322 for dimensions
Appliance inlet covers
(4)
Conform to BS EN 60309-1, BS EN 60309-2,
IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2
Material : Rubber
Temp. rating : 20 C to +40 C
Adaptor
(4)
Conformto BS EN 60309-1, BS EN 60309-2,
IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2
Self-extinguishing : 850C
Temp. rating : 15C to +40 C
312
Hypra
IP 44/55 - LV 16 A
Prisinter - interlocked switched sockets
IP 44 when plug inserted
IP 55 with cover closed or used with IP 66/67-55 angled plugs
Stainless steel screws
Pack Cat. Nos. Prisinter panel mounting sockets
Load break disconnect at the push of the
button
Accepts 6 mm padlock with cover closed
Terminals accept 15 mm
2
to 4 mm
2
rigid
cable (BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1)
Possibility to fit 2 auxiliary C/O contacts
Cat. Nos. 0521 96
Metal Plastic 100/130V
1 0519 10 2 P +T
200/250 V
1 0520 02 2 P + T
1 0520 03 3 P + T
1 0520 04 3 P + N + T
380/415 V
1 0522 13 0522 03 3 P + T
1 0522 14 0522 04 3 P + N + T
0522 49
Pack Cat. Nos. Surface mounting boxes
Reversible entry box with 3 x M20 entries
with 2 blanking plugs plus rear knockout
entries
Metal Plastic
1 0520 49 For 2 P + T / 3 P + T sockets
1 0529 59 0522 49 For 3 P + N + T sockets
0520 02 0522 13
313
Hypra
IP 44/55 - LV 32 A
0529 13 0529 04 + 0529 49
button
2
to 10 mm
2
rigid
cable (BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1)
Cat. Nos. 0521 96
Metal Plastic 200/250 V
1 0527 02 2 P + T
1 0527 03 3 P + T
380/415 V
1 0529 13 0529 03 3 P + T
1 0529 14 0529 04 3 P + N + T
Reversible entry box with 2 x M25 and
1 x M20 entries with 1 x M25 and 1 x M20
blanking plugs plus rear knockout entries
Metal Plastic
1 0522 59 0529 49 For 2 P + T / 3 P + T / 3 P + N + T sockets
xxxxxxxx
Hypra
IP 44/55 - LV 63 A
0538 00 + 0538 09
button
Accepts 3 x 8 mm padlocks with cover
closed
IP 2x protection against direct contact
2
to 25 mm
2
rigid
cable
Cat. Nos. 0521 96
Metal Plastic 380/415 V
1 0538 00 0536 03 3 P + T
1 0538 01 0536 04 3 P + N + T
Reversible entry box with 2 x M32 and
1 x M20 entries with 1 x M32 and 1 x M20
blanking plugs
Metal Plastic
1 0538 09 0537 49 For 3 P + T / 3 P + N + T sockets
Prisinter mobile socket
button, at the end of an extension lead
2
to 6 mm
2
flexible
cable (IEC 60309.1)
Rubber/Plastic 200/250 V
1 0527 05 2 P + T
Prisinter mobile socket
button, at the end of an extension lead
Accepts 3 x 8 mm padlocks with cover
closed
2
to 16 mm
2
flexible
cable
Rubber/Plastic 380/415 V
1 0537 07 3 P + N + T
314
Hypra
IP 66/67-55 plastic plugs and sockets

LV 16/32/63/125 A
16 A
100 to 130 V
50/60 Hz
16 A
32 A
200 to 250 V
50/60 Hz
(1) 70 x 70 mm fixing centres
(3) Can be fixed on 0538 89 to obtain a straight surface mounting
appliance inlet
16 A
32 A
380 to 415 V
50/60 Hz
3 P + T 0511 30 0511 50
0511 30 + 0511 30 +
0511 60 0511 80

0522 29 0522 89
3 P + N + T 0511 31 0511 51
0511 31 + 0511 31 +
0511 61 0511 81
0511 91
0522 29 0522 89
3 P + T
0530 50
0530 50 + 0530 50 +
0530 60 0530 80

0529 40 0529 90
3 P + N + T
0530 51
0530 51 + 0530 51 +
0530 61 0530 81

0529 40 0529 90
63 A
125 A
380 to 415 V
50/60 Hz
3 P + T 0594 27
0594 37
0594 27 +
0594 47 0594 87 0594 77
(3)
0538 89
3 P + N + T 0594 28
0594 38
0594 28 +
0594 48 0594 88 0594 78
(3)
0538 89
3 P + T 0595 12
0595 02
0595 22 0595 32 0595 42 0595 44

3 P + N + T 0595 13
0595 03
0595 23 0595 33 0595 43 0595 45

LV
IP 66/67-55 - LV 16, 32, 63 AND 125 A
2 P + T 0511 25
0511 25 + 0511 25 +
0511 55 0511 75

0520 29 0520 89
2 P + T 0511 26 0511 46
0511 26 + 0511 26 +
0511 56 0511 76
0511 86
0520 29 0520 89
2 P + T
0530 46
0530 46 + 0530 46 +
0530 56 0530 76

0529 40 0529 90
For voltages/arrangements not listed in this table,
please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
IP 55 assured automatically with
cover flap down without locking
ring secured
IP 66/67-55 obtained with locking
ring secured
IP 55 guaranteed
with IP 66/67-55
plug inserted and
cover in place over
spigot on plug
IP 66/67-55
obtained with
locking ring
secured
Panel mounting
Surface mounting Through entry Panel Surface
sockets inclined
sockets surface mounting Straight plugs Mobile sockets appliance inlets appliance
inclined modular
(1)
inclined
(2)
sockets
(2)
straight inlets
outlets with single
fixingcentres
and dimensions
(p. 317-322)
Conform to :
BS EN 60309-1, BS 60309-2,
IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2
IP according to BS EN 60529
and IEC 60529
IK 09
Self-extinguishing :
850C for insulated parts
650C for housing
Stainless steel external screws
Temp. rating : - 50C to + 100C
63/125 A units have a pilot pin
63
A
AND
125
A
EASY
CONNECTION/DISCONNECTION
315
Hypra
IP 44/55
Prisinter LV 16/32/63 A
Icc 10 kA according to BS EN 60309-1, BS EN 60309-2,
IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2
IP rating according to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 :
IP 55 - cover closed
- connected with an angled plug IP 66/67-55
IP 44 - in all other cases
s Dimensions
Prisinter - inclined panel mounting IP 44/55 - LV 16/32/63 A
(p. 311-313)
Hypra Prisinter breaking capacity at
3 x 400 Vaccording to BS EN 60947-1, BS EN 60947-3,
IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3 :
H
20
Drilling
D
D
5
.
5 (16/32 A)
B A
C
E = =
E
G
8 (63 A) 5
.
3
F
052002-52294c.eps
H
20
Drilling
D
D
5
.
5 (16/32 A)
B A
C
E = =
E
G
8 (63 A) 5
.
3
F
052002-52294c.eps
Material Weight A B C D E F (mm) G H(mm)
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) min. max. (mm) max.
16 A
2 P + T
Plastic 042
46 70 132 115 100 92 98 46 6 to 10
Metal 125
3 P + T
Plastic 048
46 70 138 115 100 92 96 46 6 to 10
Metal 133
3 P + N + T
Plastic 057
46 75 156 125 110 102 106 515 7
Metal 147
32 A
2 P + T
Plastic 057
54 77 153 143 125 115 122 585 10 to 20
Metal 147
3 P + T
Plastic 061
54 77 153 143 125 115 122 585 10 to 20
Metal 15
3 P + N + T
Plastic 065
55 79 169 143 125 119 122 585 9 to13
Metal 18
63 A
2 P + T
Plastic 087
55 99 205 143 125 120 122 595 10 to 20
Metal 15
3 P + T
Plastic 095
55 99 205 143 125 120 122 595 10 to 20
Metal 185
3 P + N + T
Plastic 098
55 99 205 143 125 120 122 595 10 to 20
Metal 22
Category 16 A 32 A 63 A
AC 1 16 A 32 A 63 A
AC 23 84 kW 168 kW 33 kW
AC 3 84 kW 168 kW 33 kW
IK according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262
IK 09 : Plastic and rubber
IK 10 : Metal
20 C to + 100 C (+80 C with auxiliary fitted)
Stainless steel screws
Auxiliary contacts (20 C to + 80 C)
Prisinter sockets can accommodate two c/o auxiliary contacts (late
make/ early break) Cat. No. 0521 96. These may be used to signal to a
central control/monitoring station or control a contactor to remove load
Padlockable cover in closed position
316
s Box entries
Prisinter boxes can be rotated to aid entry
LV 16/32 A
LV 63 A
Hypra
IP 44/55
reversible boxes for Prisinter
s Dimensions
LV 16 A (p. 312)
Fix B
M 20 M 20
40
A
A
F
i
x
C
Knockout cable
entries on
plastic box
24 and 22
5 5
.
3
22
60
M20 Metal units are supplied
with an earth continuity
connection pin between
socket flange and box
3 x M20 entries with 2 x M20 blanking plugs
Equipped with:
2 earth terminals inside and 1 external (metal box)
2 earth terminals inside (plastic box)
LV 32 A (p. 313)
Fix 125
M 25
M 20
40
Knockout cable
entries on
plastic box
30 and 22
M 25
80
143
1
4
3
F
i
x
1
0
0
26
5
5
.
3
Metal units are supplied
1 x M20 entry with 1 x M20 blanking plug
2 x M25 entries with 1 x M25 blanking plug
Equipped with:
2 earth terminals inside and 1 external (metal box)
1 earth terminal inside (plastic box)
1 x M20 entry with 1 x M20 blanking plug
2 x M32 entries with 1 x M32 blanking plug
LV 63 A (p. 313)
Equipped with external earth terminal on the metal box
125
M 32
M 20
18
.
5 27
.
5
100
5
5
.
3
1
4
3
1
0
0
M 32
143
30
Knockout cable
entries on
plastic box
32 and 22
Material
Weight
(kg)
Plastic 03
Metal 007
Material
Weight
(kg)
Plastic 035
Metal 175
Material
Weight A B C
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2 P + T
Plastic 014
115 97 78
3 P + T
Metal 08
3 P + N + T
Plastic 016
125 107 88
Metal 09
317
Hypra
IP 66/67-55
inclined panel mounting sockets from 16 to 125 A
Hypra
IP 44
inclined panel mounting sockets from 16 to 63 A
IK 09 (plastic), IK 10 (metal) according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262
Contacts : nickel plated brass with stainless steel connection pins
s Dimensions
IP 44 - LV 16/32/63 A plastic and metal and ELV 16 A plastic
(p. 310)
F
K
E
J
H G
20
I
A
Drilling
B
C
d
D T
= =
7
6
(
6
3
A
)
IP 44 - LV 16/32 A plastic with modular fixings (p. 310)
A
E
B F
C
d
1
K
G H
J
I
10
Drilling
D d
Material
Weight Drilling (mm) Dimensions (mm)
(kg) A B C D d T E F G H I J K
LV 16 A
Plastic 0110
52 60 28 55 145 42 64 72 41 40 94 55 785 2 P + T
Metal 0340
3 P + T
Plastic 0140
60 70 31 635 145 52 74 84 44 40 98 55 88
Metal 0405
3P + N + T
Plastic 0165
60 70 33 706 52 80 84 44 44 110 55 93
Metal 0450
LV 32 A
2 P + T Metal 0605 70 80 38 762 10 52 84 94 50 53 120 55 103
3 P + T Metal 0605 70 80 38 762 10 52 84 94 50 53 120 55 103
3 P + N + T Metal 0660 70 80 38 762 10 52 84 94 52 56 124 55 107
LV 63 A
2 P + T
Plastic 0600
77 85 92 65 106 106 98 70 160 6 129
Metal 0950
3 P + T
Plastic 0640
77 85 92 65 106 106 98 70 160 6 129
Metal 1000
3P + N + T
Plastic 0700
77 85 92 65 106 106 98 70 160 6 129
Metal 1200
ELV 16 A
2 P Plastic 0120 52 60 30 55 42 64 72 33 47 94 55 785
Weight
Drilling (mm) Dimensions (mm)
(kg) A B C D d d1 E F G H I J K
LV 16 A
2 P + T 0110 70 70 35 762 84 84 37 36 89 45 88 42
3 P + T 0140 70 70 35 762 84 84 43 36 97 45 89 42
3 P + N + T 0165 70 70 35 762 84 84 43 37 106 45 91 42
LV 32 A
2 P + T 0220 70 70 35 762 84 94 54 45 117 45 100 42
3 P + T 0220 70 70 35 762 84 94 54 45 117 45 100 42
3 P + N + T 0255 70 70 35 762 8 36 84 94 54 46 125 45 102 42
s Dimensions
IP 66/67-55 - LV 16 A plastic (p. 314)
IP 66/67-55 - LV 16/32 A plastic with modular fixings (p. 314)
K
E
L
F
J
G H
I
20
A
D T
B
C
= =
Drilling
IP 66/67-55 - LV 63/125 A plastic (p. 314)
20
E
L
K F
G H
I
J
B
C
A
D T
Drilling
B F
L
E
C
d
1
D d
K
G H
J
I
A
10

(kg) A B C D d d1 E F G H I J K L
LV 16 A
2 P + T 0140 70 70 35 762 84 84 42 39 83 45 90 725 42
3 P + T 0165 70 70 35 762 84 84 43 41 98 45 93 81 42
3 P + N + T 0195 70 70 35 762 84 84 43 41 99 45 91 865 42
LV 32 A
2 P + T 0240 70 70 35 762 84 94 54 50 113 45 101 945 42
3 P + T 0240 70 70 35 762 84 94 54 50 113 45 101 945 42
3 P + N + T 0270 70 70 35 762 8 36 84 94 54 51 120 45 103 101 42
(kg) A B C D T E F G H I J K L
LV 16 A
2 P + T 0140 52 60 33 55 42 64 72 40 45 91 55 87 725
3 P + T 0165 60 70 39 635 52 74 84 41 48 102 55 96 81
3 P + N + T 0195 60 70 37 706 52 80 84 42 50 106 55 96 865
IP 66/67-55 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529
Icc 10 kA according to BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1
IK according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 :
metal = IK 10 - plastic = IK 09
Stainless steel external screws - nickel plated contacts
(kg) A B C D T E F G H I J K L
LV 63 A
2 P + T 068 77 85 425 92 65 106 106 98 79 158 6 127 1135
3 P + T 071 77 85 425 92 65 106 106 98 79 158 6 127 1135
3 P + N + T 077 77 85 425 92 65 106 106 98 79 158 6 127 1135
LV 125 A
3 P + T 140 124 124 62 120 65 146 146 84 93 182 8 157 131
3 P + N + T 155 124 124 62 120 65 146 146 84 93 182 8 157 131
Drilling
318
Hypra
IP 44 and IP 66/67-55
surface mounting sockets
120
4
30
25
181
273
2
7
0
F
i
x
2
3
4
130
Fix 117
M20 M32 50
M 32 5
5
.
3
s Dimensions
IP 44 - LV 63 A (p. 310)
Metal boxes are equipped with :
2 internal linked earth terminals and 1 external earth terminal
2
7
0
F
i
x
2
3
4
130
Fix 117
M20
120
4 5
30
5
.
3
M 32
M32 50
190
271
25
IP 66/67-55 - LV 63 A (p. 314)
70
Fix 152
F
i
x
2
6
0
3
0
0
53
170
M 50 M 20
M 40
8
230
6
5
40
262
336
6
.
3
IP 66/67-55 - LV 125 A (p. 314)
Weight
(kg)
63 A
2 P + T 150
3 P + T 155
3 P + N + T 160
IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 conform to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529
metal = IK 10 - plastic = IK 09
Stainless steel external screws - nickel plated contacts
Boxes can be rotated to aid entry
Weight
(kg)
125 A
3 P + T 35
3 P + N + T 37
319
Hypra
IP 44 and IP 66/67-55
reversible boxes for end or through wiring surface sockets
s Dimensions of reversible boxes for panel mounting sockets
LV 16 A, ELV 16 A (p. 310, 314)
C A
2
B
A
C.E.
D
4
5
E
T
A1
d
A1 and A2 : optional blind
fixing points
- 2 internal linked earth terminals
and 1 external earth terminal
- 1 tulip earth pin connection
between base and cover
A1 and A2 : optional blind
fixing points
Note : Through entry boxes provide extra wiring space but not looping
terminals
Plastic box equipped with :
Metal box equipped with :
LV 32 A (p. 310, 314)
s Dimensions for through entry sockets
LV 16 to 63 A (p. 310, 314)
C
A
3
B
A
D
4
5
E
T
C.E.
D
F
X Z
C A
B
X
E
I
G
5
K
H
Y
Y Y
J
X
Reversible
boxes
Material Weight Fixings (mm) Dimensions (mm)
Panel
(kg) A B H C D E F G I J K X Y Z
mounting
sockets
16 A
2 P + T
Plastic 0330
145 74 53 182 86 22 34 75 4 M 20
Metal 0830
3 P + T
Plastic 0330
145 74 53 182 86 22 34 75 4 M 20
Metal 0830
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0330
145 74 53 182 86 22 34 75 4 M 20
Metal 0830
32 A
2 P + T
Plastic 0670
234 117 53 270 130 30 50 110 4 M 25
Metal 1730
3 P + T
Plastic 0670
234 117 53 270 130 30 50 110 4 M 25
Metal 1730
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0670
234 117 53 270 130 30 50 110 4 M 25
Metal 1730
63 A
2 P + T
Plastic 2000
260
152
63 300 170 40 150 8 50 70 M 32 M 20
Metal 4300 157
3 P + T
Plastic 2000
260
152
63 300 170 40 150 8 50 70 M 32 M 20
Metal 4300 157
3 P + N + T
Plastic 2000
260
152
63 300 170 40 150 8 50 70 M 32 M 20
Metal 4300 157
Reversible
boxes
Material
Weight Fixings (mm) Dimensions (mm)
C.E.
Panel mounting (kg) A1 A2 d A A3 T B C D E
sockets
IP 66/67-55 - LV 16 A
2 P + T Plastic 0115 51 68 42 64 53 74 106 58 20 M20
3 P + T Plastic 0160 68 68 42 85 53 96 122 60 22 M20
3 P + N + T Plastic 0160 68 68 42 85 53 96 122 60 22 M20
IP 66/67-55 - LV 32 A
2 P + T / 3 P + T
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0340 90 125 53 102 162 90 26 M25
IP 44 - LV 16 A
2 P + T
Plastic 0115
51 68 42 64 53 74 106 58 20 M20
Metal 0400
3 P + T
Plastic 0160
68 68 42 85 53 96 122 60 22 M20
Metal 0520
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0160
68 68 42 85 53 96 122 60 22 M20
Metal 0520
IP 44 - LV 32 A
2 P + T
Plastic 0340
90 125 53 102 162 90 26 M25
Metal 0910
3 P + T
Plastic 0340
90 125 53 102 162 90 26 M25
Metal 0910
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0340
90 125 53 102 162 90 26 M25
Metal 0910
IP 44 - ELV 16 A
2 P Plastic 0115 51 68 42 64 53 74 106 58 20 M25
320
Hypra
IP 44 and IP 66/67-55
straight and angled plugs
Straight plugs IP 66/67-55
LV 16/32 A (p. 314)
Stainless steel external screws - Nickel plated contacts
IK according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 : plastic, rubber = IK 09
metal = IK 10
A
B
Straight plugs IP 66/67-55

LV 63 A (p. 314)
113
.
5
2
5
5
LV 125 A (p. 314)
3
4
0
131
s Dimensions
Straight plugs IP 44
LV 16/32 A, ELV 16 A (p. 310) LV 63 A (p. 310)
D
A
B
C
A
B
D
Weight A B Clamping
(kg) (mm) (mm) and grip (mm)
16 A
2 P+T 0165 135 725 8 to 15
3 P+T 0195 139 81 8 to 15
3 P+N+T 0220 154 865 10 to 18
32 A
2 P+T 0280 164 945 10 to 18
3 P+T 0280 164 945 12 to 22
3 P+N+T 0325 170 101 12 to 22
Weight Clamping
(kg) and grip (mm)
63 A
3 P+T 0680 185 to 29
3 P+N+T 0750 205 to 32
Weight Clamping
(kg) and grip (mm)
125 A
3 P+T 15 24 to 48
3 P+N+T 17 28 to 48
Angled plugs IP 44
LV 16/32 A, ELV 16 A (p. 310)
IP 44 - LV 63 A (p. 310)
E
A
B
30
C
D
A
E
D
C
30
B
Material
Weight
Dimensions (mm)
Clamping
(kg) A B C D and grip (mm)
LV 16 A
Plastic 0150
135 100 57 55 8 to 15
2 P + T Metal 0365
Rubber 0205 135 100 60 61 8 to 15
Plastic 0175
139 103 65 60 8 to 15
3 P + T Metal 0425
Rubber 0260 139 103 68 66 8 to 15
Plastic 0210
154 118 73 66 10 to 18
3 P + N + T Metal 0535
Rubber 0300 154 118 77 72 10 to 18
LV 32 A
Plastic 0260
164 119 78 705 10 to 18
2 P + T Metal 0645
Rubber 0360 164 119 81 765 10 to 18
Plastic 0260
164 119 78 705 12 to 22
3 P + T Metal 0645
Rubber 0360 164 119 81 765 12 to 22
Plastic 0300
170 125 86 77 12 to 22
3 P + N + T Metal 0685
Rubber 0415 170 125 89 83 12 to 22
LV 63 A
3 P + T
Plastic 0640 102
Rubber 0980
255 1885
110
185 to 29
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0700 102
Rubber 1050
255 1885
110
205 to 32
ELV 16 A
2 P Plastic 0180 142 107 62 55 85 to 22
Material
Weight Dimensions (mm) Clamping
(kg) A B C D E and grip (mm)
LV 16 A
Plastic 0145
136 100 295 100 55 8 to 15
2 P + T Metal 0395
Rubber 0230 136 100 295 100 61 8 to 15
Plastic 0185
141 105 335 105 60 8 to 15
3 P + T Metal 0455
Rubber 0290 141 105 335 105 66 8 to 15
Plastic 0220
150 114 375 114 66 10 to 18
3 P+ N+T Metal 0585
Rubber 0330 150 114 375 114 72 10 to 18
LV 32 A
Plastic 0275
161 116 395 116 705 10 to 18
2 P + T
Metal 0745
Rubber 0390 161 116 395 116 765 10 to 18
Plastic 0275
161 116 395 116 705 12 to 22
3 P + T
Metal 0745
Rubber 0390 161 116 395 116 765 12 to 22
Plastic 0320
167 122 445 122 77 12 to 22
3 P+ N+T Metal 0790
Rubber 0435 167 122 445 122 83 12 to 22
LV 63 A
3 P + T
Metal 1150 2435 177 51 168 102 185 to 29
Rubber 1030 2435 177 51 168 110 185 to 29
3 P+ N+T
Metal 1250 2435 177 51 168 102 205 to 32
Rubber 1100 2435 177 51 168 110 205 to 32
ELV 16 A
2 P Rubber 0250 131 107 30 107 61 85 to 22
321
Hypra
IP 44 and IP 66/67-55
angled plugs and mobile sockets
Mobile sockets IP 66/67-55
LV 16/32 A (p. 314) LV 63 A
(1)
(p. 314)
LV 125 A
(1)
(p. 314)
C B
A
3
6
4
131 136
IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 according to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529
metal =IK10 - plastic, rubber =IK 09
Material
16 A
2 P + T Plastic 0165 136 725 295 100 8 to 15
3 P + T Plastic 0195 141 81 335 105 8 to 15
3 P + N + T Plastic 0220 150 865 375 114 10 to 18
32 A
2 P + T Plastic 0280 161 945 395 116 10 to 18
3 P + T Plastic 0280 161 945 395 116 12 to 22
3 P + N + T Plastic 0325 167 101 445 122 12 to 22
s Dimensions
Angled plugs IP 66/67-55
LV 16/32 A (not shown in catalogue - available on request)
Mobile sockets IP 44
LV 16/32 A, ELV 16 A (p. 311) LV 63 A
(1)
(p. 311)
A
30
C
D B
Material
(kg) A B C and grip (mm)
LV 16 A
2 P + T Plastic 0180 150 725 755 8 to 15
3 P + T Plastic 0215 154 81 86 8 to 15
3 P + N + T Plastic 0275 169 865 89 10 to 18
LV 32 A
2 P + T Plastic 0320 179 945 99 10 to 18
3 P + T Plastic 0320 179 945 99 12 to 22
3 P + N + T Plastic 0375 185 101 105 12 to 22
LV 63 A
3 P + T Plastic 0850 278 1135 119 185 to 29
3 P + N + T Plastic 0910 278 1135 119 205 to 32
Weight Clamping
(kg) and grip (mm)
125 A
3 P+T 18 24 to 48
3 P+N+T 20 28 to 48
C
A
B
D
C
A
B
Material
LV 16 A
2 P + T
Plastic 0170 147 545 74 55 8 to 15
Rubber 0250 147 58 74 61 8 to 15
3 P + T
Plastic 0200 151 615 81 60 8 to 15
Rubber 0285 151 65 81 66 8 to 15
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0245 172 695 90 66 10 to 18
Rubber 0335 172 725 90 72 10 to 18
LV 32 A
2 P + T
Plastic 0300 177 71 93 705 10 to 18
Rubber 0400 177 745 93 765 10 to 18
3 P + T
Plastic 0300 177 71 93 705 12 to 22
Rubber 0400 177 745 93 765 12 to 22
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0350 183 775 100 77 12 to 22
Rubber 0475 183 805 100 83 12 to 22
LV 63 A
3 P + T
Plastic 0770 273 96 119 185 to 29
Rubber 1300 273 110 124 185 to 29
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0830 273 96 119 205 to 32
Rubber 1400 273 110 124 205 to 32
ELV 16 A
2 P Plastic 0190 148 545 74 55 85 to 22
C
A
B
(1) Wiring diagram shown on p. 323

322
Hypra
IP 44 and IP 66/67-55
panel mounting appliance inlets
IK according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262 : plastic = IK 09
metal = IK 10
s Dimensions
Panel appliance inlets IP 44
(1)
(p. 311)
D T
A
B
G
H
I
50
D
C
E
F
Material
(kg) A B T D G H C D E F I
LV 16 A
2 P + T
Plastic 0140
94 62 45 40 104 72 121 78 6
Metal 0530
3 P + T
Plastic 0160
109 83 45 40 120 94 135 86 6
Metal 0630
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0190
109 83 45 40 120 94 139 86 6
Metal 0690
LV 32 A
2 P + T
Plastic 0280
149 90 55 40 160 101 176 111 6
Metal 0950
3 P + T
Plastic 0280
149 90 55 40 160 101 176 111 6
Metal 0950
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0320
149 90 55 40 160 101 174 108 6
Metal 1000
LV 63 A
3 P + T
Plastic 0630
163 93 65 80 42 62 183 113 221 120 8
Metal 2230
3 P + N + T
Plastic 0690
163 93 65 80 42 62 183 113 221 120 8
Metal 2450
B D
A
C
F
H
CE
10
G
X
Surface appliance inlets IP 66/67-55

LV 16/32 A (p. 314)
Panel appliance inlets IP 66/67-55
LV 63 A
(1)
(p. 314)
Weight
Material
(kg)
63 A
3 P+T Plastic 0548
3 P+N+T Plastic 0610
80 to 95
8
5
=
=
5
.
6
77
= =
114
.
3 97 38
1
1
4
.
3
Drilling
LV 125 A
(1)
(p. 314)
Drilling
1
4
6
146 21 122
1
2
4
=
=
124
= =
6
.
5 100 to 120
Surface appliance inlets IP 66/67-55
LV 125 A
(1)
(p. 314)
3
0
0
170
Fix 152
70
F
i
x
2
6
0
230
40
40
290
53
M
5
0
M
2
0
M 40 M 40
3
5
6
6
.
3
Weight Dimensions (mm)
(kg) A/B C/D F G H CE X
16 A
2 P + T 0188 84 72 87 126 34
3 P + T 0257 84 72 95 134 34 M20 43 17
3P+N+ T 0297 84 72 100 141 34
32 A
2 P + T
0370 110 98 107 168 39
3 P + T M25 53 24
3P+N+ T 0413 110 98 113 168 39
Weight (kg)
125 A
3 P + T 100
3 P + N + T 115
Weight (kg)
125 A
3 P + T 26
3 P + N + T 27
(1) Wiring diagram for 63 A and 125 A shown on p. 323
323
Hypra
IP 44
reversible boxes for appliance inlets
Hypra
and P 17 Tempra
s Dimensions
LV 16 A (p. 311)
Fix A1 and Fix 68:
optional blind hole fixing points
Plastic Metal
the flange and the box
the flange and the box
B
4
.
2
C
F
i
x
6
8
Fix A1
Fix A
CE E
CE
4
41
.
5
5
.
3
LV 32 A (p. 311)
Equipped with 2 internal earth terminals (plastic box)
and 1 external (metal box)
Plastic Metal
1
6
2
102
Fix 90
F
i
x
1
2
5
M 25
1
6
2
102
Fix 90
F
i
x
1
2
5
M 25
62
.
5
26
4
5
.
3
Material Weight (kg)
32 A
Plastic 024
Metal 065
LV 63 A (p. 311)
Equipped with 2 internal earth terminals and 1 external (metal box)
IK 09 according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262
2
7
0
F
i
x
2
3
4
130
Fix 117
M 20
120
4
5
30
5
.
3
M 32
M 32 50
1
6
3 6
2
4
2
80
93
Material
Weight A A1 B C E PE
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
16 A
Plastic 0085
64 51 74 106
20
M20 2 P + T
Metal 0250 22
3 P + T Plastic 0110
85 68 96 122 22 M20
3 P+ N+ T Metal 0360
Material Weight (kg)
63 A
Plastic 067
Metal 173
3 P + N +
Coil
Fuse
Contactor
Pilot L1 L2 L3 N
Socket outlet
Plug
L1
L2
L3
N
Mobile socket
Appliance inlet
Pilot L1 L2 L3 N
3 P + N +
To equipment
s Example of 63/125 A 3 P + T and 3 P + N + T pilot pin
connection
The pilot pin enables the load to be removed prior to the separation of
the phase pins, when the circuit is routed via a contactor
The pilot pin connection accepts 25-6 mm
2
flexible or up to 10 mm
2
rigid conductor. It is the small centre pin in the connection
324
Pack Cat. Nos. Combined units with interlocked
switched socket
Double mechanical interlock
Cable glands are not supplied (ISO)
16 A 32 A 100 to 130V
1 0592 00 2 P +T
200 to 250V
1 0592 03 0592 43 2 P +T
380 to 415V
1 0592 09 0592 49 3 P +T
1 0592 16 0592 56 3 P + N +T
63 A 380 to 415V
1 0592 34 3 P +T
1 0592 35 3 P + N +T
Conform to BS EN 60439-1 and IEC 60439-1
IP 44 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529
IK 09 conforms to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262
(1)
Combined units protected
by 30 mA RCBO
Transparent plastic hinged window
16 A 32 A 200 to 250Vwith RCBO
1 0592 07 0592 47 2 P +T
380 to 415Vwith RCBO
1 0592 14 3 P +T
1 0592 19 0592 59 3 P + N +T
0592 24 0596 01
Pack Cat. Nos. Combined units controlled by
switch fitted with MCB
32 A 200 to 250V
1 0596 15 2 P +T
63 A 380 to 415V
1 0592 86 3 P +T
1 0592 85 3 P + N +T
Combined units with Prisinter and
protected by 30 mA RCBO
IP 44 plug inserted
IP 55 lid closed or connected to
an IP 66/67-55 angled plug
16 A 32 A 200 to 250 V
1 0592 24 2 P +T
380 to 415V
1 0592 25 0592 28 3 P +T
1 0592 26 0592 29 3 P + N +T
Combined units with interlocked
switched sockets and protected
by 30 mA RCBO or RCD
16 A 32 A 200 to 250 Vwith RCBO
1 0596 01 0596 05 2 P +T
380 to 415Vwith RCBO
1 0596 02 0596 07 3 P +T
1 0596 03 0596 08 3 P + N +T
63 A 380 to 415V
1 0592 83 3 P +T with MCB + RCD add-on module
1 0592 84 3 P + N +T with RCD
0592 03 0592 07
Hypra
IP 44 combined units
plastic surface mounting 16/32/63 A
(1) Units with RCBO and some MCB protection devices
have temperature ratings of 5 C to + 40 C
Switch only units and some MCBs have increased
ratings - please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
325
Conform to BS EN 60439-1 and IEC 60439-1
IP 66/67-55 for 16 and 32 A and to
BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529 for 63 and 125 A
(1)
IP 44 or IP 66/67-55 according to the type of sockets
that are fitted
Conform to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529
Temp. rating : contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
Hypra
IP 66/67-55 combined units

Hypra
empty boxes
plastic surface mounting
0598 44 0596 61 0591 15 0592 65
Pack Cat. Nos. Combined units with interlocked
switched socket
Double mechanical interlock
16 A 32 A 200 to250V
1 0592 60 0592 63 2 P +T
380 to415V
1 0592 61 0592 64 3 P +T
1 0592 62 0592 65 3 P + N +T
63 A 380to415V
1 0592 66 3 P +T
1 0592 67 3 P + N +T
125 A 380to415V
1 0591 14
(2)
3 P +T
1 0591 15
(2)
3 P + N +T
Combined unit with interlocked
switched socket and protected
by RCD or RCBO
16 A 32 A 200 to250Vwith RCBO
1 0596 51 0596 55 2 P +T
380to415Vwith RCBO
1 0596 52 0596 57 3 P +T
1 0596 53 0596 58 3 P + N +T
63 A 380to415Vwith RCD
1 0596 81 3 P + N +T
Combined units controlled by switch,
fitted with MCB or 2rail only
16 A 32 A 100 to130V2rail only
1 0596 60 2 P +T
200 to250Vwith MCB
1 0596 61 2 P +T
380to415Vwith MCB
1 0596 67 3 P +T
1 0596 68 3 P + N +T
Pack Cat. Nos. Undrilled empty boxes with transparent
hinged window
External dimensions of box (mm)
Depth x Height x Width
1 0598 43 120 x 370 x 140
Allows up to 2 panel sockets 16/32 A
Fitted with a 2rail which can take up to
6 Lexic modules
1 0598 44 181 x 370 x 230
Allows up to 4 panel sockets 16/32 A
Fitted with a 2rail which can take up to
9 Lexic modules
(1) Units with RCBO and some MCB protection devices
have temperature ratings of 5 C to + 40 C
Switch only units and some MCBs have increased
ratings - contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
(2) Interlocked using a Vistop switch
Contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
For protective devices
NEW

NEW

NEW

326
Hypra
IP 44 combined units
External screws in stainless steel - Nickel plated contacts
Icc 10 kA conforms to BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1
Self-extinguishing : 850 C for insulated parts (650 C for
housing) according to BS EN 60695-1,
IEC 60695-1, BS EN 60695-2 and
IEC 60695-2
Units with Prisinter :
IP 44 plug connected conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529
IP 55 with cover closed or used with IP 66/67-55 plug
Breaking capacity conforms to BS EN 60947-1, BS EN60947-3,
IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3 :
s Switch controlled socket units (p. 324)
s Socket units with 2rail / with Legrand Lexic protection/ with IP 44 socket or Prisinter (p. 324)
s Switch controlled socket units : with 2rail / with Legrand Lexic protection (p. 324)
16 A 32 A 63 A
AC1 16 A - 400 V 32 A - 400 V 63 A - 400 V
AC3 84 kW 168 kW 33 kW
AC23 84 kW 168 kW 33 kW
Cat. Nos. Dimensions (mm)
Knock-out entries
for cable gland
200 to 380 to
A B C D C1 D1 E F G H CE1 CE2 CE3 CE4
250V 415V
2P+T 0592 07 132 0
3P+T 0592 14 134 0
3P+N+T 0592 19 138 15
2P+T 0592 47
120 230 106 216 70 190
145
25 20
9
46
3P+N+T 0592 59 148 10
2P+T 0592 24 195 0
3P+T 0592 25 170 320 156 306 100 270 195 65 28 0 56
3P+N+T 0592 26 202 0
3P+T 0592 28
170 320 156 306 100 270
206
65 28
0
56
3P+N+T 0592 29 214 0
3
2

A

1
6

A
3
2

A

1
6

A
P
r
i
s
i
n
t
e
r
Fix C
Fix C1
6
C
E
1
C
E
2
C
E
3
C
E
1
C
E
2
C
E
3 CE H
CE4
A
F
i
x

D
B
E
F
i
x

D
1
F
10
G
CE
6
6
083968-7862c.eps
Fix C
Fix C1
6
C
E
1
C
E
2
C
E
3
C
E
1
C
E
2
C
E
3
CE
H
CE4
A E
B
F
i
x

D
1
F
F
i
x

D

10
G
CE
083968-7863c.eps
6
6
Fix C
Fix C1
F
i
x

D
B
F
F
i
x

D
1
C
E
1
C
E
2
C
E
1
C
E
2
A
E
G
10
6
CE3
CE
CE
H
083972-7864c.eps
6
6
Knock-out entries
for cable gland
110 to 200 to 380 to
130 V 250 V 415 V
2P+T 0592 00 0592 03 0
3P+T 0592 09 0
3P+N+T 0592 16
120 230 106 216 70 190 151 25 20
15
46
2P+T 0592 43 9
3P+T 0592 49 9
3P+N+T 0592 56 10
3P+T 0592 34
170 320 156 306 100 270 204 65 28 215 56
3P+N+T 0592 35
6
3

A
3
2

A
1
6

A
M
20/25
M
20/25
M
20/25
M
25/32
M20
M
20/25
M
25/32
M20
125 A contact our technical department for details (0591 04/05)
M
20/25
M
20/25

Knock-out entries
for cable gland
200 to 380 to
A B C D C1 D1 E F G H CE1 CE2 CE3
250 V 415 V
2P+T 0596 01/10 0
3P+T 0596 02 0
3P+N+T 0596 03
140 370 126 356 74 330 151 95 20
15
46
2P+T 0596 05/15 9
3P+T 0596 07 9
3P+N+T 0596 08 10
3P+T 0596 83/86
160 470 146 456 90 420 204 125 28 20 56
3P+N+T 0596 84/85
6
3

A
3
2

A
1
6

A
M
25/32
M
20/25
M
20/25
M
20/25
29
38
29
38
29
38
327
Hypra
IP 66/67-55 combined units

plastic surface mounting 16/32/63/125 A
External screws in stainless steel
Icc 10 kA conforms to BS EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1
Self-extinguishing : 850 C for insulated parts (650 C for housing)
according to BS EN 60695-1, BS EN 60695-2,
IEC 60695-1 and IEC 60695-2
s Switch controlled socket units (p. 325)
Cat. Nos. 0591 14/15
125 A
s Switch controlled socket units :
with 2rail / with Legrand Lexic protection (p. 325)
E
Fix C
Fix C1
F
i
x

D
C
E
1
C
E
2
C
E
3
C
E
1
C
E
2
C
E
3
F
i
x

D
1
F
H
B
6
CE4
CE
CE
10
G
A
6
6
083970-7853c.eps
Fix C
Fix C1
F
i
x

D
1
F
i
x

D
B
F
C
E
1
C
E
2
C
E
1
C
E
2
A E
G
10
6
CE3
CE
CE
H
6
6
083973-7859c.eps
Knock-out entries
for cable gland
200 to 380 to
250V415V
2P+T 0592 60 151 0
3P+T 0592 61 151 0
3P+N+T 0592 62 120 230 106 216 70 190 151 25 20 2 46
2P+T 0592 63
152 8
3P+T 0592 64
152 8
3P+N+T 0592 65
156 12
3P+T 0592 66
170 320 156 306 100 270 204 65 28 18 56 M20
3P+N+T 0592 67
6
3

A
3
2

A
1
6

A
M20/
M25
M20/
M25
M25/
29
M25/
38
M20/
M25
M25/
M32
Knock-out entries
for cable gland
110 to 200 to 380 to
A B C D C1 D1 E F G H CE1 CE2 CE3
130 V 250 V 415 V
2P+T 059660 059661/51 151
0
3P+T 059662/52 151
0
3P+N+T 059663/53 140 370 126 356 74 330 151 95 20 2 46
2P+T 059665/55 152 8
3P+T 059667/57 152 8
3P+N+T 059668/58 156 12
3P+N+T 059681 160 470 146 456 90 420 204 125 28 17 56
M25/
M32
M25/
M32
M20/
M25
M20/
M25
6
3
A
3
2

A
1
6

A
M25/
29
M25/
M38/
38
3
7
0
3
5
6
3
0
0
230
216
150
M40
M40 M50
M50
6
.
2
6
.
2
6
.
2
254
10
41 (M50)
38 (M40)
50
324
328
Hypra
empty boxes
plastic surface mounting
s Empty and undrilled boxes (p. 325)
IP 66/67-55
Self-extinguishing : 850 C for insulated parts (650 C for housing)
according to BS EN 60695-1, BS EN 60695-2,
IEC 60695-1 and IEC 60695-2
C
E
2
C
E
3
F
i
x

D
F
i
x

D
1
F
H
I
Fix C1
Fix C
A
E
G CE
CE4
CE
G
10
B
C
E
1
C
E
2
C
E
3
C
E
1
6
6
6
83977-7855c.eps
Dimensions (mm)
Knock-out entries
for cable glands
Cat. Nos.
A B C C1 D D1 E F G H I CE1 CE2 CE3 CE4
0598 43 140 370 126 74 356 330 120 95 20 264 105
0598 44 230 370 216 150 356 300 181 38 120 220
M20/25 M20/25
M25/32
M20/25
M25/32
M25
M20
Hypra
IP 44 and IP 66/67-55
sockets with modular fixing centres
s IP 44 sockets with modular fixing centres (p. 310)
A
E
B F
C
d
1
d D
K
G H
1
0
J
I
052019-20857c.eps
1
6

A
3
2

A
(kg) A B C D d d1 E F G H I J K
2P+T 0110 70 70 35 762 84 84 37 36 89 45 88 42
3P+T 0140 70 70 35 762 84 84 43 36 97 45 89 42
3P+N+T 0165 70 70 35 762 84 84 43 37 106 45 91 42
2P+T 0220 70 70 35 762 84 94 54 45 117 45 100 42
3P+T 0220 70 70 35 762 84 94 54 45 117 45 100 42
3P+N+T 0255 70 70 35 762 8 36 84 94 54 46 125 45 102 42
B F
L
E
C
d
1
d D
K
G H
1
0
J
I
A
051927-20859c.eps
s IP 66/67-55 sockets with modular fixing centres (p. 314)
1
6

A
3
2

A
(kg) A B C D d d1 E F G H I J K L
2P+T 0140 70 70 35 762 84 84 42 39 83 45 90 725 42
3P+T 0165 70 70 35 762 84 84 43 41 98 45 93 81 42
3P+N+T 0195 70 70 35 762 84 84 43 41 99 45 91 865 42
2P+T 0240 70 70 35 762 84 94 54 50 113 45 101 945 42
3P+T 0240 70 70 35 762 84 94 54 50 113 45 101 945 42
3P+N+T 0270 70 70 35 762 8 36 84 94 54 51 120 45 103 101 42
329
P17 Tempra
IP 44 and IP 66/67 plastic plugs and sockets

LV 16 to 125 A
LV
IP 44 - LV 16/32 A
16 A
32 A
100 to 130 V
50/60 Hz
16 A
32 A
200 to 250 V
50/60 Hz
16 A
32 A
380 to 415 V
50/60 Hz
2 P + T 0555 50 0553 50 0576 10 0573 51 0574 31 0575 11 0575 81
3 P + T 0553 51 0574 22 0575 02
2 P + T 0553 70 0576 08 0581 21 0582 01
2 P + T 0555 53 0553 53 0576 11 0573 54 0574 34 0575 14 0575 84
2 P + T 0555 73 0553 73 0576 12 0580 54 0581 34 0582 14 0582 84
3 P + T 0555 57 0553 57 0576 17 0573 58 0574 38 0575 18 0575 88
3 P + N + T 0555 58 0553 58 0576 23 0573 59 0574 39 0575 19 0575 89
3 P + T 0555 77 0553 77 0576 18 0580 58 0581 38 0582 18 0582 88
3 P + N + T 0555 78 0553 78 0576 24 0580 59 0581 39 0582 19 0582 89
Surface
mounting
sockets
inclined
Surface
mounting
sockets
Inclined
modular
(1)
Straight
small flange
Straight
plugs
Mobile
sockets
Appliance
inlets
(2)
IP 66/67 - LV 16 to 125 A
Technical information,
entries and dimensions
(p. 330-332)
63 A
125 A
16 A
32 A
380 to 415 V
50/60 Hz
LV
Surface
mounting
sockets
Straight
plugs
Mobile
sockets
Conform to : BS EN 60309-1,
BS EN 60309-2, IEC 60309-1
and IEC 60309-2
IK 09
(650C for housing and cover)
Temp. rating : 25 C to +40C
63 A / 125 A units have a pilot pin
Technical information,
entries and dimensions
(p. 332-333)
16 A
32 A
63 A
200 to 250 V
50/60 Hz
2 P + T 0553 03 0563 03 0562 03
2 P + T 0553 23 0563 23 0562 23
2 P + T 0587 40 0587 00 0587 10
3 P + T 0587 44 0587 04 0587 14
3 P + N + T 0587 45 0587 05 0587 15
3 P + T 0591 06 0591 26 0591 36
3 P + N + T 0591 07 0591 27 0591 37
3 P + T 0553 07 0563 07 0562 07
3 P + N + T 0553 08 0563 08 0562 08
3 P + T 0553 27 0563 27 0562 27
3 P + N + T 0553 28 0563 28 0562 28
Original design
(1)
Conform to : BS EN 60309-1,
BS EN 60309-2, IEC 60309-1
and IEC 60309-2
IK 09
(650C for housing and cover)
Temp. rating : 25C to+40C
For voltages/arrangements not listed in this table, please contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
(1) 70 x 70 mm fixing centres (modular) (2) Appliance inlet covers, see p. 311 and 332
330
P17 Tempra
IP 44 - LV 16 and 32 A
plastic
s Surface mounting sockets - new design (p. 329)
94
F
i
x
.
7
0
38
Fix. 70
4
.
3
M20/25
B B
42
.
5
18
.
5
3
0
1
3
5
A
M20/25
M20/25
15
s Surface mounting sockets - original design (p. 329)
M 20/25 subject to rating
M 20/25 dual knockout entry
Weight A B C D F G H I CE
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
LV 16 A
2 P+T 0185 84 84 73 72 103 1035 20 134 M20 43
3P+T 0244 100 100 88 87 115 120 24 156 M20 43
3 P+N+T 0269 100 100 88 87 1185 121 24 162 M20 43
LV 32 A
2P+T 0356 110 110 98 97 135 162 30 174 M25 53
3 P+T 0356 110 110 98 97 135 162 30 174 M25 53
3P+N+T 0397 110 110 98 97 137 1625 30 178 M25 53
A F
CE
B D
H
G
I
C
A B
(mm) (mm)
LV 16 A
2 P+T 158 121
3 P+T 158 123
3 P+N+T 171 130
LV 32 A
2 P+T 181 135
3 P+T 181 135
3 P+N+T 192 140
s Straight panel mounting socket - small flange (p. 329)
Weight A B C D E F G H I
LV 16 A
2 P+T 0105 47 47 47 58 224 50 985 55 785 55
3 P+T 0127 52 52 55 65 224 505 104 55 856 55
3 P+N+T 0148 52 52 55 70 224 51 113 55 935 55
LV 32 A
3 P+T 0197 60 60 571 75 314 613 127 55 975 55
3P+N+T 0246 60 60 635 77 314 617 134 55 1045 55
C
B
I
A
G
D E
H
F
Drilling
76
.
2 d
70 4
.
5 4
.
2
84 G H
1
0
F
d
1
3
5
7
0
I
Weight d d1 F G H I
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
LV 16 A
2 P+T 0110 84 42 33 835
3 P+T 0140 84 43 345 913
3 P+N+T 0165 84 43 365 100
LV 32 A
2 P+T
0220 94 54 44 112
3 P+T
3 P+N+T 0255 8 36 94 54 45 120
s Panel mounting sockets - with modular fixing centres 70 x 70 mm
(p. 329)
331
s Straight plugs - new design with twist clamp and membrane gland
Screwless body assembly (p. 329)
A
B
C
D
E
s Straight plugs - with membrane gland (p. 329)

Weight A B C D clamping
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) and grip (mm)
LV 16 A
2 P+T 0122 147 111 57 55 8 to 155
3P+T 0150 154 118 65 60 8 to 155
3 P+N+T 0177 164 128 73 66 8 to 155
LV 32 A
2P+T 0217 179 134 78 705 115 to 22
3P+T 0234 179 134 78 705 115 to 22
3 P+N+T 0276 189 144 86 77 115 to 22
C
D
D
A
B
Weight A B C D E clamping
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) and grip (mm)
LV 16 A
2 P+T 0122 143 to 159 106 to 122 30 65 56 8 to 14
3 P+T 0150 143 to 159 106 to 122 34 69 56 8 to 14
3 P+N+T 0177 152 to 168 115 to 131 38 78 65 10 to 18
LV 32 A
2 P+T 0217 161 to 177 115 to 131 39 79 65 10 to 18
3P+T 0234 161 to 177 115 to 131 39 79 65 12 to 20
3 P+N+T 0276 167 to 181 121 to 135 45 88 72 14 to 21
s P 17 Tempra IP 44 - LV max. terminal capacity
Sockets: 16 A - 1 x 4 mm
2
rigid cable
32 A - 1 x 10 mm
2
rigid cable
Plugs/Mobile 16 A - 1 x 25 mm
2
flexible cable
sockets: 32 A - 1 x 6 mm
2
flexible cable
Appliance 16 A - 1 x 25 mm
2
rigid cable
inlets: 32 A - 1 x 6 mm
2
rigid cable
s Mobile sockets - new design with twist clamp and membrane gland
Screwless body assembly (p. 329)
LV 16 A
2 P+T 0150 153 to169 55 78 56 8 to 14
3P+T 0179 153 to 169 62 85 56 8 to 14
3 P+N+T 0212 164 to180 70 94 65 10 to 18
LV 32 A
2 P+T 0240 174 to190 71 98 65 10 to 18
3P+T 0265 174 to190 71 98 65 12 to 20
3P+N+T 0305 177 to 191 77 101 72 14 to 21
A
C B
D
s Mobile sockets - with membrane gland (p. 329)

LV 16 A
2 P+T 0150 155 55 785 55 8 to 155
3 P+T 0179 162 615 85 60 8 to 155
3 P+N+T 0212 170 69 935 66 8 to 155
LV 32 A
2 P+T 0240 189 69 975 705 115 to 22
3 P+T 0265 191 71 975 705 115 to 22
3 P+N+T 0305 197 77 124 77 115 to 22
D
B C
A
s P 17 Tempra IP 44 - LV max. terminal capacity

Sockets: 16 A - 1 x 4 mm
2
rigid cable
32 A - 1 x 10 mm
2
rigid cable
Plugs/Mobile 16 A - 1 x 25 mm
2
flexible cable
sockets: 32 A - 1 x 6 mm
2
flexible cable
Appliance 16 A - 1 x 25 mm
2
rigid cable
inlets: 32 A - 1 x 6 mm
2
rigid cable
332
s Appliance inlet covers (p. 311)
16/32/63 A
s Adaptor from IEC to BS (p. 311)
Cat. No. 0521 01
16 A 2 P+T 230 V plug to 13 A 3 pin BS socket
P17 Tempra
IP 44 - LV 16 and 32 A
plastic (continued)
s Appliance inlets (p. 329)
Weight A B C D F G H CE clamping
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) and grip (mm)
LV 16 A
2 P+T 0168 84 84 72 72 77 126 34 M20 43
3 P+T 0232 84 84 72 72 84 134 34 M20 43
3 P+N+T 0256 84 84 72 72 91 141 34 M20 43
LV 32 A
2 P+T 0325 110 110 98 98 96 168 39 M25 53
3 P+T 0325 110 110 98 98 96 168 39 M25 53
3 P+N+T 0364 110 110 98 98 102 168 39 M25 53
F
H
CE
PG
G
B D
A
C
A
B
D
C
E
F
60
5
6
8
4
1
2
4
Cat. Nos. Product
A B C D E F
0521 25 16 A 2 P + T 38 50 26 18 140 200
0521 26 16 A 3 P + T 43 55 26 18 150 215
16 A 3 P+N+T
0521 27
32 A 2 P+T, 3 P+T
50 62 26 18 160 232
0527 99 32 A 3 P+N+T 56 68 26 18 167 248
0536 99 63 A 2 P+T, 3 P + T, 3 P+N+T 62 74 26 18 205 290
P17 Tempra
IP 66/67 - LV 16 and 32 A
plastic
IP 66/67 conforms to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529
Weight A B C D F G H I CE
LV 16 A
2 P+T 0230 84 84 73 72 94 112 20 130 M20 43
3 P+T 0289 100 100 88 87 108 128 24 154 M20 43
3 P+N+T 0317 100 100 88 87 110 129 24 157 M20 43
LV 32 A
2 P+T 0425 110 110 98 97 126 146 30 175 M25 53
3 P+T 0425 110 110 98 97 126 146 30 175 M25 53
3 P+N+T 0467 110 110 98 97 136 1705 30 205 M25 53
s Surface mounting sockets (p. 329)
F
H
CE
G
B D
I
A
C
Weight A B clamping
(kg) (mm) (mm) and grip (mm)
LV 16 A
2 P+T 0180 122 725 8 to 14
3 P+T 0215 126 81 8 to 14
3 P+N+T 0275 142 865 10 to 175
LV 32 A
2 P+T 0320 152 945 10 to 175
3 P+T 0320 152 945 12 to 215
3 P+N+T 0387 158 101 12 to 215
s Straight plugs (p. 329)
A
B
s Mobile sockets (p. 329)

A
B
C
Weight A B C clamping
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) and grip (mm)
LV 16 A
2 P+T 0180 139 725 785 8 to 14
3 P+T 0215 144 81 895 8 to 14
3 P+N+T 0275 160 865 92 10 to 175
LV 32 A
2 P+T 0320 171 945 103 10 to 175
3 P+T 0320 171 945 103 12 to 215
3 P+N+T 0387 177 101 109 12 to 215
333
P17 Tempra
IP 66/67 - LV 125 A
plastic
P17 Tempra
IP 66/67 - LV 63 A
plastic
Sockets IK 09 conform to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262
Sockets IK 09 conform to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262
220
162
30
2
3
6
1
5
5
15
5
.
3
M 32
M 25/32
118
131
s Straight plugs (p. 329) s Mobile sockets (p. 329)
113
.
5
2
3
8
/
2
4
3
2
6
2
/
2
6
7
113
.
5
Weight (kg)
clamping Straight Mobile
and grip (mm) plugs sockets
3 P+ T 193 to 285 057 078
3 P+N + T 213 to 313 064 085
Weight
(kg)
3 P+T 090
3 P +N+ T 095
s Straight plugs (p. 329)
s Mobile sockets (p. 329)
Weight
(kg)
3 P+T 26
3 P +N+ T 273
A
131
2
7
0
/
2
8
0
3
0
0
/
3
1
0
136
A
131
70
Fix. 152
F
i
x
.
2
6
0
3
0
0
3
2
6
53
170
M 50
M 40
M 20
8
8
230
6
5
40
262
6
.
3
Weight A clamping
(kg) and grip (mm)
3 P+ T 11 26 to 43
3 P+N+ T 122 285
Weight A clamping
(kg) and grip (mm)
3 P+ T 14 26 to 43
3 P+N+ T 153 285
P17 Tempra
IP 44, IP 55 and IP 66 combined units

plastic surface mounting LV 16/32/63 A
16 A
100 to 130 V
50/60 Hz
16 A
32 A
200 to 250 V
50/60 Hz
LV
2 P + T 1 0566 00 1 0566 20 1 0566 40 1
Pack Cat. Nos.
2 P + T 1 0566 01 1 0566 21 1 0566 41 1 0566 61
2 P + T 1 0566 09 1 0566 29 1 0566 49 1 0566 69
Without protection
125 x 220 mm
IP 44 IP 44 IP 55 IP 66
With DIN rail
125 x 280 mm
Pack Cat. Nos. Pack Cat. Nos. Pack Cat. Nos.
IK 08 according to BS EN 62262
and IEC 62262
according to BS EN 60695-2-1 and
IEC 60695-2-1
without protection device
(switch only)
16/32 A INTERLOCKED SWITCHED SOCKETS
16 A
32 A
380 to 415 V
50/60 Hz
3 P + T 1 0566 05 1 0566 25 1 0566 45 1 0566 65
3 P + N + T 1 0566 06 1 0566 26 1 0566 46 1 0566 66
3 P + T 1 0566 13 1 0566 33 1 0566 53 1 0566 73
3 P + N + T 1 0566 14 1 0566 34 1 0566 54 1 0566 74
LV
Pack Cat. Nos.
Without protection
125 x 421 mm
IP 66 IP 66
With DIN rail
125 x 501 mm
Pack Cat. Nos.
IK 08 according to BS EN 62262
and IEC 62262
according to BS EN 60695-2-1 and
IEC 60695-2-1
Temp. rating : 20C to +100C
without protection device
(switch only)
63 A INTERLOCKED SWITCHED SOCKETS
63 A
380 to 415 V
50/60 Hz
3 P + N + T 1 0589 10 1 0572 99
and dimensions
(p. 336)
and dimensions
(p. 336)
Contact us on +44 (0) 845 605 4333
Larger self assembly and
factory configured units
available on request
334
335
16/32- 63 A
Surface mounting box
16/32- 63 A
12 module rail 18 module rail
16/32- 63 A
2 0577 10 1 0577 05 1 0577 06
Pack Cat. Nos. Pack Cat. Nos. Pack Cat. Nos.
Legrand
module adaptor
with modular fixing centres
16- 32 A 16 A
125 x 220 MM FACEPLATES
P17 Tempra
IP 44 and IP 55 self assembly combined units

16 A
32 A
16 A
32 A
200 to 250 V
50/60 Hz
LV
Legrand module adaptor 8 0539 48
Pack Cat. Nos.
2 P + T 10 0576 11
2 P + T 10 0576 12
IP 44 IP 55
Pack Cat. Nos.
380 to 415 V
50/60 Hz
3 P + T 10 0576 17
3 P + N + T 10 0576 23
3 P + T 10 0576 18
3 P + N + T 10 0576 24
IK 08 according to BS EN 62262 and
IEC 62262
Self-extinguishing : 650 C according to
BS EN 60695-2-1 and IEC 60695-2-1
Temp. rating : 20 C to +100 C without
protection device (switch only)
Example of composition
Note : Up to 9 socket units available
on request
Base
Faceplate
Socket(s)
Combined unit
(RCD extra)
Technical information and
dimensions (p. 337)
BASES FOR 125 x 220 MM FACEPLATES
(1) Supplied with one blank plate
SOCKETS AND MODULE ADAPTOR FOR SELF ASSEMBLY COMBINED UNITS
5 0577 12 5 0577 13
(1)
Pack Cat. Nos. Pack Cat. Nos.
336
P17 Tempra
IP 44, IP 55 and IP 66 combined units

IP 44 A B C D IP 55 A B C D
Cat. Nos. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Cat. Nos. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2 P+ T 220 125 127 122 220 125 133 128 0566 00/01 0566 20/21
LV
3 P+ T 220 125 129 124 220 125 134 129
16 A
0566 05 0566 25
3 P+N+T 220 125 130 125 220 125 135 130 0566 06 0566 26
2 P+ T 220 125 138 133 220 125 143 138 0566 09 0566 29
LV
3 P+ T 220 125 138 133 220 125 143 138
32 A
0566 13 0566 33
3 P+N+T 220 125 139 134 220 125 144 139 0566 14 0566 34
s Interlocked switched sockets with DIN rail - IP 66
LV 63 A (p. 334)
s Interlocked switched sockets without protection - IP 44/ IP 55
LV 16/32 A (p. 334)
B C D
A
B C D
A
IP 44, IP 55, IP 66 according to BS EN 60529 and IEC 60529
IK 08 according to BS EN 62262 and IEC 62262
Switch ratings (p. 340)
s Interlocked switched sockets with DIN rail - IP 44/ IP 66
LV 16/32 A (p. 334)
IP 44 A B C D IP 66 A B C D
Cat. Nos. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Cat. Nos. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2 P+ T 0566 40/41 290 125 155 135 0566 61 300 125 155 135
LV
3 P+ T 0566 45 290 125 155 135 0566 65 300 125 155 135
16 A
3 P+N+T 0566 46 290 125 155 135 0566 66 300 125 155 135
2 P+ T 0566 49 295 125 155 145 0566 69 310 125 155 145
LV
3 P+ T 0566 53 295 125 155 145 0566 73 310 125 155 145
32 A
3 P+N+T 0566 54 295 125 155 145 0566 74 310 125 155 145
Cat. Nos. 0589 10/0572 99
125
175
5
0
1
5
5
0
122
337
P17 Tempra
IP 44 and IP 55 combined units

plastic surface mounting 16/32 A
Base Cat. No. 0577 06
Base Cat. No. 0577 05
Cat. Nos. Material
Weight A B C D d d1
(Kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2 P + T 0576 11 Plastic 0110 84 42 33 83.5
3 P + T 0576 17 Plastic 0140 84 43 34.5 91.3
3 P + N + T 0576 23 Plastic 0165 84 43 36.5 100
2 P + T 0576 12
Plastic 0220 94 54 44 112
3 P + T 0576 18
3 P + N + T 0576 24 Plastic 0255 94 54 45 120 8 36
s Faceplates modular fixing centre sockets (p. 335)
s LV 16/32 A - IP 44 with modular fixing centres (p. 335)
s P17 switch ratings (p. 334)
125
2
2
0
125
Box Cat. No. 0577 10
3
2
A
1
6
A
70 4
.
2
d 76
.
2
4
.
5
84 B C
A
d
1
3
5
7
0
1
0
D
s Box and bases without DIN rail (p. 335)
Cat. No. 0577 12 Cat. No. 0577 13
76
.
5 88 52
4
4
1
265 122
31
25
Fix. 174
Max. M25
Max. M32
5
F
i
x
.
3
5
0
140 140
F
i
x
.
3
5
0
405
Fix. 314
Max. M20
Max. M32
76
.
5
4
4
1
122
31
25
5
18
125
Fix.86
18 25
2
2
0
F
i
x
.
9
5
76
.
5
31
max.
M25
max.
M32
5
Usage
400 V3 phase
category
16 A 32 A 63 A
AC23 84 kW 168 kW
AC22 33 kW
AC23B 33 kW
338
Clang
trailer plugs and sockets

heavy duty extra low voltage
Pack Cat. Nos. Heavy duty 24 volt connectors (continued)
3 pin 25 A continuous rated
(1)
(45 A intermittently)
Brass pins and socket tubes
Designed for tail lift applications
10 CT6870 Socket with male connection
10 CT6871 Plug with female connection
Single pin 300 A continuous rated 3 hours
(1)
(400 A intermittently)
Silver plated pins and socket tubes accept single
core cables which are sweated into the plug
and socket
Designed for battery charging or vehicle starting
10 CT6877 Socket with male connection (supply)
10 CT6880 Socket with female connection (return)
10 CT6878 Plug with female connection (supply)
10 CT6879 Plug with male connection (return)
1 CTTC10203 Set comprising : 1 x CT6877 + 1 x CT6878
1 CTTC10204 Set comprising : 1 x CT6880 + 1 x CT6879
Auxiliary 24 volt connectors
3 pin small 5 A continuous rated
(2)
Brass pins and socket tubes
Designed for trailer lighting and heating applications
1 CT6745 Socket with female connection
1 CT6744 Plug with male connection
Accessories
10 CT6764 Dust cover (boot) for rear protection of socket
Can be used with 7, 10 and 3 pin heavy duty
connectors
10 CT6881 Parking bracket for plug
Can be used with 7 and 3 pin heavy duty connectors
CT6859 CT6860 CT6878 CT6745 CT6744
Pack Cat. Nos. Heavy duty 24 volt connectors
7 pin type
(1)
with black interior
Unique nickel plated brass pins and socket tubes
with beryllium copper circlips that provide
exceptional performance
10 CT6895 Normal ISO socket with male connection
10 CT6896 Normal ISO plug with female connection
10 CT6896/H Normal ISO plug with hook, female connection
7 pin type
(1)
with white interior
10 CT6936 Supplementary ISO socket with male connection
10 CT6937 Supplementary ISO plug with female connection
10 CT6937/H Supplementary ISO plug with hook, female
connection
10 pin type
(1)
10 CT6859 Socket with male connection
10 CT6860 Plug with female connection
10 CT6860/H Plug with hook, female connection
7 pin types conform to :
ISO 1185 for normal connectors (black interior)
ISO 3731 for supplementary connectors (white interior)
(1) Zinc based alloy case with a zinc and trivalent chromium
passivation finish providing a high degree of corrosion protection
that exceeds the required salt spray tests
(1) Zinc based alloy case with a zinc and trivalent chromium
passivation finish providing a high degree of corrosion protection
that exceeds the required salt spray tests
(2) Brass case with nickel plated finish for maximum corrosion
protection
CT6936 CT6896 CT6937/H CT6870 CT6871 CT6877
339
Clang
trailer plugs and sockets

heavy duty 24 volt connectors
Cat. No. CT6881
Cat. No. CT6764
s Auxillary 24 volt connectors
50
996
746
38 84
311
38
135
556
38
R111
424
889
47
Cat. No. CT6937
100
476
746
873
397
349
396
381
472
Cat. No. CT6859
100
476
349
746
873
397
396
444
539
472
Cat. No. CT6870
1000
476
349
746
873
396
397
574
513
472
250
Cat. No. CT6877
100
476
349
746
873
397
5226
444
472
396
Cat. No. CT6880
120
48
R2381
5715
2758
2476
254
Cat. No. CT6745
68
464
19
3175
146
10
187
Cat. No. CT6744
Cat. No. CT6895
7 pin type with black interior
7 pin type with white interior
3 pin 25 A continuous rated
s Dimensions (mm)
Cat. No. CT6936
158 R79
515
6467
515
318
5
508
R381
147
R1905 431
530
8
452
465
10004
746 CRS
84
R125
7013
4177
989 285
10 pin type
Single pin 300 A continuous rated
3 pin small 5 A continuous rated
340
industrial plugs and sockets to International Standards
Conform to BS EN 60309-1, BS EN 60309-2, IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2
s Voltage identification
Colours specified by standards and the clock indexing of the contact tubes in socket outlets
s With Legrand Hypra and P17 Tempra industrial plugs and sockets, your installations will comply fully with international
standards :
Standard IEC 60309-1 : this defines the safety regulations (protection of workers) which should be observed in the manufacture of industrial power
sockets and plugs
Standard IEC 60309-2 : this defines the interchangeability regulations for the dimensions of equipment with pins and sockets
These safety regulations, together with the requirements of standard BS EN 60309-1, define the safety conditions necessary for normal operation.
It is prudent to go one step further and insist on equipment which ensures the safety of the persons as a priority as well as ease of operation.
Many manufacturers therefore use sockets which incorporate a switch, to avoid on-load disconnection (eg : Hypra Prisinter).
2 P
20 to 25 V
3 P
no minor
keyway
major keyway
42 V 50 60 Hz White 24 V 50 60 Hz Violet
ELV by position of the minor keyway
42 V
=
White
20 to 25 V and 40 to 50 V D.C.
minor keyway
at 10 h
major keyway
2 P 3 P
minor keyway
at 12 h
major keyway
40 to 50 V
110 V 50 60 Hz Yellow
LV by the position of the earth contact tube in relation to the major keyway in the socket outlets
230 V 50 60 Hz Blue 400 V 50 60 Hz Red
2 P + E
110 to 130 V
4h
3 P + E
100 to 130 V
keyway
4h
3 P + N + E
57/100 to 75/130 V
4h
earth contact tube 110 to 130 V
2 P + E
200 to 250 V
6h
3 P + E
200 to 250 V
keyway
9h
3 P + N + E
120/208 to 144/250 V
9h
200 to 250 V
2 P + E
380 to 415 V
9h
3 P + E
380 to 415 V
keyway
6h
3 P + N + E
200/340 to 240/415 V
6h
380 to 415 V
> 50 to 500 V
100 to 300 Hz inclusive Green
3 P + E
keyway
10h
earth
contact tube
500 V 50 60 Hz Black
3 P + E
keyway
7h
earth
contact tube
s Terminal connection capacity, Prisinter rating and contact sizes
Diameters of pins or contact tubes (mm) Terminal connection capacity
(A) Panel mounting sockets
(B) Mobile sockets and plugs
16 A 32 A 63 A 125 A
24 V
42 V Phase 6 6
42 V=
Phase +
Neutral
5 6 8 10
110 V
230 V
400 V Earth 7 8 10 12
440 V
500 V
Pilot 6 6
Hypra/P17 Tempra
ELV 16/32 A 1 x 10 mm (A + B)
LV 16 A 1 x 4 mm (A)
1 x 25 mm (B)
LV 32 A 1 x 10 mm (A)
1 x 6 mm (B)
LV 63 A 1 x 25 mm (A)
1 x 16 mm (B)
LV 125 A 1 x 70 mm (A)
1 x 50 mm (B)
Hypra Prisinter breaking capacity
for 3 x 400 V according to IEC 60947-1-3
Category 16 A 32 A 63 A
AC 1 16 A 32 A 63 A
AC 23 84 kW 16.8 kW 33 kW
AC 3 84 kW 16.8 kW 33 kW
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
1200 165
7313 167
7314
7545 182
7768
0013 31 195
32
41
42
92
0016 60 195
62
64 193
0017 66 198
69
0026 02 20
21
22
0031 43 225
0032 66 194
68
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
97 58
0033 82 194
84
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
0035 51 21
52
53 20
60
62 21
64 29
65
79 24
80
84 26
85
86
87
89 27
0036 52 20
53
56
0037 00 233
21 237
30 234
40
52
53
55
0038 41 20
42
44
0039 20 195
0040 33 226
38
41
49 194
50 226
53
54
55
68
69
70
75
77
78
0040 85 226
0041 01 195
07
11 225
13 195
0042 20 194
25
37
51
52
53
54
0043 01 218
02
05
07
10
14
21
22
23
25
26
27
30
31 194
34 218
36 194
38 218
42
45
47
50
54
55
58
62
65
67
70
74
75
78
82 222
83
85
0044 16 252
17
32 225
33
36
37
40 193
41
42
43
44 218
47
53 225
54
55
58
63
64
68
83
84
85
86
87
88
0047 02 237
04
61 230
63
64 235
67
70 230
71
72
73
81
95 266
97
98
0048 01 294
0048 03 294
05
06
07
10
11
12
14
19
20
22
24
25
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
58
79 295
80
81
82
84
85
86
88
0049 96 193
0057 91 230
0061 56 194
58
60
61
63
64
65
66
0063 72
74
76
77
79
80
81
82
0064 75 220
76
77
95
96
97
0065 70 220
71
72
75
76
77
78
79
81
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
0066 25 220
26
27
28
29
0066 31 220
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
45
46
47
48
49
51
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
65
66
67
68
69
71
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
91
92
93
95
97
0067 00 220
01
02
03
04
06
52
53
54
56
58
60
61
62
63
64
66
72
73
74
76
78
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
0068 32 220
33
34
36
38
40
41
42
43
0068 44 220
45
46
52
53
54
56
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
83
0069 12 220
13
14
16
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
32
33
34
36
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
92
93
94
96
98
0070 00 220
01
02
03
04
05
06
0073 50 221
51
53
54
0077 31 194
32
33
34
36
37
38
39
40
41
43
44
45 221
46
47
77
78 195
80
81
83
84
0078 79 221
81
83
84
86
87
88
89
90
0078 94 221
95
97
98
99
0079 00 221
01
11
19
20
21
22
29
30
31
62
64
65
66
67
75
77
78
79
80
0080 13 221
14
15
31
32
33
0086 29 195
30
96 219
0087 14 219
0089 06 219
09 194
10
11
12
15
16
17
18
27 219
28
29
30
35
93
94
95
96
99
0090 00 219
01
02
11
12
13
14
18
19
23
24
25
26
53
56
57
58
59
74
75
76
77
82
0091 40 219
41
42
43
46
47
48
49
50
341
0050 00
1000
7000
0010 00
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
0091 58 219
59
60
61
62
65
66
71
72
73
0104 64 211
70 212
0105 22 211
82 209
83 210
0106 02 211
06 209
07 210
22 211
35 209
36 210
82 213
95
0107 02 211
03 209
11 212
36
63 211
80 209
81
82
83
85 211
86
89 209
92 212
93 210
0216 01 222
04
0225 51 218
53
54
56
0227 04
07
22
32
98
0261 45 21
0308 97 213
99
0319 13 306
16
19
20
21
22
25
50
55
96
0320 12 306
15
22
24
30
31
32
37
38
39
40
42
43
65
70
72
88
0342 11 262
12 263
0342 13 262
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
0343 85 173
86
87
0344 18 250
91
0347 45 252
50
95 243
96
0348 00 255
01
02
04
05
06
07
08
09
17
34
35
36
47
50
51
52
88
89
0349 50 250
59
0350 07 260
13
17
22
28
33
43 262
44 260
47
58 262
90
92
93
94
0352 00 246
01
02
03
05
06
11
13
14
15
21
22
23
25
26
31
33
0354 92 243
93
94
95
96
97
0355 00 242
01
02
03
04
0355 05 242
06
07
08
09
10
0355 12 242
14
15
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
36
37
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
0358 00 260
01
02
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
0359 00 260
01
30
31
32
40
41
42
50
51
60
61
70
71
80
81
90
91
0360 01 251
02
04
05
09
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
21
22
24
31
33
34
40
42
43
47
0360 49 251
52
54
55
56
57
0360 58 251
59
60
61
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
0361 00 251
01
02
03
05
06
09
51 252
53
54
55
56
0362 40 248
42
44
46 250
48
50 248
51
52
55
56
61
63
64
71
72
75
76
81
83
84
85 250
86
87
91 248
92
93
94
95
96 250
97
0363 00 243
01
02
03
41
43
59 251
60
61
62
63
64
65
69
90 250
0364 01 243
04
06 246
08 248
09
40 252
42
69
78
0365 11 254
30
39
40
41
42
45
0365 78 255
79
80 252
81
0366 38 299
39
42
44 252
0367 01 299
02
10
43 243
44
80 252
81
82
83
0368 04 254
05
06
16
17
18
19
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
43
44
0370 10 298
11
12
13
14
0371 00 282
01
03
04
05
07
08
09
20
21
30
31
51
52
53 283
54
55
56
60 282
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80 283
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
92
0372 00 284
01
02
03
04
07
08
09
10
11
12
20
21
40
41
42
43
44
46
47
54 285
55
56
60 284
61
62
63
64
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
79
80 285
81
82
83
84
85
0373 08 296
60 297
61
62
65
88
89
95 296
96 297
98
0374 00 296
02 252
03 296
04 286
07 252
10 286
11
12
13
19 297
30 296
31
33 297
34
35 296
37 297
38
47 296
0375 01 286
02
04
05
07
08
15 287
16
17
0375 18 287
21
22
24
25
27
342
0100 00
0200 00
0300 00
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
0375 30 287
31
32
34
35
40
42
44
46
47
50 286
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
60
61
62
63
65 287
66
67
68
69
75
76
77
82
85
86 286
87
88
89
90
95
96
0376 06 301
08
09
10
39
41
42
43
44
45
46 302
47
48
50 301
60
61
62
63
64
66
67
68
69
70
71
80 302
81
82
83
84
87 301
88
89
90
92
97
0380 23 60
0381 00 304
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0381 10 304
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
40
41
42
43
44
60 303
61
62
63
0382 00 305
01
02
03
04
10 304
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
90
91
0382 92 304
93
94
95
96
0383 00 304
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
0383 92 305
94
95
0383 96 305
97
0384 90 305
91
92
0390 10 292
11
13
14
15
17
18
31
32
33
34
71
72
73
74
0394 46 292
47
49 252
77 292
78
86
88
89
0395 00 303
01
02
05
06
09
10
15
16
19
20
21
96 286
97
98
0412 19 67
43
0416 15 67
32
46
50
52
0417 43 67
0420 25 67
27
0427 85 271
86
87
88
89
90
92
0428 40 271
41
42
43
44
45
47
70
71
72
73
74
75
77
0442 31 269
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
0442 61 269
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
0470 01 266
02
03
04
20
21
22
23
24
25
52
53
54
55
0488 01 177
02
03
05
06
07
08
10
11
14 178
31
35
72 20
0492 00 21
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
31
32
34
37
45 50
49 29
90 21
0497 50 234
54
55
0511 25 314
26
30
31
46
50
51
55
56
60
61
75
76
0511 80 314
81
86
91
0516 93 34
0519 10 311
19 310
20
30
40
70 311
80
0520 02 311
03
04
12
18 310
19
22
23
24
29
32
39
42
43
44
49 311
59
62 310
69 311
72 310
82 311
83
89 310
92 311
94
0521 01 311
25
26
52 310
53
62 311
63
72
73
74
96
0522 03 311
04
13
14
19 310
20
23
24
29 314
33 310
34
43
44
49 311
54 310
59 311
63 310
64
69 311
72 310
73
74
79 311
83
84
89 314
93 311
94
0524 01 310
02
05
19
21
22
25
41
42
61 311
343
0400 00
0500 00
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
0524 85 311
0527 02 311
03
13
18 310
19
32
42
43
62
82 311
83
92
99
0528 33 310
34
53
62 311
63
64
72
73
74
0529 03 311
04
13
14
19 310
20
33
34
40 314
43 310
44
49 311
53 310
54
59 311
63 310
64
69 311
74 310
79 311
83
84
90 314
93 311
94
0530 46 314
50
51
56
60
61
76
80
81
0536 03 311
04
99
0537 49 311
63
64
74
0538 00 311
01
09
23 310
24
43
44
73
74
79 311
83
84
89 314
0539 48 335
0553 03 329
07
08
23
27
28
50
51
0553 53 329
57
58
70
73
77
78
0555 50 329
53
57
58
73
77
78
0562 03 329
07
08
23
27
28
0563 03 329
07
08
23
27
28
0566 00 334
01
05
06
09
13
14
20
21
25
26
29
33
34
40
41
45
46
49
53
54
61
65
66
69
73
74
0572 99 334
0573 51 329
54
58
59
0574 22 329
31
34
38
39
0575 02 329
11
14
18
19
81
84
88
89
0576 08 329
10
11
12
17
18
23
24
0577 05 335
06
10
12
13
0580 54 329
0580 58 329
59
0581 21 329
34
38
39
0582 01 329
14
18
19
84
88
89
0587 00 329
04
05
10
14
15
40
44
45
0589 10 334
0591 06 329
07
14 325
15
26 329
27
36
37
0592 00 324
03
07
09
14
16
19
24
25
26
28
29
34
35
43
47
49
56
59
60 325
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
83 324
84
85
86
0594 27 314
28
37
38
47
48
77
78
87
88
0595 02 314
03
12
13
22
23
32
33
42
43
44
45
0596 01 324
02
0596 03 324
05
07
08
15
51 325
52
53
55
57
58
60
61
67
68
81
0598 43 325
44
0600 81 183
85
86
89
90
94
0604 50 185
58
0611 10 182
11
25
26
30
49
0634 31 31
32
33
34
35 30
38 31
39
0675 18 24
0694 97 171
98
0695 04 170
17 171
18
34 170
35
47
48
49
80 171
83
85
88
89
90
91
0696 51 171
71
81
0697 10 170
11
15
16
17
20
32
39
40 177
50 170
80 177
0811 77 120
0818 52 163
53
54
55
56 97
57 163
58
0818 59 163
0882 30 177
31 18
0882 32 12
35 177
0891 09 166
10
11
13 162
14
17 166
18
40
0892 79 26
0893 79 26
0898 40 171
0921 00 259
01
04
22 262
26 259
27
28 260
36 259
37
38 260
0922 84 262
0980 03 169
2810 01 165
03
05
08
41
2819 08 165
3042 22 57
3060 62 55
64 50
65
3311 10 42
20
30
3312 11 42
12
13
21
22
23
31
32
33
3313 11 42
21
31
41
61
91
3314 11 42
21
31
41
61
91
3315 50 61
3321 01 43
11
20
21
3322 01 43
31
40
41
3323 21 43
40
41
3324 61 43
80
81
3325 10 43
11
50
3326 01 43
50
51
3326 61 43
71
3329 11 43
51
3330 14 44
15
3331 04 44
05
14
15
24
25
34
35
44
45
64
65
84
85
3332 04 44
05
84
85
3336 14 44
15
3337 14 46
15
24 44
25
3338 14 44
15
24
25
34
35
44
45
64
65
3339 14 46
15
34 44
35
3340 02 55
3341 02 55
22
3342 02 55
3343 42 55
3344 02 55
3351 22 55
3360 00 58
10 56
3362 00 56
10 58
20
3363 10 58
20
3368 03 55
10 58
20 56
42
3369 00 56
03
10 50
20 57
50 56
3371 02 55
22
32
3373 20 58
3421 60 43
70
3422 00 43
40
80 49
3423 40 43
50
3424 61 43
71
80
81
3425 10 43
50
60
3426 00 43
344
0600 00
0800 00
0900 00
2000 00
3000 00
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
3426 10 43
20
30
40
50 49
3429 71 47
72
81
82
91
92
3440 02 55
82 48
3441 92 48
3442 02 48
12
3443 42 48
3447 04 48
3448 04 48
24
3460 00 50
20
30
3461 00 56
40
50 50
80 56
90
3462 00 50
30
50
60
3468 30 50
33
41
50
51
60 56
70 50
90
3469 02 50
03
60 56
91 49
92
3474 00 50
3492 10 48
11
12
3493 10 48
20
21
3494 10 50
3632 11 61
3638 11 61
3651 11 61
3653 11 61
3675 11 61
21
3676 11 61
21
3681 11 61
21
3689 11 61
21
3690 03 65
08
53
63
3742 00 65
3749 00 65
3757 10 65
20
30
40
60
5720 01 80
02
05 77
06
08
10
11
12 74
5720 13 77
14
21 93
31 80
35 77
36
37
38
39 74
40 77
42
43
44
45 74
46 77
47
49
51 79
52 84
53
54 89
55 85
56 80
57 89
58 74
61
67 89
74
80 75
87
88
5721 03 93
04
10
11
13
15
16
17
18
19
23
30
32
33
40 76
41
43
44
45
46
47
49
50
51
53 75
57 76
58 92
63 94
70
71
72
5722 01 86
02
03
07 89
08
10 81
11
18 86
19
20
21 85
22
23
24 89
25
26 85
27
30 88
32 85
33
34 75
47 89
48
59 88
5722 63 86
70 95
71 90
72
73
74
75
76
77 95
79 90
80 95
81 90
82
83 95
84
85 91
90 95
91
93 35
94
5723 00 94
01
02
03
04
05 95
06 94
07 96
10 94
14 90
18 95
19 96
20
21
22 94
23
24 91
31 94
33
34 95
35 94
37 95
38
41 96
42
60 92
90 97
92
96
5724 50 77
51
52 85
53
54
55
56
67 93
5725 01 80
02
05 77
06
08
10
11
12 74
13 77
14
21 93
31 80
35 77
36
37
38
39 74
40 77
42
43
44
45 74
46 77
47
49
51 79
54 89
56 80
57 89
5725 58 74
61
67 89
74
5725 80 75
87
5726 03 93
04
10
11
13
16
17
18
19
23
30
32
33
40 76
43
44
45
46
47
49
50
51
53 75
57 76
58 92
63 94
70
71
72
5727 01 86
02
03
10 81
11
18 86
19
20
22 89
23
24
25
26 85
27
30 88
32 85
33
34 75
59 88
63 86
70 95
71 90
72
73
74
75
76
77 95
79 90
80 95
81 90
82
83 95
84
85 91
90 95
91
93 35
94
5728 00 94
01
02
03
04
05 95
06 94
10
14 90
18 95
22 94
23
5728 24 91
31 94
33
34 95
35 94
37 95
38
41 96
42
5730 00 80
01
02
23 78
24
25
26
27
28
29 74
30 78
31
51 80
61 78
63
64 74
71 78
72
73
74 74
75 78
76
78
80 80
86 96
93 74
5731 00 80
01
02
23 78
24
25
26
27
28
29 74
30 78
31
51 80
61 78
63
64 74
71 78
72
73
74 74
75 78
76
78
80 80
86 96
93 74
5732 19 86
20
22 87
23
24
25
34
35
36
37
72 91
73
74
84 87
85
86
87
94
95
96
97
5733 82 87
83
84
85
5734 25 94
55 79
5736 55 79
5737 19 86
20
22 87
23
24
25
34
35
36
37
50 13
51
54
55
58
59
64
65
68
69
72 91
73
74
84 87
85
86
87
90 13
91
94 87
95
96
97
5738 12 12
13
16
17
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
46 13
47
48 12
49
56 13
57
58
60
62
64
66
70 12
72 13
73
74
75
82 87
83
84
85
5739 00 18
01
02
03
345
5000 00
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
5739 04 18
05
08
09
12
13
16 24
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26 26
27
28
29
32 27
33
50 30
51
52
53
60 29
62
63
64 19
65
66 26
67
68 19
69
70
71
74 18
75
76 26
77
78
81
82
83
86 30
87 18
88 27
89 26
92 29
93
94
96 20
98 26
99 27
5740 00 79
01
02
03
04
06 81
07
08
10 82
11 30
13 92
14
15
35
36
38 31
39
43
50 79
51
52
53
54
56 81
57
58
60 82
61 84
62
63 92
64
5740 65
82 85
84
85 92
86
87 88
88
89
90
91
92
93
5743 00 79
01
02
03
04
05 81
06
07
08
09
11 30
50 79
51
52
53
54
55 81
56
57
58
59
60 19
61
62
63
65
67
68
69
70
71
76
77
78
79
82
83
84
85
86
87
90
91
92
93
5744 01 90
51
5745 01 91
51
87 88
88
89
90
91
92
93
5750 70 102
71 103
72
73 106
74
75 109
76 108
80 102
81 103
82
83 106
84
85 109
86 108
90 102
91 103
92
93 106
5750 94 106
95 109
96 108
5751 00 102
01 103
02
5751 03 106
04
05 109
06 108
20 102
21 103
22
23 106
24
25 109
26 108
30 76
31
32
40
41
42
50 102
60
61 103
62
63 106
64
65 109
66 108
90 97
5752 00 102
01 103
02
03 106
04
05 109
06 108
10 102
11 103
12
13 106
14
15 109
16 108
5753 70 102
71 103
72
73 106
74
75 109
76 108
90 102
91 103
92
5754 00 102
01 103
02
5755 40 102
41 103
42
43 106
44
45 109
46 108
50 102
51 103
52
53 106
54
55 109
56 108
60 102
61 103
62
63 106
64
65 109
66 108
5756 10 102
11 103
12
13 106
14
15 109
5756 16 108
90 102
91 103
92
5760 00 97
01
02 97
03
13
15
16
5761 00 108
01 105
02
03 110
04
05 107
06
07 111
08 104
09 109
10 108
11 105
12
13 110
14
15 107
16
17 111
18 104
19 109
20 108
21 105
22
23 110
24
25 107
26
27 111
28 104
29 109
30 108
31 105
32
33 110
34
35 107
36
37 111
38 104
39 109
40 108
41 105
42
43 110
44
45 107
46
47 111
48 104
49 109
50 108
51 105
52
53 110
54
55 107
56
57 111
58 104
59 109
60 108
61 105
62
63 110
64
65 107
66
67 111
68 104
69 109
70 108
71 105
72
73 110
74
5761 75 107
76
77 111
78 104
79 109
80 108
81 105
82
83 110
84
85 107
86
87 111
88 104
89 109
90 108
91 105
92
93 110
94
95 107
96
97 111
98 104
99 109
5762 00 108
01 105
02
03 110
04
05 107
06
07 111
08 104
09 109
10 108
11 105
12
13 110
14
15 107
16
17 111
18 104
19 109
5763 70 108
71 105
72
73 110
74
75 107
76
77 111
78 104
79 109
5764 80 108
83 106
84
86 108
87 111
5765 10 108
13 106
14
16 108
17 111
20 108
23 106
24
26 108
37 111
5766 80 102
81 103
82
83 106
84
85 109
86 108
90
91 105
92
93 110
94
95 107
96
97 111
98 104
5766 99 109
5767 00 102
01 103
02
03 106
04
05 109
06 108
10
11 105
12
13 110
14
15 107
16
17 111
18 104
19 109
40 102
41 103
42
43 106
44
45 109
46 108
50
51 105
52
53 110
54
55 107
56
57 111
58 104
59 109
6010 60 195
61
62
6027 10 194
11
6047 72 230
74 233
77
6059 12 198
13
18
19
6064 10 221
11
12
13
14
15
16 194
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
6065 01 193
02
04
06
11
12
14
16
21
22
32
34
36
42
44
54
56
346
6000 00
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
6065 64 193
6075 00 192
01
04
06
10
11
12
14
16
19 193
21 192
22
32
33
34
35
36
37
39 193
46 192
49 193
54 192
56
74
76
89 193
99
6204 44 209
47 210
54 208
55 206
58 207
6205 09 206
20 209
22 206
6206 10 206
18 207
29
43
44 207
65 208
66
67 206
6207 10 208
13 206
14 207
30 206
45 209
46
49 210
54 207
56
57 208
59 206
60
67
6208 16 213
17
26
27
29
38 211
39 209
43 212
45 210
46 207
47 208
48 206
6338 01 34
02
21
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
32 35
33 34
40 35
41
43
44
6338 45 35
46
47
48 34
50 35
51
53 34
64 35
65
66
68
72
73
93 34
99 35
6339 91 35
92
6360 00 299
01
02
07
08
12
13
17
95 298
96
6361 00 298
01
02
03
05
06
07
08
09
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
90 299
95
6362 93 298
94
6423 62 271
63
64
65
66
68
6603 07 183
6604 17 185
18
6745 32 121
6846 03 169
04
11
19
29
36
38
45
6890 27 97
28
38
6915 06 184
08
09
7300 00 120
01
02
03
04
05
7300 06 120
07
08
09
10 124
7300 10AC 128
7300 10AP 128
7300 10BL
7300 10BY
7300 10CG
7300 10CH
7300 10DW
7300 10EH
7300 10EX
7300 10FF
7300 10FN
7300 10FR
7300 10FY
7300 10FZ
7300 10HB
7300 10HR
7300 10MW
7300 10OO
7300 10OV
7300 10TD
7300 10TR
7300 10WD
7300 10WH
7300 10WM
7300 11 120
7300 12 124
7300 12AC 128
7300 12AP
7300 12BL
7300 12BY
7300 12CG
7300 12CH
7300 12DW
7300 12EH
7300 12EX
7300 12FF
7300 12FN
7300 12FR
7300 12FY
7300 12FZ
7300 12HB
7300 12HR
7300 12MW
7300 12OO
7300 12OV
7300 12TD
7300 12TR
7300 12WD
7300 12WH
7300 12WM
7300 14 124
7300 14AC 128
7300 14AP
7300 14BL
7300 14BY
7300 14CG
7300 14CH
7300 14DW
7300 14EH
7300 14EX
7300 14FF
7300 14FN
7300 14FR
7300 14FY
7300 14FZ
7300 14HB
7300 14HR
7300 14MW
7300 14OO
7300 14OV
7300 14TD
7300 14TR
7300 14WD
7300 14WH
7300 14WM
7300 15 124
7300 15AC 128
7300 15AP
7300 15BL
7300 15BY
7300 15CG
7300 15CH 128
7300 15DW
7300 15EH
7300 15EX
7300 15FF
7300 15FN
7300 15FR
7300 15FY
7300 15FZ
7300 15HB
7300 15HR
7300 15MW
7300 15OO
7300 15OV
7300 15TD
7300 15TR
7300 15WD
7300 15WH
7300 15WM
7300 16 124
7300 16AC 128
7300 16AP
7300 16BL
7300 16BY
7300 16CG
7300 16CH
7300 16DW
7300 16EH
7300 16EX
7300 16FF
7300 16FN
7300 16FR
7300 16FY
7300 16FZ
7300 16HB
7300 16HR
7300 16MW
7300 16OO
7300 16OV
7300 16TD
7300 16TR
7300 16WD
7300 16WH
7300 16WM
7300 18 124
19
20
21
22
23
26
27
28
29
30 123
7300 30AC 129
7300 30AP
7300 30BL
7300 30BY
7300 30CG
7300 30CH
7300 30DW
7300 30EH
7300 30EX
7300 30FF
7300 30FN
7300 30FR
7300 30FY
7300 30FZ
7300 30HB
7300 30HR
7300 30MW
7300 30OO
7300 30OV
7300 30TD
7300 30TR
7300 30WD
7300 30WH
7300 30WM
7300 31 123
7300 31AC 129
7300 31AP
7300 31BL
7300 31BY
7300 31CG
7300 31CH
7300 31DW 129
7300 31EH
7300 31EX
7300 31FF
7300 31FN
7300 31FR
7300 31FY
7300 31FZ
7300 31HB
7300 31HR
7300 31MW
7300 31OO
7300 31OV
7300 31TD
7300 31TR
7300 31WD
7300 31WH
7300 31WM
7300 32 123
7300 32AC 129
7300 32AP
7300 32BL
7300 32BY
7300 32CG
7300 32CH
7300 32DW
7300 32EH
7300 32EX
7300 32FF
7300 32FN
7300 32FR
7300 32FY
7300 32FZ
7300 32HB
7300 32HR
7300 32MW
7300 32OO
7300 32OV
7300 32TD
7300 32TR
7300 32WD
7300 32WH
7300 32WM
7300 33 123
7300 33AC 129
7300 33AP
7300 33BL
7300 33BY
7300 33CG
7300 33CH
7300 33DW
7300 33EH
7300 33EX
7300 33FF
7300 33FN
7300 33FR
7300 33FY
7300 33FZ
7300 33HB
7300 33HR
7300 33MW
7300 33OO
7300 33OV
7300 33TD
7300 33TR
7300 33WD
7300 33WH
7300 33WM
7300 34 123
7300 34AC 129
7300 34AP
7300 34BL
7300 34BY
7300 34CG
7300 34CH
7300 34DW
7300 34EH
7300 34EX
7300 34FF
7300 34FN
7300 34FR
7300 34FY
7300 34FZ
7300 34HB
7300 34HR
7300 34MW
7300 34OO 129
7300 34OV
7300 34TD
7300 34TR
7300 34WD
7300 34WH
7300 34WM
7300 35 123
7300 35AC 129
7300 35AP
7300 35BL
7300 35BY
7300 35CG
7300 35CH
7300 35DW
7300 35EH
7300 35EX
7300 35FF
7300 35FN
7300 35FR
7300 35FY
7300 35FZ
7300 35HB
7300 35HR
7300 35MW
7300 35OO
7300 35OV
7300 35TD
7300 35TR
7300 35WD
7300 35WH
7300 35WM
7300 36 123
7300 36AC 129
7300 36AP
7300 36BL
7300 36BY
7300 36CG
7300 36CH
7300 36DW
7300 36EH
7300 36EX
7300 36FF
7300 36FN
7300 36FR
7300 36FY
7300 36FZ
7300 36HB
7300 36HR
7300 36MW
7300 36OO
7300 36OV
7300 36TD
7300 36TR
7300 36WD
7300 36WH
7300 36WM
7300 37 123
7300 37AC 129
7300 37AP
7300 37BL
7300 37BY
7300 37CG
7300 37CH
7300 37DW
7300 37EH
7300 37EX
7300 37FF
7300 37FN
7300 37FR
7300 37FY
7300 37FZ
7300 37HB
7300 37HR
7300 37MW
7300 37OO
7300 37OV
7300 37TD
7300 37TR
7300 37WD
7300 37WH
7300 37WM
7300 38 123
40 125
41
42
347
7000 00
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
7300 43 125
45
46 121
47
48
49
50 125
51
52 126
53
54 125
56
57
58 126
59 122
60 121
61
64
65 122
66
67 121
68 122
69
70 121
71
74
75 122
76
77 121
87 122
88
89
90 123
91 126
92
93
94
95
96
97 122
98
7301 07 120
10 124
12
14
15
16
20
22
30 120
31
32
33
36 123
39
40 125
52 126
53
56 121
57
58 126
60 121
61
62
66 122
70 121
76 122
80 162
81
82 163
83
84
85
86
87
88 164
91 126
92
93
94
95
96
7310 00 130
01
02
03
7310 04 130
05
07
09 131
10 135
12
14
16
19 136
21
22
23
26
29
30 120
31
32
33
34 135
35
36
7310 36AC 129
7310 36AP
7310 36BL
7310 36BY
7310 36CG
7310 36CH
7310 36DW
7310 36EH
7310 36EX
7310 36FF
7310 36FN
7310 36FR
7310 36FY
7310 36FZ
7310 36HB
7310 36HR
7310 36MW
7310 36OO
7310 36OV
7310 36TD
7310 36TR
7310 36WD
7310 36WH
7310 36WM
7310 37 135
40 137
41
42
43
45
46 131
47
50 137
51
52 138
56 137
57
59 133
60 132
61
65 133
68 134
69
70 132
71
75 133
88
89
90 134
91 138
92
93
94
95
96
97 133
98
7311 31 130
32
33
56 131
57
82 163
83
84
85
7311 86 163
87
88 164
91 139
92
93
94
7312 00 130
01
02
03
04
7312 05 130
07
09 131
10 135
12
14
16
19 136
21
22
23
26
29
30 135
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
40 137
41
42
43
45
46 131
47
50 137
51
52 138
56 137
57
59 133
60 132
61
65 133
68 134
69
70 132
71
75 133
88
89
90 134
91 138
92
93
94
95
96
97 133
98
7313 31 130
32
33
56 131
57
82 163
83
84
85
86
87
88 164
90
91 139
92
93
94 139
7314 00 130
01
02
03
04
7314 05 130
07
09 131
10 135
12
14
16
19 136
21
22
23
26
29
30 135
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
40 137
41
42
43
45
46 131
47
50 137
51
52 138
56 137
57
59 133
60 132
61
65 133
68 134
69
70 132
71
75 133
88
89
90 134
91 138
92
93
94
95
96
97 133
98
7315 31 130
32
33
82 163
83
84
85
86
87
88 164
90
91 139
92
93
94
7316 00 130
01
02
03
04
05
07
09 131
10 135
12
14
16
19 136
21
22
23
26
29
30 135
7316 31 135
32
33
34
35
36
37
40 137
41
42
43
45
46 131
47
50 137
51
52 138
56 137
57
59 133
60 132
61
65 133
68 134
69
70 132
71
75 133
88
89
90 134
91 138
92
93
94
95
96
97 133
98
7317 31 130
32
33
82 163
83
84
85
86
87
88 164
90
91 139
92
93
94
7330 00 140
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
09 141
10 145
12
14
16
19 146
20
21
22
23
26
28
29
30 145
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
40 147
41
42
43
7330 45 147
46 141
47
50 147
51
52 148
56 147
57
59 143
60 142
61
65
68 144
69
70 142
71
74
75
88 143
89
90 144
91 148
92
93
94
95
96
97 143
98
7331 31 140
32
33
56 141
57
80 162
81
82 163
83
84
85
86
87
88 164
90
91 149
92
93
94
7332 00 140
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
09 141
10 145
12
14
16
19 146
20
21
22
23
26
28
29
30 145
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
40 147
41
42
43
45
46 141
47
50 147
51
52 148
348
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
Cat. Nos.
Page
No.
7332 56 147
57
59 143
60 142
61
65
68 144
69
70 142
71
74
75
88 143
89
90 144
91 148
92
93
94
95
96
97 143
98
7333 31 140
32
33
56 141
57
82 163
83
84
85
86
87
88 164
90
91 149
92
93
94
7334 00 140
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
09 141
10 145
12
14
16
19 146
20
21
22
23
26
28
29
30 145
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
40 147
41
42
43
45
46 141
47
50 147
51
52 148
56 147
57
59 143
60 142
61
65
68 144
69
70 142
71
74
75
7334 88 143
89
90 144
91 148
92
93
94
95
96
97 143
98
7335 31 140
32
33
56 141
57
80 162
81
82 163
83
84
85
86
87
88 164
91 149
92
93
94
7337 80 162
81
82 163
83
84
85
86
87
88 164
90
91 162
92
93
94
7338 00 154
01
02
03
05
10 155
12
14
16
19
20
21
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
40 156
41
50
51
56
57
60 154
61
65
70
71
75
80 162
81
88 154
89
91 157
92
93
94
7338 95 156
96
97 154
98
7339 82 163
83
84
85
7339 86 163
87
88 164
90
91 157
92
93
94
7350 30 159
60
62
7351 30 159
60
62
7354 00 158
01
03
05
05PE
06
07
10
11
12
13
14
14AR
15
16
17
18
19
20 159
7354 20BL 160
7354 20CH
7354 20DW
7354 20EF
7354 20EH
7354 20EX
7354 20FF
7354 20FN
7354 20FR
7354 20FZ
7354 20HB
7354 20HD
7354 20HR
7354 20LG
7354 20MW
7354 20OV
7354 20PH
7354 20TD
7354 20TR
7354 20WD
7354 20WH
7354 20WM
7354 21 159
7354 21BL 160
7354 21CH
7354 21DW
7354 21EF
7354 21EH
7354 21EX
7354 21FF
7354 21FN
7354 21FR
7354 21FZ
7354 21HB
7354 21HD
7354 21HR
7354 21LG
7354 21MW
7354 21OV
7354 21PH
7354 21TD
7354 21TR
7354 21WD
7354 21WH
7354 21WM
7354 22 159
23
23ET
24
25
35
36
40
41
46
47
48
50
7354 51 159
56
65
74 164
76
81 139
82
84 164
86
90 126
91
92
93 163
95 162
96
7355 00 158
7355 00MN 160
7355 00MS
7355 01 158
7355 03
7355 03MN 160
7355 03MS
7355 05 158
7355 05MN 160
7355 05MS
7355 05PE 158
7355 06
7355 07
7355 07MN 160
7355 07MS
7355 10 158
7355 10MN 160
7355 10MS
7355 11 158
7355 12
7355 12MN 160
7355 12MS
7355 13 158
7355 13MN 160
7355 13MS
7355 14 158
7355 14AR
7355 14MN 160
7355 14MS
7355 15 158
7355 15MN 160
7355 15MS
7355 16 158
7355 17
7355 18
7355 18MN 160
7355 18MS
7355 19 158
7355 20 159
7355 20BL 160
7355 20CH
7355 20DW
7355 20EF
7355 20EH
7355 20EX
7355 20FF
7355 20FN
7355 20FR
7355 20FZ
7355 20HB
7355 20HD
7355 20HR
7355 20LG
7355 20MN
7355 20MS
7355 20MW
7355 20OV
7355 20PH
7355 20TD
7355 20TR
7355 20WD
7355 20WH
7355 20WM
7355 21 159
7355 21BL 160
7355 21CH
7355 21DW
7355 21EF
7355 21EH
7355 21EX
7355 21FF
7355 21FN
7355 21FR
7355 21FZ
7355 21HB
7355 21HD
7355 21HR 160
7355 21LG
7355 21MW
7355 21OV
7355 21PH
7355 21TD
7355 21TR
7355 21WD
7355 21WH
7355 21WM
7355 22 159
7355 22MN 160
7355 22MS
7355 23 159
7355 23ET
7355 24
7355 25
7355 25MN 160
7355 25MS
7355 35 159
36
40
41
46
47
48
50
51
56
65
7358 25 160
7364 00 157
01
03 167
04 162
05
06 167
07 162
08 167
10
11 162
13 167
18 157
20
21
22
28
32
40 162
41
7390 46 131
47
7391 46 131
47
7397 04 160
05
06
07
08
09
10
7399 04 160
05
06
07
08
09
10
25
8200 71 143
72
73 154
74 122
8201 42 153
8201 43 153
44
45
46
47
48
8203 45 151
8203 46 151
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
8203 63 151
64
65
66
67
8204 07 193
50 152
51
52
53
58 153
60 182
69
90 183
8206 48 60
50
8210 79 60
82 59
83
84
85
86
87
8216 30 59
31
32 60
33
34
35
8218 37 206
38
39
40 210
41
42
43 213
44
45
46
47
8218 59 97
CB1 213
CT6744 338
CT6745
CT6764
CT6859
CT6860
CT6860/H
CT6870
CT6871
CT6877
CT6878
CT6879
CT6880
CT6881
CT6895
CT6896
CT6896/H
CT6936
CT6937
CT6937/H
CTTC10203
CTTC10204
EC14 173
EC14/2
EC14/3
EC15
EC15/1
EC15/2
EC15/3
EC16
EC16/1
EC16/2
EC16/3
F442 50
349
8000 00
C
E
F
Bticino phased out items Arteor closest equivalent replacement
Cat. Nos. Description Status Cat. Nos. Description
Page
No.
Old Plexo range phased out items New Plexo closest equivalent replacement
Page
No.
350
6846 12 Plexo 66 6A Swt 1G 2W SP Press P 6846 11 Plexo 6A Swt 1G 2W SP Press 169
0741 40 Mosaic 2M 2P+T GB 13A P 5721 11 Mosaic Skt GB 13A 169
0916 07 Plexo 55 Swt 2G 2W 10A 250V P 0697 15 Plexo 10A Swt 2G 2W 250V 170
0916 71 Plexo 55 1G 2W+Ind Swt 10A P 0697 10 Plexo 10A Swt 1G 2W+Ind 250V 170
0916 01 Plexo 55 Swt 1G DP 10A 250V P 0697 17 Plexo 10A Swt 1G DP 250V 170
0916 10 Plexo 55 Swt 1G Intmed 10A 250V P 0697 16 Plexo 10A Swt 1G Intmed 170
0916 12 Plexo 55 Push Button 2A P 0697 20 Plexo 2A Push Button 170
0916 27 Plexo 55s Push Button P 0697 20 Plexo 2A Push Button 170
0916 43 Plexo 55 Skt 1G 13A 250V P 0697 32 Plexo 13A Skt 1G 250V 170
0916 60 Plexo 55 Swt & Skt 2G 13A 250V P 0697 50 Plexo 13A Swt & Skt 2G 250V 170
0916 61 Plexo 55 2G 2 Skt 13A 250V P 0697 39 Plexo 13A 2G 2 Skt 250V 170
0917 43 Plexo 55 Panel Mtg 1G 13A Skt P 0695 85 Plexo 13A Pnl Mtg Skt 1G 171
0917 30 Plexo 55 Adap Smoked Polycarb P 0695 80 Plexo Modular Support Frame 171
0917 51 Plexo 55s Back Box with gland P 0696 51 Plexo Back Box 1G 2 Ent 171
0917 97 Plexo 55 Pnl Mtg Bezel (Stand) P 0696 81 Plexo Pnl Mtg Bezel (std) 171
0916 16 Plexo 55 Mushroom Head PB O 0695 47 Plexo Mushroom Head PB 170
0916 17 Plexo 55 Mushroom Head PB P 0695 48 Plexo Mushroom Head PB 170
0916 18 Plexo 55 Mushroom Head PB P 0695 49 Plexo Mushroom Head PB 170
0916 21 Plexo 55 Key Op Swt 10A 250V O 0695 34 Plexo 10A Key Op Swt 250V 170
0916 22 Plexo 55 Key Op Swt 10A 250V P 0695 35 Plexo 10A Key Op Swt 250V 170
0916 90 Plexo 55 Empty Box P 0696 51 Plexo Empty Box 171
0916 74 Plexo 55 Pilot Light P 0695 83 Plexo Pilot Light 171
0916 75 Plexo 55 Diffuser Colourless P 0695 88 Plexo Diffuser Colourless 171
0916 76 Plexo 55 Diffuser Green P 0695 89 Plexo Diffuser Green 171
0916 77 Plexo 55 Diffuser Orange P 0695 90 Plexo Diffuser Orange 171
0916 78 Plexo 55 Diffuser Red P 0695 91 Plexo Diffuser Red 171
0916 86 Plexo 55 Photo Elec Dawn/Dusk P 0695 17 Plexo Photo Elec Dawn/Dusk 171
0916 87 Light Sensitive Swt Acc P 0695 18 Light Sensitive Swt Acc 171
0916 03 Plexo 55s Time Delay Switch 6A P
0695 04 Plexo Time Lag Swt with Lens 170
0696 51 Plexo Empty Box 171
3501/0 Configurator No 0 (Zero) P 0492 00 Configurators 0 21
3501/1 Configurator No 1 P 0492 01 Configurators 1 21
3501/GEN Gen Configurator P 0492 10 Configurators Gen 21
3501/SLA Sla Configurator P 0492 18 Configurators Sla 21
3501K Configurator Kit P 0261 45 Kit Configurators Num 0-9 21
3345 12 Vivavoce Handfree Set Modules P 5740 11 Audio Internal Unit-White 30
3345 13 Vivavoce In Black P 5743 11 Audio Internal Unit-Magnesium 30
3493 11 Axolute-Video Display P 5739 50 Video Display Bus-White 30
3493 12 Axolute-Video Display P 5739 51 Video Display Bus-Magnesium 30
Obsolete items cross-reference tables
Tenby Bticino
7360 13 10AX Swt Intermediate P 7300 05 10AX Swt 1xIntermediate 120
7360 11 10AX Swt 1x1W P 7300 00 10AX Swt 1x1W 120
7360 14 10A Swt 1x1W Pushswt P 7300 07 10A Swt 1x2W Pushswt 120
7360 10 10A Swt 1x1W Push Bell P 7301 07 10A Swt 1x2W Push Bell 120
7360 15 10A Swt Isolator On/Off P 7300 09 10A Swt Isolator On/Off 120
7360 48 20A Swt DP 1x1W P 7300 15 20A Ctrl Swt DP Flush F/O 124
7360 46 20A Swt DP 1x1W-Wh P 7301 15 20A Ctrl Swt DP Flush F/O-Wh 124
7360 48 20A Swt DP 1x1W P 7300 10 20A Ctrl Swt DP 1x1W 124
7360 48 20A Swt DP 1x1W P 7300 14 20A Ctrl Swt DP 1x1W F/O 124
7360 48 20A Swt DP 1x1W P 7301 14 20A Ctrl Swt DP 1x1W F/O-Wh 124
7360 49 20A Swt DP 1x1W Neon P 7300 12 20A Ctrl Swt DP 1x1W Ind 124
7360 46 20A Swt DP 1x1W-Wh P 7301 10 20A Ctrl Swt DP 1x1W-Wh 124
7360 49 20A Swt DP 1x1W Neon P 7300 16 20A Swt DP 1x1W F/O Ind 124
7360 47 20A Swt DP 1x1W Neon-Wh P 7301 16 20A Swt DP 1x1W F/O Ind-Wh 124
7360 47 20A Swt DP 1x1W Neon-Wh P 7301 12 20A Swt DP 1x1W Pwr Ind-Wh 124
7360 45 20A Swt DP Sink/Bath Neon P 7300 18 20A Swt DP Sink/Bath Ind 124
7360 77 45A DP Swt 146x86 Neon P 7300 21 45A DP Swt 146x86 Pwr Ind 124
7360 76 45A DP Swt 146x87 P 7300 20 45A DP Swt 146x87 124
7360 67 45A DP Swt 86x86 Neon P 7300 23 45A DP Swt 86x86 Pwr Ind 124
7360 66 45A DP Swt 86x87 P 7300 22 45A DP Swt 86x87 124
7360 07 Blank Plate 1G P 7300 95 Blank Plate 1G 126
7360 08 Blank Plate 2G P 7300 96 Blank Plate 2G 126
7360 30 Cable 20A Terminal Block P 7300 19 Cable 20A Terminal Block 124
7360 80 Cooker Cable Outlet & Terms P 7300 26 Cable 45A Terminal Block 124
7360 74 Cooker Unit DP Swt DP Swt Skt P 7300 28 Cooker Unit DP Swt DP Swt Skt 124
7360 38 FCU 13A DP Swt F/O P 7300 36 FCU 13A DP Swt F/O 123
7360 37 FCU 13A Unswt F/O P 7300 32 FCU 13A Unswt F/O 123
7360 75 Cooker Unit+DP Swt Skt+Neon P 7300 29 Cooker+DP Swt Skt+Pwr Ind 124
7360 95 Data Outlet RJ45 Single P 7300 57 Data Outlet RJ45 Double 125
7360 96 Data Outlet RJ45 Double P 7300 56 Data Outlet RJ45 Single 125
7360 05 Dimmer 1x2W-400W P 7300 48 Dimmer 1x2W-400W 121
7360 03 Dimmer 1x2W LV-250W P 7300 46 Dimmer 1x2W LV-250W 121
7360 04 Dimmer 2x2W LV-250W P 7300 47 Dimmer 2x2W LV-250W 121
7361 03 Dimmer Electronic 1x2W-400W P 7300 56 Dimmer Electronic 1x2W-400W 137
7361 04 Dimmer Electronic 2x2W-400W P 7300 57 Dimmer Electronic 2x2W-400W 121
7360 38 FCU 13A DP Swt F/O P 7300 36 FCU 13A DP Swt Flush F/O 135
7360 39 FCU 13A DP Swt F/O Neon P 7300 37 FCU 13A DP Swt F/O Power Ind 123
7360 38 FCU 13A DP Swt F/O P 7300 34 FCU 13A DP Swt No F/O 123
7360 39 FCU 13A DP Swt F/O Neon P 7300 35 FCU 13A DP Swt No F/O Ind 123
7360 37 FCU 13A Unswt F/O P 7300 30 FCU 13A Unswt No F/O 123
7360 70 Screened Satellite P 7300 41 Screened Satellite 125
7360 72 Screened TV+FM P 7300 42 Screened TV+FM 125
7360 71 Screened TV Single P 7300 40 Screened TV Single 125
7360 41 Shaver Skt 240-115V P 7300 90 Shaver Skt 240-115V 123
7361 81 Skt 13A Swt 1G DP 2 Earth P 7300 60 Skt 13A Swt 1G DP 121
7361 91 Skt 13A Swt 1G DP+Neon P 7300 61 Skt 13A Swt 1G DP Power Ind 121
7360 18 Skt 13A Swt 1G SP 1 Earth P 7300 66 Skt 13A Swt 1G SP 1 Earth 122
7361 82 Skt 13A Swt 2G DP 2 Earth P 7300 70 Skt 13A Swt 2G DP 121
7361 92 Skt 13A Swt 2G DP+Neon P 7300 71 Skt 13A Swt 2G DP Power Ind 121
7360 28 Skt 13A Swt 2G SP 1 Earth P 7300 76 Skt 13A Swt 2G SP 1 Earth 122
7360 17 Skt 13A Unswt 1G 1 Earth P 7300 65 Skt 13A Unswt 1G 122
7360 27 Skt 13A Unswt 2G 1 Earth P 7300 75 Skt 13A Unswt 2G 122
7360 55 Skt Outlet 15A Swt SP P 7300 89 Skt Outlet 15A Swt SP 122
7360 54 Skt Outlet 15A Unswt P 7300 88 Skt Outlet 15A Unswt 122
7360 52 Skt Outlet 5A Swt SP P 7300 69 Skt Outlet 5A Swt SP 122
7360 51 Skt Outlet 5A Unswt P 7300 68 Skt Outlet 5A Unswt 122
7360 00 Tel Skt 1G Master BT P 7300 50 Tel Skt 1G Master BT 125
7360 01 Tel Skt 1G Secondary BT P 7300 51 Tel Skt 1G Secondary BT 125
7360 19 Skt 13A Swt 1G SP+Neon P No equivalent
7360 29 Skt 13A Swt 2G SP+Neon P No equivalent
7360 53 Screened TV+Satellite P No equivalent
Tenby phased out items Synergy closest equivalent replacement
Page
No.
Plexo
Status
P = phase out
O = obsolete
Mosaic phased out items Arteor closest equivalent replacement
Page
No.
Mosaic phased out items Arteor closest equivalent replacement
Page
No.
351
0733 01 Mosaic Speaker Skt P 5722 70 Loudspeaker Socket-Wh 95
0733 05 Mosaic RCA Outlet P 5722 83 Female XLR White 95
0733 12 Mosaic Speakon Outlet P No equivalent
0740 01 Mosaic Swt 10A 2W 1M P 5720 05 10AX Swt SP 2W 1M-Wh 77
0740 02 Mosaic Swt 10A 2W+N Fac 1M P 5720 06 10AX Swt 2W Indicator 1M-Wh 77
0740 11 Mosaic Swt 10A 2W 2M P 5720 35 10AX 2W Swt 2M-Wh 77
0740 12 Mosaic Swt 10A 2W+N Fac 2M P 5720 36 10AX 2W Swt 2M With LED-Wh 77
0740 20 Mosaic Swt 10A DP 2M P 5720 40 Double Pole Switch 2M-Wh 77
0740 21 Mosaic Swt 10A Inter 2M P 5720 38 10AX Intermediate Swt 2M-Wh 77
0740 26 Mosaic 10A Motor Control P 5722 20 Double Swt Electric Shutter-Wh 86
0740 30 Mosaic Ptm 6A 2W 1M P No equivalent
0740 31 Mosaic Ptm/Ptb 6A 2W 1M P 5720 01 2W Push Button 6A 250V-Wh 80
0740 35 Mosaic Swt 20A 1W 1M P No equivalent
0740 36 Mosaic Swt 20A 2W 1M P 5720 10 20AX Swt SP 2W 1M-Wh 77
0740 37 Mosaic Swt 20A 2WFor Neon 1M P 5720 11 20AX Swt 2W-Indicator 1M-Wh 77
0740 40 Mosaic Ptm 6A 2W 2M P No equivalent
0740 41 Mosaic Ptm/Ptb 6A 2W 2M P 5720 31 2W Push Button 6A 250V-Wh 80
0740 50 Mosaic Swt 20A DP P 5720 46 DP Switch 20AX 1W 2M-Wh 77
0740 51 Mosaic Swt 20A DP For Neon P 5720 47 DP 20AX 1W 2M With Indicat-Wh 77
0740 61 Mosaic Key Swt 3 Pos P No equivalent
0740 62 Mosaic Key Swt 2 Pos P No equivalent
0740 68 Mosaic 45A DP Rect Meca P No equivalent
0740 69 Mosaic 45A DP Rect+Neon Meca P 5720 80 DP 45A Switch+Neon 2 Fang-Wh 75
0741 00 Mosaic Skt Dble Euro US 2P+E P 5721 33 2x2P+T-Wh 93
0741 02 Mosaic Skt Euro US 2P+E P 5721 16 2P+T-Wh 93
0741 06 Mosaic Skt Italian 2P+E 42644 P 5721 03 2P+T 10/16A Shuttered Italy-Wh 93
0741 08 Mosaic Skt Swiss T12 P No equivalent
0741 11 Mosaic Skt French 2P+E 10/16A P 5720 21 2P+T 10/16A With Shutters-Wh 93
0741 20 Mosaic Skt GB 15A Swt 3M P 5721 32 2P+T 15A-16A Switched-Wh 93
0741 22 Mosaic 15A Swt Skt 1G Meca P No equivalent
0741 23 Mosaic 15A Swt Skt 1G+N Meca P No equivalent
0741 24 Mosaic Skt Gb 5A P 5721 10 2P+T 5A-Wh 93
0741 25 Mosaic 5A Swt Skt DP Meca P 5721 40 2P+T 5A Switched-Wh 76
0741 30 Mosaic Skt German 2P+E 10/16A P 5721 18 2P+T Shuttered 16A-Wh 93
0741 38 Mosaic Skt GB 13A Red Swt 3M P 5724 67 2P+T 13A Dedicat Non Stand-Red 93
0741 39 Mosaic Skt GB 13A Swt 3M P 5721 30 2P+T 13A-Wh 93
0741 40 Mosaic Skt GB 13A P 5721 11 2P+T 13A Shuttered-Wh 93
0741 45 Mosaic 13A Swt Skt 1G DP Meca P 5721 47 1G 13A DP Socket-Wh 76
0741 46 Mosaic 13A Swt Skt 1G DP N P No equivalent
0741 47 Mosaic 13A Swt Skt 2G DP Meca P 5721 49 2G 13A DP Twin Earth Socket-Wh 76
0741 48 Mosaic 13A Swt Skt 2G DP Neon P No equivalent
0741 52 Mosaic 10A Skt Chinese 2P+E P 5721 13 2P+T 10A Shuttered China-Wh 93
0741 67 Mosaic Skt Australian P No equivalent
0741 69 Mosaic Skt Swiss T13 P 5721 15 2P+T Ch 10A Shuttered Typ13-Wh 93
0741 80 Mosaic Skt USA 2P+E 15A P 5721 17 2P+T 15A 127V Shuttered-Wh 93
0742 80 UTP RJ45 1 Module Cat6 P 5723 02 RJ45 Cat6 UTP 1M White Lcs 94
0742 81 UTP RJ45 2 Module Cat6 P 5723 14 RJ45 Cat6 UTP 2M White Lcs 90
0742 85 UTP RJ45 1 Module Cat 5e P 5723 03 RJ45 Cat5e UTP 1M White Lcs 94
0742 86 UTP RJ45 2 Module Cat 5e P No equivalent
0742 88 FTP RJ45 1 Module Cat 5e P 5723 04 RJ45 Cat5e FTP 1M White Lcs 94
0742 89 FTP RJ45 2 Module Cat 5e P No equivalent
0742 90 FTP RJ45 1 Module Cat 6 P No equivalent
0742 93 STP RJ45 1 Module Cat 6 P No equivalent
0743 57 Mosaic TV Skt Female Non-Iso P No equivalent
0743 58 Mosaic F Type Sat Skt Screened P 5721 63 TV Skt F Type 1M-Wh 94
0743 60 Mosaic Spur Unsw Meca P 5721 57 Unswitched 13A FCU-Wh 76
0743 61 Mosaic Spur Swt Meca P 5721 50 Fused 13A Swt Without Neon-Wh 76
0743 63 Mosaic Spur Swt+Neon Meca P 5721 51 Fused 13A Switched+Neon-Wh 76
0743 70 Mosaic TV Non-Iso P No equivalent
0743 75 Mosaic TV/FM Sat Outlet P No equivalent
0743 76 Mosaic TV/ FM Satellite Skt P 5721 72 TV-R-Sat-Wh 94
0743 77 Mosaic TV/Fm Socket P 5721 70 TV/R White 94
0743 82 Mosaic TV Skt Screened Non-Iso P 5721 71 TV 0-2400 MHz Sgle Shielded-Wh 94
0743 91 Mosaic Blank 1M P 5723 41 1M Blanking Plate Sq-Wh 96
0743 92 Mosaic Blank 2M P 5723 42 2M Blanking Plate Sq-Wh 96
0743 94 Mosaic 20A Cable Outlet P No equivalent
0743 99 Mosaic Cord Outlet P 5723 07 Cord Outlet 8mm Diameter-Wh 96
0744 05 Mosaic Rot Dimmer 500W Swt P No equivalent
0744 06 Mosaic Touch Dimmer 300W P No equivalent
0744 20 Mosaic Time Delay Switch P No equivalent
0744 25 Mosaic Programable Time Swt P No equivalent
0744 26 Mosaic Pir Switch 500W P No equivalent
0744 31 Mosaic Coded K/pad Swt M/Actn P No equivalent
0744 35 Mosaic Thermostat P No equivalent
0744 45 Mosaic Key Fob Swt SP P No equivalent
0744 47 Mosaic Hotel Indicator Lamp P No equivalent
0744 48 Mosaic Internal Control Unit P No equivalent
0744 57 Mosaic RCBO 30mA 10A 230V P No equivalent
0744 59 Mosaic RCBO 30mA 16A 230V P No equivalent
0744 72 Mosaic 3 Wire Auto I/Red Swt P No equivalent
0747 00 Mosaic Indic Unit Clear P 5724 52 Inic Unit Leds Coloured-Wh 85
0747 01 Mosaic Indic Unit Red P 5722 24 Soft Red/Green Light Diffus-Wh 89
0747 02 Mosaic Indic Unit Orange P No equivalent
0747 03 Mosaic Indic Unit Green P 5722 24 Soft Red/Green Light Diffus-Wh 89
0747 05 Mosaic Indic Unit Double P No equivalent
0747 22 Mosaic Downlight LED 230V P 5722 21 Skirting Light + LED 230v-Wh 85
0747 25 Mosaic Min Emerg Light P 5722 22 Minature Emergency Light-Wh 85
0747 30 Mosaic Overdoor Light Unit P 5722 23 Over Door Light Unit White 85
0747 31 Mosaic Diffuser Clear P 5722 23 Over Door Light Unit White 85
0747 32 Mosaic Diffuser Red P 5724 53 Over Door Light Unit Red-Wh 85
0747 33 Mosaic Diffuser Orange P No equivalent
0747 34 Mosaic Diffuser Green P No equivalent
0747 52 Mosaic Buzzer 24V P No equivalent
0747 56 Mosaic Buzzer 230V P No equivalent
0748 46 Mosaic Panel Mtg+Cover P 5751 90 IP44 Support Frame 1G 96x94 97
0748 49 Mosaic Panel 2x1M P No equivalent
0748 50 Mosaic Panel Frame 1M P 5760 15 Panel Mounting Support 1M 97
0748 52 Mosaic Panel Frame 2M P 5760 16 Panel Mounting Support 2M 97
0750 26 Mosaic Wh Faceplate 1M P 5752 00 Plate 1M F/B Sch BS 1G Sq-Wh 102
0750 27 Mosaic Wh Faceplate 2M P 5752 10 Plate 2M F/B Sch BS 1G Sq-Wh 102
0750 28 Mosaic Wh Faceplate 2x2M P 5750 80 Plate 2x2M BS 2G Sq White 102
0750 29 Mosaic Wh Faceplate 3M P 5750 70 Plate 3M BS Sq White 102
0750 55 Mosaic 13A 1G Swt Skt Wh F/P P 5750 90 Plate BS (Skt 5A&13A 1G) Sq-Wh 102
0750 56 Mosaic 13A 2G Swt Skt Wh F/P P 5751 00 Pl BS (Twin Skt 13A 2G) Sq-Wh 102
0750 57 Mosaic 15A 1G Swt Skt Wh F/P P No equivalent
0750 58 Mosaic 45A Sw Rect Wh F/Plate P 5750 70 Plate 3m BS Sq White 102
0750 59 Mosaic 13A Spur Unsw Wh F/P P No equivalent
0750 60 Mosaic 13A Spur Sw Wh F/Plate P 5751 20 Plate BS Fcu 13A 1G Sq-Wh 102
0893 23 Mosaic Box For Shaver Socket P 5723 92 Surface Box 2x2M 2G 48mm 97
0898 06 Mosaic Key Fob P 5722 59 Key Fob For Switch White 88
0899 01 Connector 12V For Lamps P 5724 54 Bulb Fow Swt 12V Indicat Red 85
0899 02 Connector 24V For Lamps P No equivalent
0899 06 Neon Bright Orange 230V P No equivalent
0899 07 Fluo Low Cons Green P 5724 55 Bulb For Swt Indicator Red 85
1748 26 Mosaic Support Frame 2M P 5760 03 Support Frame 1 or 2M 1G Box 97
1748 27 Mosaic Support Frame 3M P 5760 02 Support Frame 3M 2G Box 97
1748 28 Mosaic Support Frame 2x2M P 5760 00 Support Frame 2x2M 2G Box 97
6745 18 Mosaic Bt Master Outlet 1M P No equivalent
6745 19 Mosaic Bt Sec Outlet 1M P 5723 01 Tel Skt-1m Single Slave-Wh 94
6745 56 Mosaic 6M Plate & Yoke P 5753 70 Plate+Support 6M Inde Sq-Wh 102
6745 58 Mosaic 8M Plate & Yoke P 5767 00 8 Modules square 102
6745 59 Mosaic 12M Plate & Yoke P 5753 90 Plate+Support 2x6M Inde Sq-Wh 102
6745 60 Mosaic 18M Plate & Yoke P 5754 00 Plate+Sup 3x6M Inde Sq-Wh 102
6745 87 Mosaic Shaver Socket P 5721 53 Shaver Skt 120-230W-White 75
Obsolete items cross-reference tables (continued)
Mosaic
Status
P = phase out
O = obsolete
352
Protection classifications
Protection against solid bodies and liquids : Index of protection - IP xx Protection against mechanical impact :
Index of protection - IK
1st figure :
protection against solid bodies
IP tests
0 No protection
1
2
3
4
5
6
50 mm
125 mm
25 mm
1 mm
Protected against solid
bodies of 50 mm and
greater (e.g. accidental
contact with the hand)
bodies of 125 mm and
greater (e.g. finger)
bodies of 25 mm and
greater (e.g. tools, wires)
Protected against dust
(no harmful deposit)
Completely protected
against dust
bodies larger than 1 mm
(e.g. thin tools and
fine wires)
2nd figure :
protection against liquids
IP tests
0 No protection
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
5
6
0
Protected against
vertically falling drops
of water (condensation)
Protected against drops
of water falling up to 15
from the vertical
Protected against water
sprayed up to 60 from
the vertical
Protected against
splashing water from
all directions
Protected against jets of
water from all directions
Protected against
powerful jets of water
from all directions
1
5
c
m
m
i
n
.
1
m
Protected against the
effects of temporary
immersion in water
m
Protected against the
continuous effects of
immersion in water
having regard to
specific conditions
The contents of the Protection Classifications charts are for guidance only. If you have any doubt as to the interpretation of the information
contained therein, please refer either to the standard itself or contact Legrand.
Statement to Purchasers and Prospective Purchasers
1. Section 6 of this Act provides that
manufacturers, designers, importers or
suppliers of articles for use at work have a duty
to ensure so far as is reasonably practical, that
the article will be safe and without risk to health
when properly used. An article is not regarded
as being properly used if it is used without
regard to any relevant information or advice
relating to its use made available by the
manufacturer, designer, importer or supplier.
2. With regard to these provisions the following
is given as a guide to the information which is
readily available to you. This information relates
to those products detailed in our catalogue(s)
or associated literature or may be obtained by
specific request to the Company.
3. All products should be installed and
maintained in accordance with good
engineering practice and relevant British or
other applicable standards, regulations for the
installation of equipment by the Institute of
Electrical Engineers or any other applicable
Codes of Practice.
Health and Safety at Work Act
The Electricity at Work
Regulations, 1989
1. All installations and maintenance should be
carried out within the provision of the above
Act and by persons so qualified as defined in
the Act.
2. Information and advice on the suitability of
our products can be obtained from Legrand
Electric Limited on specific request.
Conditions of sale
Please consult our current price list
According to standards IEC 62262 and
BS EN 62262
For information concerning wiring device
standards outside the UK contact :
BSI
Customer Services
09:00 to 17:00 Monday to Friday
Tel : +44 (0) 20 8996 9001
Fax : +44 (0) 20 8996 7001
Email : cservices@bsi-global.com
marking appears on electrical or
electronic products from Legrand
and enables the circulation of goods
outside the UK.
Health and Safety at Work, etc. Act. 1974
In accordance with its policy of continuous improvement the Company reserves the right to change specifications and designs without notice.
All illustrations, descriptions, dimensions and weights in this catalogue are for guidance and cannot be held binding on the Company.
75 mm
0
.
2 kg
100 mm
0
.
2 kg
175 mm
0
.
2 kg
250 mm
0
.
2 kg
350 mm
0
.
2 kg
200 mm
0
.
5 kg
400 mm
0
.
5 kg
295 mm
1
.
7 kg
200 mm
5 kg
5 kg
400 mm
IK Tests
Impact
energy
(in Joules)
IK 00
IK 01
IK 02
IK 03
IK 04
IK 05
IK 06
IK 07
IK 08
IK 09
IK 10
0
015
02
035
05
07
1
2
5
10
20
(1) A product previously classed as IP xx-7 can be assumed
to fulfill the conditions of an IP xx - IK 08
This table can be used to ascertain the resistance
of a product to an impact given in Joules from
the IK code (graduated from 00 to 10).
It can also be used to ascertain the
correspondence with the old IP code 3rd digit
and the corresponding external Ag conditions.
Degree of protection of enclosures of electrical equipment in accordance with standards
IEC 60529, BS EN 60529
Up to 1 000 Vand 1 500 V=
LEGRAND
WORLDWIDE
Algeria
Legrand
Tel. : (213) 21 91 38 32
Fax: (213) 21 91 26 39
Australia
Legrand
Tel. : (61) 2 87 19 43 33
Fax: (61) 2 87 19 43 45
Austria
Legrand Osterreich
Tel. : (43) 1 277 62
Fax: (43) 1 277 62 225
Belgium
Legrand Belgique S.A.
Tel. : (32) 2 719 17 11
Fax: (32) 2 719 17 00
Belarus
Legrand
Tel. : (375) 17 205 04 78/79
Fax: (375) 17 205 04 78/79
Bosnia-Herzegovina
Legrand
Tel. : (387) 33 71 10 25
Fax: (387) 33 52 17 84
Brazil
GL Electro-Eletronicos Ltda
Tel. : (55) 11 56 44 26 00
Fax: (55) 11 51 81 06 04/59 14
Bulgaria
Legrand
Tel. : (359) 2 489 92 97
Fax: (359) 2 489 94 70
Canada
Pass & Seymour Canada Inc
Tel. : (1) 905 738 91 95
Fax: (1) 905 738 97 21
Chile
Legrand Electro Andina Ltda (EAL)
Tel. : (56) 2 550 52 00
Fax: (56) 2 550 53 09
China
Legrand China
Tel. : (86) 21 52 11 01 11
Fax: (86) 21 52 11 00 86
Colombia
Legrand Colombia S.A.
Tel. : (57) 1 437 67 00
Fax: (57) 1 436 26 54
Costa Rica
Bticino Costa Rica
Tel. : (506) 22 98 56 00
Fax: (506) 22 39 04 72
Croatia
Legrand
Tel. : (385) 1 606 43 50
Fax: (385) 1 606 43 59
Cyprus
Legrand
Tel. : (357) 22 318 588
Fax: (357) 22 318 588
Czech Republic
Legrand s.r.o.
Tel. : (420) 2 46 00 76 68
Fax: (420) 2 46 00 76 69
Egypt
EMB Electrical Industries SAE
Tel. : (202) 23 78 61 50
Fax: (202) 23 80 70 32
Estonia
Legrand SNC
Tel. : (372) 67 99 110
Fax: (372) 67 99 113
France
Legrand S.A.
Tel. : (33) 5 55 06 87 87
Fax: (33) 5 55 06 88 88
Germany
Legrand GmbH
Tel. : (49) 29 21 10 40
Fax: (49) 29 21 10 42 02
Greece
Helliniki Legrand S.A.
Tel. : (30) 2 10 67 97 500
Fax: (30) 2 10 67 97 540
Hong Kong
Legrand (HK) Ltd
Tel. : (852) 26 87 42 00
Fax: (852) 26 87 43 00
Hungary
Legrand Zrt
Tel. : (36) 63 51 02 00
Fax: (36) 63 51 02 10
India
Legrand (India) Pvt Ltd
Tel. : (91) 22 30 41 62 00
Fax: (91) 22 24 93 31 58
Indonesia
PT Legrand Indonesia
Tel. : (62) 21 525 06 08
Fax: (62) 21 525 59 35
Iran
Alborz Electrical Industries Ltd
Tel. : (98) 218 873 94 57/86 70
Fax: (98) 218 873 79 03
Italy
Bticino S.p.a.
Tel. : (39) 03 32 27 91 11
Fax: (39) 03 32 26 56 61
Jordan
Legrand
Tel. : (962) 64 65 59 02
Fax: (962) 64 65 59 03
Kazakhstan
Legrand Kazakhstan
Tel. : (7) 32 72 26 03 63
Fax: (7) 32 72 26 03 63
Korea
Anam Legrand Co. Ltd
Tel. : (82) 25 50 32 00
Fax: (82) 25 50 32 99
Kuwait
Legrand
Tel. : (965) 22 25 18 20
Fax: (965) 22 25 18 19
Lebanon
Legrand
Tel. : (961) 1 422 166
Fax : (961) 1 422 167
Lithuania
Legrand
Tel. : (370) 523 56 500
Fax: (370) 523 56 700
Malaysia
Legrand
Tel. : (603) 62 04 06 88
Fax: (603) 62 04 07 88
Mauritius
Legrand
Tel. : (230) 249 14 00
Fax: (230) 249 15 00
Mexico
Bticino Mexico S.A. of C.V.
Tel. : (52) 442 238 04 00
Fax: (52) 442 238 04 82
Morocco
Simapel
Tel. : (212) 2 235 93 73
Fax: (212) 2 235 58 30
Netherlands
Legrand Netherlands B.V.
Tel. : (31) 411 653 111
Fax: (31) 411 653 158
New Caledonia
Legrand
Tel. : (687) 76 49 28
Fax: (687) 25 95 64
New Zealand
HPM Legrand
Tel. : (64) 9 442 08 000
Fax: (64) 9 442 08 003
Ouzbekistan
Legrand
Tel. : (998) 71 138 9948
Fax: (998) 71 138 9947
Peru
Bticino del Peru S.A.
Tel. : (51) 1242 60 00
Fax: (51) 1242 41 00
Philippines
Bticino Philippines Inc.
Tel. : (63) 2 89 28 972
Fax: (63) 2 89 28 971
Poland
Legrand Polska
Tel. : (48) 748 162 300
Fax: (48) 748 152 149
Portugal
Legrand Electrica S.A.
Tel. : (351) 21 454 88 00
Fax: (351) 21 454 88 86
Qatar
Legrand
Tel. : (974) 456 90 83
Fax: (974) 465 99 16
Reunion
Legrand Indian Ocean
Tel. : 02 62 90 01 80
Fax: 02 62 90 01 89
Romania
Legrand Romania SRL
Tel. : (40) 21 232 07 77
Fax: (40) 21 232 07 76
Russia
Firelec Legrand P.T.
Tel. : (7) 495 660 75 50/60
Fax: (7) 495 660 75 51/61
Saudi Arabia
Legrand
Tel. : (966) 2 651 28 48
Fax: (966) 2 651 74 34
Senegal
Legrand
Tel. : (221) 33 865 00 01
Fax: (221) 33 820 63 69
Serbia and Montenegro
Legrand
Tel. : (381) 11 26 05 308
Fax: (381) 11 26 05 267
Singapore
Legrand (S) Pte Ltd
Tel. : (65) 6416 1550
Fax: (65) 6416 1580
Slovakia
Legrand
Tel. : (421) 232 153 601
Fax: (421) 232 153 609
Slovenia
Legrand SLV d.o.o
Tel. : 386 (0) 1 562 01 70
Fax: 386 (0) 1 562 13 12
South Africa
Legrand electrical accessories
Tel. : (27) 11 444 79 71
Fax: (27) 11 444 79 80
Spain
Legrand Group Espaa
Tel. : (34) 91 656 18 12
Fax: (34) 91 656 67 88
Switzerland
Legrand (Suisse) S.A.
Tel. : (41) 56 464 67 67
Fax: (41) 56 464 67 60
Syria
Legrand
Tel. : (963) 11 33 22 920/970
Fax: (963) 11 33 22 512
Thailand
Bticino (Thailand) Limited
Tel. : (66) 2 656 91 62/67
Fax: (66) 2 656 91 97
Tunisia
Legrand
Tel. : (216) 71 964 022
Fax: (216) 71 963 297
Turkey
Legrand Elektrik San. A.S.
Tel. : (90) 262 648 90 00
Fax: (90) 262 751 12 67
U.A.E.
Legrand SNC FZE
Tel. : (971) 48 137 111
Fax: (971) 48 864 784
Ukraine
Legrand Ukraine Ltd
Tel. : (38) 044 494 00 10
Fax: (38) 044 490 67 56
United States
Legrand North America
Tel. : (1) 860 233 6251
Fax: (1) 860 570 2813
Venezuela
Bticino De Venezuela C.A.
Tel. : (58) 212 361 33 33
Fax: (58) 212 362 25 25
Vietnam
Legrand Vietnam
Tel. : (848) 9 307 448
Fax: (848) 9 307 449
West Indies
Legrand
Tel. : (0) 5 90 86 18 53
Fax: (0) 5 90 86 23 05
Other countries :
www.legrandgroup.com
International department direct :
Tel. : 33 5 55 06 87 87
Fax: 33 5 55 06 74 55
Head Office (UK and Ireland):
Birmingham, B19 2LF
Tel: +44 (0) 870 608 9000
Fax: +44 (0) 870 608 9004
0
2
9
9
8
a
-
W
D
c
a
t
a
l
o
g
u
e
2
0
1
0
/
1
1
-
0
1
-
2
0
1
0
.
2
5
K
The Legrand logo is a registered trademark
of the Legrand group of companies.
Contact details
United Kingdom
Birmingham, B19 2LF
Customer Sevices:
Tel: 0845 605 4333 Fax: 0845 605 4334
Technical Support:
Tel: 0870 608 9020 Fax: 0870 608 9021
Republic of Ireland
15/16 Holly Avenue,
Tel: 01 295 9673 Fax: 01 295 4671
Distributor:
C

Legrand Catalogue

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Legrand Catalogue

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

CATALOGUE

PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS

structured wiring (continued)

structured wiring - audio

structured wiring - audio (continued)

Synergy offers modern and

function selection chart

function selection chart (continued)

function selection chart (continued)

grid modules (continued)

metalclad, traditional and grid

Rapid Clamp Ultra

0360 59 0360 33 0360 19 0361 55 0367 83 0363 63

marking system (p. 303-305)

open slot cable ducting

open slot cable ducting

open slot cable ducting

IP 44 metal, plastic and rubber plugs and sockets

IP 66/67-55 plastic plugs and sockets

0595 22 0595 32 0595 42 0595 44

0595 23 0595 33 0595 43 0595 45

Weight Drilling (mm) Dimensions (mm)

Straight plugs IP 66/67-55

(1) Wiring diagram shown on p. 323

Surface appliance inlets IP 66/67-55

IP 66/67-55 combined units

Cat. Nos. Dimensions (mm)

IP 66/67-55 combined units

IP 44 and IP 66/67 plastic plugs and sockets

s Straight plugs - with membrane gland (p. 329)

s Mobile sockets - with membrane gland (p. 329)

s P 17 Tempra IP 44 - LV max. terminal capacity

s Mobile sockets (p. 329)

IP 44, IP 55 and IP 66 combined units

IP 44 and IP 55 self assembly combined units

IP 44, IP 55 and IP 66 combined units

IP 44 and IP 55 combined units

trailer plugs and sockets

trailer plugs and sockets

Você também pode gostar